augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit... Show more
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without
notice.
Table of contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 22, EXPENSES
PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 96, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about
Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community
Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each
semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January.
.
MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18
departments.
MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major
ELECTIVE..
. . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN..
. . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of
special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and
length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are
used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
.. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in
length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE..
. .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very
special colleges that can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at avariety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to
you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or
intramural athletic programs you may choose
participation in athletics.
Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government for the
purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of
furthering the ministry of Christ on the
Augsburg campus.
.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude
for you to design much of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the
"4-1 -4,"
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You
may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the
Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or
at any of the many galleries or coffee houses.
You might spend an afternoon touring the
newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota
Orchestra or one by the many professional
touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities.
There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports
are also available-the Twins, the Vikings,
the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the
Buckskins.
Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a
strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a
remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969
and is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern,
Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny.
Bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
The current student body of over 1500 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 50% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the greater metropolitan
area.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section
of this catalog.)
Location
History
Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art
Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1872. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types.
The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in
the area such as the nationally known Guthrie
Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log
Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera
Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim in
one of the many area lakes. In the winter you
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into
the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them
to become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage
them to develop attitudes and qualities of
character compatible with the Christian
faith.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a
number of associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools.
The National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 15 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St.
Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus.
Visiting the Campus
T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information
vital in the process of selecting a college and
in making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not
mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred
times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m.
weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to
meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when
school is in session.
School, church, and other groups are
welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements
may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
</
*
',
-
+..'
\ -
\--+-'
- r
,
. :-
I
\
.
.
,
.. , '. \ -
-
. .
.
, - I
'
.,
.*
J'
. . . , d.
4. Science Hall
5. Old Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7 . Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10 Memorial Hall
1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex
12. Music Hall
13 SI Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng
B. Student Parking
..2
-f
Offices
?-.I
Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S )
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Programs (Science 156)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Sc~ence32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
d.
-
<
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Science 156)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor)
Personnel Office (Science 135)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 135)
S.O,S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a
broad liberal arts education as well as prepare
them for a career. A strong academic program
in the arts and sciences and in theology is
available. Pre-professional preparation for
such fields as engineering, medicine, law and
the Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation for careers in
business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work,
and teaching is available.
Augsburg aims to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip
them to serve according to the interests and
abilities of each person.
opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the
interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty
who take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8
to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by
their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the
latest visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one
subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in
this break in the general academic schedule.
Interest in music may take form in the study
and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and
participation in activities of a social agency.
Newspapers and advertising agencies provide
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would choose
many of them even if they were not required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in
economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are
available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of
courses containing an emphasis on
metropolitan concerns is required as well as
physical education activities. (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors are available through the Five
College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be
consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- '
quirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in
the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several
programs.
FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM.
Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to
do this to gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or because
a specific course is not offered on the home
campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students free between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for
the January interim. For example, Augsburg
and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign
study opportunities for the interim. Since the
interim program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of 12 colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs
and resources of the community organizations
of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and
the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor
credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation
center). One purpose of the classes, which are
offered by several departments, is to get a
first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals,
and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS
HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of
Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in
Minneapolis receive instruction in biology,
chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology
at Augsburg. Application for admission to the
School of Nursing should be made directly to
the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and
a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not
guarantee acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering
baccalaureate degree from Washington
University in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the last
two years at Washington University.
Each year the Conservation of Human
Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates'
matriculation in these co-learning courses.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer
school calendar is coordinated with that of
Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who
enroll may select courses on either campus.
Two sessions are offered each summer.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of
Physical Education. Application should be
made during the spring semester of the
sophomore year. Candidates are required to
have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as
soon as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students.
Some of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of
lnternational Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries
are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to
spend a summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of
one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD.
Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their
sophomore or junior year in study at a number
of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg;
Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de
Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American
Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon
in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany;
The University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University
of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and
through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England,
France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of
study must be approved before departure by
the Director of International Programs, one's
faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned
through foreign study may be applied to the
student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to
satisfy some of the general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
Some special accelerated course sections are
available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students
of all class years, interdisciplinary honors
seminars are offered each term.
Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn
honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College.
For students who apply for and receive special
status as Honors Scholars, general education
requirements are modified as necessary to
meet the student's needs and interests. Addi-
tional information on the honors program is
available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg.
available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Degrees
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program
(MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program.
It provides students in all fields of study with
the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic
program or personal interests. Internships are
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student
or commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, avariety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The
College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of
the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate
Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete in
volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton,
golf and tennis.
Religious Life.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour
regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral
Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers
also perform on and off campus. Several plays
are given on campus each year under the
direction of the theater arts department.
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of
students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life,
and the stimulation of faith through discussion
and service. Chapel services are held four
times a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. Students, faculty and
staff attend voluntarily.
Recreation
Student Sewices
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and relax-
The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and
academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, financial
problems, student activities, and residence
halls.
The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around
the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. The faculty
takes both a scholastic and personal interest
in students. Secondary Education students
may desire a second adviser: one in the major
and one in the area of education.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults
who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and
planning, a simplified time-saving registration
procedure, on-the-job experience prior to
graduation, and, for those who desire it, a
special course to ease the transition to
academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study
skills, career exploration, and discussion of
personal and family problems arising from the
return to school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
is designed to promote student growth
through relationships with other students and
being an active participant in group decision
making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate
the process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen
live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the
greater campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at
home are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. An
optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing
units.
Students engage a room at the beginning of
the fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must
sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 30 will be provided housing only if space
is available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded
upon graduation, transfer to another institu-
tion, or discontinuing the educational program
at Augsburg if the condition of the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence
halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College
is a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school
performance, promise of success in college as
shown by college entrance examination
scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations.
didates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance
has been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from
its educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background.
5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
Avisit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during the summer.
The Application Process
Transfer
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission.
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universitieson the basis of their
academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to
grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average
for graduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education require-
2. Hand the completed application to your
high school counselor, along with the $10.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent
with your official high school transcript
through the last complete semester to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that can-
ments at Augsburg except for two courses in
religious studies.
The Transfer Process
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions
Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to
the:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give
them to two persons to fill out and return
directly to the Admissions Office in the
postage paid envelopes which are provided.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is requested within one month after
acceptance has been made and/or financial
aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After a deposit has been made, the student
must complete a medical history form, which
will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1. After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student must
agree to withdraw applications made to other
colleges. The admissions decision is based
upon the academic record through the junior
year, test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable
is required by January 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from
the high school, and the maturity to cope with
acollege course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or during
the first year of college. A student applying for
Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior
year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis
of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
About 70% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college in the
form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus
employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial
need and academic record. Application for aid
is made by completing the Family Financial
Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers
the FFS, students may instead submit the
Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the
College Scholarship Service to be considered
for financial aid. Upperclass students must
also complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1973-74, approximately
1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg
received scholarships or grants totaling
$915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources,
and federal loans totaling $480,000.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply,
and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student
Loan (formerly National Defense Student
Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April
1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College.
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION - $2,349
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning in September, 1975. Students
time when they take three
are 'Onsidered
or more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. Such
registration is payable in this manner:
Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305.
Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044.
If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized.
A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $155 a course.
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new
students.
Graduation fee is $15.00.
Registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register
at Augsburg. The charge will be $190.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day,
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $15
Computer Science, $30 per course
Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a
semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim),
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or
$3.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,251
Partial Board and Room - $1,170
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited
Residences) - $819
5 Day Lunch Plan - $252
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 14 meals per
week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract."
A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year.
1975-76 Cost Summary
Board and Room - $1,251
Breakage Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted;
to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September, and applied to the room
charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or
discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second
semester is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Business
Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full.
Refunds
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition - $2,349
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition
charges.)
If a student decides to cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule:
100% through the first Friday of classes.
80% during the balance of first week of
classes.
70% during the second week of classes.
60% during the third week of classes.
No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a
student is forced to cancel his registration
because of accident or illness during the first
five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced
by 50%.
50% during the fourth week of classes.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
40% during the fifth week of classes.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are
readily available for consultation and
guidance. A well-planned program of liberal
arts studies will include courses in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the
social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able
to write effectively; they are also expected to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns and
have some understanding of cultures outside
the United States.
The general physical activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to equip students for
lifetime sports and recreational activities.
Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the
Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, it scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
may apply toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward
the major.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one
less than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music;
literature (from the Department of
English); philosophy; speech or drama.
c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physiesrpsychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 ,
political science, s o c i o d a n d one or
two courses from the Department of
Foreign Languages to make a total of
three courses in these five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one semester of activities.
Divisional Organization
The college courses are organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Norma C. Noonan
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Japanese,
Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian
Area Studies, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester
and one course in the interim. Students
registered for.three or four courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in afailing grade. Cancellation of
courses or cancellation from College must be
done in the Registrar's Office.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2.0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors,
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is
unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-15 courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term.
A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised to withdraw before
the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Grading
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
.5
0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is not computed in the grade point
average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year.
Sociology 383, some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to
use the PIN grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
the PIN grading system. Any changes in
choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and.date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or
X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent
study must first secure permission from the
faculty member who will direct the study as
well as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit
may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore. . . . 7 courses..
Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses..
Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses..
. . . . 14 grade points
. . . . 32 grade points
. . . . 50 grade points
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three
courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35
courses is required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule
of classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above
are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered in the 100's are primarily
for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for
juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number
indicates the level of the course; the second is
the division within the department; and the
third identifies the course.
Symbol
#. Course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76
are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and
a,
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
History of the United States
American Studies 231
History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis)
Religion 352,363
Literature and Fine Arts in the United
States
American Studies 232
Art 102
English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490
and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
American Studies 260
Economics 120, 122, 123,251
Education 478 #
Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370,
371, 421
Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381,
383
Social Work 351, 463
credit value. The symbol # indicates that the
course may be taken with the consent of the
instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
major.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to
the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
(Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Offered
1974-75.)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
and the co-learning model when appropriate
to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate
years. Offered 1976-77)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. lntended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes
a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Philip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from
386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223,
225, 350.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from
386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225,
350.
Department of Art
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique.
(Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3
one hour lectures. Spring)
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS II
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process.
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing
with an introduction to throwing techniques.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall,
Spring)
223 PRINTMAKING I
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure,
and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring)
368 PRINTMAKING II
Advanced work in various media, including
silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.:
223. Fall, Spring)
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on
the Mediterranean region and Europe.
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
350 CERAMICS I
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
(Fall, Spring)
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring)
a,
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111,
112, and at least one course from each of the
following three groups: 352,361 (Group I);
355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group
Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,
125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111,
112,352 and at least one course from each of
the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I);
361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471,
476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar.
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,
352) also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this major.
MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar;
one course of approved independent study
with an oral defense of the research report.
Application for the honors major should be
made no later than the first term of the senior
year.
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for
other students)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses
only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring)
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must
be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory.
11 1, Fall; 112, Spring)
352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY
An analysis of the structure of animals and the
evolutionary relationships revealed by this
analysis. This includes an inquiry into the
structural changes which occur and new
structures which appear in the course of
evolution, the way in which these structures
enable the animal to function in the environ-
ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed
by this study, and the classification of animals
based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy, life
histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
352 or #. Fall)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis
on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as
well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3
hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103
or 122 or #. Spring)
Discussions of topics based on biological
literature and research.Topics may concern
research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given
for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan
to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on
the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352
or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
Department of
Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131,
261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484.
Economics 122,123,251 and one additional
course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are
also required. Forthose planning on careers
in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484
is recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101,102,131,261,
262,373,379,478, and one other course from
the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122,
123,251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392
is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379,
478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics
122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12
courses of related business subiects (Eco-
nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students
who have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG
to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property'and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Interim, Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial
topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: 262. Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation
through literature, readings, lectures, and
case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the
areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Business Education
have had one year of high school typewriting,
(Interim)
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101,102,131; Business Education 110,364,
460,465; Economics 122,123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended.
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108.
Operation of transcription machines, filing
and records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education
108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business
Administration 101,102,131 and Economics
120. A student in the two-year program must
select six courses from the general education
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing
material dictated at minimum speed of 80
words a minute. (Not open to students who
have had one year of shorthand in high
school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or
equivalent. Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with
rapid dictation and transcription of material
dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute.
(Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and
training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 1976-77)
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and
one other course from business administration
offerings also required. In addition, courses in
data processing and computer programming
are highly recommended.
MINOR:
Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some
of the topics to be discussed are: Population
"Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing
Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic
course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly
to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122
or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken
in either order, or may be taken in the same
term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its
economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national
and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in
seminar. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124,
125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122
the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106), and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124,125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121,122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to 2 semesters also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116
(or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced
course. certification after July, 1979 requires
course work in earth and life sciences.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Department of Chemistry
of approved research; participation in semin ar
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and
115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major
in chemistry, although students may go from
106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.:
high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall;
76, Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 115. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
to the biological and environmental sciences.
(3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples,
and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or
116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim
schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5
hour laboratory)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the second
semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use
of the literature (including Beilstein); and
further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared
and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,
361 or #; some reading knowledge of German.
Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using avariety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used
to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. Includes commutators, electron
spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
a,
This major, offered by the five colleges in the
Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16
courses distributed as follows:
Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage
Four Courses in cultural specialization
a,
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academic year.
East Asian Studies
Four courses in comparative emphases
Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history
department, or Donald Steinmetz of the
foreign languages department, for information
on specific courses that may apply toward this
major.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. The student is advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN
SETTING (Elementary)
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and
481, 482 and electives
2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 358, The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq:
sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in
classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary
education. Fall, Spring)
371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent
registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Department. Secondary Education students
are advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program:
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall,
Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered
on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms
are available in the Education Department
office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the
department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses
after the Orientation course only if he or
she has been admitted into the program of
the Department of Education.
2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0 overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary
Education
c) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 105, General Psychology
f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc-
cessful completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their special area. A person
working for certification in one of these
special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361; the
major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in
Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently
with School and Society in one full-time
term in professional education. Special
afternoon and/or evening seminars are held
during the term as part of the professional
work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course
in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term.
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. Human Relations Laboratory.
(Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission
into the secondary education program).
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Spring)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (Fall, Spring)
Speech and Drama (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art
at the elementary and junior high school level.
(Spring)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Materials and methods for teaching physical
education. Includes also the American Red
Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq:
Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall)
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to
all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing.
Fall, Spring)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high
school level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by astudy of
educational philosophy and the development
of American education, current major issues
in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of
the media center and methods of evaluation.
(Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary school level
under the supervision of college and high
school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359.
Fall, Spring)
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in
use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in avariety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT
RESOURCES
Production and use of audio-visual materials
in libraries and library systems. This course
offered in conjunction with the 5-College
Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75.
Spring)
a,
Augsburg College and the Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating
in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University in a five-year period,
with the first three years being spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu-
a,
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in
British literature (1 course from literature
before 1660), 1 course in American literature,
1 course in world literature (a course outside
the Anglo-American tradition), and course
219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing
(219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or
366; and Library Science 475 are required.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some
topic of interest in the field of school library
service, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors,
with department approval.
Engineering
dents accepted into the program will be
guaranteed admission to the Washington
University Engineering School, provided they
are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using
need and academic performance as criteria.
Department of English
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in
British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320.
The English Department recommends but
does not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by
careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study
course that applies to the concentration, and
by the selection of some related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331,
332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and
sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an
American literature concentration should take
some of the courses listed under the American
Studies major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy
242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes
282, 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser. Interim
courses, special courses, and courses given at
the other cooperating colleges will often fit
well into a concentration. A student with a
double major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department
should also work closely with an adviser in the
English department.
term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic value and the
historical significance of the film medium. See
also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works;
attention is also given to the contribution of
the writer to the historical development and
literary movements of American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
English 111 is strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course.
Study of the works of selected classical Greek
and Roman writers in the various genre, and
the influence of the classical tradition on later
Western literature. (Fall, Spring)
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
272 LITERARY CLASSICS
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected
European classics from the Renaissance to
the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers.
(Fall, Spring)
219 ADVANCED WRITING
282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in avariety of writing specializations. The
focus of each course will shift from term to
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any
year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76)
288 LITERARY CRITICISM
A course designed to introduce students to
the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt
to apply such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of the works of significant Romantic and
Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists
and of the major literary movements of the
century. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics
and a view of the development of the English
language. (Spring)
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with
attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years,
1975-76 Fall)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
368 MODERN DRAMA
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote.
Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be
examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
367 MODERN POETRY
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
through study of selected British, American,
and continental novels. (Alternate years,
1975-76)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to
the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491,
a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
-
-
-
-
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman,
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
-
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the
formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to
the results of a placement test which may be
taken at the beginning of any term and after
consultation with the instructor. Students
placed in a particular course wishing to
register for a more elementary course may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and
literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level
Mandarin Chinese or #)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. One interim plus one semester, or
one semester plus one summer of study in
France strongly recommended.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. One interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters.
Foreign Language Methods for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
011 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings. Once
weekly. No credit. Offered on demand.
-
-
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system, basic noun groups and verb forms,
and sentence structures are taught to enable
understanding and speaking on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See above
on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
advanced placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have studied most of the basic
structures may here review all tenses and
some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes the review of basic structures and
more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals
of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading
and literary study in French. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand-
ing. Does not count toward a French major or
minor. (Fall)
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of
current interest in both oral and written form to
build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years. Fall 1976)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years. Fall 1977)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of the major literary works from the
twelfth century renaissance through the six-
teenth century. These include the epic, courtly
romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric
poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written
reports in French, some laboratory texts.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every
third year)
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey of the major literary contributors to
the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in
their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory work in French.
Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall
1976-77. Offered alternate years)
353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of the major works contributing to the
enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily
prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts
in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third
year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
A survey of the nineteenth-century novel
(Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and
his successors in poetry, and the literature of
ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide,
Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third
year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism.
Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training
in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring)
451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
#. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977.
Every third year)
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or
353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in
French literature. Student presentations in
French. For advanced students. (See Interim
suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey
(351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research,
or meet individual interests. In literature a ma-
jor paper and its defense are included.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified
early with study adviser)
more universal perspective of world literature.
Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall)
German
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic
German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11
Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature.
(211, Fall. 212, Spring)
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition.
(Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary
scene is considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking people.
Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered
alternate years. Spring, 1977)
351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
MEDIEVAL - 1780
Selected readings from the heroic and courtly
literature of the middle ages, the Reformation
era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by
lectureson the history of German literature
and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds.
(Fall 1976)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1780 1890
Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings
are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and
Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and
its relation to social, political and intellectual
questions. (Spring 1977)
-
353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY
Principle works of Impressionism and 20th
century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse,
Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war
literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the
concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975,
1977)
211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Seleclion from the New Testament with
special emphasis given to parsing and syntax
of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth
yearly)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Fall 1975, 1977)
Introduction to Japanese language and
culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern,
conversational expressions and, in the second
semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese
syllabary and Chinese characters are learned
gradually from the very first lesson.
451 GERMAN PROSE
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre
as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history.
(Spring 1977)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of general human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek.
(1 11 Fall, 112 Spring)
Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading
to improve the student's comprehension and
facility in expression of Japanese. Reading
materials will be chosen from avariety of
fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and
culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #)
Linguistics
311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar,
case grammar, generative semantics, with the
aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria
and the explanatory goals which distinguish
them. The theories will also be contrasted with
respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology,
logic and communication theory and the way
in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring)
present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Inquiry into the psychological foundations of
language and the contribution of modern
linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of
recent linguistic research are examined for
their implications for various psychological
topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of
language, cognitive processes, innate ideas
and psychological universals. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II
Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and
Einar Johnson (Director)
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable
courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each
year. These courses solicit students from the
community on a non-credit basis as well as
college students on a credit basis.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain 4 courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred
to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which
may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall.
112, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as
basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief
literature survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND
CONVERSATION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall)
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from
the community on a noncredit basis, as well
as regular college students either on an audit
or credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring)
SPANISH
MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315,
456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain
or Latin America strongly recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315,
331, and one course in literature. (Study in
Spain or Latin America strongly recommended)
111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. (111, Fall,
Spring; 112, Spring)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring
1977)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian.
Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Offered on demand.)
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213,
Fall; 214, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit
in this course does not count toward a major
or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (Fall)
315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory
work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course
is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses.
Fa11)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring)
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978)
417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
I, II
456 SPANISH DRAMA
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall
1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977)
Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand)
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age
and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Spring 1976, 1978)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish American
literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977)
a,
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from each
of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval:
Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major
with certain supporting courses, qualifies a
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Spring 1977)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
student for certification as a social studies
teacher on the secondary level. See Mr.
Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser,
for details.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 over-all; application before the end of the
first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its
equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the
Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the
post-New Deal era. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Spring)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the
Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late
19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE
TO 338 B.C.
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
The development of civilization in the Near
East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is
placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and
the political process. (Fall, 1975-76)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77)
with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will
especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall)
412 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern
science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed
as 1560-1714. (Spring)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring,
1976-77)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the distinctive features of
the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of
Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization,
and Japan's emergence as a major world
power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Fall, 1976-77)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring)
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events and
developments in the area due to confrontation
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
a,
Chairman: Dean Gulden
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224,
314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real
Algebra,
gy, and Mathematics-Education.
Department of Mathematics
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to mathematical models and
structure. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. No course credit
will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors.
(Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years)
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio
and variation, progressions, binomial theorem,
and logarithms. (Fall)
Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential
equations; solution by special transforms;
numerical methods; and an introduction to
partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
121,122 CALCULUS I, II
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic
geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed
on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring)
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is
recommended. Fall)
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical
forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and vector
analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring
1976, offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions,
central limit theorem, estimation, regression
and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA
An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois
Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered
alternate years)
427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func-
tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues.
(Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate
years)
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
454 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product
spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms.
(Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration.
Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being
FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Spring)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may
be granted towards a mathematics major or
minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and
Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration.
Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00)
a,
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
a,
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111,
362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a
minimum of one course in internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110;
Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education
478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351
and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent
studies, by approval of the Director and the
Advisory Council.
Medical Technology
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111,
112 and two additional upper division (usually
367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,
116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION:
To be linked with appropriate majors (such as
business administration, business education,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core
courses are required for the Concentration:
Economics 120; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in
metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social
Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
*The course in metro-urban planning is not as
yet a regular part of the course offerings. The
interim, independent study, and internship can
provide opportunities for such a course. For
planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program.
Creative alternatives to the above suggested
programs will be considered.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karle'n
MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260,
261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457,
458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in
a music organization; piano proficiency, and
music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223,
224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354,
355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies;
2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music
organization; piano proficiency; and music
repertoire tests.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0
in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors
Program at the beginning of the second term
of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260,
261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476;
Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years
of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121,
231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. The major follows the approved
curriculum of the National Association for
Music Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano
proficiency; and two music repertoire tests.
Attendance at 8 performance workshops and
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue
the Bachelor of Music degree must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory
102.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop
and all campus faculty and student recitals is
required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All
music majors and minors, must register for
Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital
in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe
junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof
Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1
year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and
with correct fingering, at moderate speed and
from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or
a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern
piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be
played from memory.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study
is with a member of the Augsburg College
music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour
lessons.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather
than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224,
Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study
of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine
arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program,
(1) pass an advanced standing test in music
theory, and (2) sing or play representative
pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done
immediately before registration or earlier
when convenient. Transfer students must pass
the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their
first term at Augsburg.
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC
An objective analysis of musical stimuli:
design and implementation of experimental
research in music.
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC
THERAPY
Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers.
Dates and times to be arranged.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. (Alternate years)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see
under Financial Information. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-.
ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
a,
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools.
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 111,112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen
from the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after con-
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to
65 singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition,
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire
Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
sultation with a member of the Physics Department.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits
a number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools
to which he or she intends to apply.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111,
112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351,
352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry;
Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and
Physics 121, 122.
a,
Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer
a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of
Nursing
Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,
343. and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because you like it? Are there
better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at
possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal
and social issues resulting from them. (Fall,
Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the
junior year. The program will consist of an
honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
130 LOGIC
Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then
said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do
you? Does the conclusion follow from the
given premises? Here we examine the rules
which govern valid arguments and work to
develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring)
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND
ARISTOTLE
Socrates said that the unexamined life is not
worth living. We want you to take a look at
your beliefs to see whether or not they are
worth holding. What do you know? What
makes things what they are? Must you be able
to define the good before you can do it? These
and other questions will be looked at through
the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to
see what they have to say to modern man.
(Fall, Spring)
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? What did
Aristotle the scientist think of this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies
the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering?
Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the
basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate
to the world -can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is
it possible to have a language which only one
individual can understand? We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to these
and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975)
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?
What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are
there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods
used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In
addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special
sciences. (Fall, 1976)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings- both philosophical
and literary -of prominent Existentialist
authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth
with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt,
despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 344)
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course
in philosophy.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242,
343, or #.)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Department of Physical Education'
and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses.
223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352,
365, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351,
352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361,
362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required.
required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical
education and
.
athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110,
111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111,
243,351,482 and practicum in coaching.
(Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Fall, Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple
rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Theory and practice in teaching
swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open
only to majors and minors. (Fall)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103,
Chemistry 105. Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351,
352, Summer School only)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role
of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Spring)
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
(Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross Instructors
Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid
Standard First Aid card. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at
VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and
Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual
hospital experience in the following four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department)
Consult department chairman.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall)
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Health Education
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
Curriculum, organization and administration
of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975)
a,
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362,
and 395.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv.
frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent
registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and
three courses above 122.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as
a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles,
but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement
for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103
plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,
Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in
a,
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at
least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of
physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the
experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers,
the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351,
352. Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
Department of Political Science
5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122;
158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3
out of 5 areas*.
ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed
above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an
Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before
a faculty committee. Students should apply for
the Honors Major no later than the first term of
the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public Law,
and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.)
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or
160.
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction.
(Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The electoral process, emphasizing political
parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field
work with parties, pressure groups and other
relevant organizations. (Students may not take
BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No
prerequisite)
The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic.
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Students interested in secondary education
niay take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information.
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including
public opinion research and political public
relations.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
(Offered in non-election years. See note under
326. See Section I1 for description)
121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political
system; contemporary political issues imping-
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state
focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or
#. Offered on demand.)
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and
the determinants of voter choice, including
study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #.)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems
and discussion of contemporary issues.
Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic
values and processes; moralism, legalism, and
realism in foreign policy.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet
Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union
and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science
or # I
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process in developing
areas with particular attention to the creation,
maintenance, and administration of political
structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #. Offered on demand)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional
system, emphasizing significant Supreme
Court cases involving the United States
government and the federal system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
temporary Communism, and the impact of
historical traditions in the Soviet Union and
other communist states. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and
economic approaches to political study, and a
survey of the methods common to empirical
social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.)
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through
the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects
of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human
society. (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary
search' for political processes and structures
appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST
POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories,
the development and uses of ideology in con-
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.:
#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Duane Johnson
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting
courses from other departments may also be
required. The major program is planned in
consultaton with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include
105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to
include in preparation for graduate study are
105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at
least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will
usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264,
265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year,
and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and
toward the particular educational, vocational,
and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major
should be completed and approved by the
beginning of the junior year. The plan, which
may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of
a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended.
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
It is recommended that psychology majors
take some course work from among the
following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355,
473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261.
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design
methodology. Experimental Psychology I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be
taken in the term immediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall,
Spring)
351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
MINOR: 5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point
average over-all, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major
program. Application for honors consideration
is to be made during the junior year.
352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the
meaning that data and theory have for the
development of persons in the adolescent and
adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology,
and research methods. Emphasis will be given
to interactions of the central nervous system
with environmental events including the
effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and
one course in biology; two courses i n biology
are recommended. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a
widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with
the environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361.
Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fa11)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.)
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology.
(Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and
senior standing. Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal
issues. Consideration of the approaches and
methods of behavioral science to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research in which students select
an area of investigation, plan the appropriate
design, collect data, and write a research re-
a,
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
port according to the standards established by
the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual
research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing
and #. Fall, Spring)
\'
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational
and purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
and the emergence of the church. (Fall,
Spring)
MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper
division New Testament Greek. The major
shall include one interim course; and at least
three out of the following four areas shall be
represented by at least one course : 352-356,
360-363, 471-475, 481-484,
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major
and 3.00 over-all; research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
MINOR: 5 courses
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the
development of the various liturgical traditions
and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention
will be given to both the theology and the form
of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of
worship services. (Fall)
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed'and
discussed. (Spring)
-
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major
religious traditions and forms of faith found in
India, China, and Japan (special attention will
be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of
this survey is to introduce both the variety and
the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
(See under Department of Music)
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of
these changes to the institutional church.
(Fall)
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental
doctrines from the time of the Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
-
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the
"quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 1976-77)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the
religious development. A special interest in
such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and
Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations
and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the
church. (Spring)
a,
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is designed for those preparing for
secondary school teaching in social studies
and for others who desire a broad major in this
area. A major consists of 14 courses, which
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. (Spring)
Social Science
ics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499;
Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365);
and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics.
.
. - . . .. - -
7 courses in history: adistribution of these
courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at
least 4 of these courses must be upper division
and one a seminar; 2 courses in political
science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography,
anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384,
Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or
495).
For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of
the State of Minnesota for a high .school
teacher of the social studies, there must be
among the courses taken at least 7 courses in
history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or
362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1
additional upper division course in econom-
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363,
381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416,
440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122,
123, 495, 499.
a,
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman: Joel Torstenson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim
course.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic
forms; sociological models for analyzing the
structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
Basic background for advanced work in
sociology. (Fall, Spring)
historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches
towards solutions. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A
comparison of "primitive" and "civilized"
world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring)
300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such
places as institutions for adult felons;
physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
The structure and function of the family unit
and its place through time in the larger social
system. Includes interaction within the family,
sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring)
232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
An analysis of the causes and nature of the
contemporary social problems in light of their
362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An integrated two-course sequence in
sociological research; analysis of attempts to
build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe
social life; use of data processing equipment
and computers in sociological research.
Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are
strongly encouraged to take this sequence
their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or # ; high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
utilized as a major learning laboratory.
(Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring)
365 SOCIAL STATISTICS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
Scientific methods of organizing, comparing
and interpreting socio-psychological data.
Constructing graphs and tables, calculating
measures of central tendency, variability and
association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for
Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or lntership
Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis
upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime.
The theories of crime causation, treatment,
and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and the individual, the socialization
process, the development of personality, the
impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational
components of phenomena commonly seen as
individual problems: phenomena such as
mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105.
Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and in various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the
emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the
future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its
central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of social stratification and
social organization; their structural and
dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale
organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology, including 121. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Paul Steen
MAJOR: The core program of Social Work
begins in the junior year, but freshmen and
sophomores are advised to take Social Work
257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology
105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social
Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One
course in the Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) program should be taken
(see the index in this catalog to find where to
read about CHR courses).
The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the
following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology
351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology
375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be
taken as freshman or sophomore); and
Sociology 231 and 232.
257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social
work professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects in the helping
vocations, Independent study with a term
paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and
sophomores. (Interim)
351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic features of the helping process; social
work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work;
public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo
.
class periods and six hours
field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior
standing or #. Fall)
352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
A pair of seminars consisting of social security
(required) and one additional seminar in such
topics as mental retardation, alcohol and
chemical dependency, or the ecology of
welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week
to learn by practice the basic skills of social
work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #.
Interim)
353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS
Direction and application of principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and
concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring)
357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
A summer work experience of ten weeks or
longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution.
Special opportunity to consider career
aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical
reports and participation in seminars required.
Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may
be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer)
358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER
WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent
study relating to the work experience. Study to
be reported in a major paper of high quality.
,-- ......".,
/<~rmrnerI
461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN
SPECIAL AREAS
Emphasis on the refinement of social work
practice skills and development of role models
for effective service in programs serving
special groups such as the aged, mentally
retarded, chemically dependent, and youth.
Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours
field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a
week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related
field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours
related field experience or an approved plan
for independent work in community study or
planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall)
a,
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilites assigned as a professional
social worker in some social welfare agency
with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to
20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major. Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English
219. Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
111, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases -journalism, advertising and
public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from
the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for
the major and a personal career action plan.
Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A
course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor
s h or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 116, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the
five following areas: acting, set construction
and painting, light and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354,
360,476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or
243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or
243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467,
476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in
English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111
and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355,
352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field
of concentration. Application to be made early
in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant
films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than
technical elements. (Spring)
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Practical experience in the production of radio
and television programs of diverse kinds:
news programs, talk shows, documentaries,
and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered
1974-75. Fall)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
A study of the distinctive character of each of
the major mass media, with emphasis on their
role in society. See also description under
Department of Political Science. (Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selection of stories for various age groups.
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers as well as elementary and
secondary school teachers. (Fall)
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study
of great speeches; practical work in speech
writing. (Spring)
228 STAGECRAFT
353 ADVERTISING
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in
modern marketing and communications.
(Offered 1974-75. Spring)
352 PERSUASION
-
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
399 INTERNSHIP
Introduction to communication dynamics
embracing scientific as well as humanistic
perspectives on human communication.
(Spring)
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and
types of discussion; practice in discussion
techniques. (Fall)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication theory. (Fall)
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research. (Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
a,--
Transdisciplinary Major
A student who wishes to follow an individually
designed major may do so under the title:
Transdisciplinary major. Although this major
may not be well suited for students who plan
to pursue graduate studies, it does enable
them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must
include at least two-thirds of the number of
courses required in each of two major fields
offered at the college.
Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year.
The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1973-74 ..........................
.
,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840
..
285
Summer Session, 1974 .................................................................
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................
5,736
Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) .........................................
315
A
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French). Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach
MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary
Education)
*WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies
B
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960,
University of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia
(German and Russian)
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
(Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of
Iowa (Head Football Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater
Arts)
D
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the
Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program)
MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University
Department Chairman
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law
(Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
(Voice)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
* P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford
University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S.
1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach)
*VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota (German)
*I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar)
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University,
M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French)
MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of
the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
*JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
L
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of
Minnesota
JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
M
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn)
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
(Elementary Education)
*ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity
of Wisconsin -Madison,
M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano)
*ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at
Albany
GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and
Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of
the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
(Greek)
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971,
University of Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American
Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairman
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
*VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String
Instruments)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University, Department Chairman
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary
Education)
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
S
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965,
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
"IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science)
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany)
*ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion)
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota
DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska,
Department Chairman
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa
Barbara
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman
*EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental
Music, Director of the String Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
* Part-time
Administration
.........................................................
....................................................
President..
College Pastor,.
Oscar A. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. .
Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer
Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley
Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko
Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster
Administrative Assistant for Operations
and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson
Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel
Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad
Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey
.......
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey
Associate Dean of the Faculty
F. Mark Davis
and Director of Special Programs..
Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel
Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley
Larry Glenn
Director of Audio Visual Services
John C. Dawson
Director of MUSIP ..................................................
Louise McColl
Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program
..............................
....................................
.........................
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Foundation and Government Relations..
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs..
Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson
..................
...........................
INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..
........................ Bruce L. Gildseth
College Relations
Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock
Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren
Steven J. Vite
Manager of Publications.,
...........................................
Admissions
Director of Admissions..
Donald E. Webber
Assistant Director of Admissions,.
Dave Benzel
Assistant Director of Admissions..
Barb J. Lundberg
Karen Nelson
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman
............................................
...................................
....................................
..............................................
Student Affairs
Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander
Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh
Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson
Joel Mugge
Director of Student Programs..
Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone
Ralph Crowder
Coordinator of Minority Affairs.
.......................................
......................................
............................25
Academic Administration
Academic Life
Accreditation
Administration
Admission to the College
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
American Studies
Anthropology
Art. Department of
Bachelor of Music Degree
Biology. Department of
Board. Cost of
Business Administration
Business Education
Calendar
Campus
Campus Map
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
Classification
Communications
Computer Science
Conservation of Human
,
.
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
Courses of Study
Course Descriptions
Credit by Examination
Degrees
Divisional Organization
Early Admission
Early Decision
East Asian Studies
Economics
Education. Department of
Education. Elementary
Education. Secondary
Engineering
English. Department of
Enrollment
Expenses
Faculty
Financial Aid
Financial Information
Five College Cooperative
Food Service
French
Foreign Languages
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
Geography
German
Grading
Graduates (1870-1974)
Graduates. Summary of
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
Greek
...................................... 11
.......................................
7
...................................... 94
.......................19. 32a
................................
20
................................. 20
...............................
30. 29a
..................................
80
...............................30. 7a
........................15. 62
...........................33. 9a
...................................... 23
........................35. 10a
.............................37. I l a
.......................................... 11
.......................................... 7
.......................................8
.......................40. 12a
.....................................49. 16a
......................................
29
...............................83. 13a
..............................60. 19a
............
................
13. 5a
..............................
13. 68
............................29. 30. 6a
.............................30. 7a
..............................
29
........................................15
.............................
26
................................
20. 32a
..................................
20. 32a
.............................
42. 29a
..................................... 38. 14a
.......................42. 15a
.........................
.42. 15a
...........................43. 15a
.....................................
13. 46
..........................46. 16a
.................................
...... 88
..........................................
22
.......................................... 11. 87
.......................................
21
...............................
22
....................
.
.
.
.. 12
.......................................
18
.................
.
.
....................49. 16a
............................. 49. 16a
...........................26
....................11
.................................... .a.
1.......................................
.52, 77e
............................................ 27
.............................88
.............................88
........................... 25
.........................28
..........................................53. 17s
...............................70. 22a
........................ 6
..........................56. 18a
....................................14
......................................... 17
.......................................6
..................................28
......................12. 3a
.........................16. 17a
..........................................
53
.........................................47
.................................
45. 15a
.....................................
53. 17a
...........................................6
.............................................
12
Health Education
History of Augsburg College
History. Department of
Honors Program
Housing
Identification
Independent Study
Inter-lnstltutional Programs
Intercollegiate Athletics
Japanese
Journalism
Library Science
Linguistics
Location
Majors
Mathematics. Department of
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of
Music Therapy
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
New Dimensions Program
Numbering of Courses
Nursing
Personnel of the College
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
Physics. Department of
Political Science. Department of
Pre-Professional Training
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology. Department of
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Religion. Department of
Religious Life
Room Costs
Russian
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science Majors
Social Work
Sociology. Department of
Spanish
Speech. Department of
Student Life
Student Services
Summer School
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
Transfer to Augsburg
Tuition and Fees
Visiting the Campus
.....................59. 18a
........................13. 61. 19a
............................61. 29a
....................15. 4a
...........................62. 21a
......................................62
.................. 6
................................65. 29a
...........................17
..............................29
..........................................
66
............................84
......................66. 22a
.............................68. 22a
.........................70. 23a
.................71. 24a
.......................12. 29a
............................ 27
......................75, 25a
.........................................16
............................................23
......................................
26
.........................77, 2Se
......................................16
......................................... 23
........................................54. 17a .
..................... ma
..........................
78.
................................60.81. 26a
.64.
29a
....................... BO. 288
........................................55. 1Ta
.......................... 89.27a
........................................7%
.
............................
....
.16
..........................
,
.....
13. 14
......................................14
.....................................29. 30
....................................
63, 280
.........................
66,28a
.......................
18.20. 12a
....................................
22
................................ Z
Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the
Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and
faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions
and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible
during the regular term.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at
least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of
full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two
years is required t o complete one interim for graduation).
A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major
Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course
requirement in religious studies.
There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim
course.
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted
t o register for more than one course during the period.
(;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI'
INGS
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students
generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses
are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim
courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering
for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more
rigorous grading standard.
OIBTIONS
June Interim
At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer
school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the
January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect
the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students
wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay
regular summer course tuition.
Independent or Directed Study
Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or
directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed
study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must:
1)
meet departmental requirements
2)
present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who
will direct the study
submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended
study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not
submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration
cancelled.
Interims at Other Schools
3)
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal
interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the
Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City
colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period.
Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult
with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall).
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not
include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged
$310 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim
Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their
own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can
be made t o the office of the interim director.
CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time.
I
I1
-
8:OO - 12:30
12:30 - 5:OO
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be
arranged the first day of class.
All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes
scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for
Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO.
October 27-30
Interim Registration
January 5
First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January 6
Last day for cancelladd
January 9
Last day for determining grading system
January 23
Last day for canceling class
January 30
Interim ends
Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475).
Instructor: Paul Rusten
Film-making I, Film-making I1
Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and
structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Lab Fee of $70.00.
Prerequisites: None for Film-making I.
NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to
take Film-making 11.
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: East Hall
Life Drawing
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil,
contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk.
There will be a $10.00 per student model fee.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Art Studio 6
The Arts of Spain
Instructor: Philip Thompson
A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on
the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern
civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of
expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of
the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great
wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists
have led revolutions in the arts.
The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and
around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th
Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic
cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created.
Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125.
Distribution: Humanities
Scientific Racism
Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers
What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the
biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will
be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current
controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors
we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard
Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams.
Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent
Distribution: Science/Math, Urban
Time: I1
Room: Science 21 3
Evolution: Believe It or Not
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by
a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past
few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the
subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the
present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms
o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course
some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be
examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some
o f the sessions.
Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Biological Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the
student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and
radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may
receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division,
and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent
in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special
Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally
available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students.
The cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Seminar: The Cutting Edge
Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe
Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research.
The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present
seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will
present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the
biology major.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 212
BUS. AIDMIN.
Principles of Managerial Accounting
Instructor: Arnin Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting.
Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.
Prerequisites: Business Administration 101
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Office Technology
Instructor: Gertrude Lund
Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office
duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and
international trade.
Prerequisites: Typewriting
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences
Instructor: Margaret Etter
The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a
spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists
enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will
explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner
in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of
symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied,
using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C.
Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail.
One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline
will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Instructor: Roy Hanson
This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will
give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by
chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take
Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116
Distribution: None
Time: I & I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Chemical Research
Instructor: Courtland Agre
This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with
chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with
students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or
particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in
industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before
the start o f the interim.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 318
Principles of Economics
- Micro
Instructor: Peter Morici
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 120 or 122.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 28
Welfare Economics
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory.
Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
1%IBIJCATION
Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary
and Pre-school Use
Instructor: Steven Reuter
Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool
environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their
creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will
include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools.
Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Library 4
1%I)IJCATl'
ION
SIJDIMIER
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(Elementary)
Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton
This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore
various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various
exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity.
Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing
Distribution: None
Time: Summer Session
11I)UCATl'
ION
Audio-visual Media
Instructor: Mary Alexander
This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary
or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment
and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that
assignments can be made with specific schools.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Distribution: None
Time: I (and arranged)
Room: Old Main 7
Things That Go Bump In The Night:
The Literature of Fantasy
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and
ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old
Scottish prayer puts it:
"From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties
And things that go bump in the night
Good Lord, deliver us. "
We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The
Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If
January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will
give us some additional fun.
The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or
devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The
instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the
four Tolkien books on the third day o f class.
-
Prerequisites: See above
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror,
Mystery and Detection
Instructor: Lorraine Livingston
Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You
will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery
stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe,
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone
by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du
Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha
Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief
be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject
lectures
o f his choice.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 1
Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More:
The Short Story and Archetypes
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence,
Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view,
but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from
anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories
will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized,
and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning
how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who
wished to learn more about archetypal criticism.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book:
Instructor: Toni Thornton
James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses.
The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus
will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those
planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey.
Prerequisites: One literature course
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Intermediate French I1
Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov
Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a
little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic
interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there
will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for
leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading.
--
There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the
group.
Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7
The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected
in Literature
Instructor: William Oyler
Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed.
These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not
uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of
urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political
change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and
women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those
discussed in class.
This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200
years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students
who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a
minor in German.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 8
History of the German Language
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other?
What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be
considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of
German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the
development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern
standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference
between Low and High German.
Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 1
Norwegian Composition and Conversation
Instructor: Leif E. Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition.
Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now
residing in the Twin Cities area.
Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field
experience.
Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 3
Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous
Literary Figures
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction
with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the
conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . .
Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: Summer Session
Room:
Spanish Expression
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a
secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in
Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian
Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them;
After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying
grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive,
passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish
grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish.
Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level
Distribution: Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 3
History of London
Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist
"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"
(Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer
much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant
that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least
four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world
for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European
culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic
preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was
conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our
study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available.
Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography,
architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both
in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to
reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is
understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence
the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban or Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 19
The Japanese-American Experience
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their
immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and
society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans
during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice.
Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this
ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience?
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will
be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American
Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable
alternate project will be required.
Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities
on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f
topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts,
recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW
Philadelphia and the Quest for a
Humane City
Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock
A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city.
The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic
origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course
will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American
Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of
the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social
sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia
where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused
upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central
city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political
developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's
present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city"
will be a guiding theme for the course.
Approximate cost: $235. plus meals.
Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor.
Distribution: Urban studies
Time: I1
Room: Science 34
60272
Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European
Civilizations in Transition
Instructor: F. Mark Davis
A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on
the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained
independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in
population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in
institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs.
The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation.
Harold Mitchell,
Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s,
Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean;
Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction
and Poetry.
Caribbean:
In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and
the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica.
In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in
Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in
Cap-Haitien.
Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate
Cathedral of America.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: None
60308
Victorian Woman
INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images
of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings,
letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied,
either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters),
the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early
feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual
figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen
Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in
most cases) a class presentation.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I 1
Room: Library 201
Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American
Civilizations
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and
intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of
the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes,
agricultural techniques, and daily life.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
R o ~ m :Old Main 19
Exploring the Future
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is
happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us.
Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge
background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may
impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking.
Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting
into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and
individual projects.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 318
Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical
materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school
mathematics)
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 320
The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making:
An Introduction to Operations Research
Instructor: Warren L. Persons
Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and
coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the
course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing
ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a
decision pro blem.
Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality.
Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications.
There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is
necessary).
Lab fee: $10.
Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 213
DIIJSIC
Electronic Music
Instructor: Robert Karlen
Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional,
contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer.
Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students
have access to a tape recorder.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 20
American Band Music (1776-1976)
Instructor: Jim Carlson
This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred
year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will
begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary
times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore
and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands
will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the
American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band
music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with
persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore;
Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in
Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus.
Student cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Olivet Hall
82290
Brigadoon
DI USIC
Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson
The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography,
lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances.
Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score
andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome).
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 11
Revelation and Human Knowledge
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is
possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception.
The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and
mystical insight.
Prerequisite: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Safety and Drug Education
Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss
First Aid course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Melby 12
Recreational Activities and Rhythms
Instructor: LaVonne Peterson
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized
games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and
square dancing.
Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Melby 12
Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will
bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will
be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and
college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the
judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is
required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team.
Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's
gymnastics team.
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Melby 13
'r
1'1 1T SICS
The History of Astronomy
Instructor: Ted Hanwick
This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century.
While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton,
and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development
of this subject.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 123
1'111 T SICS
'r
Understanding the Weather
Instructor: Ken Erickson
An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in
weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background.
Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical
quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation
weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation,
forecasting and guest speakers.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 22
1'111 T SICS
'r
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Physical Science Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge
Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study
from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training
Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will
be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU
Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not
normally available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants.
The cost d l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court
on Church and State
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
85295
An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious
liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of
principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential
impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required.
85495
Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their
studies to the combined group and in a paper.
Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission
of the instructor.
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Science 22
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The
essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass
media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in
England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the
British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film,
might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British
views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions,
involving interviews with relevant public officials.
The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the
instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news
production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select
topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a
separate cost and be individually arranged in England.
The cost will be approximately $850-895.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Social Science
America's International Politicians
Instructor: Norma Noonan
Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision
process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format
with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements:
project and final examination.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Library 201
Creativity in Preschool Children
Instructor: Duane Johnson
What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to
consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction,
and activities.
Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready
access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the
first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be
available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child.
Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 8
Your Personality and its Measurement
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are
thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other
means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 22
Computer Applications in Behavioral Science
Instructor: Richard Marken
An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of
behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as
correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in
FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting
behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be
required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied
and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in
crowds.
A lab fee of approximately $1 0.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Israel: A study in Social Change
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot
of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in
Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a
center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be
viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and
secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the
Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and
others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time:
Room:
The Behavior of Nerve Cells
Instructor : Norm Ferguson
Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system.
Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one
another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying
nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated
activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors.
Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 34
World Order and Religion
Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe
The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order
would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and
principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their
world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order?
What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world
order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to
religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting
speakers.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
RELIGION
Contemporary Religious Movements
Instructor: Douglas Ollila
A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the
Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna.
Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t
leaders.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Israel: Ancient and Modern
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and
Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great
importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in
the whole o f the Middle East.
The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become
acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results.
Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially
as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned
reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make
possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City.
In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places
such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit
places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a
few days in London before returning to the U.S.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Religion
Practicum in Human Services
Instructor: Paul Steen
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career
aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor
Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors
Time: I 1
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Human Service Issues in Selected Areas
Instructor: Tony Wagner
A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas
such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social
security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience.
Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor.
Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2
Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing
Instructor : Gordon Nelson
An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension
between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine
the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing.
During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis
Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods.
The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination
designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan
Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo
There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the
instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form,
content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and
ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos
Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and
D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 28
Advanced Public Speaking
Instructor: Ray Anderson
This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition
and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will
be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop
each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship.
Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective
Instructor: Joel Mugge
The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f
Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of
the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to
clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the
Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only
be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well.
While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of
the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in
agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community
within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will
be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an
extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required.
The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Humanities
Theater Practicum
Instructor: Ailene Cole
The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical
preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.)
Room: Speech Auditorium
SIDEIICII
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
See description under Political Science.
SIBBIICII
Advanced Acting
Instructor: Esther Olson
A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style.
Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from
these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included.
(Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.)
Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Speech 43
Show less
ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t ,
t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s .
PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure.,
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n... Show more
ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t ,
t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s .
PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure.,
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e w i t h a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e
f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n
upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors.
COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y
I f you need
d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e of AUGSaURG COLLEGE NW.
more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t
t h e Summer School O f f i c e .
INDEPENDENT STUW, while not f i t e d among M e couhbe o66&n@, may
be pwlnued d d n g M e nummm i n a nwnbm 06 d e p a h t m e d . Fok &dotm d o n , cons& M e Summm School O66ice.
CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must b e made a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e .
No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d
c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIWT TO CANCEL LISTED COUSES.
SUMMER SCHOOLCHARGES i n c l u d e a G e n e r a l Fee of $15. T u i t i o n i s $190
p e r c o u r s e . Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may b e charged f o r some
courses.
A DEPOSIT of $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t
i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g
a l t e r n a t e s , should b e c a n c e l l e d .
The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e
General Fee and T u i t i o n .
CHARGE FOR AUDITING a c o u r s e ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s
I n courses with limited enrollment, ere$90 p l u s $15 g e n e r a l f e e .
ference w i l l be given t o f u l l - t u i t i o n students.
REGISTRATTON .in t o be compL&ed not Latea Man t h e
6 h t
day
06
each
tm at M e Summm School Oddice. A L L CHARGES doh .the tm mwt be
paid bedote tegh-thation -in compLete. A L d e Reghthation Fee 06
$10 w i l l 2 be added doh ntudemh who compleXe keg.in,hztion a 6 t m t h e
6 i h 6 t day 0 6 M e t e r n .
TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s
COURSE CANCELLATION DATE
w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e
REFUND
TERM I
TERM I1
t a b l e on t h e r i g h t .
( S U ~~ I C ~ U .in
J I ~--ToO%June 1-2 J u n e 28-30
fieimited by M e ion-he,jmdabLedepirn-LZ.) 80X
June 3-4
~ u l y1-6
No r e f u n d - w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d
60%
June 7-8
J u l y 7-9
40%
June 9-10 J u l y 12-14
dates.
-
I I T ~ T ~
[I
4
I
ART
ART 10 132
PHOTOGRAPHY
F h i ~ ~ e n~ h n
The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and express i o n w i t h a t t e n t i o n g i v e n t o b l a c k and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes.
Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 6/28 7:00 p.m. A r t S)
TERM 11
ART 10242
FILM MAKING I
RLUt e n
D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l
elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Add. $70
fee.
TERM 1
Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH)
**
ART 10342
FILM MAKING I1
RusXen
Advanced c o u r s e f o r t h o s e w i t h p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e i n f i l m
making. Add. $70 f e e .
TERM 1
Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH)
BIOLOGY
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Uichelbmg
BIO 20103
A p r o f e s s i o n a l c o u r s e i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e
human body.
Course r u n s 10 weeks.
TERM I E I 1
6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,TH
S-205
BUSINESS
K a h
BUS 21101
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIALACCOUNTING
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c c o n c e p t s and
fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n
of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s .
TERM 1
1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th
MH- 1
BUS 21 102
PRINCIPLES OF .WAGJRIAL ACCOUNTING
Kadm
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and
fundamentals o f m a n a g e r i a l a c c o u n t i n g .
TERM I
11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F
S-22
BUSINESS EDUCATION
BED 33108
CALCULATING MACHINES
Lund
Operation of ten-key a d d i n g machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and
electronic calculators.
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
M-10
TERM 1
CHEMISTRY
CHM 34105
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
k&on
Concepts and laws u n d e r l y i n g c h e m i s t r y i l l u s t r a t e d by a
v a r i e t y of examples i n c l u d i n g o r g a n i c and e n v i r o n m e n t a l systems.
TERM 11
12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F, Lab 1:25-4:00 p.m. T-Th
S-205, S-323
CHM 3435 3
.QU@TITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Gybehg
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and v o l u m e t r i c a n d y s i s and s o l u t i o n
e q u i l i b r i u m i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s .
10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F, Lab 12:OO-4:00 p.m. N-Th
TERM 11
S-205, S-327
ECONOMICS
ECO 22120
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabe&
Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a
metro-urban environment.
TERM 1
6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th
S-34
ECO 22122
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Sub&
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic
growth.
TERM 11
6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W
L- 1
ECO 22123
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
SabtUa
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y of t h e housen o l d , f i r m , market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n .
6:oO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
S-34
TERM 11
EDUCATION
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N AN URBAN SETTISG
Pt&0n
(ELEMENTARY)
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t n e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r in-school work.
TERM 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
L-4
EDE 44255
EDE 44425
NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM: METHODS AND
MATERIALS
Redm
Learning about and d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and s k i l l s of
t e a c h i n g t h e young c h i l d .
6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th
L-4
TERM 1
EDE 44481
STUDENT TEAMING (ELEMENTARY)
sXa66
Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary
s c h o o l s under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and elementary s c h o o l pers o n n e l . $15 f e e
TERU 1 0 . t 11
Time a r r a n g e d
EDS 44265
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S E C O N D A R Y ) F U ~ & ~
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t h e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n
and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n - s c i ~ o o l work.
TERM 1
9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F
L-4
C~-como'~)
8
EDS 45482
-9%
O p p o r t u n i t i * arm p r , d d e d zb?c;q e r s - q e s i n o b s e r v i n g
and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l
l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel.
$15.00 f e e .
TERM I oh I I
Time a r r a n g e d .
ENGLISH
**
ENG54282
TOPIC: T H R E E m $ m k W R I T E R S
Pdohaat~c
A u t h o r s s t u d i e d a r e Rolvaag, Lewis, and F i t z g e r a l d . F i e l d
t r i p s included.
TERM 11
12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F
S-34
**
Thohntvn
ENG 54338
MODERN BRITISH LITERATURE
An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e m a j o r t r e n d s i n modern B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , f o c u s i n g on James J o y c e , D.H. Lawrence, V i r g i n i a Woolf,
T.S. E l i o t a n d o t h e r s .
TERM I
1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th
S-205
**
ENG 54340
LITERATURE AND FILM
P d 0 h ~
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e s between w r i t t e n n a r r a t i v e and f i l m e d n a r r a t i v e . P r e r e q u i s i t e : c o l l e g e literature or film class.
TERM 11
6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W
S-205
FRENCH
COACHING OF SPORTS
I~ n i g e h
HPE 55482
Theory and t e c h n i q u e s of c o a c h i n g and p r e v e n t i o n and c a r e
of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
G-24
7:lO-9:40 a . m . M-F
TERM I
C. ~ V e k o n
HPE 55485
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a m b u l a t i o n , s e l f c a r e ,
a d a p t e d s p o r t s and games, a n d swimming f o r t h e handicapped.
TERM I
F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12
HPE 55491
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
C. Nchon
A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y .
Includes
g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of n e u r o m u s c u l a r re-education.
TERM 11
F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12
Saugutad
HPE 55495
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Actual h o s p i t a l experience i n c o r r e c t i v e therapy; psychia t r y , orthopedics, neurology, and r e h a b i l i t a t i o n .
TERM 11
Time a r r a n g e d .
G- 12
HISTORY
Jem en
HIS 56103
MODERN WORLD
A s t u d y of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n w e s t e r n c i v i l i z a t i o n
from t h e t i m e of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t .
6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th
L-1
TERM I
**
FRE 70212
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I1
Aan ko w
T w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y l i t e r a r y works a r e e x p l o r e d w i t h t h e
g o a l s of communicating i d e a s a n d b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t r e a d i n g
s k i l l t o p u r s u e g e n e r a l r e a d i n g and l i t e r a r y s t u d y i n F r e n c h .
TERM I
9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F
S-20 1
HIS 56234156334 QUELVS, COURTESANS AND CONSORTS N&on
A b a s i c c o u r s e i n t h e development of a n c i e n t c i v i l i z a t i o n ,
f o c u s i n g on t h e c e n t r a l theme of t h e p l a c e of women, b o t h publ i c and p r i v a t e , w i t h i n t h a t c u l t u r e .
TERM I1
10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F
S-34
GERMAN
IWTERDISCIPLINARY
GER 72111
BEGINNING GERMAN I
-sx~nm&z
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g
b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n G e r man.
TERM I
7: 10-9:40 a.m. M-F
S-201
Steinm&z
GER 72112
BEGINNING GERMAN T I
For s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d 72111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s
t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h s c h o o l German.
TERM I1
7: 15-8:40 a.m. ?I-F
S-20 1
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 55111
SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION E.NeRnon, SaugenRad
An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what c a n b e done f o r t h e
a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t Aid c o u r s e .
TERM I
7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-F
G-12
**
INS 60110/60310
SICEKTFNNIAL SPECIAL:
POlJER I N AHERICA
P + Z L Lm~ d Py.'iud
The s o c i a l s c i e n c e , h i s t o r i c a l and l i t e r a l v i a r p o i n c s of
power; i t s h o l d e r s , t h e a d a p t i o n of t h o s e l e s s p o w e r f u l a n d t h e
d i f f u s i o n of power t o o t h e r p o p u l a t i o n s w i l l b e i n c l u d e d .
6:OO-9:30 p.m. T , Th
TERM 11
L- 1
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 83130
LOGIC
Reichenbach
Examination of t h e r u l e s which g o v e r n v a l i d a r g u m e n t s ;
d e v e l o p a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments.
TERM I
8:30-9:40 a.m. & 11:lO-12:20 p.m. M-F
L-4, L-1
**
PHI 83450
PHILOSOPHIES OF FEYINISM
P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth,
l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and i m p l i c a t i o n s of matr i a r c h i a l l p a t r i a r c h i a l , pro-feministlanti-feminist c u l t u r e s ,
c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . No prerequisites
TERN 11
10:25-11:50 a.m. Y-F
L- 1
.
PHYSICS
PHY 84101
Pa& on
ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e c o u r s e of o u r s o l a r system, s t a r s , and gal-
a x i e s . Requires elementary a l g e b r a .
TERM 11
6:OO-9:30 p.m. ?I,W
PSY 86375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
MLLJL~u
An examination o f t h e i d e a o f "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o
i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y .
TERM 11
12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F
L- 1
PSY 86493
SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Andexegg
P o i n t s of view w i t h i n b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e on contemporary
p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e :
3 courses i n
Psychology.
TERM 1
11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F
MH- 1
MH- 1
RELIGION
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 85170
LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
Sten5 hoed
A s u r v e y of American law and l e g a l p r o c e s s . T h e o r i e s of
law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , l a w y e r s , and
j u r i e s ; t h e U.S. C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law as p o l i t i c s ;
h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s .
TERN 11
10:25-11:50 a.m. N-F
MH-1
POL 85295
SEMINAR: GANES OF POLITICS
Hedbdom
An approach t o t h e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and
p r o c e s s e s through s i m u l a t i o n .
TERU 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. N-F
Place a r r .
Hedbdom
POL 85342
YASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ;
t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l
purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l publ i c relations.
ERA4 1
12:30-3:20 p.m. M-Th
L- 1
*
REL 87111
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Quad ecir
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and
t o t h e d i a l o g u e between t h e church and t h e world view which concerns Christian doctrine.
8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F
L- 1
TERM 11
**
REL 87372
RELIGIONS OF INDIA:
HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM.
8en.6on
H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from
a n t i q u i t y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu
ritual.
TERM 11
8:50-10: 15 a.m. M-F
L-1
**
REL 87369
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
P a r t i c u l a r i t i e s of r e l i g i o u s discernment, symbolism and
world view w i l l b e d i s c u s s e d i n c o n v e r s a t i o n format.
9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F
S-205
TERM 1
SOCIOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 86 105
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Fehcju OM-1,Mahhen-11
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose
of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r .
TEa.1 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. Y-F
L-1
(Fe~cjuon)
TERM 11
8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F
S-34 (hiahken]
** PSY
SOC 94231
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
Maeheb
An examination of t h e p a i r e d r e l a t i o n s h i p i n mass s o c i e t y ;
t h e p r o c e s s of d a t i n g and mate s e l e c t i o n ; m a r r i a g e and i t s a l t e r n a t i v e s ; and t h e dynamics and s t r u c t u r e of t h e f a m i l y u n i t .
TERM 1
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
S-34
SOC 94241
86130
COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT
Dyhud
A s t u d y w i l l b e made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s
r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , t h e s t a g e s , and example i n language,
reasoning and judgement.
Field t r i p .
$5 m a t e r i a l s f e e .
TERhi 11
8:50-10:15 a.m. Y-F
?lH- 1
PSY 8635 1
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
Jchmon
A c t i v e i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s
of d a t a and t'neory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n .
TERM I
7: 10-9:40 a.m. TI-F
S-205
*(I( t.ie PbyCjloLogq C O ~ &Zed,
~ A
E d u c d o n heqLLihement.
u,rCI, - PSY
b6105 meea .the Genehd
- .--
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
G e ~ ~ a h o
THE CHILD'S WORLD:
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e
way we s e e t h e world.
TERM I
8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F
MH- 1
**
SOC 94255
YOUTH WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Wagnu
Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i vidual relationships.
Add. $60 f e e .
Time a r r .
TERM 11
PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t
t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y
b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n .
STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augnbutg CoLCsge dcri -tire F& Tern 0 6 Lize cuhyyem m e e&g.ibBe t o attend .%InIm~h Sdlool, a5 ahe p C h 5 O r z h admiLted by otheh coLLeg~5 6oh t h e ha?? 0 6 t k i a yeah.
I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e ment from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good
s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s .
Credits
(A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m of t h i s p a g e . )
c a n n o t b e t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d .
OTHER PERSONS whlzing t o .take bwnmeh school tuohk nizodd contact Rhe
D i h e c t o ~0 6 Sunnnek School t o ancehtain &ig-ibiLLty u n d u opecide
cihcmtancch .
fst,fzn.
TF.&
<
3 : 3Ct-,i 1 :-OQ a:.rri .
,,cS.nlq.;es
-
.* ,\
.L
I
ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t imply a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r
s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Persons wishing t o begin a degree
program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h t h e O f f i c e
of Admissions.
c&:
L6
? â¬
T
n
,.
bi.-g
5-34
;
C:G.tTviE r ' S , w x g S
3SS%2iiatkn ar.4 ;ri-.tics i n s ?uryterLing and
( T h i s form i s t o b e u s e d by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s
o t h e r t n a n Augsburg C o l l e g e . Augsburg Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may b e
t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d
by t n a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . )
-
.%LLP,r,,bIS:T?)W~ ~ O ~ ~ I C TI $f O V
%:A!&&$~l%'
&e.ilirig t:r'i-t%,
t h r advarc?? 8 t e ~ s sO F tell?vislo%
v r o b u z i n g and 3irecCLnq.
a m
6:5G-JO:33.p.b.'f?-T77
MB-2
S2Z- $824:
.-
$- ,,urse
S t u d e n t ' s Name:
z
College o r University:
The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d
t o e a r n summer s c n o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
332 983x5
~,~;sc;(ss,op
o m - 2 : ~ r i ; s g ~ . ? . . ~ ,--
~~~-~~~~~~.~~~dj,,
Sf
gT3&
6~7~;1&!icsi
z
s&,,t 6.
R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any:
C of t h e :roll?
-
-Sagn -uhe aiiz
I
bfle
--
~
m
-
~
=
~
e
i
= -
( R e t w completed damn t o Summeh
ScCzool, Augbbwrg CoUege, Minneapa&,
Mn. 5 5 4 5 4 )
t
A U G S B U R G
S U M M E R
S C H O O L
A P P L I C A T I O N
FULL NAME:
last
first
middle o r maiden
AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any)
PRESENT
ADDRESS:
PERMANENT
ADDRESS:
street
city
state
county
i~
telephone
street
City
state
county
zip
telephone
PLEASE CHECR AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS:
I am now a s t u d e n t a t Augsburg College and have been s i n c e
-I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d Augsburg College (When?)
.
n o t a n Augsburg s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d
-II am
am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; I (have)
-I have
earned a b a c h e l o r ' s degree from
(have n o t ) been admitted.
College.
have been admitted t o Augsburg a s a Freshman f o r n e x t f a l l .
I p l a n t o a t t e n d Augsburg College only f o r t h e Summer School.
-I
-
-So. -Jr. -Sr. -Other
My PRESENT classification:-Fr.
THE MAXIMUM LOAD FOR TERM I I S ONE COURSE.
I1 IS TWO COURSES.
THE MAXIMUM FOR TERM
I plan t o t a k e t h e f o l l o w i n g courses:
TERM
DFPT.
,COUKSENO.
SECT.
, ABBREVIATED
COURSE TITLE
I
I f my above courses a r e c a n c e l l e d , I would s u b s t i t u t e t h e following:
A non-m6wrdabt.e t&tion d e p o ~ do d $30.00 muax a ~ n p a n y.tkid 60m.
U chrvrgeb do* TERM 1 wt
Ckeckd nne payable ;to Axgbuhg College. A
be paid &I 6uR.t n o t eatm d?a
Tueddaq, Jule T , 1976. TERM I I chnngea
mwt be paidno2 & ~ r . t h a n Jwe 2 8 , r976. R e h m
60mand
d e p o b i L to S U W R SCHOOL, AUGSBURG COLLEGE, MIMMEAPOLIS, W 5 5 4 5 4
--
DATE:
=.-
:
---19 76
STGNATURE:
I
Show less
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calen... Show more
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Majors
Pre-Professional Training ,
Requirements
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
Honors Program
Degrees
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE
..
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l .
Recreation
Intercollegiate
Religious L i f e
Student S e r v i c e s
Athletics
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
MUSIP
...
...
...
. ..
...
PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID
. . . E a r l y Decision . . .
. . . Advanced
...
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
Transfer
E a r l y Admission
Advanced Placement
Standing
F i n a n c i a l Aid
...
...
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
.
I
PAGE 19, EXPENSES
. ..
Expenses
1974- 75 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
...
...
D i v i s i o n a l Organization
Graduation Requirements
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Grading
Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n
C r e d i t by Examination
Classification
Courses
Numbering .
. Symbol
...
...
...
...
...
.
PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 90. INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s
w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h
a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the
c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e .
Glossary of Terms
T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n
you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d
most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have
o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e
College.
-
-
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC..
COURSE..
MAJOR..
MINOR
LOAN
.. . . .The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which
c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
..... . . A
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s
"Community Development and Organization." Four courses
a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
. .......A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a .
majors i n 18 departments.
Augsburg o f f e r s
..........A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n
t h e major.
ELECTIVE..
FEE..
We
... . . A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by
t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s
dictate.
... .......Charges
made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s
l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l .
...........Money
a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r
r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.
SEMESTER
... F i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h
school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e
s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT
o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l
need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay.
The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
.......The
College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester
i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
.
PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e
a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be
e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department.
Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March,
August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May,
June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Introduction
There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a
m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g .
Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you
both.
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a
s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s ,
f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through
t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose
participation i n athletics.
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s
L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s
may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r
own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s
a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own
education.
A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e
"4-1-4.1'
I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and
e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a
number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary
i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t .
Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and
a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an
evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any
of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e
Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e
numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and
t h e Fighting Saints.
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic
program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a
remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e
American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago,
Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century
o f Christian higher education.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background
though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e
r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r
metropolitan area.
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis
I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s .
The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s
a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The
Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing
artists.
A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by
s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie
T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul
C i v i c Opera Company.
R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r
t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may
j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e
d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and
t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis
v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus.
( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.)
History
Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n
America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home
i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t
c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879.
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s
former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American
Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l
Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
r
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
academic e x c e l l e n c e
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o
the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the Christian f a i t h .
I
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis
surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of
Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of
cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The
University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview
and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n ,
first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions
requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e
admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e
process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A
student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r
a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked
Preferred
t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181)
times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may
a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s ,
Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n .
.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College.
Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg
College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o
s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l
t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while
p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal
and p r e p a r e
a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e
s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e
s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n
on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world
becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s
determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e
encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n
music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program.
I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies
provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r
what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e .
The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p
on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n
j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t
v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having
coffee.
General Education Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined,
n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l
a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course
of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required)
.
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f
s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and
r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ,
sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and
p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved
l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s
r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section. )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
E a s t Asian S t u d i e s
Economics
Economics /Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro -Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
P h y s i c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Work
Sociology
Spanish 1
Speech
Theater A r t s
Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative
s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted
f o r f u r t h e r information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y ,
pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s
education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission
t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y
a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of
courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n
r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t .
Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e .
Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r
acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t
o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated
c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A
r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses.
Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning
s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and
S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e
i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r
should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s ,
interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s ,
cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a
metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t
with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper
Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg
College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis
has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y
o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s
designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with
chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and
t h e Metropolitan campuses.
These co-learning c l a s s e s
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR).
b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r
c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud
Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n ,
S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e
departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both
from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s
and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with
inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg
holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n
t h e s e co-learning courses.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with
t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t
courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d
t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees.
.
Augsburg and
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI )
CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of
t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o
Aupsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools
o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis
r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission
t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General,
Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s
work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major
i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t
Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e
three hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n
cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l ,
and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a
major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved
by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during
t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o
have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0
grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e ,
consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o
Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN),
Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r
t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted
p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y
i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n
t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e
s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e
departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e
following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n .
-
~
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a
number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e :
The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e
i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence
i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg
s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making
a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must
be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through
f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as
e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r
t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg
s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e
Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r .
See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on
programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study
Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students
with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s
years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term.
Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the
student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent
study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors
Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet
the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors
program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t
Augsburg
.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e
degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e
requirements)
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your
c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s
and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l
f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension
t o your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s
i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g
p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus.
Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e
t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e
classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In
a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert
Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club,
and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own
r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition
i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s .
Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r
intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s
.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c
Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g
f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l ,
t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s .
The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o
worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n
and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e
both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and
staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r
c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and
f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and
c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s .
Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e
encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r .
The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o
t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s ,
a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l
program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with
o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making.
Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o
f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l
concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower.
This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t
providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and
u t i l i t y areas.
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and
women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as
some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s .
West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an
apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms
and b a t h .
Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o
t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom
apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e
g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women.
The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e
i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n
u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses
rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and
bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An
o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s
and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e
e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s
payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d
t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing
r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and
f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation,
t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t
Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and
t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the
main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s
f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features
short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g
i n College houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new
College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with
the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be
r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are
available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Admission to the College and Financial Aid
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure.
Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e
accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n
c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r
motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal
o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel
s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s
without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background.
A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors
a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o
s e e t h e campus.
The Application Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor,
along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with
your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester
t o : Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn 55404
.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t
candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r
year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e
scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon
a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t
n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1
a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has
been awarded.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e
summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and
recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses
s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s
t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at
unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on
work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l
grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e
considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg
except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s .
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e
with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e .
2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y
a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g
t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f .
Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes
which a r e provided.
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon
a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e
s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d
w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f
a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded.
5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg
a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission
i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15
o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about
December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d ,
i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw
a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based
upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s
r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Admission
An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s .
To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d
and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o
cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also,
i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h
school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A
s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s
o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e
beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l
and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup Library
Science H a l l
Old Main
Mortensen Tower and
V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t )
Urness Tower
The College Center
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l
A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o
The Music Building
S i Melby H a l l
Speech and Drama Building
E a s t H a l l (Band Building)
A.
B.
F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required)
S,tudent Parking (Permit Required)
Offices
Admissions (Science 156)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r )
Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r )
A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128)
Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
Center f o r Student Development
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor)
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32)
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r )
Advanced Standing
College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on
t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on
t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by
t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d
information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from
t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment,
o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f
f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by
completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College
S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg
Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg
r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l
o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant
Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e
following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense
Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan.
Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information,
c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College.
Expenses
Expenses
TUITION
-
$2,115.00
T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r
beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e
t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r
p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d .
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g
l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m
course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge.
s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT
For p a r t - t i m e
REFUNDABLE
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg
programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e
h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00.
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s
i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r
c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer Science, $25 .OO
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e )
, $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement of Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) ,
o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ,
$20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) .
Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee:
f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students:
$2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e .
Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r
charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room
$1,161.00
P a r t i a l Board and Room
$1,125.00
Meal Coupons and Room
(Limited Residences)
$
801.00
5 Day Lunch Plan
$
234.00
In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these
board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract
year.
A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan
provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r
noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named
by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'.
A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides
f i v e noon lunches p e r week.
Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract
basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year.
1974-75 Cost Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00
Application Fee.
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
. . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00
Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
25.00
Board and Room
Breakage
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required
o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d
by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program).
The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not
refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a
housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e
room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00.
Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r
d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and
forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month
b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20.
V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office
p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r
account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n
and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s .
80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s .
70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d
t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t
f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%.
Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l
refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges.
In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r
own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l
a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s ,
and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they
a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some
understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o
equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s .
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f
i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e
300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses
which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College.
5.
Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s .
6.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows
(One course may meet one requirement only) :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d
i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except
t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply.
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n
one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one
semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Divisional Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o
make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims
more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a
two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental
s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Earl R. A l t o n
Chairman :
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman :
Norma C . Noonan
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department o f Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman :
E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n
Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography,
L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education
Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman :
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
Department of A r t
Department o f E n g l i s h
Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek,
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of Religion
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e
i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e
defined as full-time students.
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r
begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A
f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing
r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e
days of t h e semester.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n
of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average
a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s .
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term
i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses
having t a k e n 16-24 courses
having t a k e n 25 o r more courses
I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y ,
he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A
s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw
b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue
on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e
automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from
t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as
follows :
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
.b
Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e
Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course.
Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course)
.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P
meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of
l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e
grade p o i n t average.
A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n .
For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme
emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r
r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e
i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d ,
i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester.
A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study
course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course
must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain
on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d
may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e
second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average.
Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r
c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d .
Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0,
o r N.
Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g
system.
S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which
t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of
grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r .
A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s .
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows :
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9
3.6
3.3
-
4.0 grade average
3.89 grade average
- 3.59 grade average
-
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should
c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be
earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
.......
..........
........
Sophomore
Junior
Senior..
........14 grade p o i n t s
........32 grade p o i n t s
7 courses
16 courses
25 c o u r s e s . .
..... .50
grade p o i n t s
To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e
i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a
semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Courses
A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A
course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35
courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n .
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute
p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s
approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course
o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d .
Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y
t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered
300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses
numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores;
300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and
t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course.
Symbol
Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
Course Descriptions
American Studies
Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages.
See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS:
H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s
Amsrican S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s
A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490
S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 1 14
Education 478, 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463
Economics 120, 122, 251, 453
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s
i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y director.
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s
under major.
2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g.,
religion
under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c .
(Fall)
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today.,
e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various
m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak
first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of
pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open
t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores.
all)
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
l e v e l of work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
3 6 0 DRAWING
AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
all)
and a r c h i t e c t u r e .
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
( F a l l , Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman : Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h
o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y
(Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I )
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352;
Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g
t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major.
.
one c o u r s e from
e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology,
Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y ,
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r
Microbiology (Group V )
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n
secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major.
MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e
r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n
the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year.
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology
112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body.
and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
(Lecture
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y .
Prereq.:
Chemistry 103.
Spring)
110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
4\'
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory.
111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms.
( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e .
Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e
c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #;
P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m )
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur
d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory
work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e study
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy,
pathogenicity a r e considered
4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
morphology, physiology, genetics, and
as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s ,
112, 367 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4
h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.:
112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 SEMINAR
Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course
c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n
biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o
p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an
i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. :
112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer)
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman:
Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g
I n addition,
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
(392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.)
In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR:
6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t
must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l
a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed
a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t
(Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above
r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n .
101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement.
(Fall, Interim)
102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g )
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
l e c t u r e s , and case material.
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral
( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g )
topics
.
.
3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e years)
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
( P r e r e q . : #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261.
Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-18 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming
a r e recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108.
ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALTZATION:
MTNOR:
or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219.
Five courses i n Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120.
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l
education r e q u i r e m n t s
.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration.
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not
a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting.
(Interim)
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m )
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a
minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High
school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent.
Spring)
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or
e q u i v a l ent
Spring)
.
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In
addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #.
F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr)
4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c
business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ,
1 9 74-75)
Economics
MAJOR : ECONOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer
p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR:
ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from
business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n
, d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d .
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s
a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y
c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t .
1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl';
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ;
D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of
Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r
may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y
t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory
t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics
122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n
order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l ,
Interim, Spring)
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business Administration.
3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s .
(Prereq.: 123. F a l l )
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s
applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization.
In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised
p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e
i n depth. (Prereq.: #.
all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of Chemistry
Chairman:
E a r l Alton
GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and
one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r .
AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y
i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e .
T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n ,
n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp&
a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance
i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r .
P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<:
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3 hours o f laboratory.
105, Fall; 106, Spring)
1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g )
h i g h school chemistry,
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or
115.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern
t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many
applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour
351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
laboratory.
Prereq.:
106 or 116.
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g )
353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352,
353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362,
o r #. F a l l )
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g )
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l )
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before
grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
d u r i n g t h e academic year.
East Asian Studies
T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s
o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s :
Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language
Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n
Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases
Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z
o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t
may a p p l y toward t h i s major.
Department of Education
Acting Chairman:
Lauretta E . Pelton
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e
i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111,
and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an
academic m a j o r i s recommended.
2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y )
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity
f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g .
Fall, Spring)
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e
elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission
t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring)
3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o
each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . :
Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary
school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
(Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on
demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of
education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o
j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of English
Acting chairman:
Ronald Palosaari
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e
m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s
250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either
219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320.
E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower
d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s
successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o
correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
219 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term,
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced
Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e
f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts
(Spring)
.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence
o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o
given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and
l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
261 MODERN FICTION
S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various
genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
(Fall, Spring)
272 LITERARY CLASS1CS
Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e
Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1
43
II
n
2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M
A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern
l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating
l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological,
t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches
t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e .
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction
t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English
1anguage
(Spring)
.
3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE
While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements.
Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as
s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e
twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 .
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See description under Scandinavian Studies 352.
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship
Director.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
all, S p r i n g )
s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman:
Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language
equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
all , Spring)
placement.
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
(Spring)
advanced placement
.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l )
2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
(Spring)
l i t e r a r y study i n French.
2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor.
(Fall)
3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
(Fall)
courses.
3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s
French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and
i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s .
y e a r l y on demand)
.
3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
Readings, r e p o r t s ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness.
extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t
o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976)
3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t '
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s
and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
19 7 5 )
3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance
through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
-
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1974-75.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French.
( S p r i n g 1976-77.
Offered every t h i r d year)
3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
g,
etc.) ,
Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d
t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide,
Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n
Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert,
3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including
t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring
1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus,
Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.)
shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and
form.
Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332,
354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year)
A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions)
( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355)
O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l .
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l
i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German.
A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
112 F a l l , Spring)
21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n
speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by
English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL
- 1780
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages,
t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm
und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and
i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0
- 1890
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c
Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal,
Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s
on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times.
( F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition
including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom
language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present.
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t
t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g )
2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and
syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y )
Linguistics
31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current
1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of
i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l
criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l
also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s
sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way
i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l
grammar. ( S p r i n g )
411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution
o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c
research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s :
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e
i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators:
Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson
MAJOR:
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
1 112, S p r i n g )
expected. 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions
and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed
on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel
Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge
j
m d miltors w i l l bc
of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Spring)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist,
M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354.
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e .
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ,
Spring; 112, Spring)
2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g )
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l )
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.:
112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses.
Fall)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In
Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1
A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l
1974, 1976.
353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS
Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n
An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e .
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g )
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage.
( O f f e r e d o n demand)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written
r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
(Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y
c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar.
A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t
l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s :
A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s
a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level.
S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f
end o f the f i r s t t e r m
c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s
t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e
MINOR:
3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e
o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the
e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t )
a f a c u l t y conwittee.
5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300)
b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be
t a k e n i n sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g )
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l )
2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day.
(Spring)
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l )
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring)
3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY
A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic
l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th
Centuries.
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period.
An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs
o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y .
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring)
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse
of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o
c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l )
4 6 4 MODERN CHINA
The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839.
4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the
opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76)
4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(Fall)
.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics.
Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply
t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent
study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the
major.
Department of Mathematics
Chairman:
Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
- 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325.
M s :
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f
j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences.
( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11
Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with
of several variables
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w
and s e r i e s with applications primarily from
*$Peal sciences. Primarily
f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l )
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given
t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975,
alternate years)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g )
2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics
underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s
placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern
elementary s c h & -tics
c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor
i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g )
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
years)
3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y
d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e ,
224. F a l l )
e.:
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ]
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1
A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l
v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s .
( P r e r e q . : 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.:
314.
Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 ,
o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m )
Medical Technology
This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd
courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical
Technology adviser.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223
(or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
Director:
J o e l S. Torstenson
1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383;
p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one
course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study.
MAJOR:
The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102;
B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer
S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360;
S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s ,
b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l .
To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h
s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology,
r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e
Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
* The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e
o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o
t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Department of Music
Chairman:
Robert Karl&
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457,
458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a
m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education.
. .
.
.
.
.
1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e
t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ;
and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y
(1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s
i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year.
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s .
A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music
R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests.
A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano
proficiw@#
'
o n b y t h e end o f the
year. I t i n c l u d e s :
i n v e r s i o n s , played two
(a) majw.
minor s c a l e s w i t h r
er and w i t h correct
a t moderate s p e e d and
o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3
from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi*
qd.+sical
sonata; ( c ) a
Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade.
One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory.
&ece*,
During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the
Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s
i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s
w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f
Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r
t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s .
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC:
&
sew$&
b'da
m*
a
A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a
mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e
,
#a
r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 )
s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c
c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when
convenient.
1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a
team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS
The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers
from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e
o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall)
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments.
(Fall)
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Fall)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of
instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of
varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided
f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon
approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l ,
Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement
of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student,
but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles
Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112.
be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223
and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361.
-
In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e
chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department.
NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s
1 2 1 , 122.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman:
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the
o f t h e philosophy faculty.
j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c
o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a
d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement.
1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates,
P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played
i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 0 ETHICS
Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 3 0 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and
r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110.
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11:
(Fall, Spring)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241,
242, 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344.
F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with
p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e
i n science. F a l l , 1975-76)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such
themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75)
3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e :
344.
F a l l , 1975-76)
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o ,
Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #.
1975-76)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
1974-75)
course i n philosophy.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physical Education
and Health Education
Chairman:
E . W. Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472.
223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572.
10 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485,
491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y
course are a l s o required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
5 courses.
5 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243.
1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
(PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499
Independent Study)
C@lWENG EN-PIT:
m&hg.
-
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c
schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
Physical Education
102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body.
(Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105.
Spring)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Fa11 )
472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately.
(Fall)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q . : 351, 352.
Summer School on1 y)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education.
majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y )
Open only t o
Health Education
1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. ( F a l l )
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses.
American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring)
Also includes
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program.
(Fall)
Department of Physics
Chairman:
Theodore Hanwick
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made
of
n
12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a
Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l ,
3-inch Quostar.
Spring1
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s .
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program.
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Fall)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent
r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, F a l l )
2 6 1 ELECTRONICS
A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and
some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s
with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 ,
Mathematics 224.
Fall)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
P r e r e q . : 122.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1
A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems,
c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g )
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1
The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and
t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and
1 seminar hour p e r week.
Prereq.: Junior standing.
Spring)
4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an
important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.
:
351. S p r i n g )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u .
P r e r e q . : 486.
Spring)
Department of Political Science
Chairman:
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s
may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a .
MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g :
1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * .
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e
3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e
department.
* The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one
a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . )
-
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an
I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad
social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e
Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n .
For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s
Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
(Fall, Spring)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . :
1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not
take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of
election years. No prerequisite)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
description)
See note under 326.
See Section 11 for
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years.
See Section I V for description)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
11.
See Section I V for description)
COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s .
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms
o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s .
course i n Political Science or #)
(Prereq.: One
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice,
including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand. Prereq. : #)
I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L
POLITICS
160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
(Spring)
policy
.
361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s
of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
IV.
PUBLIC LAW
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered
alternate years. )
V.
P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
(See Section 11 for description)
3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
(Offered alternate years .)
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s
.
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of
ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s
i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. )
3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.)
VI.
SEMINARS,
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study f o r
Interim, Spring)
lower division students.
(Prereq. : #.
Fall,
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
Fall, Interim, Spring)
(Prereq.: #.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student.
(Prereq. : #
Fall, Interim, Spring)
.
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane Johnson
MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y ,
should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A
s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n
( F a l l , Spring)
major sub-areas.
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory
i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult.
Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e .
(Preraq. : 3 5 1 .
Spring),,
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
.. ..
I
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of
a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans.
S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e
adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e
environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral
development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l )
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research.
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.:
105. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
General Education requirement. )
(Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The
major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363,
471-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n
H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n
requirements.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring)
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made
t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s .
all)
3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated
with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l
teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l
and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and
Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s
together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of
t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75)
3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1
The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of
these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e
context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76)
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an
of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s
exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s
changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church.
(Fall)
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine
.
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e
s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin
Luther and o t h e r
representative figures. (Fall)
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. (Fall)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 5 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support
o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l )
4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought
today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g )
4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of
i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring)
4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and
s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
Adviser:
Orloue N. Gisselquist
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major.
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f
American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e
courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l
science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l
Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B
.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology.
C.
NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of
t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495;
Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography,
anthropology, sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n
p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
D.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e
and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following:
P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499;
History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123,
495, 499.
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman:
J o e l Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300
and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e
perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes.
( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and
l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( S p r i n g )
2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s
examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l
term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
362,
3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology
majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year.
(Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ;
h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra.
Fall, Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l
Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n
d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n .
Spring)
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l
components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena
such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance.
( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION
-
A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth;
and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban
and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring)
3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and
all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y )
c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g .
3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N
The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l
be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y
change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r
Psychology 105.
Fall)
Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s .
( P r e r e q . : #)
4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g
t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s .
( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y ,
i n c l u d i n g 121.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r .
of instructor.
(Prereq. : 121, permission
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director:
Paul T. Steen
MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t
freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other
s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384;
S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861
8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n
o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g
t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) .
(one
The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325
326; Psychology 351
352 (may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362
375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l
Work 257
357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231
and 232.
-
or
and
2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer
i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work
professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review
conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework,
group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems
i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l )
3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE
A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l
seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d
experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by
p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group
work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d
work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t
student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work.
(Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g )
3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
*
A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e
through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a
s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects
of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars
required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently
but not required. (summer)
3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d
f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported
i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer)
4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS
Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l
groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth
subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e .
Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours
r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d
experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r
planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major
Spring)
.
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman:
Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major:
Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s
f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s
f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work
o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d
t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR:
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r
352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined
w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s
required.
SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may
be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y
a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and
228.
Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n
f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g ,
l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n
dramatic productions during a l l four years.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 courses including:
2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one
o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
(Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h
workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l )
Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and
improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations.
(Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of
s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements.
(Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y .
of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g )
See a l s o description under Department
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g )
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n
.discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
P r a c t i c e i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students
on 1y
(Spring)
.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #.
Spring)
(Prereq. :
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall)
487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of
primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
*
( F a l l , Spring)
Total Student Enrollment
. . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773
359
Academic Year, 1972-1973,
Summer Session, 1973
Summary of Graduates
................
Graduates, 1870-1972
Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972
-
May 20, 1973)
.
5,434
260
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
*WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan
(Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology,
M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) .
BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education)
ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther
Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College,
(Theater Arts D i r e c t o r )
KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e
College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933,
U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian)
JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia
U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion)
*ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics)
VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e
Studies)
WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education,
M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band)
*NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American History)
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d
Seminary Foundation
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935,
R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer)
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa
( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus)
.
K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e )
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l
Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y
JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys
music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s )
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972,
Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics)
GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Learning)
*EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School
of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics)
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education)
NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology)
HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n )
BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and
B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y
(Visual Communications)
MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy)
(Enj oys f e n c i n g ,
c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t )
*WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e
U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Chicago (Human Development)
BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of
Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s
roses)
*ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends
p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods)
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman
ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g ,
p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and
p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry)
.
LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A.
1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h
Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r )
THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y
(Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman
MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication)
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l
College of Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary
Foundation
*KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Voice)
DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology)
NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e )
HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y )
JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach)
VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German)
* I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y )
MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Registrar)
DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman
EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d
School o f Music (Piano)
MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950,
Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French)
ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) ,
Department Chairman
*SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Zoology)
*JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing)
*LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming
LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing)
GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g )
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961,
Luther Theological Seminary
"KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance)
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska (Elementary Education)
(Enjoys bargain-hunting)
DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays
preaching)
*SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and
gardening)
JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e
w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African
l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology)
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of
T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass)
GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y
(Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ;
S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75
S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l ,
mental and s p i r i t u a l )
ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y )
RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Ancient History)
"CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American S t u d i e s )
NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l
R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e
U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and
gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s .
DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston
U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America)
ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Theater Arts)
JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A.
1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting)
*WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (German)
"VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa
(American C i v i l i z a t i o n )
RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman.
(Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s )
"PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan
KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics)
ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door
camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l )
WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology)
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping,
mus i c)
JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends
weekends s k i i n g . )
MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n
Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m )
Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l )
STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r )
*JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c
U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology)
GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish)
PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making)
.
EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance,
Urban)
"KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e )
LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College
and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir)
*IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Library Science)
EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail
School o f Music
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960,
Hebrew Union College (Judaism)
MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943,
U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
*DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology)
PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and
aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community)
*CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman
MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory)
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A .
1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman
PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman
*RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College
(Personality)
NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research)
JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American
Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of
Mus i c
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman
ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology)
*EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W.
1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Elementary A r t Methods)
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College
(Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism)
*
Part-time
Personnel
Administration
President
.....................
Finance and Management
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management
Controller
D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r of Data Processing
D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s
Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e
Oscar A. Anderson
. . . . . . Burton
P . Fosse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y
and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Head L i b r a r i a n
D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth
.......
..
....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C..
Bailey
. . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y
. . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson
Development and College R e l a t i o n s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment
D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~
D i r e c t o r of Development
D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs
D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s
Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s
Manager of t h e News Bureau
O f f i c e Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low
. . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson
. . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson
Student A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean of Admissions
D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t
Development
D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources
D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs
D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement
D i r e c t o r of Student Programs
D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid
D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
. . . . . . . Richard Thoni
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh
. . . . . . . . P a t Olsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen
. . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson
. . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr.
Index
......
...........
AcademicAdministration
22
Academic L i f e
7
Accreditation
6
Administration
89
Admission t o t h e College
15
Advanced Placement
16
Advanced Standing
18
American S t u d i e s
27
Anthropology
76
A r t . Department of
28
Bachelor of Music Degree
11. 57
Biology. Department of
29
Board. Cost of
20
Business Administration . . . . . . 32
Business Education
34
Calendar
7
Campus
6
CampusMap
17
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37
Classification
26
Communications
79
Computer Science
56
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR)
9
C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26
Course Desdriptions
27
C r e d i t by Examination
26
Degrees
11
D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23
East Asian S t u d i e s
39
Economics
35
Education. Department of . . . . . 40
Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40
Education. Secondary
41
English. Department of
43
Enrollment
82
Expenses
19
Faculty
.7. 83
F i n a n c i a l Aid
18
F i n a n c i a l Information
20
Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8
Food S e r v i c e
14
French
45
Foreign Languages
45
Full-Time Student Defined
26
General Education Requirements
7
Geography
42
German
48
Grading
24
Graduates (1870-19 73)
82
Summary o f
82
Graduation Requirements
22
. . . .
. . .
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.....
..
...
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
......
. . .
......
......
......
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
......
......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . . .
.
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
..
. . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...........
..............
. . . . . . . . .
.....
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............
..............
.......
...........
......
..
.......
..
....
........
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
.
.
. .
...
.
.
.
.
.
Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n
25
Greek
49
Health Education
63. 65
H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College
4
History. Department of
52
Honors Program
11
Housing
13
Identification
4
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
8
Intercollegiate Athletics
12
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
10
Journalism
43
Library Science
42
Linguistics
49
Location
4
Majors
8
Mathematics. Department of
54
Medical Technology
9. 56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP)
14
Music. Department o f
57
Nature and O b j e c t i v e s
5
N a t u r a l Science
60
Numbering of Courses
26
Pers onne 1
89
Philosophy. Department of
61
P h y s i c a l Education
63
Physics. Department of
65
P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of
67
Pre-Professional Training
8
Probation and Dismissal
24
Psychology. Department of
70
Recreation
12
Refunds
21
Registration
24
Religion. Department o f
72
Religious L i f e
12
Room Costs
20
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s
50
S o c i a l Science Majors
75
S o c i a l Work
78
Sociology. Department of
76
Spanish
51
Speech. Department of
79
Student L i f e
12
Student S e r v i c e s
12
Summer School
9. 10
Symbol (#)
26
T h e a t e r Arts
80
Transfer
15
T u i t i o n and Fees
19
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
. .
..........
...
.....
........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
........
....
.
.
....
.
......
......
......
..
.
....
..
....
....
....
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.....
......
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
. . . .
.
.
..
.
. . .
......
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.....
. . . . . . .
..........
.....
. . . . . . . . . .
.......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . .
..........
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.........
........
Show less
INTERIM 1975
-
Interim Dates
October 23 - 25
January 6 (Monday)
January
January
January
January
7 (Tuesday)
10 (Friday)
24 (Friday)
31 (Friday)
I
-
-
- ''1
I
I
14 I c 1 1 1
Interim registration
'I 1
Interim begins:
I
Class I - 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancellad... Show more
INTERIM 1975
-
Interim Dates
October 23 - 25
January 6 (Monday)
January
January
January
January
7 (Tuesday)
10 (Friday)
24 (Friday)
31 (Friday)
I
-
-
- ''1
I
I
14 I c 1 1 1
Interim registration
'I 1
Interim begins:
I
Class I - 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancelladd
Last day for determing optional grade
Last day for cancelling class
Interim ends
Requirements and Course Load
The interim is an integral part of the fall semester at Augsburg College.
The number of interims required for graduation is equal to one interim less
than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a student
enrolled full-time for four years is required three interims; a student enrolled full-time for two years is required one interim. While a student is
not required to enroll in an interim, helshe pays tuition for an interim
during each year helshe is enrolled full-time at Augsburg. Tuition for the
interim is paid as a part of the fall tuition payment. A student may take
an interim in the major or outside the major. Each discipline may require
one interim of its majors, and each student may elect one additional interim
in the major. Beyond the two interims in the major each student will elect
interims outside the major.
One interim course is the limit of the student's academic load during the
one-month term.
June Interims
Each year an interim course will be offered for the following June term of
summer school. A student may enroll in a June interim course in lieu of
the January term. If helshe elects June rather than January, there will be
no additional tuition charge. Students planning the June interim in lieu
of January, however, must register for the June interim at the time of interim
registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in
addition to the January one will be required to pay regular one summer course
tuition.
Distribution Requirements and Grading
Each department at Augsburg offers at least one interim course that will
fulfill the distribution requirements for graduation. Each instructor determines the manner in which the interim will be graded. The grading is listed with each interim description: Traditional; PIN; Optional.
-.
-
#
n interim course should make the same time-demands upon the student as a
standard semester course. The'number and length of class meetings is not
rigidly fixed. Students, however, should plan for in-class participation
of about ten hours per week. In addition, there will be labs, field study,
travel, reading, reports, and papers.
On-Campus Classes and Off-Campus Classes
The following catalogue lists the interim courses available at Augsburg.
In addition to these courses, Augsburg students may enroll for their interim
at Hamline, Macalester, or St. Catherines in St. Paul, and at St. Olaf iq
Northfield, as well as any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal
interim arrangement. Students planning an interim, other than the Take-Five
Colleges, need to clear their plans with the Interim Director. Should
students have questions about other campus interims and major requirements,
they should consult with the department chairman of their major. Should they
have questions about other campus interims and distribution requirements,
they should consult with the Registrar.
The ALC Joint Interim
The 1975 interim will bring together, for the third year, students from a
number of American Lutheran Church colleges for a joint learning and living
experience. The 1975 joint interim will focus on a common theme: "Community
Awareness: The Future is Now." Courses will be offered in Minneapolis, in
St. Paul, and in Omaha, Nebraska.
While arrangements have been made for joint housing, Augsburg College students
may enroll in a joint interim course without participating in the housing
arrangements.
Independent Study
Students may elect an independent study program for the interim. If they
plan such, they must meet the department's requirements for independent
study. They must also present, at the time of registration for the interim,
a written agreement from the individual instructor who will direct their
independent study program. A topic and tentative outline, including bibliography for the independent study, must be submitted to the instructor and the
office of the Interim Director no later than December 12, 1974. No independent
study will be accepted after December 12.
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. These time periods are
flexible, but the flexibility will be determined by the instructor and the
class at the first session.
I - 8:OO - 12:30
I1 - 12:30 - 5:OO
rn'IST
All interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim.
Class I will meet on the first day at 9:00 a.m. Class I1 will meet on the
first day at 1:00 p.m.
Cancelling, Adding and Grading
Tuesday, January 7, 1975, is the last day for cancelling and adding a course.
Friday, Januray 10, 1975, is the last day for determining-optional grade.
Additional Questions
Students with particular questions about the interim should consult Dr. Mark
Davis, Associate Dean, Memorial Hall 128, Extension 485.
Department of Art
10155
Iconography and Icon Painting
The concepts of image within the early Christian church and the
functions of icons within Eastern Orthodoxy. Preparation and
execution of an icon panel using egg tempera and gold leaf.
(ALC Joint Interim)
,
Instructor: Thompson
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None .
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Minneapolis Armory (students may enroll in this Augsburg
interim without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.)
,
w
Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and
observation of the expressive and structural elements of film.
The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Instructor: Rusten
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Art studio 110
Continued film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements
of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Instructor: Rusten
Distribution requirements: Humanities
Prerequisites: Film-making I
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Art studio 110
Department of Biology
20109
Human Biology:
Homo Sapien for Better or Worse
Using mainly lectures, reinforced with guest speakers and films,
attempt to teach some basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as:
What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What affect does man have upon the
environment? What affect does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man?
Instructor: Mickelberg
Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Gradlng : Optional
Time: I
Room: 213 and 214
2049 1
Biological Forefronts
Discussions of up to the minute topics in biological research
with presentations given both by researchers in various fields of
biology and by students registered for the course. This course
fulfills the requirement of seminar for the biology major.
Instructor: Thorpe
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology major
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 213
Department of Business Administration, Business Education, Economics
21101
Introduction to Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements.
Instructor: Kader
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
33110
Office Technology
Simulation of office duties including filing, use of transcription machines, introduction to data processing and problems involving all departments in business, such as accounting, mailing,
communication and administration.
Instructor: Lund
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Elementary typewriting or high school typewriting.
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
21295
Computer Applications for Social Science
The objective of the course is to present to students the modern
technology of computor aided research methods in business and
economics as well as in the social sciences. The topics covered
will include the various computor packages available through
CDC 6600 at University of Minnesota. Elementary discussions of
the statistical techniques utilized will also be presented. Topics: scope operating system, tape handling, diskpack, library
routines. Statistical Techniques: regression, experimental design models, parametric and non-parametric methods.
Instructor: Matsumoto
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 22
Fee: $15.00
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban economist. Some of the topics to be discussed are:
population crisis; mass transit system; distributing free bread;
free medical care; etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion.
Instructor: Sabella
Distribution requirement: Social Science, Urban
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
22295
*History of Economic Thought
An introduction to the development of economic thinking from the
middle ages to the nineteenth century. The contributions of the
major schools of economic thought will be discussed with particular attention being paid to the social and institutional climate
in which they developed. The economic thought of the schoolmen,
mercantilists, physiacrats, and Marx as well as the classical and
neo-classical tradition will be discussed.
Instructor: Morici
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Department of Chemistry
34110
Energy, Man, and the Environment
As you and those in your generation take over the running of the
world, what will it run on? Just food and air? Certainly those,
but what else? What are the world's sources of energy for your
generation and your children's generation? We'll study them in
this interim--fusion power; hydrogen; fission power; geothermal
energy; solar energy; petroleum fuels; coal; hydroelectric systems;
the tides; wind. And food, too. Food not only gives us energy
for living, it requires energy for growing--fuels for machines,
for making fertilizer, for pumping water. We'll look closely
at both the prospects of each fuel and the problems--strip mining;
air pollution; radioactive wastes; salination of soil; harm to
wildlife and people; oil blackmail.
The intent is that you become informed to the point where you know
something about these matters and can inform others; where you can
participate intelligently in making the moral choices that surely
will face you; where you know how to stay informed, how to find
information, how to keep up to date.
The level will be semi-technical. We may use one of the several
environmental science books now available as a basic text and then
exploit other books, articles and government publications. We'll
study many films--high quality color films. If the opportunity
arises--there's no way to know this early--we'll visit a nuclear
power plant. We'll meet about four times a week, about two hours
or so at a time, (depending on the film for the day.) W s course
assumes a knowledge of high school chemistry or the equivalent.
Instructor: Holum
Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Traditional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 320
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis,
and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction
to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The course is to
be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim of their
sophomore year. Medical technologists, should take Chemistry 353
in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions
and assignments.
Instructor: Gyberg
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116
Grading: Traditional
Time: I lecture, I1 laboratory
Room: 315
34359
Industrial Chemistry
Industrial chemistry entails products selling for about 100 billion
dollars a year. It is desirable that science majors be aware of the
scope of this production and the details of selected operations,
representative of the field. Important topics will be considered I
by lecture, reading and films. A limited number of local trips will
perhaps be made to see "industry in action."
Instructor: Agre
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 318
Department of Education
44255
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and
opportunity for in-school work. In-school experiences will
be in schools throughout the Twin Cities areas.
Instructor: Reuter
Distribution requirements: None
Prerequisites: Sophomore and Junior standing
Grading: Optional
Time: I and period I1 two days per week
Room: Library 1
45375
Audio-visual Media
The student will be assigned full time to work closely with the
media personnel of an area school or district center having
an outstanding audio-visual program. The internship will provide the student with experiences related to the development of
competencies in using non-print materials in a school setting.
Instructor: Alexander
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor
Grading; Optional
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
45482
Student Teaching, Secondary
Full days experience in the classroom. Opportunities are provided for the experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary level under the supervision of
college and high school personnel.
Instructor: Johnson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: 265, 459, Special Methods
Grading: Optional
Room: Appointment with Dr. Johnson
444991
45499
Independent Study
Each student desiring an independent study will submit to the
Education Department a proposal describing hislher objectives and
an outline showing how helshe plans to attain these objectives.
If the department gives approval, then a college supervisor for
the study is named. Number of independent studies for the department is limited. Contact the elementary or secondary education
coordinator.
Instructor: Staff
Grading: Optional
Pepartment of Englieh
54211
People Under Pressure
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old all live under
pressure--political, social, religious, and personal. What these
pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for
the course. Literature, including every genre from many countries,
will be read and discussed both by the entire class and in small
groups. If possible resources of the city will be used, i.e.,
a play, a movie, a guest lecturer or discussion leader. An effort
will be made to choose books unfamilar to the student. Among
those being considered: The Man Who Killed the Deer, The Portrait
of an Artist as a Yougg,Man,My Name is Asher Lev, The Quest for
Christa, All Quiet on the Western Front, % I Never Sang for My
Father, Antigone.
Instructor: Andersen
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7
The New Journalism: Reading in the Present
This course might also be titled "I don't even believe what I
read in the newspaper." Launched with a single text, The New
Journalism by Tom Wolfe and E. W. Johnson, the class will proceed
to examine- -Norman Mailer, Truman Capote, George Plimpton,
Terry Southern, and other writers who have, in the past decade,
employed the techniques of fiction in plying their trade as new
journalists. Instructor for the course is practicing journalist
and will call upon professional colleagues from the print media
to give their views on the recent phenomenon.
Instructor: Wood
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
54237
Literature by and about Women
"Literature by and about Women" will consist of close reading of
poetry, essays and fiction by women, primarily of the 20th century,
In addition to literary matters, we will consider sexual stereotyping, various masks women have worn to "pass" in our largely sexist
Department of E n g l i s h
54259
A S e v e n t i e s Sampler
We w i l l s t u d y some n o v e l s , poems, p l a y s , and f i l m s w r i t t e n o r
f i l m e d i n t h e 1970's. Our r e a d i n g w i l l i n c l u d e t h e l a t e s t a v a i l a b l e
works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger and some r e c e n t s c i e n c e f i c t i o n ,
d e t e c t i v e s t o r i e s , and a r e c e n t b e s t s e l l e r . Our viewing w i l l depend on what p l a y s and f i l m s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n January i n t h e Twin
Cities.
I f p o s s i b l e , s t u d e n t s w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e of l i t e r a t u r e
o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t .
Those who t a k e t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e
r e a d i n g . Films w i l l b e s e e n i n t h e a f t e r n o o n t o t a k e advantage of lower
p r i c e s , b u t we wills e e two o r t h r e e p l a y s i n t h e evening.
Instructor: Palosaari
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2
Humanities
and male-dominated society, woman's place, and hapes for the
future. Emphasis will be placed on class discussion.
Instructor: Thornton
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
54255
American Indian Voices, 1920
-
1974
American Indians speak for themselves in modern America through
their oratory, autobiographies, essays, short fiction, novels
and recent poetry and ballads. Some significant topics include
the persistence of traditional Indian values, growing up Indian,
historical and contemporary responses of Indians to white oppression
and the search for identity in the modern world. Major readings
will feature Black Elk Speaks, Vine Deloria's Custer Died for Your
Sins, and two novels, Hyemeyohst Storm's =en
Arrows and N. Scott
Momaday's House Made of Dawn. Class activities will include
small group discussions, a journal and a class report on additional Indian writings. Indian poets will be invited to read and
discuss their own poetry and the class will participate in some
local pow-wows.
Instructor: Nicholl
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 34
An exploration of the stories surrounding the Round Table, its
knights, and its damsels, from the 12th century through the 15th
century in England and on the Continent. An introduction to
courtly love and the love stories of Guinevere and Lancelot, and
Tristan and Isolde. A comparison of the Perceval legends and the
Grail romances. An introduction to romances based on folk material.
All in translation. Malory will end the course.
Instructor: Dewell
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: One prior Literature course
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 201
54341
Wrriage and Literature
We will study the theme of the decay of marriage in the works
of Scott and Zelda Fitzgerald and Ted Hughes and Sylvia Plath.
We will examine the complex relationship between the writers'
lives and their autobiographical but transformed works. We will
ponder why both women wrote novels with a central female character
who is crazy and why both women felt compelled to see themselves
as crazy.
Instructor: Sargent
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Department of Foreign Language
701 15
French in Canada (Quebec)
Students will enroll in the January interim study term at Lava1
University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking
University in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups
and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of
French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums,
social and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the
Laurentian Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study
French in French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking
families.
Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability
Distribution requirement: Foreign Language
Prerequisites: None
Cost: Approximately $500
70245
Women in French Literature
The course will examine the differing roles of women in French
literature of several centuries, from Iseut and Harquerite de
Navarre to Emma Bovary and Simone de Beauvoir. The study will be
divided into two aspects: 1) the French woman as writer and 2)
the woman as heroine in French literature. In addition the course
will seek any uniquely French understandings of woman's role as
seen in French literature. Class discussions, extensive reading,
frequent oral reports and a paper.
Instructor: Johnson
Distribution requirement: Foreign Language
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 7
72309
20th Century German Prose Writers
Works to be read reflect not only the unique German experience
of the 20th century, but also problems which are of concern to all
humanity: war and peace, political and social change, alienation,
generation conflict, the search for personal identity and for
personal and collective security. Several women authors will be
included, as well as writers from the German Democratic Republic.
Works will all be read in German. Discussions will be conducted
in German as much as possible. Discussion in English whenever
needed.
Instructor: Oyler
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: German 212
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
75111
Beginning Norwegian
This is a complete introductory course in Norwegian language and
culture. Regular class and laboratory attendance is a must because of the accelerated pace of learning. Students will find this
an effective and enjoyable exposure to a foreign language and its
culture.
Instructor: Hansen
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 3
762191
76319
Language, Culture and Theater in Madrid
The main goals'of this course will be to improve the student's
spoken Spanish, widen his cultural experience and to acquaint
him with the Spanish theater. The group will be based in Madrid
I'
8
Jd
I
d
d
w
I
I
for four weeks with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the
aleen en, El Escorial and Segovia. Activities will include tutoring
three times a week by spanish students from the University of
Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other excellent museums,
and attendance at two or three theater performances per week. In
addition, there will be regular discussions concerning Spanish
theater and civilization and students will be asked to keep a
journal in Spanish. The group will also attend Protestant and
Catholic church services, the Madrid symphony, films, and other
cultural functions offered to university students in Madrid.
Instructor: Kingsley
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: Spanish 214
Grading: Optional
Costs: $775
76223
The Chicano Struggle
Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos
and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the
course will introduce the student to the world of the Chicano
and his dual struggle to maintain his traditions and culture on
the one hand, and to integrate into American society on the other.
(Discussions and readings in Spanish.)
Instructor: Franco
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Spanish 214
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 8
76299
Introductory Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic
principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common to all languages) and psychollinguistics (inquiry into the mechanisms of language learning and
the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical
questions will be approached by studying samples of various
languages.
Instructor: Steinmetz
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 8
General Studies
58229
Issues in Human Development; A Cultural Perspective
The interim will be based in a Benedictine monastery in the village
of Ahuatapec near Curenavaca, Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by
charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide
both an academic and experiential framework for the students to
clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed
in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic
community and the other members of the group. The class will not
only be as a learning community for the month, but a working,
living and worshiping community as well. While at the monastery,
students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in
the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part of
each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural and
social projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be
given to the building of the community within the group itself,
and the skills involved in developing a community. In addition
to the monastery, some time will be spent in Mexico City and in
small group travel experiences to the other parts of Mexico.
Background readings and extensive daily journal and a final paper
will be required. Several preparatory meetings will be held
during the fall term.
Instructor: Mugge
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Cost: $400
58289
Counseling Skills:
None
Components of Helping Relationships
An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic
skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive understanding and practical competency in individual and group
situations. Open to any student wishing to explore the potentiality
of helping relationships within his or her intended occupation.
Not to be counted toward a major or minor in psychology.
Instructor: Sander
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 28
58299
The Games of Man
This interim will provide an opportunity for learning old and new
games. Some games will be for sheer fun, others for teaching
purposes and still others for self examination and development.
We will work on some traditional board games and also do dome
comtemporary simulations. Hopefully the class will also create
some new games and be introduced to the business of game production.
Instructor: Gustafson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Department of History
56160
"Can These Stones Speak?":
Cuniform Writing
an Introduction to the Principles of
A study of the ancient Sumerians and related Mesopotamian civilizations through an introduction to cuniform writing. Students
will learn to transliterate (i.e. render the cuniform symbols into
English syllables) and translate the simpler Sumerian cuniform
texts dating from 2,000 B.C.
Instructor: Nelson
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 318
56351
Topics in United States History
Individual directed study in selected areas of U.S. History such
as Minnesota and Upper Midwest political development, Upper Midwest
Ethnic history and the Scandinavian-American experience. Will be
set up essentially as a "tutorial" with periodic individual conferences with student which will be scheduled at beginning of the
course. It will be necessary to secure departmental approval of
design of project in advance of the interim.
Instructor: Chrislock
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Interdisciplinary Studies
58320
Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas, not a land
of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured
cultures. We will study these three ancient civilizations from
the viewpoint,of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their
history, religion, government, military codes, agriculture, and
daily life.
Instructor: Reichenbach
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2
60250
Science and Faith
The course will begin with a historical look at views as to the
orgin, nature and evolution of the universe, life and man. The
methods, language and limitations of Science and Religion will be
considered. Finally, views as to the relationship between God and
nature will be discussed with the aim of working toward a "Theology
of Nature" as is considered, for example, Ian Bargour.
Instructor: Hanwick, Sulerud, Quanbeck
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 205
Department of Mathematics
61141
Three Modern Space-Time Odysseys
A controversial research trip, with a flavor of mathematical concepts, into some universal modern problems. The first odyssey is
an exposure of chaotic elements of present knowledge systems such
as the sciences, philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey is a
trip through time and space from the past to the present relativity
universe; the role of mathematics in the formation of cosmic models
is stressed. The third odyssey attempts an objective view of our
space-time universe, aided by concepts in mathematics, the sciences,
and Biblical theology. Three brief written papers are required.
The mathematical background needed for this course is minimal.
Instructor: Follingstad
Distribution requirement: Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 212
61275
Shapes, Space and Symmetry
The study of mathematical structure and relationships through construction of geometrical solids. This course assumes a student
knowledge of
mathematics
equivalent, to
algebra
and
_____-.__
__..___.._____-__._
-_-.high
._ school
-... -....- ..--.
-..--..-.--geometry.
Instructor: Durkee
Distribution requirement: Natural Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Traditional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 205
Department of Music
Introduction to Music Therapy
This will be an introductory course for the student who may be
interested in pursuing the field of music therapy as a career. It
will be offered to freshmen and sophomores, so they may consider music
therapy before taking the required courses as a junior or senior. It
will include a survey of some of the music therapy programs in the
area.
Instructor: Metzler
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
82235
Music and the Dance
A course for students interested in exploring some relationships
between the two art forms from historic, technical, and creative
aspects. An original work will be created, rehearsed, and presented in cooperation with the Minnesota Dance Theater. Study
will include the investigation of problems for the musician, dancer,
composer, choreographer, designer, and technician, and students will
have the opportunity to participate in these capacities.
Instructor: Karlen
Distribution requirement: Fine Arts
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Music Auditorium
Fee: $25
82245
Sound and Sight Parameters
The course will consist of studying the different levels of art
work perception available to people. Discussion will deal with techniques employed in the creating and receiving processes. Some of
the art works explored will be by Bloch, David, Debussy, Degas,
Delacroix, Dostoyevsky, El Greco, Hawthorne, Hemingway, Holst, Husa,
Keats, Matisse, Monet, Mozart, Picasso, Poe, Renior, Stravinsky,
Tchaikovsky, Thurber, Van Gogh, And Wordsworth. A creative project is required of all registrants. A field trip to Chicapo
necessitates a special fee.
Instructor: Carlson
Distribution requirement: Fine Arts
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Music Building 20
Fee: $85
82290
The Art of Accompanying and Related Keyboard Techniques
We will explore and put into practice the various techniques
of accompanying both vocal and instrumental music. Practice
in transposing and improvising will also be given. Aspects of
sight-reading and styllistic interpretations will be studies.
Techniques of accompaniment on the piano, organ, harpsichord will
be practiced.
Instructor: Metzker
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Keyboard facility in one or more of the following
instruments: piano, organ, harpsichord.
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Music Building 20
82370
Creative Music in the Elementary School
This course is designed to expand the musical experience and to
enlarge the musical understanding of the student by playing Orff
instruments (recorders, percussion, and melodis instruments;)
by movement to music; by creating and composing music to poetry
and arranging songs for instruments; by drawing to music (discovering the configuration of melodis and rhythmic line;) by learning new
notation; by exploring new materials for children's musical experience; by analyzing how children learn performance skills.
Instructor: Pauline Sateren
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: 7:00 p.m. - 9:30 p.m. (Monday
Room: Music Auditorium
82390
- Thursday)
Broadway Musical
The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing acting, set design and building, choreography, dancing. A
variety of talents and interests are used.
Instructor: Gabrielsen, Johnson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Music Auditorium
Department of Physical Education and Health Education
55232
Recreational Activities and Rhythms
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social
recreation, quiet games, noon hour activities, low organized games,
camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk
and square dancing.
Instructor: Peterson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Gymnasium 12
55482
Coaching of Sports
The theory and techniques of coaching interscholastic sports.
Special emphasis is placed on the prevention and care of athletic
injuries. A basic understanding of the kipewi2l~p;yand_phyaiology
of exercise and a knowledpe of at least one
- major sport is assumed
of each student
.
Instructor: Caris
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior year or consent of instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Gymnasium 13
Fee: $5
Department of Physics
84322
Nuclear Radiation Science: Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, ( 2 ) participation in the 1975 Oak Ridge
Special Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his
course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics,
and radiological safety, and ( 3 ) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities - Special Training Division. The Oak Ridge Special
Science Seminar is funded by the Division of Nuclear Education
of the United States Atomic Energy Commission. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience simply not normally available to undergzaduate students.
Oak Ridge is the site of one of the largest national laboratories
and is of great historical interest because of the role it played
in the Manhattan Project. Time will be available to tour the
area including the national laboratory.
Instructor: Paulson plus the staff of ORAU Special Training Division
Distribution requirement: Natural Science
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Fee: Cost of travel to Oak Ridge, Tennessee
Room: Science Hall 22
Department of Political Science
85170
&aw and Liberty
An investigation of various meanings of freedom in political,
religious, and philosophical contexts; relationships of freedom and
restraint, ironies and paradoxes of law and liberty. Students will
choose an aspect of the problem for special study, reporting their
findings for class inter-action; depending upon class size, participants will be grouped in interest-related sub-seminars. A number of
brief written reports will be assigned, but no major paper.
Instructor: Stenshoel
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 34
85320
The Welfare State Revisited
An examination of the political justification and contemporary
operation of the modern welfare state with special emphasis on the
British and U. S. claims to welfare state politics. Topics to be
considered include historic origins of the ideology of the welfare
state in democratic and non-democratic systems, basic goals and
major policy options as perceived by elites and non-elites, the
attitudinal and political responses of major interests to the
implementation of the welfare state and basic sources of opposition
to the welfare state assumptions.
Instructor: Hedblom
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: an introductory political science course or consent of
the instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 201
Department of Psychology
86125
Creativity in Pre-School Children
Conditions that facilitate development of creativity. Each student
must make her/his own arrangements in advance of the course to have
ready access throughout the interim to one specific person in the
age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade of school; children
who will be 3 by July 1, 1975 are acceptable.) The child should be
available basically on a daily basis for purposes of observing and
interacting with the child. Consideration of play materials,
literature, television, life situations, experiences, personal
inter-action, and activities with particular reference to the development of creativity.
Instructor: Johnson
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 19
JUNE INTERIM
86280
Psychology in Action
....Today and Tomorrow
Observing, interviewing and studying the psychologist on the
job. Business, industrial, social agency, educational, religious
and private practice settings and jobs will be explored.
Instructor: Anderegg
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: None
Grading : Optional
86365
Models of Mind
An introduction to the measurement and simulation of human mental
processes. Emphasis will be on the use of digital computers in
modeling sensory processes, pattern recognition, learning, language,
and problem solving. Students will learn to write programs which
do such things as discriminate squares from circles and play chess.
Each student will be expected to apply the computer techniques
learned in the course to the measurement or simulation of some
mental function of interest.
Instructor: Marken
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Science Hall 2 12
Fee: $15 computer time
Study of research and naturalistic observations on the following
topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and
power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and
conditions; organizations involved in social change; adaptation to
the future...futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislatures.)
Instructor: Dyrud
Distribution requirement: Urban
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Department of Religion
Utopia and Utopian Thinkers in American Religious History
This course will seek to examine how utopian thinking has functioned
in American religious history. It will examine 1) how persons have
conceived of the ideal community (primarily in the West and in the
Christian context;) 2) how thinking about the ideal community has
shaped American religious history; and 4) the continual relevance
of utopian thinking to American religious history.
Instructor: Luoma
Distribution requirement: Religion
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Science Hall 123
86285
World Order and Religion
The world appears to be in a state of crisis. What is necessary
to provide order? What kind of order would be best? Usually we
turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers
and principles of order. However, religions have also been ways in
which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach.
What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What
does the religious map of the world look like today? What can religion
contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we
work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world
community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation games. Opportunity
for community life with students of other colleges, nations and
religions connected with the Joint Interim Program, "An International
Landscaping of the Future."
(ALC Joint Interim)
Instructor: Skibbe
Distribution requirement: Religion
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Minneapolis Armory (Students may enroll in this course
without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.)
86291
Christian Rome to A.D. 1600
The history of Christianity and the church through study and
observation of Rome as a visual site of Western Christian development.
Readings and lectures carefully integrated with visits to monuments,
museums, and archaeological sites. Study of pagan Rome and the
transformation of the city into a center of early Christianity; the
city during the Middle Ages and Renaissance.
Instructor: Benson
Distribution requirement: Religion
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 1 2 1
Grading: Optional
Cost: $775
Department of Sociology
I
94250
The Church and Social Change in Capitol City
In the constant flux of urban life with its population shifts,
housing blights, and new freeways, certain Twin City churches
(35 - 40 ALC churches among them) find themselves in a changing
situation. Such churches find it difficult to cope with the change
and to find meaningful ways of organizing to deal constructively with
the circumstances. The student class will explore by experience
and involvement on behalf of three churches in the inner stratum of
St. Paul. Such a class can help provide information for formulating
an approach. The three are in sight of the legislature, which
helps determine much life in the area. Some students will act as
legislative aides for the January session -- providing light and
shadow for what is being encountered in the area. (ALC Joint Interim)
Instructor: Pastor Tom Meeks, Christ Lutheran Church, St. Paul
Distribution requirements: Urban, Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Christ Lutheran Church on Capitol Hill, St. Paul (students
may enroll in this course without participating in the ALC
Joint Interim.)
94310
Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
A study of Twin Cities ethnic neighborhoods as a focus of community
in metropolitan life. Focus will be on distinct and unique ethnic
neighborhoods as opposed to neighborhoods dominated by local ethnic
majorities and/or racial minorities. Field trips to businesses,
churches, and other community institutions in these neighborhoods
will be included. Background reading in the sociology of community
and the works of Michael Novak and/or Andrew Greeley will be required.
Instructor: Nelson
Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 1
94325
Face to Face Relationships: Changing Patterns and Alternatives
Analysis of the functions of face-to-face relationships for the
individual. Summary of shifts in the patterns of such relationships during the 20th century in the United States as well as an
analysis of the current situation. An examination of alternative
ways of structuring such relationships (e.g., communal living,
socialization of children in day care centers.)
Instructor: Grams
Distribution requirement: Social Science
Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or equivalent
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 19
94355
Scandinavian Urbanization and Community Building
The extent, nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place
in modern Scandinavia. The changing settlement patterns and
community developments associated with urbanization and Scandinavian
response to urban challenges. Comparisons with urban developments
in U.S.A. Readings of recent primary and secondary sources in
English translation, slides, and films on central city and satellite
towns of Scandinavia. Vlsits to comparable planned urban developments in the Twin Cities, etc. will provide additional illustrative
materials for this interim on comparative urban studies.
Instructor: Torstenson
Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 28
94359
The Scandinavian Corrections System: A Comparative Study
One month's study on Norway and Finland, focusing on a comparison
of their correction system with those in the U.S. Study includes
seminar and discussion with Scandinavian criminologists, correction
officers and offenders. Field trips planned to Norway and Finland's
correctional agencies and institutions.
Instructor: Bloom
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Previous c.ourse work in American corrections,
criminology, juvenile delinquency or related
subjects.
Grading: Optional
Fee: $925
95352
Selected Programs in Social Work
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time
volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know
social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and
career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen and sophomores
Instructor: Wagner
Distribution requirement: None
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Grading: Optional
Time: 30 hours per week in a field placement to be arranged between
student and agency supervisor. In addition, there will be
once a week evening review conferences on campus.
Room: Memorial Hall 1 7:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. daily for review
conferences.
Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts
981 15
Colloquium on Current Issues
A series of speeches and discussions based on studeht selected books
exploring current issues. The books would be chosen from a list.
This course would satisfy speech requirement for course 111.
Instructor: Olson
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Speech Building 43
JUNE INTERIM
98250
Creative Problem-Solving
A study of creative behavior with emphasis on problem-solving:
ways to facilitate the creative process, techniques of idea-finding,
re-definition of problems, solution-finding, making unusual ideas
useful, brainstorming techniques, the use of metaphorical excursions
and other creative approaches to the total process of problem-solving.
The emphasis will be on achieving a fruitful combination of imagination and critical analysis at each stage of the problem-solving
process. Materials will be a variety of sources developed by the
Creative Education Staff at the State University of New York
College at Buffalo.
Instructor: Anderson
Distribution requirement: Humanities
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
98285
Theater Practicum
The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's
play through improvisation, its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled.
Instructor: Cole
Distribution requirement: Fine Arts
Prerequisites: None
Grading: Optional
Time: 9:30 - 12:OO and 1:00 - 3:00
Room: Theatre auditorium
AUGSBURG AMD ST. OLAF INTERIIIIS ABROAD
EUROPE
ART:
The Arts of Europe: A C u l t u r a l Encounter
w i t h Fi ve European Ci t i e s (ijuni ch , Vienna ,
Veni c: e T o r e n c e , and Rome)
Malcolm Gimse
St. Olaf
Ideas i n a r t , a r c h i t e c t u r e , music and l i t e r a t u r e from Eastern and Western Europe
c o l l i d e d and mingled i n flunich and Vienna, and, under t h e patronage o f the Imperial
Dynasties, Bavari a and A u s t r i a w e r e m i ntroduced t o Renaissance ideas whi ch
s p i l l e d over t h e Alps from I t a l y .
Venice i s aglow w i t h near Eastern lavishness, f l o a t i n g on a cross-cul t u r a l t i d e
which was e s t a b l i s h e d by i t s now vanished merchant Republic. The c i t y i s s i n k i n g
p h y s i c a l l y i n t o t h e lagoon, b u t t h e i n t i m a c y o f i t s canals, foot-bridges, and
del ic a t e a r c h i t e c t u r e remain.
The c i t y o f Florence i s b e a u t i f u l l y preserved i n Renaissance s p i r i t and content.
An encounter w i t h Michelangelo, Sculptor, as w e l l as many o t h e r a r t i s t i c geniuses
i s l i k e witnessing a c u l t u r a l explosion i n t h e p r o v i n c i a l s e t t i n g o f g u i l d h a l l s
and personal pal aces.
Rome provides an archaelogical e x p e d i t i o n i n t o ancient h i s t o r y and a t t h e same time
E
s a r t i s t i c a l l y i n t o t h e f u t u r e i n the new Vatican Fluseum o f Modern Religious
A r t opened by Pope Paul i n 1973.
Time w i l l be spent i n each c i t y e x p l o r i n g v a s t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s , v i s i t i n g
a r c h i t e c t u r a l 1andmarks, and scouting o u t s t i 11 v i t a l a r t centers.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r .
Enrollment l i m i t : 20
*******************
GENERAL STUDIES : Medi terranean Cul t u r e
COST:
$775.00
Lee Pearcy
St. O l a f
The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed
from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o
Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, Phalstos, and M a l l i a , p l u s close
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e vast c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological Museum a t Heracleum. I n
Athens and i t s environs, w i t h the a i d o f t h e famed National Museum, f u r t h e r study
of t h e Bronze Age o f t h e blycenaeans w i t h f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
....................
COST:
$875.00
FRENCH:
0
Herve Pensec
St. Olaf
A ,month i n P a r i s f o r i n t e r m e d i a t e and advanced students o f French. Study o f t h e
language, c u l t u r e , and t h e a t r e w i t h some a t t e n t i o n t o the cinema. Attendance a t
performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s and discussion. V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and
c u l t u r a l e x h i b i t s . Two f u l l - d a y excursions ( t o Versai l l e s and Chartres) w i t h
French-speaking l e c t u r e r s . Optional week-end excursion t o Normandy. Study o f
iterns o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n the d a i l y and weekly press. One o f t h e most import a n t aspects o f language study d u r i n g the p e r i o d i s the f o u r hours o f conversation a l p r a c t i c e i n groups o f three, each w i t h a French student from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f
P a r i s a c t i n g as t u t o r . Level 11: conversation a t t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l ; 4 plays;
4 f i l m s ; one s p e c i a l p r o j e c t i n C u l t u r e and C i v i l i z a t i o n . Level 111: conversat i o n a t t h e advanced l e v e l ; d a i l y j o u r n a l i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e x i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e
and observations on French l i f e ; 8 plays; 1 f i l m ; weekly o r a l r e p o r t s on the
preoccupati ons o f the French press.
*******************
GERPIAN:
COST:
Hanno Kl assen
St. Olaf
Encounter w i t h t h e Two Germanies
..---.
$775.00
a
A study o f t h e separate ways of Germany s i n c e blorld War 11. The course i s designed t o use the German language f o r a co1;lparative study o f thc two German n a t i o n
as off-spring o f t h e s o c i o - p o l i t i c a l systems which d i v i d e t h e peoples o f t h i s
earth.
I n t h e German Democratic Republic the Youth l i o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i 11 be t h e base f o r
t h r e e weeks' encounter w i t h t h e Germans who 1i v e on the s o c i a l i s t i c communist
side. I n the Federal Republic o f Germany t h e p a r t i c i ~ a n t sw i l l l i v e f o r one week
i n t h e homes o f h o s t f a m i l i e s i n blunich.
Each student i s expected t o keep a j o u r n a l t o t r a c e , analyze, o r compare p a r t i c u l a r aspects o f l i f e i n each country. I n a d d i t i o n t o developing t h e i r a b i l i t y
t o communicate i n German, t h e course should g i v e the students a b e t t e r understanding o f the people, t h e i r systems, and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s o f b o t h
l4el tanschauungen.
*******************
ENGLISH:
SPEECH :
COST:
Theatre i n London
$775.00
Ralph Haugen
S t . Olaf
Study o f drama and t h e a t r e attendance i n London. Over 40 t h e a t r e s i n London, t h e
t h e a t r i c a l c e n t e r o f t h e Engl ish-speaki ng world, enable students t o experience
v a r i e t i e s o f dramatic productions, modern and t r a d i t i o n a l
Course w i 11 i n v o l v e
discussions and attendance of plays , backstage v i s i t s and discussions w i t h actors.
Supplemental v i s i t s are planned t o the c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n London, t o Oxford
and/or Cambridge, and t o a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e r e g i o n a l theatre. Students w i 11 keep
journals.
(Passlno c r e d i t only. )
.
.....................
COST:
$775.00
GENERAL STUDIES:
Kent Eklund
St. Olaf
Western Eurcpean I letropol itan Areas
This course focuses on the i n t e r a c t i o n s between economic and p o l l t i c a l actors i n
four Western European metropolitan areas: Hunich, Brussels , London, and Paris.
Specf f f c f nteractions which w i l l be examined include l o c a l econmi c and p o l i t i c a l
i n s t f t u l f ons ; the impact o f these metropol itan areas on reg1onal and n a t i onal
p o l i t i c a l and economic i n s t i t u t i o n s ; and the attempts by regional and n a t i o n a l
governments t o meet metropol it a n problems.
Specific p o l l t i c a l i n s t i t u t l o n s which w i 11 be examined include local counci 1s of
government, both w4 t h f n c e n t r a l c i t i e s and suburbs, local l y elected o f f i c i a l s i n
both c i t i e s and suburbs, metropolitan governmental officials, and n a t i o n a l pol itical and administratf ve o f f i c i a l s responsible f o r urban development. Included
i n the examination of English metropolitan p o l i t i c s w 4 l l be a t o u r of a New Town.
Economic in s t i t u t i ons included i n the examination w i 11 be p r i vate lending i n s t i tut i o n s , construction firms , p r i v a t e and national i z e d i n d u s t r i a l leaders, and nationa l l e v e l administrators responsible f o r economic p o l i c i e s and planning f o r these
metropol itan area.
Included i n the examination o f each metropolitan area w i 11 be tours throughout
t h e neighborhoods o f t h e c i t i e s and the suburban sectors.
COST:
.....................
$775.00
A1 l a n Hansen
S t . Olaf
GENERAL STUDIES : Science His t o r y i n Europe
Development o f Physical Sclence will be the focus during one week i n Munich,
f e a t u r i n g the displays o f the famous technical Deutsches Fluseum. The second
week, i n Parf s, w i 11 be devoted t o B i o l o g i c a l Science, drawing on material a t
the Pasteur I n s t i t u t e . In the London area f o r the l a s t two weeks, the development' o f Astronomy w i l l be studied, w i t h the help o f displays a t Greenwich. The
Royal I n s t i t u t i o n and the B r i t i s h Museum w i l l provide f u r t h e r observation opport u n i t i e s . A t e x t i n Science History, a research paper, and discussion o f journal
e n t r i e s w i 11 f i l l o u t the course.
No prerequisites
RELIGION:
C h r i s t i -a n Rome
pa--
....................
to A D .
1600
COST:
Joseph Shaw
S t . Olaf
$775.00
John Benson
Augsburg
The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i a n i t y and the church through study and observation o f Rome
as a visual s i t e o f Western C h r i s t i a n development. Readings and lectures carefully i n t e g r a t e d w i t h v i s i t s t o monuments, museums, and archaeological s i t e s .
Study o f pagan Rome and the transformation of the c i t y i n t o a center o f e a r l y
C h r l s t i a n i t y ; the c i t y during the Cliddle Ages and Renaissance.
The l a s t week of the i n t e r f m w i l l include and extended f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and
Florence, and o t h e r t r i p s o u t of Rome w i l l include v i s i t s t o Ostia, Subiaco, and
Pompei i
.
Prerequi s it e : Freshman Re1ig i on
*****************
-31-
COST:
$775.00
SOCIOLOGY:
Vern Bloom
Augsburg
Scandinavian C o r r e c t i o n s Sys tens
A s t u d y o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n s systelns o f F i n l a n d and il!on;/ay. Emphasis w i 11 be on
comparing these systems w i t i 1 those i n American s o c i c t j ~ . Students wi 11 be expected t o examine such concepts as " c r i m i n a l b e h a v i o r " i n these c o u n t r i e s , and t h e
u n d e r l y i n g assumptions i n t h e approaches developed t o p r e v e n t and c o r r e c t t h i s
b e h a v i o r ( P .g t h c u s c or ~ U n S s t l ~ ~ t e nt rte, d t n ~ e nt , i s o l a t i o n , r e s t i t u t i o n , e t c . )
Students w i l l a l s o have t h e oppoi-tunity t o s t u d y t h e a c t u a l process and programs
o f c o r r e c t i o n s i n c l u d i n g t h e use o r non-use o f such measures as b a i l , d e t e n t i o n ,
p r o b a t i o n , p a r o l e , fines, and i n c a r c e r a t i o n t o compare w i t h s i m i l a r programs i n
t h i s country.
The experience wi 11 encompass seminars w i t h r r i r n i no1 o g i s t s from Norway and F i n l a n d
f i e l d t r i p s t o v a r i o u s c o r r e c t i o n a l agencies and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s
o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n a l systems, offenders and refor111groups.
Prerequisite:
J u n i o r s t a n d i n g w i t h some course
work i n c r i mi no1ogy , d e l inquency ,
o r related subjects
****k**k*?r*f
SPAbIISII:
******+t
-Lanquale, C I J ~t u r e , and T h e a t e r - i n- d a d r i d
COST:
$925.00
!,la r y K i n g s 1ey
Augs b u r q
The main goals o f t h i s course !.!ill
be t o improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken Spanish,
widen h i s c u l t u r a l experience and a c q u a i n t him w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t e r . The
group wi 11 be based i n I1iadrid f o r f o u r weeks w i t h s t u d y t r i p s t o Avi l a , Toledo,
t h e V a l l e y o f t h e Faleen, El E s c o r i a l , and Seqovia. . I c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e
t u t o r i n g t h r e e times a week b y Spanish s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Madrid,
ft~clluerit v i s i t s t o t h e Prado and o t h e r excel l e n t museums, and attendance a t two
t o t h r e e t h e a t e r performances p c r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i 11 be r e g u l a r
J i scussi ons concerning Spanish t h e a t e r and c i v i 1 iz a t i on and s t u d e n t s w i 11 be
asked t o keep a j o u r n a l i n Spanish. Ine group w i 11 a l s o a t t e n d P r o t e s t a n t and
C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s , t h e l i a d r i d symphony, f i lms, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l
functions offered t o u n i v e r s i t y students i n lladrid.
Prerequisites:
f o r l e v e l I I A : t h r e e semesters o f Spanish; f o r l e v e l 111:
completion of Spanish 51 w i t h a grade o f B- o r h i g h e r .
COSTS:
Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n . r e q u i remen,t (Area A ) .
ment. I I I A counts toward major.
P
-
Id o r grade
$775.00
Counts toward 1anguage r e q u i r e -
LATIN Ai4ERICA
GEAERAL STUDIES I i d F,iEY,ICO: I s s u e s i n Human Devrl opnient;
A C u l t u r a l Perspective
Joel klugge
Augsburg
The i n t e r i m w i 11 be based i n a Benedictine monastery i n the v i l l a g e o f Ahuatapec
near Cuernavaca, Mexico. Travel t o l:lexico w i 11 be by c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . The
goal of the i n t e r i m w i l l be t o provide both an academic and e x p e r i e n t i a l framework f o r the students t o c l a r i f y t h e i r s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s values as these value
are placed i n j u x t a p o s i t i o n w i t h those o f the Mexican c u l t u r e , the monastic
community, and the o t h e r members o f the group. The c l a s s w i l l n o t o n l y be as
l e a r n i n g community f o r t h e month, b u t a r.rorl<ing, 1i v i n g and worshiping c o ~ ~ ~ mt uy n i
as w e l l . While a t t h e monastery students w i 11 be expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e as f u l l y
as p o s s i b l e i n the d i s c i p l i n e o f the monastic community and w i l l spend a p a r t of
each day i n c l a s s ,and p a r t o f the day working i n a g r i c u l u t r r a l and s o c i a l proj e c t s i n the v i l l a g e . Also, conscious a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o the b u i l d i n g of
community w i t h i n the group i t s e l f , and t h e s k i 11s i n v o l v e d i n developing community
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e monastery, some time w i l l be spent in'l4exico C i t y and i n small
group t r a v e l experiences t o o t h e r p a r t s o f F.lexico. Background readings, and
extensive d a i l y j o u r n a l ancl a f i n a l paper w i 11 be required. Several preparatory
meetings w i 11 be h e l d d u r i n g t h e fa1 1 term.
P
-
iV o r Grade
....................
COST:
$400
MIDDLE EAST
POLITICAL SCIEIdCE:
P o l i t i c a l Science I n t e r i m
i n the Fiiddle East
Rod Grubb
St. Olaf
Since 1948 p o l i t i c a l problem between Arabic n a t i o n s and the S t a t e o f I s r a e l have
grown i n c r e a s i n g l y ominous f o r world i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s and the p o t e n t i a1 it y
o f Russi an-Uni t e d States c o n f r o n t a t i o n . This course w i 11 examine t h e p o l it i c a l
problems o f the Middle East. Topics w i 11 i n c l u d e : a b r i e f h i s t o r i c a l review o f
U. S . Pliddle East r e l a t i o n s h i p s ; the p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y o f t h e 1,liddle East; I s r a e l i
p o l it i c a l organi z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ; Arab p o l it i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ;
prospects f o r the f u t u r e .
Stops w i 11 be made a t Rome, Cyprus, and s i g n i f i c a n t l o c a t i o n s w i t h i n I s r a e l .
Wisi t s w i 11 be made t o the I s r a e l i assembly and o t h e r p o l i t i c a l and economic
organizations. Lectures w i 11 be heard from I s r a e l i and P a l e s t i n i a n p o l i t i c a l
leaders and from academic a u t h o r i t i e s . Important h i s t o r i c a l and p o l iti c a l
l o c a t i o n s w i l l be v i s i t e d .
******************.A*
COST : $925.00
ASIAN STUDIES:
Paci f i c and Asi an I n t e r c u l t u r a l Studies
H i 11iam Narurn
St. Olaf
This seminar w i 11 study t h e i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s e x i s t i n g between P a c i f i c ,
Asi an, and American c u l t u r e s i n Hawai i--especi a1 l y t h e r o l e o f r e 1ig i on, t h e
expressions of the a r t s , and the personal-qocial problem i n t h i s unique m u l t i c u l t u r a l s o c i e t y . Residence a t t h c unl v e r ~t iy o f Hawaii ( ~ o n o l u l u )d u r i n g the
f i r s t two weeks w i l l q i v o Q ~ I0 ~ ~ 0 r t u n i t oy meet students from Asia, and v i s i t
shrines, temples, e t r ~ t i i cr e s i d e n t i a l and commercial areas, a r t and h i s t o r i c a l
museLlllls. Residence a t the Chruch College o f Hawaii ( L a i e ) d u r i n g the l a s t two
weeks w i 11 g i v e o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet P a c i f i c i s l a n d students who work and perform
a t the Polynesian C u l t u r a l Center. Lectures throughout t h e month on c u l t u r a l
backgrounds and contemporary problems. Students w i 11 a l s o work i n task forces on
s p e c i a l c r o s s - c u l t u r a l problems o r concern f o r which they w i 11 w r i t e a paper.
They w i 11 a l s o be asked t o keep a j o u r n a l , and t o take ail examination on t l l e i r
knowledge o f the P a c i f i c and Asian c u l t u r e s .
....................
COST:
$775.00
CAFJADA
FRENCH: French i n Canada (Quebzc)
Unaccompanied
Students w i l l e n r o l 1 i n the January I n t e r i m Study Term a t Lava1 U n i v e r s i t y ,
a newly created campus o f the 01dest French-speaking u n i v e r s i t y i n t h i s hemi sphere.
Classes increase students' p r o f i c i e n c y i n o r a l and m!ritten Frencli s k i 11s , s t r e s s i n g small groups and modern audi o-vi sual methods. L i t e r a t u r e and c i v i I i z a t i on o f
French Canada a r e a l s o studied. V i s i t s t o theaters, museums, s o c i a l and s p o r t s
events included. Possi b i 1it y of s k i i n g i n the Laurentian Liountains. Designed f o r
a l l students wishing t o study French i n French surroundings. Students l i v e i n
French-speaki ng faliii l y homes.
****************.,k***
COST : $450- $500
1975 JOINT AMERICAN LUTHERAN CHURCH INTERIM
The f o l l o w i n g i n t e r i m s a r e under t h e c o - o r d i n a t i o n of t h e American L u t h e r a n
Church, D i v i s i o n f o r L i f e and M i s s i o n i n t h e C o n g r e g a t i o n (Rev. J o e Bash.)
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l i n any of t h e ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m s . I f , however,
t h e i n t e r i m i s o f f e r e d by a c o l l e g e o t h e r t h a n Augsburg, t h e s t u d e n t must
a p p l y f o r exchange t o t h e s p o n s o r i n g c o l l e g e .
S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC i n t e r i m c o u r s e exchange may check w i t h D r .
Mark D a v i s . S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m b o a r d and
h o u s i n g may check w i t h M s . Rachel Rohde, J o i n t I n t e r i m C h a i r p e r s o n , Augsburg
College, Minneapolis.
Minneapolis S i t e :
"An I n t e r n a t i o n a l Landscaping of t h e F u t u r e
"Voices of t h e T h i r d World," a l e a r n i n g s t a t i o n b e i n g p r e p a r e d t h r o u g h t h e
ALC D i v i s i o n f o r World M i s s i o n and I n t e r - c h u r c h R e l a t i o n s o u t of Twin C i t i e s
r e s o u r c e s . No c o u r s e , b u t s e m i n a r s and i n t e r n a t i o n a l m e e t i n g s b e i n g a r r a n g e d .
"World O r d e r and R e l i g i o n , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by Eugene
S k i b b e . R e l i g i o n s have b e e n a way i n which p e o p l e have o r d e r e d t h e i r w o r l d .
What c a n r e l i g i o n c o n t r i b u t e i n t h e p r e s e n t t o w o r l d o r d e r ? Reading, seminars, simulations, e t c .
"The C h r i s t i a n Quest f o r P e a c e , " a c l a s s l e d by John Schramn, s p o n s o r e d by
P a c i f i c L u t h e r a n . Seminars and working s i t u a t i o n s s e a r c h i n g f o r a peacemaking s t y l e . Leader h a s been a c t i v e i n peace-making e f f o r t s f o r y e a r s i n
Washington,D.C.
"Iconography and I c o n P a i n t i n g , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by P h i l
Thompson. Concept of image w i t h i n t h e e a r l y C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h and i t s f u n c t i o n
i n E a s t European o r t h o d o x y . Each s t u d e n t p a i n t s a n i c o n . No e x p e r i e n c e
necessary.
St. Paul S i t e :
"The Church and Change i n C a p i t o l C i t y , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d
by Tom Meeks w i t h t h r e e i n n e r c i t y c h u r c h e s . Seminars and a c t i v i t y i n i n n e r
c i t y and i n t h e s t a t e l e g i s l a t i v e s e s s i o n s . How d o e s t h e c h u r c h cope w i t h
change?
Omaha S i t e :
"The F u t u r e i n Focus"
S u r v i v i n ~t h e F u t s :
II
S t r a t e g i e s f o r I n d i v i d u a l s , " l e d by
"Futures for the American Countryside," sponsored by Augustana, led by Ed
Schlachtenhaufen. The future comes into focus for those who choose to
cast their lot with people of the countryside. Seminars, direct encounters
with creative efforts, focus on change and on who controls. A class.
Wilderness Canoe Base Site:
"Camping and Religious Resources: Arts of Camp Counseling in a Wilderness
Setting," sponsored by Luther, led by Richard Hansen h ~ tinterdisciplinary.
The class learn self-sustenance, camping, wilderness ecology, winter recreation, resources of religious training and counseling. Cost, this class
only: $125.
NOTICE TO ALL RESIDENT STUDENTS
A
INTERIM HOUSING POLICIES
4
Procedures f o r O b t a i n i n g Board Refunds f o r S t u d e n t s S t u d y i n n Off-Campus D u r i n q I n t e r i m
To o b t a i n b o a r d r e f u n d s , b r i n g s t a t e m e n t t h a t you w i l l be off-campus d u r i n g
t h e I n t e r i m . The form f o r t h e s t a t e m e n t may be p i c k e d up i n t h e l n t e r i m D i r e c t o r ' s O f f i c e ( 0 1 d Main 128)
t
I
IYI
'I
.
I
Meal Cards o r f o o d coupons a r e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e f o r t h e l n t e r i m p e r i o d .
The i n t e r i m room payment i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e .
t h e procedures d e s c r i b e d below:
I f you w i s h t o sublease your room, r e a d
Procedures f o r Sublease o f Rooms D u r i n q l n t e r i m
1.
S t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o s u b l e a s e t h e i r rooms d u r i n g i n t e r i m s h o u l d i n d i c a t e
t h e i r i n t e r e s t i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development, Memorial H a l l . As
i t w i l l be i m p o s s i b l e t o "match roommates" c a r e f u l l y , you s h o u l d make s u r e
y o u r roommate i s aware o f your p l a n s . G e t t i n g t o know a new i n d i v i d u a l
d u r i n g January may add t o t h e e x c i t e m e n t o f I n t e r i m .
2.
The s t u d e n t who i s s u b l e a s i n g your room w i l l pay t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s O f f i c e t h e
m o n t h l y r a t e o f your room ( w h i c h i s $64 o r $59 depending upon your r e s i d e n c e
h a l l and b o a r d p l a n ) . From t h i s amount $10 w i l l be deducted t o c o v e r admini s t r a t i v e costs;
t h e r e s t w i l l be c r e d i t e d t o your a c c o u n t .
3.
Rooms may be subleased o n l y t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s o r s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r
c o l l e g e s s t u d y i n g a t Augsburg d u r i n g I n t e r i m . Room assignments w i l l be
made i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development.
4.
Vacant o r open rooms w i l l be a s s i g n e d b e f o r e rooms a r e subleased.
f o r a s s i g n i n g l n t e r i m h o u s i n g w i l l be as f o l l o w s :
a. Augsburg s t u d e n t s who want t o s i g n c o n t r a c t s f o r t h e
r e s t o f the year.
b . S t u d e n t s from o t h e r c o l l e g e s who a r e t a k i n g l n t e r i m
c l a s s e s a t Augsburg.
c . Augsburg commuter s t u d e n t s who want t o l i v e on campus
for lnterim only.
5.
A p e n a l t y f o r n o t f o l l o w i n g the e s t a b l i s h e d procedures f o r subleasing w i l l
be assessed a g a i n s t t h e p e r s o n who has c o n t r a c t e d f o r t h e room d u r i n g t h e
school y e a r . The p e n a l t y i s equal t o t h e l n t e r i m room r a t e . Such a p e n a l t y
w i l l n o t i n c r e a s e need i n r e l a t i o n t o f i n a n c i a l a i d .
Priorities
THE ABOVE PROCEDURES WERE ESTABLISHED BY MEMBERS OF THE PETITION COMMITTEE, W H I C H
I S A STAND l NG COMMITTEE DULY AUTHOR l ZED BY THE PRES l DENT TO DEAL W ITH ALL CONTRACTUAL MATTERS BETWEEN THE COLLEGE AND STUDENTS.
Note:
l n t e r i m and
l n t e r i m t u i t i o n i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e even i f you a r e t r a n s f e r r i n g .
F a l l Semester a r e c o n s i d e r e d a package o f f i v e c o u r s e s . The p o l i c y i s
s i m i l a r t o t h e p o l i c y a t t h e o t h e r C o n s o r t i u m C o l l e g e s and S t . O l a f C o l l e g e .
I f f o r some reason you c a n n o t t a k e I n t e r i m , you may make up t h i s c r e d i t
t h r o u g h independent s t u d y o r a June I n t e r i m .
Please see Mark D a v i s , Memorial
H a l l , f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t independent s t u d y o r June I n t e r i m s .
I
'
Show less
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calenda... Show more
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calendar . .
Faculty
. General Education
Requirements
Majors
. . Pre-Professional Training
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
. International
Study
Honors Program
. Degrees
. ..
. ..
.
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E
.
.
.
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
. . Recreation .
I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life
Student Services .
Housing .
Food S e r v i c e
MUS I P
..
.. .
. .
. . .
PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
.
.
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
. . Transfer . . Early
Decision
. Early Admission . . Advanced Placement
. . Advanced Standing
.
.
.
.
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D
.
.
. . . Deposits . . .
. . F i n a n c i a l Aid
Expenses
. 19 73- 74 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts .
Refunds ,
..
PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
.. .
.
..
. ..
. .
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
. P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal .
Grading
C r e d i t by Examination
. Classification .
Courses . . . Numbering .
Symbol
..
.. .
.
. .
PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 87, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the
q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
w i t h o u t notice
.
Glossary
of Terms
This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e
information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t .
I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have
about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r
phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e .
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC.
......The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and
customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
COURSE
.........A
MAJOR..
. . . . . . . .A
MINOR
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m
such as "Community Development and Organization."
Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg
and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
..........A
concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than
t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n
t h e maj o r .
ELECTIVE.
FEE..
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg
o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete
t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e
g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o
e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree.
. . . . . .A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor
b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e
department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e .
. . . . . . . . . .Charges
made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s
such a s l a b o r a t o r y .
Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses
and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e
a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and
governmental sources
LOA N . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t
based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of
t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t
o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT.
S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e
f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no
o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e
used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r .
Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e
i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972
AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In
January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly
In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly
e
Octobor nnd November
bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731
. 2f & ~ v e . S..
' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101.
sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota.
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y
.
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s
t h e "4- 1-4. I t
I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t
concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
ldentif i c a t i o n
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with
Founded more than 100 years
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC)
ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music
o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature
and
Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s :
1
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r .
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d .
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
a c a d e m i c excellence
.
I
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city.
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical S o c i e t y
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major
b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus.
Visiting
t h e Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s ,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n
making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and
a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l
discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n
t h e modern world.
The
4 - 1 - 4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t
.
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would
be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
7
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry,
mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics ,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses
c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s
w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and P h y s i c a l
Education
History
Mathemati cs
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Phi 1os ophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Pbysi c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Traini n g
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e
reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned
a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t
a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e
i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f
12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e
community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown
Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r
program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p
p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n
campuses .
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of
Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses
o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f
s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e
p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates
m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s
c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete
courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s .
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) .
Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of
courses
.
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r
i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n
t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may
a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be
approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and
t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t
e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s
g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
u
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently
Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each
y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For
i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman
s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r
s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
o f f e r e d each term.
S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through
which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y
t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e c o l l e g e .
For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s
Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s
n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t
from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree,
and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f
M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s )
11
Student
Life
Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r
commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n .
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e C e n t e r .
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n
s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n
p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious
Life
A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by
a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l ,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s
.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative o f f i c e s .
West Hall,
an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
13
TOWER APARTMENTS
-
now under c o n s t r u c t i o n .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each
residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students
who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded
upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing
education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and
f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s
Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l
f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob
experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r
personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y
o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s .
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high
school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
15
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
E a r l y Admission
An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously
completed.
Advanced S t a n d i n g
College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg
.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I
Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 )
Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A )
Future S i t e of Residence Tower
Urness Tower Residence
The College C e n t e r
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V )
The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A )
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5)
The Music B u i l d i n g (m)
S i Melby H a l l (G)
Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g
YO- ~ 9 )
East Hall C E H )
(#a
Admissions (Science 156) 433-936
Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ;
Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i
Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 135)
C a r e e r Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1s t f l o o r )
C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development
(Memorial 1st f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c
CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32;
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21
'
Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c
.
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1,845.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d
f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t
authorized.
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t
t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course o n l y .
F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e .
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00
Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00
.
(Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and
drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e
b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . )
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an
interim).
Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
-
$1,040 to $1,100
Men:
$1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00)
Women:
$1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l
b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
19
1973- 74
Cost
Summary
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
.............
$
10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e
t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .)
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00
.......
$
25.00
( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.)
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e )
Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been
accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1,
i i 1972
(payment i s due J a n u a r y 1
under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September,
and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
$25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e
p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e
a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g
t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s .
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d .
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l
Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass
s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l
Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity
Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan
( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Academic Administration
S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s
who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l
planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n
t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e
t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e
designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e
s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n .
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered
i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion o f a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s
t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e .
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s ,
psychology.
d.
A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s
requirement .
f.
A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s .
h.
Division
Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r .
Organization
The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
Department o f Psychology
Department o f Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Department
Library
Department
Department
of Education: Elementary Education, Geography,
S c i e n c e , Secondary Education
o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education
o f Music
HUMANITIES
Department of A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of R e l i g i o n
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e
credit for it.
A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r
s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y
scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r .
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F .
C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done
i n the Registrar's Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end
of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s
I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s
c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d
may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g
term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n
u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l
n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing.
A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h
f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one
f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d .
Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system,
w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed
i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e
i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N .
A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on
t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department
chairman .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an
extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f
permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r .
Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e
grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been
r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e
grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been
e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e
audited.
Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N .
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations
s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r .
C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s
32 grade p o i n t s
J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s .
S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s
.......
To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r
f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e
c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses.
Courses
A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r
3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r
graduation.
Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r
i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n
course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e
cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o
determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e
numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n
g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen;
200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s .
The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second
i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s
t h e course.
Symbol
Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
26
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages.
See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS :
History o f t h e United S t a t e s
American S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r
American S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490
Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 114
E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463
Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453
TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s
under m a j o r .
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n
under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e
i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295.
l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Art
P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ;
2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350.
-
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
8
I
t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
27
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e
of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
118 P A I N T I N G I
Introduction t o painting media and technique.
all, S p r i n g )
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d ,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 2 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and
observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques.
(Prereq. : 350.
F a l l , Spring)
355 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f painting.
(Prereq. : 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 .
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq. : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department
Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r
351, 352)
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n
academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112
on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g )
-
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
a
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
Chemistry 103. Spring)
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e .
112, Spring.
3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n ,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s .
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
Frereq
.: 112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g )
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
o r 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 .
Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s .
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r
d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s .
Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work.
( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
( 3 hours l e c t u r e ,
p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods.
3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended:
C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring)
expected t o a t t e n d .
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r .
( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work.
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 .
Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g )
.
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra.
Fall)
1I ' '
'A
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN:
SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less
INTERIM 1974
Interim Dates
January.. 3.- (Thursday)
January .4_.
(Friday)
January 25
January 30
(Friday)
(Wednesday)
Interim begins.
C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m.
C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day f o r cancel/add - including
Independent Study.
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s .
In... Show more
INTERIM 1974
Interim Dates
January.. 3.- (Thursday)
January .4_.
(Friday)
January 25
January 30
(Friday)
(Wednesday)
Interim begins.
C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m.
C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day f o r cancel/add - including
Independent Study.
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s .
Interim ends.
Requirements and Course Load
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e c o l l e g e year. The number of
i n t e r i m s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation i s equal t o one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e
number of y e a r s of f u l l - t i m e enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d
full-time f o r four years i s required t h r e e interims; a student enrolled f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d one i n t e r i m . While a s t u d e n t i s n o t r e q u i r e d
t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m , he/she pays t u i t i o n f o r an i n t e r i m during each year
he/she i s e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e a t Augsburg. T u i t i o n f o r t h e i n t e r i m i s p a i d a s
a p a r t of t h e f a l l t u i t i o n payment. A s t u d e n t may t a k e an i n t e r i m i n h i s
major o r o u t s i d e h i s major. Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one i n t e r i m of i t s
majors, and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l i n t e r i m i n h i s major. Beyond t h e two i n t e r i m s i n h i s major each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c t i n t e r i m s o u t s i d e
h i s major.
One i n t e r i m course i s t h e l i m i t of t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic l o a d d u r i n g
t h e one-month term.
June I n t e r i m s
Each year i n t e r i m c o u r s e s w i l l be c f f e r e d f o r t h e following June term
of summer school. A s t u d e n t may e n r o l l i n a June i n t e r i m course in l i e u of
t h e January t e r m . I f he/she e l e c t s June r a t h e r than January, t h e r e w i l l be
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge. Students planning t h e June i n t e r i m i n l i e u of
January, however, must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e June i n t e r i m a t t h e time of i n t e r i m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . Students wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n addi t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r one summer course
tuition.
D i s t r i b u t i o n Requirements and Grading
Each department a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one i n t e r i m course t h a t w i l l
f u l f i l l the d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graduation. Each i n s t r u c t o r determines t h e manner i n which he w i l l grade t h e i n t e r i m . The grading i s l i s t e d
with each i n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . ~ r a d i t i o n a l ;P/N; Optional.
C l a s s Meetings
An i n t e r i m course should make t h e same time demands upon t h e s t u d e n t
a s a standard semester course. The number and l e n g t h of c l a s s meetings
i s not r i g i d l y f i x e d . Students, however, should plan f o r i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n of about t e n hours p e r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i l l be l a b s ,
f i e l d study, t r a v e l , readings, r e p o r t s , and papers.
A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days of
the
t-e-r i m . C
-- - - i-n
-.
- l a s s I w i l l m e e t on t h e f i r s t day
- a t 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1
-
-
-
w i l l meet on t h e f i r s t day a t 1:00 p.m.
On-Campus C l a s s e s and Off-Campus Classes
The following calalogue l i s t s t h e Interim courses a v a i l a b l e a t
Augsburg. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e courses, Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l f o r
t h e i r I n t e r i m a t Hamline, Macalester, o r S t . Catherines i n S t . Paul, and
a t S t . Olaf i n N o r t h f i e l d . Should s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s about o t h e r campus I n t e r i m s and major requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t with t h e department chairman of t h e i r major. Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s about othercampus I n t e r i m s and d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, they should c o n s u l t with
the Registrar.
Independent Study
Students may e l e c t an independent study program f o r t h e Interim. I f
they p l a n such, they must meet t h e department's requirements f o r independe n t study. They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e time of r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r t h e
I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement from t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who w i l l d i r e c t
t h e i r independent study program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t i v e o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g
bibliography, f o r t h e independent study must be submitted t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r
no l a t e r than January 3 , 1974. No independent study may be undertaken a f t e r
January 4, 1974.
C l a s s Day
The Interim day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks of time. These time p e r i o d s
are f l e x i b l e , but. t h e f l e x i b i l i t y w i l l be determined by t h e i n s t r u c t o r and
t h e c l a s s a t the f i r s t session.
Cancelling and Adding
Friday, January 4 , 1973, i s t h e l a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g and adding a
course.
Students with p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s about t h e I n t e r i m should c o n s u l t
D r . Mark ~ a v i s ,Associate Dean, Science H a l l 135, Extension 402.
Department of A r t
10150
Jewelry
Experience i n making m e t a l jewelry with an emphasis on d e s i g n ,
m a t e r i a l s , and p r o c e s s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Holen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
Enrollment : 12
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I
Room: Lower l e v e l , S c u p l t u r e S t u d i o , A r t B u i l d i n g
10242
Film Making
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . Discussion and
o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m .
I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
Enrollment: 20
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I1
Room: Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g and A l l 0
Fee: $50
'
Department of Biology
20110
Man and the Environment
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic
mechanisms. The impact man h a s made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h urbani z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n and t h e p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n . Some l a b o r a t o r y
demonstrations of t h e l e c t u r e concepts and d i s c u s s i o n s on t h e
p r e s e n t n a t u r a l s i t u a t i o n i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c .
I n s t r u c t o r : Mickelberg
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None.
( I f you can s e e l i g h t n i n g and hear thunder,
y o u ' r e in!)
Enrollment: 30
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I
Room: 213 and 202 S c i e n c e H a l l
20353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
comparative study dealing with classification, morphology,
evolution, distribution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates.
A
Instructor: Herforth
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Biology 12 (General Biology)
Enrollment : 20
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: L e c t . , 205 - Lab 214 Science Hall
. .
20471
,
Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultra-structure.
Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological studies, studies
in cell physiology and biochemistry.
Instructor: Kerr
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Biology 112 (General Biology); Recommended Chem.
223 or 351 and Physics 123
Enrollment: 15
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 227 Science Hall
Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and
Economics
21102
Principles of Financial Accounting
Formulation of general purpose financial statements, and their
evaluation from perspectives of various user groups such as
creditors, investors, governmental agencies, and the public.
Instructor: O'Malley
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: 101 1nt.roduction t.o Accounting
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 27 Old Main
21495
Topics:
Introduction to Operations Research
Lectures, discussions, meetings with the members of the staff
or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings
in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business.
Instructor: Matsumoto
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 25
Grading : Optional
Time: I
Room: 22 Old Main
22120
Yes
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; ~istributingFree Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Note: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in either
Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll
in 122 rather than 120.
Instructor: Sabella
Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban)
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 8 Old Main
22122
Principles of Economics
An introduction of macro-economics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to current economic
problems.
Instructor : Herforth
~istributionrequirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 23 Old Main
Department of Chemistry
34104
P a t t e r and P l a s t i c s
Wrap t h e wgrld i n p l a s t i c s - - a t l e a s t then it can be handled,
squeezed, and s a t on, without s o i l . Plastics-what? L e t ' s f i n d
out! Does i t fume o r only f u s e ? Find o u t f o r yourself how good
o r how bad t h e types of p l a s t i c s a r e . Lectures and Laboratory.
No p r e r e q u i s i t e , b u t it s u r e w i l l h e l p i f you know some chemistry.
I n s t r u c t o r : Agre
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
34353
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
320
Science H a l l
Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry
This course w i l l cover volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric
techniques of a n a l y s i s . The course i s t o be taken by chemistry
majors, normally i n t h e I n t e r i m of t h e i r sophmore year. Medical
t e c h n o l o g i s t s should t a k e Chemistry 353 i n t h e s p r i n g semester.
There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Chemistry 106 o r 116
Enrollment: 25
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
34498
Time:
Room:
I
315 Science H a l l
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Chemical Research
Junior and s e n i o r chemistry majors have a n opportunity t o become
acquainted with chemical r e s e a r c h by pursuing a t o p i c o r problem
i n d e t a i l . A t l e a s t one member of t h e chemistry f a c u l t y w i l l work
with s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s of t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n
of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d , o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of
s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . Off-campus a c t i v i t i e s such a s r e s e a r c h a t
Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d
t o d i s c u s s h i s r e s e a r c h b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m .
I n s t r u c t o r : Alton
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : junior o r s e n i o r Chemistry major
Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Grading: ~ r a d i t i o n a l
Room: 318
Science H a l l
DeDartment of Education
44495
Elementary Classroom Teaching S p e c i a l t i e s
Opportunity t o r e s e a r c h s p e c i f i c problem l e a r n i n g a r e a s , t o
c o l l e c t and/or c r e a t e l e a r n i n g p r o j e c t s , t o apply r e s u l t s i n
t h e experience of t u t o r i n g an i n d i v i d u a l o r a very small group
and t o become acquainted with v a r i o u s t y p e s of contemporary
methods i n teaching. Student may r e s e a r c h innovative school
systems. The course w i l l be organized t o meet education des i r e s of i n d i v i d u a l c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Pelton
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Major i n elementary education and consent of
instructor.
Time:
I1
Enrollment: 20
Room: Library 4
Grading: P/N
44275
~ x p l o r i n gt h e World of t h e Pre-Schooler
Experience i n planning, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s
f o r Day C a r e Center f o r use i n nursery school and e a r l y c h i l d hood education. I n a d d i t i o n t o classroom l e c t u r e s , s t u d e n t s
w i l l be assigned t o Day Care Centers and Nursery Schools f o r
o b s e r v a t i o n s and p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o elementary education majors
Time: I
Enrollment: 20
Room: L i b r a r y 4
Grading: P/N
-Secondary Education
45375
Audio-visual I n t e r n s h i p
The s t u d e n t w i l l be assigned f u l l time t o work c l o s e l y with t h e
Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r of a p u b l i c school having an o u t s t a n d i n g
audio-visual department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have experiences i n
a l l of t h e f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n of an
audio-visual department.
I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No
Enrollment: 15
Grading: P/N
No
Time:
Room:
I1
Library I
45478
School and Society
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o
s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced
by a study of e d u c a t i o n a l philosophy and t h e development of
American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be
studied.
I n s t r u c t o r : Fardig
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
No
Time:
Room:
I1
315 Science H a l l
Department of English
54219
Writing f o r Pleasure
(Advanced Writing: C r e a t i v e )
The focus w i l l be on d e s c r i p t i v e and n a r r a t i v e w r i t i n g , both
p r o s e and poetry. Each s t u d e n t may work a t h i s own l e v e l and
experiment with d i f f e r e n t k i n d s of w r i t i n g . C l a s s p e r i o d s w i l l
be s p e n t i n d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n of t h e s t u d e n t ' s work.
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s who complete t h i s course w i l l comprise t h e
s t a f f of Loose Change, t h e c o l l e g e l i t e r a r y magazine, and w i l l
prepare t h e s p r i n g i s s u e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Livingston
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : 111 o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Time:
Enrollment: 12
Room:
Grading: Optional
54239
I1
22
Old Main
Women Writers and Woman's I d e n t i t y
A study of some female w r i t e r s of t h e t w e n t i e t h century, including
V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r f i c t i o n
and p o e t r y what it means t o be a woman. I n a d d i t i o n t o reading f o r
c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n , each s t u d e n t w i l l read i n some depth t h e work of
one woman w r i t e r of h i s / h e r choice.
I n s t r u c t o r : C. Nicholl
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
25
Old Main
54289
D. H . Lawrence:
The S e n s i t i v e Rebel
D. H . Lawrence sought t o open f o r d i s c u s s i o n any i s s u e s t h a t he
saw a s neglected: t h e r o l e of passion i n l i f e , t h e t h r e a t of
mechanical humans, t h e sexual r e l a t i o n s h i p , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of
body and s p i r i t , and o t h e r s . He has been l a v i s h l y p r a i s e d and
s t r o n g l y denounced. He has been r e c e n t l y attacked a s an a n t i f e m i n i s t and more r e c e n t l y defended. This course w i l l attempt
t o answer some of t h e c u r r e n t q u e s t i o n s about Lawrence and t o
i n v e s t i g a t e h i s major works and themes.
I n s t r u c t o r : Sargent
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
54349
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
21
Old Main
Psychology and L i t e r a t u r e
Our age i s one of i n t r o s p e c t i o n . I n some r e s p e c t s psychology
i s t h e "philosophy" of t h e 20th century. L i t e r a t u r e , l i k e
psychology, e x p l o r e s t h e deeper regions beyond t h e c o l l e c t i v e
unconscious, t o expose t h e hidden s p r i n g s t h a t motivate human
behavior. This course w i l l t h u s focus on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of
psychology t o l i t e r a r y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , with emphasis on Freudian
c r i t i c i s m and a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m derived from Jungian psychology. L i t e r a r y readings w i l l p r i m a r i l y involve s h o r t f i c t i o n ,
along with one novel and s e l e c t e d poems.
Instructor: Mitchell
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
Enrollment: 35
Grading: Optional
54445
Potpourri:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
19
Old Main
Reading For Fun and C r e d i t
The purpose of t h e course i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an opportunity
t o r e a d some of those books t h a t he has been introduced t o but
which he h a s n o t been a b l e t o r e a d . The s t u d e n t w i l l determine
h i s reading l i s t i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
junior o r s e n i o r standing and consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Prerequisite:
Time: I
Grading: Optional
Enrollment: 12
Room: 201 Science H a l l
54459
Life As Literature: The Art of Biography
The course emphasizes the development of twentieth century
biography, its stylistic devices, and its place as a literary
genre. For course projects, students may study the work of a
major biographer, or examine several biographers on the same
subject, or research and writ? brief biographies.
Instructor: Wood
~istributionrequirement: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: ~ibraryI
Department of Foreign Language
70115
French in canada (Quebec)
Students will enroll in the January Interim Study term at Lava1
University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking
university in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups
and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of
French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums, social
and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the Laurentian
Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study French in
French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking families.
Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: None
Cost: Approximately $450
Enrollment: 20
70335
French Civilization and Theatre in Paris
A month of intensive "total immersion" in Parisian life with
special emphasis on the contemporary civilization and theatre.
Current magazines and newspapers will serve as one prime source
of information; conversation classes, visits to monuments, art
galleries, and cultural points of interest in and near Paris
(including Versailles, Fontainebleau, Chartres, etc.), and study
of drama related to attendance at theatrical performances will
complete the experience. Designed for all students wishing to
deepen and broaden their proficiency in French.
Instructor: Johnson
~istributionrequirement: Yes
Prerequisite: Intermediate French completed before January, 1974,
or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment : 15
Grading: Optional
Cost: $650
72312
Intensive conversational German
This course is designed to help the student develop conversational
fluency in German. All class work is oral. Topics of current
interest are discussed in German. Emphasis on current usage (slang,
idioms, etc )
.
Instructor: Jaunlinins
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: 212 or permission of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Grading: Optional
Room: 4 Old Main
74244
Russian Literature in Translation
The course focuses on the works of Alexander Solzhenitsyn (Cancer
Ward, First Circle) and other contemporary Soviet writers (many of
them anti-establishment) against the background of traditional
Russian literature (Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and others) and the dramatic changes which Russian and Soviet society have experienced in
the twentieth century.
Instructor: Baltina
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
2 Old Main
General Studies
58269
A Winter Happening
A first hand experience in snowshoeing, snowmobiling, and winter
camping in the BWCA of Northern Minnesota and Canada. A study of
the ecology, economy, and history of the Northshore of Minnesota.
Instructor: Gulden
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisite: None
Enrollment: 19
Time: I
Grading: P/N
Room: 34 Science Hall
Cost: $150 - $250 Considerably less if you have your own
equipment.
Interested students see Dean Gulden in his office (S-108)
58279
Quakerism: Beliefs and Practices; historical and modern
A survey of the history, organization, and religious beliefs
and practices ef the Religious Society of Friends. Quaker
biography and novels will constitute part of required reading.
Visits to local Friends' Meetings and local office of American
Friends' Service Committee.wil1 be included. Students will be
given opportunity to compare their own religious heritage to
various aspects of Quakerism.
Instructor: Sibley
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: 11
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Room: MHI
58289
Memorial Hall
Counseling Skills: Compone~tsof Helping Relationships
An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic
skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive
understanding and practical competency in individual and group
counseling situations. Learning will be based on an experiential
and applied model.
Instructor: Thoni
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 25
Grading: P/N
58320
Time:
Room:
I
MHI
Memorial Hall
Ancient American Civilizations: Maya, Aztec, Inca (On-Campus)
The course will seek to acquaint the student with the native
heritage of the southern Americas and provide information on
basic materials on the ancient cultures to enable intelligent
individual study. The three ancient civilizations constitute
the high water mark of Indian cultural achievements.
Instructor: Reichenbach
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
7 Old Main
Department of Health and Physical Education
55232
Recreational A c t i v i t i e s and Rhythms
Theory and p r a c t i c e in teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k
and square dancing.
I n s t r u c t o r : Peterson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment: 45
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
55475
No
Time:
Room:
I
12
&
13 S i Melby
Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics
This course w i l l attempt t o prepare t h e student t o be a q u a l i f i e d
gymnastics coach and judge. I t w i l l bring o u t new s p o t t i n g and
coaching techniques i n t h e f i e l d of gymnastics. The main emphasis
w i l l be on judging of t h i s s p o r t . There w i l l be p r a c t i c a l experience of judging a c t u a l high school and college meets. The culminating a c t i v i t y w i l l be t o take the S t a t e High School League t e s t
f o r t h e judging of gymnastics and t h e r e f o r e become an o f f i c i a l r e g i s t e r e d judge f o r the s t a t e of ~ i n n e s o t a . I t i s required t h a t
students p a r t i c i p a t e (perform-spot-assist) with t h e Augsburg
Women's Gymnastic Team.
I n s t r u c t o r : Pfaff
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : PE 472 S e l f - t e s t i n g A c t i v i t i e s f o r Women o r 1 year
experience on a college gymnastics team f o r women.
Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Room: 13 S i Melby
55482
Coaching of Sports
Theory and techniques of coaching.
injuries.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c
I n s t r u c t o r s : C a r i s , Inniger, Nelson, Saugestad
~ i s t r i b u t i o nr e q u i r ~ n t : No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : ( None
.
Time: I
Enrollment : 40
Room: 13 S i Melby
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
x , ~ "
Department of Historv
56150
Historical Perspectives on the Urban Crisis
Modern history as seen in the history of four cities: Florence
14th and 15th Centuries) , Paris (17th Century) , London (18th
Century) , and Berlin (20th Century)
.
Instructor: Gisselquist
Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban)
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 35
~ r a d i n ~ :Optional
Time: I1
Room: 18 Old Main
56460
Jawarharlal Nehru
-A
Man of Two Worlds
A case-study of one of Asiads most prcaninent and charismatic
statesmen of the 20th Century. Students will encounter the
famous Indian political leader's struggle to reconcile the norms
of his British educational background with the practices and
political processes of the British Imperiad system in India. The
course will include use of audio-visual material (films and re.corded speeches), written primary sources (J. Nebru's letters and
autobiography), biographies of Nehru and other historical sources.
The Ames Library at the U. of M. will be extensively utilized.
Instructor: Jensen
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrolhsnt: 20
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 7 Old Main
56260
Discover Your P a s t :
Minnesota, Museums and H i s t o r i c a l S i t e s
The i n t e r i m w i l l focus on t h e f a m i l i a r i z a t i o n and use of
museums and h i s t o r i c a l s i t e s a s a v e h i c l e toward understanding
our p a s t . Students w i l l v i s i t s e v e r a l museums and h i s t o r i c a l
s i t e s i n o r d e r t o g a i n a c r i t i c a l understanding of what t h e s e
f a c i l i t i e s can provide concerning Minnesota and a r e a h i s t o r y .
There w i l l be two extended f i e l d t r i p s which w i l l r e q u i r e s t u d e n t s t o supply t h e i r own personal camping equipment and prov i s i o n s . Readings, p r o j e c t s , and c l o s e cooperation with
personnel and f a c i l i t i e s of t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l S o c i e t y
w i l l combine t o i n t r o d u c e g e n e r a l c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s a s w e l l
a s enhance our a p p r e c i a t i o n of museums and h i s t o r i c a l sites.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Chrislock and Nelson
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No
Enrollment: 50
Grading: Optional, b u t P/N s t r o n g l y recommended
Cost: Estimated $75
$135
-
Department of Mathematics
61141
Three Modern Odysseys I n and O u t of Our Space-Time Universe
A c o n t r o v e r s i a l r e s e a r c h t r i p , with a f l a v o r of mathematical
concepts, i n t o sane moder? problems of u n i v e r s a l i n t e r e s t . The
f i r s t odyssey i s an expose of c h a o t i c elements of modern knowledge systems, w i t h emphasis on c o n t r a d i c t i o n s i n t h e s c i e n c e s ,
philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey i s a t r i p through
time and space, f r m t h e p a s t t o t h e p r e s e n t r e l a t i v i t y u n i v e r s e
and i n t o t h e f u t u r e . The r o l e of mathematics i n t h e formation
of t h e cosmic models of our universe i s s t r e s s e d . The t h i r d
odessey i s an' attempt t o look a t our space-time universe from
an o b j e c t i v e viewpoint i n and o u t of space-time, based on conc e p t s from mathematics, the:sciences, and B i b l i c a l theology.
The mathematical background needed f o r t h i s course i s minimal.
InGtructor: F o l l i n g s t a d
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement.:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
212
Science H a l l
65245
Introduction to Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods and use. Fortran IV
computer lanuage with applications to various fields. Course
does not apply toward a major or minor in Mathematics.
Instructor: Persons
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: High school algebra or the equivalent
Time: I
Enrollment : 40
Grading : Optional
Room: 19
Laboratory Fee for Computer Time: $15.00
Department of Music
82380
Music of the Western Church
Develogment and influence of the music of the Christian church.
Designed for the general student as well as for the organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students.
Instructor: Sateren
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment : 40
Grading: Traditional
82382
The:
Room:
I
Music 20
Jazz Ensemble
The course will consist of an intensive study and preparation of
the best representative literature scored specifically for the
medium. In addition, all participants will develop improvisational
ability, learn a history of jazz styles and their relation to the
ensemble, compose a jazz ensemble chart, and improve aural perception of changes and repertoire.
Instructor: Carlson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
East Hall
- Music
82391
Master S t r i n g C l a s s
The study and performance of s o l o l i t e r a t u r e f o r v i o l i n and
v i o l a from t h e c l a ~ ~ i romantic,
c,
and contemporary e r a s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Vuicich
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o v i o l i n i s t s and v i o l i s t s with t h e approval
of t h e i n s t r u c t o r
Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Grading: P/N
Room: Music Auditorium
82395
Opera Workshop
The p r e p a r a t i o n and performance of an opera.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Gabrielsen, Johnson, Vuicich
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement : No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Limited t o competent musical performers. See
instructor.
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Music Auditorium
82490
Piano Pedagogy
Survey of m a t e r i a l s , procedures and techniques used i n t h e
t e a c h i n g of piano t o t h e young s t u d e n t .
I n s t r u c t o r : Metzker
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Keyboard a b i l i t y
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I
Music 10
Department of Philosophy
83430
A Dialogue w i t h P l a t o
This course w i l l attempt t o e x p l o r e what P l a t o has t o s a y about
t h e problems of l i f e , thought, and being. The following d i a l o g u e s
w i l l be read: Symposium, Phaedrus, Theaetetus, Pannenides, S o p h i s t ,
and t h e Timaeus. The c l a s s w i l l be conducted p a r t l y on a l e c t u r e
b a s i s and p a r t l y a s a seminar with s t u d e n t s r e p o r t i n g on t h e i r own
research i n Plato.
I n s t r u c t o r : Fuehrer
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
Enrollment: 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
21
Old Main
Department of Physics
84161
Understanding the Weather
An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character.
Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction,
this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background.
Topics to be discussed include: the relationship of sun, earth
and atmosphere; important physical quantities such as temperature
and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather
monitoring and control; and the inEluence of weather on pollution.
Possible course activites include experimentation and forecasting,
field trips and guest speakers.
Instructor: Erickson
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 35
Grading: Traditional
84322
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
22
Science Hall
Nuclear Radiation Physics
A study of radioactivity from both an experimental and theoretical
basis. Laboratory expeiience using various detection and measurement systems for both charged particle and gamma radiation together
with isotopic neutron sources for the production of radioisotopes.
Production of radioactive isotopes, energy and half-life measurement, counting statistics, absorption and moderation of radiation,
standardization, neutron activation analyses and health physics
consideration. The course is planned to be a cooperative venture
with the Special Training Division of Oak Ridge Associated Universities. Subject to approval of the Physics Department and the
The course will be taught in full or in part at the labO.R.A.U.
oratories of the 0.R.A.U.--Special
Training Division, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee.
Instructor: Paulson
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites:
Enrollment: 15
Time:
Grading: Optional
Room:
Fees: Travel expense to Oak Ridge, Tennessee
I1
30 Science Hall
Department of Political Science
85324
Impact Watergate
A study of the impact and implications for institutions and
processes of government of the Watergate scandal. Students will
select a specific subject for intensive personal research and
inquiry and will write a paper incorporating their findings.
the President; the
Among probable subjects: Watergate and
Executive Office of the President; the FBI; the CIA; Election
Finance; the Department of Justice; the Party System; the
Democratic Party; the Republican Party; Election Reform; Vice
Predidency; Bureaucratic Morale; International Politics; the
Problem of National Security; the Doctrine of Separation of
Powers; Economic Problems; Public Opinion; Congressional Power;
the Law and Order Issue; the 1976 Election; the Groupthink
Analysis; Congressional Inquiry; Presidental Impeachment; the
Twenty-Fifth Amendment; Federalism and the Federal Courts.
-
Instructor: Stenshoel
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: 2.8 minimum GPA, either overall or during the
fall term, at least four courses in the social
and behavioral sciences, of which at least one
has been in political science.
Time: I1
Enrollment: 30
Roam: 34 Science Hall
Grading: Optional
85356
Public Opinion and Political Behavior
Study of the dynamics of public opinion and the determinants of
voter choice through original group research, secondary analysis
of survey findings, and cooperative work with the ~innesotaPoll
organization.
Instructor : Hedblm
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: One course in Political Science or consent of
instructor
Time: I
Enrollment: 30
Room: 34 Science Hall
Grading: Optional
85357
Life Styles in Soviet Society:
Diversity within Uniformity
Seminar on Soviet society and life styles, focusing on youth.
Contrasts and diversity in the U.S.S.R.,
including visits to
two or three Soviet republics. Special readings and seminar
sessions prior to departure. The foreign component will include
discussions with Soviet youth and a broad cultural, historical
and political program. Report due upon return.
Instructor: Noonan
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: POL 85351; one or two terms of Russian language;
permission of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time: June 1974
Cost: $1150. (This is an estimate since the Russians have not
set their 1974 prices.)
Alternate course to be offered if foreign-based interim is
cancelled. Date for determining cancellation is December 8.
85365
People, Elites and Foreign Policy
Who makes foreign policy and how--an analysis of the foreign
policy decision process, determinants of alternatives, national
goals and other factors influencing foreign policy. Opportunity
for the student to investigate area and topic of own interest.
Seminar will focus on one or two case studies.
Instructor: Noonan
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Enrollment : 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 201 Science Hall
Department of Psychology
86105
General Psychology
An introduction to the understanding of human behavioral processes. Specific topics to be studied include: brain function,
learning principles, motivation & emotion, social influences on
behavior, and abnormal behavior. This course will have no basic
textbook, but instead a series of smaller books re3ated to specific
areas within psychology. Students will be expected to take an
active role in conducting class meetings. This course is primarily
designed for juniors and seniors who are not majoring in psychology.
Instructor: Ferguson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: P/N
86280
Psychology in Action
Time:
Room:
I1
205 Science Hall
...Today and Tomorrow
Observation of and active inquiry into the psychologist's world
in industry, business, and education. mphasis on exposure for
each student to a wide variety of work opportunity and activity
related to training in psychology. Will include classroom and
off-campus learning experiences. (Modest additional expense for
transportation within the Twin Cities area.)
Instructor: Anderegg
~istributionrequirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: P/N
86374
Time:
Room:
I1
205 Science Hall
Social Change: Facilitation and Adaptation
Study of research and naturalistic observations .on the following
topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and organizations;
power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and
conditions; orgeizations involved in social change; adaptation to
the future futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislature.)
-
Instructor: Dyrud
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: General Psychology, 86105
Enrollment: 30
Time:
Grading: P/N
Room:
I
22 Science Hall
Department of Religion
87352
Theology and Forms of Christian Worship
A study of the origins of Christian worship and its modern
developments. The class will meet in several urban churches
and participate in the life of the congregation. Class meetings
will be held three times a week and on worship days. Representative religious groups will include the Jewish synagogue, the
Roman and Orthodox Catholic churches, and one or two Protestant
denominations.
Instructor: Ollila
Distribution requirement: Yes, Urban
Prerequisites: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
87370
Time: I
Fbom: 18 Old Main
Myth and Culture
study of the function and meaning of myth in several selected
societies, ranging from primitive to modern, to see the place of
myth in each. The Nuer (Africa), ancient Babylonia, Patristic
Christian civilization of the late Roman Empire, and modern
Christianity in the West will be studied. There will be also an
effort to re-tell the myths in 20th Century idiam using the
creative arts, such as short stories, plays, painting, and poetry.
A
Instructor: Benson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: 111 or 121
Enrollment: 40
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 2 Old Main
Department of Sociology
94378
Alternate Life-styles and Consciousness: An Examination of
Possibilities
This course intends to examine, through empirical example and
relevant literature, the resurgence of conscious attempts to put
together new forms of social life: rural and urban communes,
intentional communities, co-op living and buying and other
residential and economic groupings differing froin the usual established forms. Simultaneously, there is growing interest in
such seemingly disparate topics as altered states'of consciousness, organic food, fundamental aspects of religion--Christian
alternatives. (The list is longer.) We see today clear evidence
for both the intent to experiment with new life ways and the
intent to view the world from a different place. Basically,
perhaps, these two issues are the same. We will consider points
at which the two issues of new life-ways and "new" consciousness
touch and merge.
Instructor: Gerasimo
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: At least one course in anthropology, sociology
or psychology. Juniors and seniors will be given first chance.
Enrollment: 35: Augsburg 20, and 15 to be split between InterLutheran College Interim and Take-5 colleges.
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 27 Old Main
94480
The British New-Town Movement and the Modern Metropolis
study of the origins of the New Town Movement and an examination
of the place of new towns in the planning and development of
comprehensive communities in modern metropolitan regions. Backg~oundreadings on the New Town Movement in Europe will provide
conceptual framework for the study. A central feature of the
interim will be a visit to London, England, and its surrounding
new towns.
A
Instructor: Nelson
~istributionrequirement: No
Prerequisites: Upper-class standing or permission of instructor
Enrollment: Open
Grading: P/N
95257
Volunteer Service and Independent Study
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time
volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know
social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and
career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with
a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended
fqr freshmen and sophmores.
Instructor: Steen/Wagner
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Enrollment: 30: 20 from Augsburg, 5 from Take-5 colleges and 5
from St. Olaf
Grading: Optional
Time: TBA
Mom: Memorial Hall #1 7:00 p.m.
8:00 p.m. daily for linkage
seminars
-
95352
Selected Programs in Social Work
A seminar in social security (required), and an additional
seminar selected from such topics as mental retardation, public
housing, and status of women and welfare. Field experience extended from 95351 at 16 hours per week to learn by practice the
skills of casework and/or group work.
Instructor: Wagner
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Social Work 351
Enrollment: Limited to Augsburg majors in Social Work
Grading: Traditional
Time: I1
Room: 28 Old Main
95372
Aging in Urbanized America
A basic course in social gerontology that focuses upon biological
and psychological aspects of aging; consideration of social and
cultural aspects in America that tend to define aging as a problem. National, state, and local policies and programs for the
elderly. Two, 2-hour sessions per week plus one session for
special lecture or field visiting.
1nstructor : Steen
Distribution requirement:
Enrollment: 12
Grading: Traditional
Seniors in Social Work or consent of
instructor
Time: I
Room: 28 Old Main
Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts
98285
Theatre Practicum
Students accepted for this course will work full-time on the
production of a play.
Instructor: Cole
~istributionrequirement: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
1:00 p.m. in Speech Auditorium)
Time: TBA (First meeting
-
98354
Interpersonal Cammunication
An introduction to the dynamics of interpersonal cammunication.
Instructor: B. Addison
Distribution requirement: Yes
Enrollment: 30
Grading : -Optional
.
Time: I1
m o m : Iota House
AITGSRIIIIC, A N D ST. OLAF INTEliIMS ABROAI)
1974
E U R O P E
ART I I A :
Malcolm Gimse
S t . Olaf
Medieval and Rena i s s a n c e A r c h i t e c t u r e
i n t h e H i l l C i t i e s of I t a l y
A l o n ~t h e Apennine s l o p e s l i e some o f t h e most b e a u t i f u l c i t i e s o f E u r o p e , c o n t a i n i n g
c h u r c h e s and s e c u l a r s t r u c t u r e s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e b e s t i n m e d i e v a l and r e n a i s s a n c e
a r c h i t e c t u r e . The c o u r s e , b e g i n n i n g and t e r m i n a t i n g i n Rome, w i l l i n c l u d e f i e l d t r i p s
t o O r v i e t o , Assisi, P e r u g i a , U r b i n o , A r e z z o , and S i e n a , and a n e x t e n d e d s t a y i n F l o r e n c e .
A s p e c i a l e x c u r s i o n w i l l be made t o Raventia t o s t u d y t h e s p l e n d i d B y z a n t i n e monuments
there.
COST:
CLASSICS IIA:
Mediterranean Culture
$680.00
W i l l i a m Narum
S t , Olaf
The c i v i l i z a t i o n o f Greece from t h e Bronze Age t h r o u g h C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from
two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum 'and A t h e n s . D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze
Age Minoan s i t e s i n C r e t e a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and M a l l i a , p l u s c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o
t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e A r c h a e o l o g i c a l Museum a t Hercaleum. I n A t h e n s and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h t h e a i d o f t h e famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age
o f t h e Mycenaens, and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area B).
Counts toward m a j o r .
FRENCH IIIA: T h e a t e r ,
C u l t u r e , Language i n P a r i s
COST:
$735.00 '
Mary J o h n s o n
Augsburg
A combination o r i e n t a t i o n - l a n g u a g e - c u l t u r e - t h e a t e r - c o u r s e .
One-and-a-half h o u r s of
c l a s s e a c h morning. A f t e r n o o n g e n e r a l l y r e s e r v e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l v i s i t s t o monuments,
museums, p o l i t i c a l m e e t i n g s , e t c . , d e p e n d i n g on t h e p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t o f t h e s t u d e n t s .
L a t e a f t e r n o o n t w i c e w e e k l y , two h o u r s o f F r e n c h c o n v e r s a t i o n p r a c t i c e w i t h a F r e n c h
s t u d e n t - m o n i t o r f o r e a c h g r o u p o f t h r e e o f o u r s t u d e n t s . An a v e r a g e o f two t h e a t e r
p e r f o r m a n c e s a week. Two f u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s w i t h F r e n c h - s p e a k i n g l e c t u r e r s t o
V e r s a i l l e s and C h a r t r e s . S t u d c n t s w i l l s t u d y i n c l a s s t h e p l a y s t h e y a r e t o a t t e n d .
The c u l t u r e - c i v i l i z a t i o n c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on i t e m s o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e
d a i l y and weekly p r e s s . Each s t u d e n t w i l l keep a d a i l y l o g book i n F r e n c h . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k F r c n c h a t a l l t i m e s and a l l work w i l l be done i n F r e n c h .
,
F u l f i l l s d i i t r i b u t i o n rcquircmcnt.
GERMAN I I A :
C o u l ~ t s toward m a j o r .
E n c o u n t e r w i t h t l ~ uTwo Gern~:inies
COST:
$675.00
Hanno K l a s s e n
S t . 01ilf
A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways of Germany s i n c e 1945. Thc f i r s t two weeks w i l l be s p e n t
w i t h t h c people. o f t h e Gcrrual~L)clliocratic R c l ~ u l ~ l i cand
,
t h e r e s t o f t h e time i n t h e
F e d e r a l K c p u h l i c . 'l'lic cour:;c i s d e s i ~ : r ~ ~ t?ot l u s e t h e Gcrnlan 1an):uage f o r a compara t i v c
* nicll l ~ a v csllnpcd v e r y d i f f c r c n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s .
, s t u d y of tlie two We1 t a n s c l i n t ~ l ~ ~ l : : cwh
(GERMAN IIA
-
Continued)
What h a s happened t o t h e Cer1:ians undcr t h e i n f l u e n c e o f two d i f f e r e n t i d e o l o g i e s and
governments?
I n t h e Gcrr~ian D c ~ n o c r a t i cI i c p u h l i c L c j p z i g w i l l be t h e c o n t a c t b a s e . S i d e t r i p s w i l l be
made t o o t l l c r p l a c c s uE c u l t u r a l i n t c r c s t (Dresden, Weimar). Co1ol;ne a n d / o r Munich w i l l
be t h e l o c a t i o n of o u r i n q u i r i c s i n thc Federal Republic.
E v e r y e f f o r t w i l l be madc t o s t r e s s c o n t a c t w i t h t h e p e o p l e , r a t h e r t h a n . j u s t w i t h
o f f i c i a l a g e n c i e s . I t i s llopcd t h a t t h e s t u d e n t s c o n l i v e w i t h h o s t f a m i l i e s i n b o t h
c o u n t r i e s . Whenever p o s s i b l e , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s a t u n i v e r s i t i e s
and o t h e r s c h o o l s w i l l be a r r a n g e d . A r t g a l l e r i e s , c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , and a r t i s t i c p e r formances w i l l be i n c l u d e d i n t h e program.
A l l p a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be
held.
Each s t u d e n t is e x p e c t e d t o keep a journal i n which a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f t h e
l i f e o f e a c h c o u n t r y is t r a c e d , a n a l y z e d , and c o m p a r e d . The c o u r s e would l e n d i t s e l f
t o c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d i e s o f t h e c h u r c h , t h e e d u c a t i o n a l s y s t e m , s o c i e t y , l i t e r a t u r e , and
t h e a r t s . F o r t h e l a n g u a g e m a j o r , t h e d i f f e r e n c e i n t h e German used i n b o t h c o u n t r i e s
c o u l d be t h e main f o c u s .
f)
'L
Counts toward
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area A ) .
major. P r e r e q u i s i t e :
German 32 ( o n l y German w i l l be s p o k e n ) .
COST:
HISTORY IIB: The. B a l t i c
N a t i o n a l i t i e s and S o v i e t A s s i m i l a t i o n
Robert Nichols
S t . Olaf
$665.00
&The a i m s and i m p a c t o f S o v i e t p o l i c y i n t h e once i n d e p e n d e n t n a t i o n s o f t h e s o u t h e a s t e r n
B a l t i c , w i t h e m p h a s i s on E s t o n i a . S i n c e t h e p e o p l e s o f t h e B a l t i c - - w i d e l y d i v e r g e n t
among t h e m s e l v e s - - a r e more n a t i o n a l i s t i c t h a n a n y o t h e r g r o u p s i n t h e S o v i e t Union (with
t h e p o s s i b l e e x c e p t i o n s o f G e o r g i a n s and A r m e n i a n s ) , S o v i e t n a t i o n a l i s t p o l i c y h a s been
more o v e r t i n t h e B a l t i c t h a n i n t h e o t h e r r e p u b l i c s . h i s makes t h e B a l t i c r e g i o n a n
i d e a l l o c a t i o n f o r t h e s t u d y o f m e a s u r e s used by t h e S o v i e t government t o overcome
n a t i o n a l a s p i r a t i o n s and b u i l d a " h i g h e r s o c i a l i s t n a t i o n a l i t y . " The problem, which
h a s t r u l y proved i n t r a c t a b l e f o r t h e S o v i e t s t a t e , is one o f t h e c e n t r a l p r o b l e m s f a c i n g S o v i e t p o l i t i c a l l i f e . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep j o u r n a l s and w r i t e p a p e r s .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
INTERDISCIPLINARY IIA:
Prerequisite:
His tory 11,12,41
T h e a t e r i n London
, or
52.
COST:
$945.00
Ron Lee
S t . Olof
The drama t h r o u g h a t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t h e t h e a t r e c c n t c r o f t h e E n g l i s h s p e a k i n g w o r l d . S t u d e n t s w i l l e x p e r i e n c e v a r i e t i e s of p r o d u c t i o n s , modcrn and
traditional.
P l a y attendance w i l l Ile broa(lctie~1i)y d i s c \ ~ s s i u no f p l ~ ~ y s1 1, : j c l c ~ t ~ ~ ; c
I ~ London
CS
and
v i s i t s and c o n t a c t w i t h a c t o r s and c r i t i c s . Ol.llc?r c111~ t ~ r r iIlC S ; ~ L I01
s u r r o u n d i n g s w i l l bc i ncluded i n t h e pro):ram.
One i)r more r e p r c ' s v n t a t i v c rcl:ional
t h e a t r e s w i l l be i n e l u d c d i n t h e i t i n e r a r y . S t u d e n t s w i l l b c r e q u i r e d t o ki\cp j o u r n a l s .
F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n rcqui.rcmcn t i n Area A and B.
C o u n t s toward c l c p o r t m c n t a l m a j o r .
Thomas Enger
S t . Olaf
INTERDISCIPLINARY I1.C: PC?1 i t i c n l
Economy o f F r a n c e and Swi t z e r l o n d
S w i s s and Frcncll c c o n o ~ n i cp o l i c i e s and t h c i r f o r m a t i o n i n view o f cconomic s t r u c t u r e and
s i z e , g o v e r n m e n t a l s t r u c t u r c , p o l i t i c s and n e u t r a l i t y , and c u l t u r e . Emphasis on
t r a d c , moncLary and f i s c a l p o l i c i c s , and p o l i t i c a l d e c i s i o n making on f e d e r a l , l o c a l ,
and r e g i o n a l l e v e l s .
I n t e r n a t i o l ~ a leconomic and i m m i g r a t i o n p o l i c - i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
w i t h b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , trntlc rlrlionis t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s . Monetary p o l i c i e s and
b a n k i n g p r a c t i c e w i l l bc prcscntccl i n s e m i n a r s a t ttie Banquc d e F r a n c e , Banque N a t i o n a l c
s u i s s e and p r i n c i p a l p r i v a t e hanks. F i s c a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h
g o v e r n m e n t a l o f f i c i a l s on f e d e r a l and l o c a l l e v e l s . The OECD i n P a r i s w i l l a l s o be cons u l t e d on p o l i c i e s s i n c e P r a n c e and S w i t z e r l a n d a r e b o t h members o f t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n .
Visits w i l l be made t o p r i n c i p a l c i t i e s s u c h a s P a r i s , Geneva, B e r n , B a l e , S t r a s b o u r g ,
and Lyon.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : One c o u r s e i n economics and one c o u r s e i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ; a l a n g u a g e
c o u r s e e m p h a s i z i n g c u l t u r e may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r one o f t h e f o r m e r c o u r s e s .
COST:
$665.00
I
I
MUSIC IIA: Music H i s t o r y and
E v e n t s i n Munich, S a l z b u r g , and Vienna
S i g u r d Fred r i c k s o n
S t . Olaf
A c o u r s e based on a t t e n d a n c e a t Music e v e n t s - - c o n c e r t s ' , o p e r a s , r e c i t a l s - - i n t h e s e
p r i n c i p a l music c e n t e r s o f t h e German s p e a k i n g w o r l d . I n i t i a l v i s i t s t o Munich and
S a l z b u r g w i t h a t t e n d a n c e a t Munich P h i l h a r m o n i c and o p e r a p e r f o r m a n c e s ; chamber music
p e r f o r m a n c e s i n S a l z b u r g and i n v e s t i g a t i o n s o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f S a l z b u r g
i n t h e music w o r l d w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o Mozart mementos. The p r i n c i p a l p e r i o d
o f t i m e w i l l be s p e n t i n V i e n n a , a c i t y which s t a n d s a s a s i n g u l a r monument t o t h e
development and c o n t i n u a t i o n o f music a r t . A t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s and o p e r a s . Visits
t o s i t e s o f h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e , t o museums, l i b r ~ r i e sand a r c h i v e s . A b r i e f conc l u d i n g s t a y i n London.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Consent of i n s t r u c t o r .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t i n a r e a B.
COST:
NORWEGIAN IIA:
L e a r n i n g Norwegian i n Norway
(Augsburg Course Number 75111)
$680.00
L e i f Hansen
Augs b u r g
An i n t e n s i v e four-week i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Norwegian l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e . The i n t e r i m i s
d e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no background i n Norwegian l a n g u a g e . D u r i n g t h e s t u d y
s t u d e n t s w i l l c o v e r t h e e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e f i r s t s e m e s t e r o f Norwegian l a n g u a g c . I n
a d d i t i o n t h e g r o u p w i l l examine c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e i n Norway t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , r e a d i n g s ,
and v i s i t s t o . Norweqian homes, c l l r ~ r c t l e s , h i s t o r i c a l and c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s . Much o f t h e
s t u d y w i l l t a k e p l a c e a t a permanent l e a r n i n g c e n t e r .
Counts toward l a n g u a g e requirement.
RELIGION IIA:
C h r i s t i n n Romc
Counts toward m a j o r .
COST:
$675.00
Harold D i trilanson
S t . Olaf
The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i J n i t y and Lllc c h u r c h ~hrnu!:Ii s t u t l y and o b s e r v a t i o n o f liolnc a s a
v i s u a l s i t e o f W e s t e r n CI1risL.in11d c v c l o p m c n t . Kccldi.n!:s and l e c t u r e s c a r e f u l l y i n LC!g t a ted w i t h v i s i t s Lu Iilonuolc1IlL:;, 111U:jc\llllS, ancl arclicolo!; i c a l :;i t e s . S t i ~ d yo f P ~ ~ J I I
!
!I
(RKLIGION IIA
-
Continued)
Romc a n d t h e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n o f tlrc c i t y i n t o a c e n t e r o f e a r l y C h r i s t i a n i t y ;
the c i t y
d u r i n l ; t h e Middle Ages and R c n a i s s a n c e .
The l a s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l i n c l u d e an e x t e n d e d f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and F l o r e n c e ,
and o t h e r t r i p s o u t o f Romc w i l l i n c l u d e v i s i t s t o O s t i a , S u b i n c o , and Pompeii.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Fresll~nan Religion.
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
RELIGION I I B :
F u l f i l l s general requirement.
COST:
C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t Dialogue
$680.00
J o h n Stumme
S t . Olaf
The g e n e r a l p u r p o s e o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be t o g i v e b o t h academic and e x i s t e n t i a l e x p o s u r e
, t o a l l l e v e l s o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t d i a l o g u e a s i t now e x i s t s p r i m a r i l y i n E a s t e r n
and W e s t e r n Europe. Through c o n t a c t s w i t h t h e Church, h e r h i s t o r y and p r e s e n t d a y l i f e
w i l l be s t u d i e d . Through o f f i c i a l c o n t a c t s w i t h government o f f i c e s and u n o f f i c i a l cont a c t s w i t h c r i t i c a l r a d i c a l g r o u p s , i n b o t h t h e E a s t and t h e West, a n a t t e m p t w i l l be
made t o l e a r n and e x p e r i e n c e t h e a c t u a l p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . F i n a l l y , t h r o u g h c o n t a c t s
w i t h a s m a l l group of i n d i v i d u a l s involved e i t h e r o f f i c i a l l y o r u n o f f i c i a l l y i n d i a l o g u e ,
a n a t t e m p t w i l l be made t o e v a l u a t e t h e n a t u r e , d e v e l o p m e n t , and p o t e n t i a l o f t h e
phenomenon o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t D i a l o g u e
.
Prerequisites:
Some knowledge o f German h e l p f u l b u t n o t r e q u i r e d .
SOCIOLOGY IIA: The New Town
Movement i n Contemporary England (Augsburg Course Number 94481)
1
COST:
$665.00
Gordon N e l s o n
Augsburg
The s t u d y o f t h e new town d e v e l o p m e n t , p r i m a r i l y i n t h e London r e g i o n (Harlow, S t e v e n a e e ,
and Welwyn). A r e v i e w o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l emergence o f t h e new towns o f England a s w e l l
a s a n e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e o f t h e new town movement i n t h e p l a n n i n g and development
&'of
c o m p r e h e n s i v e m e t r o p o l i t a n E n g l a n d . Background r e a d i n g $ w i l l be a s s i g n e d .
r,wtr
w
Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
SPANISH I I A AND I I I A : S p a n i s h
Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n Madrid
COST:
$665.00
James Dunlop
S t . Olaf
A four-week r e s i d e n c e i n Madrid w i t h t h r e e one-day s t u d y t r i p s t o n e a r b y c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s .
To improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken S p a n i s h , widen h i s c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e and a c q u a i n t him ,
w i t h t h e S p a n i s h t h e a t e r ; t h e r e w i l l be s i x h o u r s o f tutorj.11;; a wcek w i t h S p a n i s h
s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of M a d r i d , f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h c P r a d o and o t h e r e x c e l l e n t
museums, and a t t e n d a n c e a t a n a v c r a g e o f t h r e e t h e a t e r p e r f o r m a n c e s p c r week. I n
a d d i t i o n , t h e r c w i l l b e r e g u l a r d i s c u s s i o n s c o n c e r n i n g S p a n i s h t h c a t e r . and c i v i l i z o t i o n
and s e m i n a r s w i t h P r o f e s s o r s Manuel Mcdina and San Miguc.1 of t h c I n s t i t u t c o f Europcan
S t u d i e s . S u p p l e m c n t a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e t h c Madrid symphony, P r o t c s t a n t and
C a t h o l i c c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , Ilamenco t a b l a n s , s o c c e r garncs, f i l m s , and a v i s i t t o t h e
f a s c i n a t i n g R e a l F a b r i c a d e T a p i c e s t o s e e t a p c s t r i c s b e i n g rnanufacturcd.
(P-NC o n l y )
Counts toward l a n g u a g e r c q u i r e m e n t .
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m c n t (Area A ) .
I I I A c o u n t s toward mdjor. P r c r c q u i s i t c s :
f o r l c v c l I I A ; t h r e e semcs t e r s o f Spani:;h,
COST: $665.00
f o r l e v e l 111; c o m p l c t i o n o f S p a n i s h 51 w i L l i g r a d e o f 1)- o r I l i g h c r .
A F R I C A
/
HISTORY IIA: A f r i c a on A F r i c a n Terms: A Case
S t u d y o f Two A f r i c a n S t a t c s - - ( ; l ~ n n a and TOGO
T e r r y Add i s o n
Augsburg
P r c - c o l o n i a l West A f r i c a . Thc c o l o n i a l p e r i o d i n Ghana and Togo. The s t r u g g l e f o r i n dependence, b o t h p o l i t i c a l +I
e c o n o ~ n i c . F o r c e s a t work i n t h e emerging new West A f r i c a :
t h e p e o p l e s , t h e l e a d e r s , and t h e c u l t u r e s o f t h e New A f r i c a .
Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
M I D D L E
Counts toward m a j o r . COST:
$1,135.00
E A S T
RELIGION I I C :
-
I s r a e l : A n c i e n t and Modern
(Augsburg Course Number 87370)
P h i l i p Quanbeck
Augsburg
' 11
f i e g o a l o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be t o become b e t t e r a c q u a i n t e d w i t h I s r a e l from a t w o - f o l d
a s p e c t , f i r s t a s t h e s i t e o f many i m p o r t a n t e v e n t s i n b i b l i c a l h i s t o r y , and s e c o n d l y ,
a s a modern n a t i o n which h a s i t s l i f e i n a complex p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . Three s p e c i f i c
a r e a s w i l l b e v i s i t e d : N o r t h e r n G a l i l e e , J e r u s a l e m and i t s e n v i r o n s , and B e e r Sheba and
t h e Hegev. While t h e s t a y w i l l b e i n J e r u s a l e m , t h e r e w i l l be f i e l d t r i p s t o p l a c e s
o f h i s t o r i c a l and a r c h a e o l o g i c a l interest. I n a d d i t i o n , v i s i t t o a k i b b u t z and l e c t u r e s
f r o m government r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s w i l l i n d i c a t e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and c o n c e r n s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y
life.
C o u n t s toward g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t .
L A T I N
Counts toward m a j o r .
COST:
$925.00
A M E R I C A
HISTORY I I C AND I I I C :
Problems o f Madern Mexico
C l i f f o r d Hauberg
S t . Olaf
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e g i v e n i n C u e r n a v a c a , Mexico, and a l l s t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o
d o r e s e a r c h and w r i t e a p a p e r on some s i g n i f i c a n t problem o f p r e s e n t d a y Mexico--urban
o r r u r a l p o v e r t y , i n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n and p o l l u t i o n , e d u c a t i o n , e t c .
Prerequisite:
ward m a j o r .
R e a d i n g knowledge o f S p a n i s h p r e f e r r e d :
H i s t o r y 35 o r 36.
Counts t o -
JOINT INTERIM, 1 9 7 4
p t a n n e d and e p o n e o r e d b y
t h e American Lutheran S t u d e n t Conference
FOCUS ON COMMUNITY CONSCIOUSNESS
C6mmunity O r g a n i z a t i o n s :
How does a c o m m u n l t y i n t l m e s o f
g r e a t s t r e s s and c o n s t a n t change o r g a n l z e i t s e l f h u m a n l y
and effectively t o p r e v e n t d l s l n t e g r a t i o n and t o g a l n t h e
l n l t i a t i v e f o r I t s e l f ? The l e a r n l n g o f t h e c l a s s I s b y
t h e mode o f e n c o u n t e r and p a r t l c i p a t l o n I n a g e n c l e s and
t h e c o m m u n l t y o f t h e Model C l t i e s a r e a I n t h e S o u t h s i d e
o f Minneapol I s .
U r b a n s e m l n a r s w i l l be he I d t h r e e mornl n g s e a c h week.
P l a c e m e n t s o f e a c h s t u d e n t a r e made I n
A
s u c h a g e n c l e s as T e n a n t U n l o n s , A l t e r n a t e S c h o o l s .
525.00 f e e f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t s I s c h a r g e d .
L l m l t i s 25.
..
S t . O l a f Sponsored
James S t e w a r t ,
Department o f Socloiogy
I n s t i t u t i o n a l Communities:
The modern t e c h n o l o g i c a l s o c i e t y
h a s h a n d l e d many o f I t s " m l s f l t s " by p l a c i n g them I n
I n p r i s o n s , homes
e n f o r c e d o r semi-forced communltles
How I s communf o r t h e aged, m e n t a l l y 1 1 I and r e t a r d e d .
I t y p o s s i b l e i n such c l r c u m s t a n c e s ? Are such l n s t l t u t l o n a1 f o r m s a f o r e c a s t o f w h a t may I l e ahead f o r a l l o f u s ?
O r a r e t h e r e o t h e r d l r e c t l o n s ? And w h a t a r e t h e p o l l t i c s
i n v o l v e d ? S t u d e n t s w i 1 l have asslgnments I n c o n n e c t i o n
w l t h v a r l o u s l n s t l t u t i o n s and t h e r e w l l l a l s o be s e m i n a r s .
A f e e o f $25.00 f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t I s c h a r g e d .
--
Augustana Sponsored
Mark Warde l I ,
Department o f Sociology
Alternate Life-Styles:
What i s t h e m e a n l n g o f t h e new comm u n i t y I l f e - s t y l e s whlch a r e happening I n Western l l f e ?
A r e new m o d e l s . f o r c o l l e c t i v e s and communes v l a b l e f o r
t h e f u t u r e ? M y s t l c l s m has a l s o e n t e r e d t h e c u r r e n t s o f
t h e p r e s e n t y o u n g e r s o c i e t y w l t h an e v e r d e e p e n l n g qua1 l t y .
How w l l l I t i n f l u e n c e and be I n f l u e n c e d by C h r i s t l a n l t y .
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h l s a r e n a w i l l occupy t h e month's work
o f t h e c l a s s w l t h e n c o u n t e r and r e f i e c t l v e s e m l n a r s .
Augsburg Sponsored
J e r r y Gerasimo,
~ e ~ a r t m e no tf U r b a n S t u d l e s
R i t u a l s f o r an Open S o c i e t y :
A r e t h e r e ways by w h i c h t h e
C h r l s t i a n c o m m u n i t y ' s r i c h t r a d l t l o n o f l i t u r g y c a n comb i n e w i t h t h e i n n o v a t l ve a p p r o a c h e s t o w o r s h i p on t h e
c o n t e m p o r a r y s c e n e t o become a f r e e l ng e x p e r l e n c e f o r
I n t e n t i o n a l c o m m u n l t l e s b e n t on s o c l e t a l r e n e w a l ? Can
s t r u c t u r e s o f worship f r e e r a t h e r than blnd? Encounter
w 1 t h c o n t e m p o r a r y and t r a d I t i o n a I , E a s t e r n and W e s t e r n
church l i f e w i l l o c c u r , mixed w i t h sernlnars.
P a c i f i c Lutheran Sponsored
Gordon L a t h r o p , Campus P a s t o r
W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s :
One way t h e p o v e r t y - s t r l c k e n
beyond b o t h Western
b u t c u l t u r a l l y - r l c h T h i r d World
can be e x p e r l e n c e d I s t h r o u g h L a t i n
S o c l e t y and R u s s l a
American eyes.
I s t h e r e a way i n s u c h a s e t t i n g as t h i s
t h a t t h e s t u d e n t can c a t c h a g l i m p s e o f t h e r e a l l t y o f
l i f e I n L a t i n A m e r i c a ? What w i l l i t mean t o l i v e " I n t h e
direction o f t h e T h l r d W o r l d ? " And how can t h e c h u r c h
become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e w o r l d l e v e l o f c o m m u n i t y ? An
e x p a n s l v e l o o k w l l l be t a k e n t h r o u g h e n c o u n t e r s w l t h T w l n
C l t y L a t i n s a t t h e U n l v e r s l t y o f M i n n e s o t a and e l s e w h e r e .
S p a n i s h w o u l d be h e l p f u l .
--
--
Texas L u t h e r a n S p o n s o r e d
P r o f e s s o r t o be named
J O I N T I N T E R I M , 1974
Faotual DetaZl
TIME:
-
an early aeeeeement
-
January 3
25, 19741 The T h u r s d a y e v e n l n g ( J a n u a r y 3 )
b e g i n n i n g I s a t 7 : 0 0 p.m.
The c l o s i n g d a y i s F r i d a y ,
J a n u a r y 25.
PLACE :
As I n J o i n t I n t e r i m , 1973, a s e e d y o l d d o r m I n d o w n t o w n
Minneapolis o n t h e p r e m i s e s o f M e t r o p o l l t a n ~ M e d i c a l C e n t e r
i s s e t t e n t a t i v e l y f o r o u r use.
A most reasonable r e n t a l
arrangement.
COSTS :
I. S t u d e n t s a r e t o b r i n g t h e i r w i t h d r a w n B o a r d f e e s t o
c o v e r room and b o a r d .
T h l s w l l l be p u t i n a communal
kitty.
Students w i l l e a t together I n several v o l u n t a r y
c o m m u n l t l e s , t o be o r g a n i z e d upon a r r i v a l .
(Separate
a r r a n g e m e n t s c a n b e made f o r t h o s e who do n o t w i s h t o
e a t t h i s way, b u t t h l s s h o u l d be I n d i c a t e d i n a d v a n c e . )
S e v e r a l c e l e b r a t i o n f e a s t s o f t h e w h o l e community w l l l
o c c u r i n t h e month.
2. T r a v e l S u b s i d y w l i l b e s e n t t o o u t l y i n g s c h o o l s t o h e l p
C a p i t a l , TLC: $ 1 0 0 . 0 0 e a c h ; CLC, PLU: $ 1 5 0 . 0 0
them
each.
3. Some m o n i e s f o r l o c a l t r a v e l a n d I n c i d e n t a l e x p e n s e s
a r e recommended f o r b u s e s a n d s h a r e d c a r t r a v e l ( $ 1 0 . 0 0
t o $15.00).
4. The f i r s t t w o l i s t e d c o u r s e s w l l l r e q u i r e p l a c e m e n t f e e s
5. P r o f e s s o r s and t u l t l o n w i l l b e b o r n by t h e s c h o o l s .
6. I n sum as l l t t l e a s $ 2 5 . 0 0 t o $ 5 0 . 0 0 p l u s B o a r d f e e ,
plus the travel t o location.
--
ACADEMICS :
As s o o n a s t h e s t u d e n t d e c l d e s o n w h i c h o f t h e i n t e r l m s
I f he I s
he w i i l t a k e , h e s h o u l d c o n s u l t h l s s c h o o l .
t a k i n g t h e c l a s s o f h i s own s c h o o l , he c a n r e g l s t e r I n
h i s u s u a l way.
I f h l s c l a s s I s f r o m a n o t h e r school, he
should consult with h i s r e g i s t r a r t o f a c i l i t a t e h i s reglst r a t l o n i n the o t h e r school f o r t h e interim.
A i l courses
t r a n s f e r among A m e r l c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h c o l l e g e s .
A S U B S I D Y GRANT:
A l a r g e r g r a n t from t h e D i v l s l o n o f Youth A c t i v i t y o f t h e
A m e r i c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h w l l l be s u b s i d y t o h e l p w l t h room
r e n t , t r a v e l , c o u r s e e n r i c h m e n t , m o t i o n p i c t u r e s and c o o r dlnatlon.
A s m a l l e r g r a n t from World Mlssions o f t h e
Amerlcan L u t h e r a n Church w l l l h e l p w i t h t h e c o u r s e on
tentative a t thls polnt.
W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s
--
COORDINATING COMMITTEE:
S t u d e n t s R a c h e l Rhode a n d D l a n e L o e f f l e r , A u g s b u r g ;
B e r l t Osmundsen, S t . O l a f ; K a t h y M a k e l a , Dana; J a n S l m o n e n ,
L u t h e r ; Nancy L i e u r a n c e , PLU; F l o s s i e H e n s p e t t e r , A u g u s t a n a
a n d J o e Bash, C o o r d l n a t l n g A d v l s o r .
A l s o check w l t h p r o fessors o f the classes o r l n t e r l m Director f o r your
s c h o o l o r Campus P a s t o r s .
UNRESOLVED P O S S I B I L I T I E S :
A c a m p - c e n t e r e d i n t e r i m a t Camp K o i n o n i a o u t s i d e New
Y o r k C i t y and a r u r a l - o r i e n t e d I n t e r i m I n S o u t h D a k o t a .
A l s o where I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d l e s c a n be w e l l - a r r a n g e d
b e f o r e h a n d w l t h a campus p r o f e s s o r and a T w i n C i t y
c o n s u l t a n t , s u c h a situation m l g h t a l s o b e a r r a n g e d .
Interim Courses
INSTRUCTOR
- 1974
COURSE TITLE
Brost , P a t r i c i a
Buzicky, Charles
Cokler, Eileen
Culver, Dwight W.
Cunninghaa, James
Desotelle, Marguerite
Esterka, Father Peter
Febres, York
Fish, P a t r i c i a
Fisher, Carole
Forner , Edouard
Human Sexuality
Wine: Its History and Use
Femininity, Masculinity: S t m t y p e s of t h e Past?
Outsiders
Soviet Russia: Culture and H i s t o r ~ l
C h i l d ' s World of A c t i v i t y
Values i n Hodern Family L i f e
S i x Great Cities of Hispanic America
Chemistry and t h e Environment
~vents/~acumentation8/~~0~sm
Cooperative Performance Project f n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
F r e n r n , Father Hilary
Philosophy of Love
Froeming, Mary Anne
Clothing S e l e c t i o n
How Helpful are Human Services i n t h e Twin C i t i e s ?
Geer, Willim J.
Gohl, Azela
Bridging t h e Generation Gap
American Domestic Architecture
Graebner , Alan
E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t St*
irl Communication
Hardman, Jhnedict
and E t h i c s ) a.
Hathaway, Doris
Caribbean Cross Culture
"The F i n a l Solution"
The Extermination of t h e Jews
Heininger , J F.
i n Nazi Germany
Houlton, Loyce
Dance: Its Relevance t o Contemporary L i f e
Keenan, S i s t e r Ilamaculata Dante's Divine Comedy
Kessler, S i s t e r Catherine Small Vocal Ensembles
K i l l i a n , Pamela
Can We Be Feminine and Independant Too?
Conversational Spanish and a T a c h of S.U.S.P.E.N.S.E!
Kleczynski , Caroline
Klick, P a t r i c i a
Weaving
Jones, Maurice
Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
Lennon, Cannelita
The Survey of t h e Microscopic World
Litecky, S i s t e r Catherine
S e l f and Belief
Lupori, P e t e r
Sculpture i n Three M i a
Hicka, S i s t e r Wary Virginia The Arts i n t h e Twin Cities
Miller, Judith
How Helpful a r e Human Services i n t h e Twin c i t i e s ?
Femininity, Masculinity: Stereotypes of t h e Past?
Xoriarty , Barbara
.
New Directions i n Printmaking
Relson, Robert C l a r k
Machtsheim, S i s t e r #ary Henry Caribbean Cross Culture
Osborne, P h y l l i s
Watching Your Weight
Palan, S i s t e r Catherine Junkat I n t o t h e Inner Space of Self
Puapusch, S i s t e r Anita
Elements of a Philosophy of L i f e
Poletes, George
Producing and Performing a Play
Reed, Marie Therese
P o p l a r French Song i s Alive and We11 and Living
a t St. Catherine's
Richardson, Mary Jo
World of Work (Elementary and Secondary i n Minnesota)
Rubens, David
Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
'
THE COUEGE OF ST. CATHERINE
INSTRUCTOR
Page 2
COURSE TITLE
Jewish Writers of t h e 20th Century
Ryan, S i s t e r Rosalie
Bridging t h e Generation Gap
Ryan, S a l l y
Schaefer, Dolores
The World of Marcel Proust
Schleder, C h a r l o t t e Ovechka C h i l d b i r t h : A Study of t h e Childbirth ~ x p e r i e n c eand
Related Topica
From Gutenberg t o Q a l i l e o : The Renaissance and its
Smith, S i s t e r Margery
Impact on Hodbrn L i f e
Stensrud, S i s t e r Mary Catherine Consumer: Are You Taking o r Being nTakenn?
Cooperative Perfornanca R o j e c t i n Opera and
S t r i p l i n g , Luther
Symphony Orchestra
Swanson, Ally8
Watching Your Weight
Symons, James
Drama and b v o l u t i o n
Tauer, S l d t e r Carol Ann Back t o t h e Piano
Tomsich, P e t e r
Run Co~aputerRun
R e a l i e t i c G e m n Orammar
Trandota , K r i s t i n a
A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Mathematics Education
Vos, Kenneth E.
Winter F i e l d Biology
Vukaonich , Frank
Ward, S i e t e r Agnes
Norse Mythology
Wilson, S i s t e r Maria
Photo P r o j e c t s
Wolkerstorf o r , S i s t e r John C h r i s t i n e Minnesota, Arena of P o l i t i c a l Ref o m
Wood, S i e t e r Hary D a v i d 'hpreasionism i n Music and A r t
E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t Study i n Communication
Wren, David
and E t h i c s ) .
HAMLINE UNIVERSITY
I n t e r i m Courses
Prerequisite
*
INSTRUCTOR
Balsanek
Bartlett
Birnbaum and Haas
Bowman
B r ennan
Brown
Burland and Raygor
chhg
Cone
Crayton
D'Onofrio
Falkman
Fleming
Graham
Green
Harris
Hergenhnhn
Hull
I r i s h and Younoszai
Jo hne ton
Jones
Kagen
Kelly
Kimes
King
LaBount y
Lasaneky
Lu
Lukowi t z
Lynekey
Markowitz
Marsh
Masiello
Meyer D.
Meyer M.
Miller
Mulkern
Oliver and Hosf i e l d
-
1974
COURSE TITLE
The Poet, t h e Hunter and t h e N a t u r a l i s t
(in literature)
Practicum i n Stage Lighting
Biochemistry: Metabolic and Biogenetic Pathways*
S c i e n t i f i c Inquiry
The Archaeology of Hamline University*
Pharmacology of Psychoactive Mind-Altering Drugs
The Descendents of Sherlock Holmes ( i n l i t e r z f t u r e )
Student Teaching i n t h e Elementary School*
Chink: Growing Up Yellow i n America
Anthropology and S o c i a l I s s u e s
E l e c t r o n Microscopy
Anarchism
Theory Construction i n Sociology*
Mathematics: What i s i t ? *
The Book of Revelation
Crime & Delinquency i n Great B r i t a i n ( i n England)
Shakespeare and Music
Learning Theory and Everyday L i f e
Contemporary Religious P r a c t i c e s
L i f e i n V i l l a g e Mexico ( i n %urnpango, Mexico)*
Origins and Development of t h e Arab-Israeli
Conflict*
The O r a l L i t e r a t u r e of Appalachia ( v i s i t i n g
exchange i n s t r u c t o r from Berea College)
Unorthodox L i t e r a t u r e a s a Guide t o t h e S o c i a l
H i s t o r y of China
The Performing A r t s : A Closer Look
Survey of Film H i s t o r y
Systems Analysis: An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Systems
Thinking in Management,Planning and Human
Problems
Programmed I n s t r u c t i o n *
Survey of Printmaking
The Chinese Revolution: C r i t e r i a f o r Evaluation
The L i f e of Adolf H i t l e r
~ i e t n a r n :A Case Study i n t h e Policy-Making
Process
The Sociology of C u l t u r e and Kultur
H i s t o r y of Technology
L a t i n American L i t e r a t u r e : A Vehicle f o r
Social Protest
Psychological Problems Encountered i n A t h l e t i c
Coaching*
The Drama of German Expressionism
Computer U t i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Behavioral Sciences*
Skiing
The Nature of P r e j u d i c e
*
INSTRUCTOR
Perry
Petrilak
Pizner
Pontlnen
R i c e and Blue
Root
Runquist and Creswell
St. John.
Smith P.
Smith R.
S ta h l y
Steen
Swaneon
Taylor
Vane
Varberg
Walker
White
Willis
Wolf f
Wyatt
COURSE TITLE
The Medieval Hero and Epic P o e t r y
E l e c t r o n i c s : Must i t b e Black Magic i n t h e
Home and Laboratory?
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy
Once Over L i g h t l y : The Science of O p t i c s
. The H i s t o r y and P r a c t i c e of French Cuisine*
Modern French L i t e r a t u r e f o r Non-Majors:
P o e t r y , T h e a t r e , t h e Novel*
I n s t r u m e n t a l Methods ( i n chemistry)*'
The Asian Sub-Continent
India, Pakistan
and Bangladesh: a Clash of C u l t u r e s
A r t i n New York C i t y ( i n New York C i t y )
COBOL Programming ( V i s i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r from
C o n t r o l Data I n s t i t u t e )
B a s k e t b a l l Fundamentals f o r G i r l s *
Study of Contemporary Choral Music by American
and E n g l i s h Composers ( i n England)
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l Peychology*
How t o Solve It - A seminar i n Problem Solving*
The Modern Novel i n I n d i a
Complex Analysis ( i n mathematics)"
American Poverty: A n I n s o l u b l e Problem w i t h
Proximate S o l u t i o n s ?
The S o c i a l Seminar: Drug Education
Grooving on t h e Occult
Greek Tragedy and Greek C u l t u r e
Problems i n t h e Human Environment
*
-
*
hV+CAI-ESTER COLLEGE
*
P
--
PREHEQUIS I T E
PERMISSION
OF THE
INSTRUCTOR
REQUIRED;
I N S T R U C T O R ~ S SIGNATURE
ON
EXCHANGE
R E G I S T R A T I O N CARD MUST BE SECURED BY THE STUDENT.
COURSE T l TLE
NOS
VAMOS
MIOWEST
-
PARA E L
FIELD
MEDIO-OESTE
COURSE,
(MEXICAN
ILLINOIS
TO
MIGRAT I ON TO THE
'
TEXAS D O R D E ~ ) *P
R 1 SK *
MATHEMAT 1 CAL ~ ~ E T H O D SI N THE THEORY OF
. GETTIFIG T O KNOW POE
A CELESTIAL LABORATORYREVERSING NEWTON & KEPLER
L I V I N GW I T H THE UNITED N A T I O N S ( I N NEW Y O R K ) *P
APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF BUDDHIST MEDITATION P
WESTERN & JAPANESE
FEUDALISM: AN EXPERIMENTI N
COMPARAT IVE HI S T O R Y
RETREAT SEMINAR ON ENVIRONMENTALE T H I C 3 ( I N C L U D ~ N G
-
*
*
DONOVAN
Dye
TWO WEEKS IN ~ ~ I O N T A N A )P
CONTEMPORARY WOMAN:
HER SOCIAL ROLE, CAREER EXPECTATIONS,
AND POLITICAL A C T I V I T I E S
ANC-IENT STORIES I N ~ ~ O D E R NDRESS (LITERATURE & FILMS)
TRUTH & FICTION I N AUTOBIOGRAPHY
ON THEIR HONOR A LOOKAT YOUTH-SERVING O R G A N I Z A T I O N S
TECHNIQUES & USES OF 35MM BLACK & \VHITE PHOTOGRAPHYP
ER I CKSON
ER I CKSON, VANDENDORPE;
RANKS, GOLDSMITH,
UNDERWOOD (STUDENTS)
FA^ IAN
FAIRCHILDS
FARRER
FORMER,STRIPLING;
JONES
(ST. CATHER IN E Ws)
GREEN
GREENBERG
GUNDERSON
Guss
HAMMER
HILL, E.
HILL, T.
HOPPER, LIST (STUDENT)
HUGHES
JOHNSON,
H.
JUGAN
KEENAN
KIM
KLEESE
KLE IN
I<ONHAUSER
KRAMER, GERARD (STUDENT)
KRISTENSEN
LANEGRAN,
PITZL
-
NEW SOUTH AMER I C A N LITERATURE
THE SOCIAL H I S T O R Y OF THE D E T E C T ~ V ENOVEL
ECONOMICSOF POVERTY SO FARONLY POOR SOLUTIONS
-
COOPERATIVE PERFORMANCEPROJECT IN OPERA AND SYMPHONY
ORCHESTRA *P
SCIENCE, SOCIETY, AND POLITICS
ON THE ROAD:
THE LITERATURE
OF EXPLORATION
WAR
AND
MORALITY
AN INTRODUCTION
T O RUSSIAN FOLKLORE
WOIJ~EN IN MUS Ic *P
DESERT BIOLOGY ( I N ARIZONA) *P
PHILOSOPHY IN BIOGRAPHY: MARKS OF A LIFE WORTH LIVING
CULTURAL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTENTIALISM
AGRESSIVE B E H A V I O ~ : THEORY & RESEARCH *
LANDSCAPE,
UTOPIAN PLANNING, & THE EURO-AMERICANT R A D I T I O N
THE PHILOSOPHICAL B A S I S OF SPORT
TEACHING CHILDREN TO \'/RITE POETRYP
ALBERT EINSTEIN *P
C Y T O G E N E T ~ CTECHNIQUES *P
ADVANCED DEBATE STUDY TOUR *P
MATHEMATICS FOR THE FUN O F I T *P
RECENT CHANGE AT MACALESTER
WHERE TO NOW?
CERAM ICB
MELTING POT OR PRESSURE COOKER? ETHNICITY I N THE TWIN
C I T I ES URBAN,SYSTEM
CRYSTALS & C R Y S T A L ~ R O W ~ N G
COULD ATLAS SHRUG? THREE FACESOF LIRERTARIANISM
CHANGING \VOMEN@S ROLES A S A SOCIAL PROBLEM *P
COOPERATIVES & INTENTIONAL
COMMUNITIES
A S POLITICAL
PHENOMENA ( I N MADISON, WISCONSIN) P
*
-
COURSE T I T L E
MCCURDY
MI KKELSON
MI NU
Mosv 1 cu
NEUMAN
KORLES
N G R ~ ~ A NYOUNG
,
P J ~ R J A A N , BARRY
PE-,-~<<
s
REEDY
RODERTS, W.
ROBINSON, E.
ROETZEL
SALTZMAN
SCHUE
(STUDENT)
SCIENCE & C H R ~ S T I A N FAITH *P
H ISTOTECHN IQUE *
READINGS I N MEOIEVAL MYSTICS
WATERCOLOR
PA INT ING *P
SMALL GROUP ~ Y N A M I C S : HOW TO ENJOY YOURSELF W I T H A
(MATHEMAT IC A L ) GROUP *
ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTATION
& TELESCOPE LIAUING P
~ N T R O D U C T O R YALCHEMY
HOW TO MAKE GOLD FOR FUN & P R O F I T
THE LITTLE COMPUTER THAT CAN
BUT HOW? (ADVANCED FORTRAN
& INTRODUCTGRY
ASSCMDLER LANGUAGE)
*
REME~,;~ER THE G R A F SPEFI? ( W A R - G A M I NG)
-
-
M ~ D E LEXPERIMENTSI N GEOLOGY *
THE 1 ~ T HCENTURY AMERICAN FAMILYP
O R G A N I C STRUCTURE DETERMINATION B Y SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS
EXPERIMENTS I N NUCLEAR PHYSICS
How & LA1~vDo SMALL TOWNS 0 IE?
PUPPETRY P
LEARNING
ECONOMICSTHROUGH COMPUTER GAMES *P
THE EVOLUTION OF MAN
R U S S I A & T H E NEAR EAST: PAST & PRESENT
THE T A C T I C S & STRATEGIES OF SCIENCE:
HARVARDCASE
HISTORIES
PERIODS & RHYTHMS IN BEHAVIOR & PHYSIOLOGY
JOHNSTUART MILL'S U T I L I T A R I A N I S M
HOMER & THE ARCHAEOLOGISTS
ORAL INTERPRETATION
OF DRAMATIC LITERATURE
P
CHEMISTRY & COLOR
*
'YEN DT
Y~EST
\'/IL K I E
B ILSON
W ~ L ~ E Y
*
PE ACT l V 1 T 1 ES COU2SES
*
( F R A C Y OONAL CRED 1 T
*
*
OH W 1 THOUT CRED I T )
Show less
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Facu... Show more
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Requirements
Majors
Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
International
Study
Honors Program
Degrees
...
...
...
PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
Recreation
Intercollegiate Athletics
Religious L i f e
Student Services
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
...
PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
...
...
The Application Process
Transfer
Early
Early Admission
Advanced Placement
Decision :
Advanced Standing
...
..
...
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D
...
Expenses
1972-73 Cost Summary
Settlement o f Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
. . . Financial Aid
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Credit
Grading
by Examination
...
...
...
PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, PERSONNEL
PAGE 79, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e
q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
without n o t i c e .
Introduction
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s
t h e "4-1-4."
In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years
ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music
of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature a n d
Objectives
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major.
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world.
t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
imagination by encouraging and maintaining
academic e x c e l l e n c e .
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban
environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o
gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern
city.
t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional,
and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible
with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
L
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major
b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and
an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
6
CAMPUS GUIDE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
t 3.
14.
15.
16.
West Hall
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Urness Tower Residence for Women
The College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
The Quadrangle
Murphy Square
The Art Studio
Organ Studio
The Music Building
Si Melby Hall
Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
Speech and Drama Building
East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + )
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
Here you w i l l
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld.
d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng
f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n
t h e modern g o r l d .
_LX
.@
.a.
The
4-12a Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would
be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses
containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as
well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s .
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Physical Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Training
Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be
reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned
accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without
additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e
interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of
1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e
community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown
Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year
program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help
professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan
campuses
.
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of
Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses
offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of
students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable.
The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e
prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates
matriculation i n these co- learning courses
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s
coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete
courses toward t h e i r degrees.
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI )
.
Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f
courses .
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s
.
.
Augsburg
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN)
This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program.
University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year
i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition
t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities
f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may
arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be
approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and
then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit
earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's
graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each
year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For
information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman
students with outstanding high school records. For superior
students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
offered each term.
Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through
which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity
t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e college.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as
Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as
necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional
information on t h e honors program i s available upon request
from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree.
I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate
a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music.
12
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r
commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your education.
Social and C u l t u r a l
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name
entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n
s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n
post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon.
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship.
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e
f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won
The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron
second time i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by
a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative offices.
West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o
t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The
b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as
apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each
r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s
who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r .
The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of
t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d .
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high
school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Ad mission
An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advance
Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y
completed.
Advance
Standing
College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
17
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1750.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered
f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00.
Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student
t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For
part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
.. .
4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00
Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00
(Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and
drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate
b a s i s of $20 a course.)
Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15 -00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an
interim).
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
- $987.00 t o $1,050.00
Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board.
(Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00)
Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board.
( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l
board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost
Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . .$987.00
-
............$
1,050.00
25.00
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. )
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable)
Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been
accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1
under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September,
1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
.
$25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be
prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be
arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding
term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following
schedule :
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s ,
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication
f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement
(PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s
must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
loans t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity
Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers
who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well
planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n
t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences.
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside
t h e United S t a t e s .
The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are
designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e
study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered
i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses
taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t year i n residence.
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e
Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following
departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s
requirement
.
Division
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Chairman: M r . Raymond E
. Anderson
Department o f A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department o f Music
Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck
Department
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Phys i cs
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Plzilip A, Quanbeck
Department o f Phi 10s ophy
Department o f Religion
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Geography, Library Science
Department o f History
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
Registration
A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive
credit f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r
semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly
scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days of t h e semester.
Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F .
Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done
i n t h e Registrar1s Office.
Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end
o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory.
I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters
consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e
following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring
term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation
u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term.
Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l
not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Credit
Examination
Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations
should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar.
Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations.
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with
f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one
f o r D and zero f o r F.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system,
with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed
i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course
i n which t h e student receives a grade of N.
A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on
t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor.
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an
extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f
permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester.
Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e
grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record.
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been
received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e
grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be
audited.
25
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages.
See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
G r i e r N ic h o l l
MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective
c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s .
courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
TEACHING MAJOR: 16
MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings
under major.
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion
under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the
integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
level of work.
all)
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One project of an interdisciplinary nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Field experience during interim
Art
P h i 1ip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from
221, 223, 225, 350.
486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221,
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e
of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
1 1 8 PAINTING I
Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r .
(Fall,
Spring)
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , Spring)
351 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring)
3 5 5 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g .
(Prereq.: 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
( P r e r e q . : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G
urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern
times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l
t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
M+70R1 &
-o
n
I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and
one t e r m
s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
1
1x3
& bob% mf -ar.
351, 3 5 2 ) .
1
A
-
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r
-
11 1 1 1 - i ; r l
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
--
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on
academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
I' cL
101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2
on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g )
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does
not apply toward the biology major. (Interim)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
For biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
112, Spring)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
laboratory.
Prereq.: 112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. :
112. Interim)
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereg.: 112.
Spring)
.
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223
or 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l )
,
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur
during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work.
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r .
Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
F a l l , Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
(Prereq
.: 262.
Spring)
3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral
topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g )
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive
coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which
i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MRTOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 .
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION:
SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
E : Five
courses i n Business Education.
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 .
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l
education requirements
.
MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
HONORS
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
(rnt e r i m )
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m )
2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h
s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g )
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or
equivalent
.
Spring)
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1972-73)
4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f
b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
Economics
MAJOR:
ECYINOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379.
ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) :
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from
b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required.
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and
comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n
a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r ,
t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education.
Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ;
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of
elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic
theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120.
(Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications.
(Prereq. : 123. F a l l )
3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m )
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization.
In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may
a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s
designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n
depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chal rman:
Chemistry
E a r l A1 t o n
GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY:
115,.116
( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and
P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y .
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d .
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading
a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e .
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3
hours o f laboratory.
105, F a l l ; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y ,
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry.
115, Fall; 116, Spring)
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or
115.
Spring)
351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms
and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of
modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism;
many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental
sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or
116.
251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g )
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g )
253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a
Prereq. : 352,
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362,
or#.
Fall)
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r
compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques.
1a b o r a t o r y
P r e r e q . : 362 o r #.
Spring)
.
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l )
4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
during t h e academic year.
Department of
Chairman:
E i n a r Johnson
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary
Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470,
and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y
S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic
m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw)
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s ,
opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary
school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y
education.
F a l l , Spring)
371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND' MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n
various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n
classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school
under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 ,
362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience
i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Secondary
Education
2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y )
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s .
Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l .
a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74)
Seminars
369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR
Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major
concentration. (1973-74)
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational
philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n
education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING
Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e
provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e
secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel.
Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching
experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS
This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t ,
t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n
understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college
and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d
o n l y 1972-73)
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a
survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human
environment.
Library
Science
2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n .
Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l )
3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study
of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l )
3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY
Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and
l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n .
(spring)
4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal
i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school
l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o
juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval.
Department of
English
A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the
major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses
250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n
American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h
219 and 320.
Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion
o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l
completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o
c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e
short story. (Fall, Spring)
2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
(Spring)
2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of
naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given
t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y
movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre,
and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the
Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o
s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language.
(Spring)
331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES
While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth
century
(Spring)
.
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e
t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ]
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
American, and Continental novels.
428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M
An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m .
S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ]
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Foreign Language
Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language
equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s ,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. ( F a l l )
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
( F a l l , Spring)
advanced placement.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g )
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand)
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s .
French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and
incorrect speech h a b i t s .
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression.
d e n md )
331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent
of instructor.
Offered alternate years.
F a l l 1973-74)
332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
1974-75)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance
through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1972-73.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French.
( S p r i n g 1973-74.
Offered every t h i r d year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
M
o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) ,
B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a
literature m d e a s that led
t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide,
A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n
A
*®.:
311 o r #.
F a l l 1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including
the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g
1972-73.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e
Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re;
form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.:
354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r )
S a r t r e , Camus,
i n theme and
311 or #.
332,
4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75.
Offered every t h i r d year)
4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions)
(Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level.
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual
i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s ,
i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d .
i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer
MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German.
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s .
112 F a l l , Spring)
2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n
speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by
(Offered a l t e r n a t e years.
3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l
English when h e l p f u l .
1973-74)
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism,
humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e
h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1972-73)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1 8 t h CENTURY
Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism,
with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y
h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions.
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY
Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and
Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent
t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74)
3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse,
-Kafka,
-Brecht,
Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e
concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including
control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language.
(Spring)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t .
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e
h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73;
112, F a l l 1973-74)
21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and
syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74)
Latin
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ;
112, Spring)
Russian
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN
For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and
d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e
i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian.
(111, F a l l ) 112, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJOR:
-
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring)
3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Spring 1972-73)
331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and
developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based
on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma
Lagerlof, P
ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge
of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape
.- . majors and minors w i l l be
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
-%--
- -
( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t
Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey
-$ o
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber
Knowledge of a
--+
Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n
l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d )
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course.
2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school Spanish)
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d .
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. :
112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n
Spanish.
3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e
pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE
A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y
movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical e x e r c i s e s .
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n
r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
( P r e r e q . : One survey course)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department
and
of
Physical
Chairman:
Health
Education
E. W. A n d e r s o n
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 ,
2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and
S o c i o l o g y 231.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 .
2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472.
10 c o u r s e s .
110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 ,
4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human
Physiology course are a l s o required.
~-
-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
COACHING ENDORSEMENT:
coaching.
5 courses.
5 courses.
4 courses.
1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 .
1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c
s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
(Fall, Spring)
110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid
Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body.
(Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105.
Spring)
3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program.
(Fall)
3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74)
4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures
(Fall)
4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y .
(Fall)
4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures.
(Spring)
4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS
Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by
h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h
programs. ( I n t e r i m )
4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l
4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Summer s c h o o l o n l y )
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q .: 351, 352.
4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education.
Open only t o majors.
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 courses plus 1 seminar.
A major must have at
least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas:
Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western.
A t least four o f these courses must be upper division.
Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o
apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed
independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be
applied toward the major.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before
the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language
at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course
credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR:
5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division.
Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300)
before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not
be taken i n sequence.
Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor.
1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring)
East through t h e high middle
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring)
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g )
2 2 2 U.S.
HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day.
(Fall)
.
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74)
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development.
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g )
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e
of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A
A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o
confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73)
464 MODERN CHINA
A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839.
The
erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The
N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e
opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74)
474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(1973-74)
.
495 SEMINAR
(Fall, Spring)
Department of
Mathematics
Chai rman : Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325.
MINOR:
5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l
e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f
j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education.
121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l
sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g )
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1
Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s
and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily
f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l )
.
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given
t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g )
2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring)
2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring)
2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability
distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l )
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1
A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several
variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory.
(Prereq. : 31 4 .
Spring)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l )
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 315, 324.
Spring)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t
registration.
Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Computer
Sclence
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL)
Medical Technology
This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical
Technology adviser.
.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223
( o r 351, 352), 353.
Department of Music
Chai man:
Leland Sateren
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457,
458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ;
2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double
- p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y
( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @
team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d
works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s
between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of
t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music
maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall]
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l )
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments.
all)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental
scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal
ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
(Spring)
4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY
(Fall)
.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and
minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same
teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l ,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r .
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments
Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t ,
b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Orchestra
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 .
b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
59
In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223
and 361;
-
or 351
352; or 351
361.
In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be
c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d
c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the
m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Department of
Chairman:
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the
o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y .
j u n i o r year.
T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c
o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a
d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement
.
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates,
Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played
i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c .
all, Interim, S p r i n g )
120 ETHICS
Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
130 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and
rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated.
all, S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For description see under course 110.
( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring)
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V :
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211,
2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 19 72-73)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 1973-74)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344.
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with
professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e
i n science.
F a l l , 1973-74)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such
themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
(Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e :
340.
F a l l , 1973-74)
61
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o ,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #.
S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
course i n philosophy.
S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physics
Chairman:
T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made
of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional
n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences.
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
mechanics, thermodynamics,
modern t o p i c s .
The course i s designed as
Medical Technology program.
Spring)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n
physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
121, Fall; 122, Spring)
2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, Spring)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . :
122.
Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1
A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m ,
central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1
The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s
t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour
l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an
important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g )
Department of
Chai rman:
Political Science
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may
be counted f o r t h a t a r e a .
The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g
158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.*
MINOR:
HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following:
T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be
3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l .
T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the
department
.
* T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area toward major o r minor requirements.)
--
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n
I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c .
T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y
s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n
e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
(No p r e r e q u i s i t e ;
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n .
I n t e r i m , 1972-73)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t
t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n .
Offered Fall term o f
e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e
F a l l , 19 7 2 )
.
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
See note under 326)
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
Spring, 1972-73)
11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73)
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms
of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972)
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. :
One course i n Political Science or #.
Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice,
including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One
course i n Political Science or #)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand.
Prereq. : #)
1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S
Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy. (Spring, 1972-73)
3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972)
.-.
L
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s
of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . :
One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
I V . PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I
The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73)
V.
P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73)
380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S
An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e
development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n
t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s .
(Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
VI
.
SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project.
(Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq. : #
.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane J o h n s o n
MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology,
s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A
structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n
major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory
i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t .
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g )
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
(Prereq. : 105.
Fall)
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h .
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall, Spring)
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . :
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The
major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363,
871-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s .
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department o f Philosophy
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario*
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o
a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l )
3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of
primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring)
3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH
The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration
of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The
function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a
consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these
roles. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an
of society and t h e relationship of these
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s
exploration of t h e changing patterns
changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church.
(Fa11 )
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973)
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. ( F a l l )
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. ( F a l l )
3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l )
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g )
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of
its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g )
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r .
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each
i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e
methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology
365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than
educational psychology), o r sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e
S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r
365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology,
sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined.
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t
l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l
Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104,
332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
Department of Sociology
Chairman:
Joel Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 ,
383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352.
1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e
p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s .
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and
l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( F a l l )
231 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s
examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play.
all)
3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS
Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y ,
and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency
service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and
methods of human service. ( F a l l )
3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK
Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student
i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d
agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective
use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s
having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned.
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor,
and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION
A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ;
and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n
and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g )
3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l
r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK
Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate
t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l
work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g )
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e
course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g )
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater
Chairman:
Arts
Raymond A n d e r s o n
CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r :
S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 ,
355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication.
Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives:
E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368
Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485
S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482
L i b r a r y 385
Computer S c i e n c e
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
SPEECH MAJOR:
5 courses
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352,
355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a
m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d .
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366,
467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be
c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an
E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f
the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening.
per week.
all, S p r i n g )
Meets f i v e times
-
I
-
1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish
workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l )
2 2 8 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
Practical work i n pantomime and
participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
An introduction t o the a r t of acting.
improvisation;
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of
significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements.
(Spring)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r role i n society.
(Spring)
3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION
Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
3 5 2 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech writing. (Spring)
3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring)
3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n
discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
Practice i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning
product ions and conducting rehearsals
(Spring)
.
76
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #. S p r i n g )
(Prexeq.:
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l )
487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g )
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f
primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
( F a l l , Spring)
General Information
Courses
A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e
approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l
of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation.
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods
per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks
i n length.
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings.
Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult
t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and
above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e
100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and
400's f o r seniors.
Symbol
Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of
#.
prerequisites.
Personnel
Administration
...................................Oscar A.
...................Burton
President
Vice President and Executive
A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President
Anderson
P. Fosse
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Librarian.
....................Kenneth C . Bailey
....................................Miss Mildred J o e l
.........................Miss Beverly Wegge
...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y
Business A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . .
Controller
D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . .
Director of t h e College Center
Director of Food Services
Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent
Director of Data Processing..
Manager of t h e Book S t o r e
............Warren
Cuolin
...................................... Wayne Pederson
...............,,..Eugene Ecklund
...................Douglas Wasko
.........................Carl Stromer
...........James Lancaster
...................David Pederson
..........................I r v i n g Hoe1
Development
Vice President f o r Development
Associate D i r e c t o r of Development
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development
Director of Alumni Relations
Public Relations Coordinator.
Manager, News Bureau
.................Glen
W. Johnson
...........Sigvald Hjelmeland
.................David Teslow
..................... J e r o y Carlson
................. .Michael Walgren
...............................Steven Vite
Student A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean o f Admissions
Associate Dean of Students; Director,
Career Planning and Placement
Director of Financial Aid.
Director of New Student Programs..
Director o f Residence Programs.
Associate Director of Admissions
Admissions Counselor
.....................Bruce L. Gildseth
............Miss Fern Martinson
......................Herald Johnson
...............Richard Thoni
.............Mrs. Joan Petersen
...............Donovan Lundeen
.............................David Gronner
Total Student
Enrollment
.............................. 1,968
....................................
332
................................ 1,817
.................................... 349
Academic Year, 1969-1970.
Summer Session, 1970
Academic Year, 1970-1971
Summer Session, 1971
Summary Of
Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1969
Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970)
Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971).
...
..
4,505
309
310
5,124
Show less
about summer courses
COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit,
the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits.
W
TERM I
May 28
TERM I 1
June 24
AUGUST
%
-
June 20
- August
.-
4
11
5
12
6
13
7
14
8
15
9
16
10
17
P ~ ~ F ESUM
DMER OFFERI... Show more
about summer courses
COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit,
the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits.
W
TERM I
May 28
TERM I 1
June 24
AUGUST
%
-
June 20
- August
.-
4
11
5
12
6
13
7
14
8
15
9
16
10
17
P ~ ~ F ESUM
DMER OFFERINGSare l i s t e d i n the center of t h i s brochure.
LOWER-DIVISION courses, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore
students, are those with a '1 or 2 as the third digitof the five-digit
Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t position indicates an upper-division
course, intended primarily for juniors or seniors.
2
COURSES REGULARLY taught during the academic year are described i n
I f you need more informathe catalog issue of Augsburg C o l l e g e Now.
tion about special summer offerings, please consult the Summer School
Office.
-
TERM I1 WORKSHOP
August 5
23
-
INmPENDENT STUDY, while not l i s t e d among the course offerings, may
be pursued during the summer in a number of depaments. For information consult the Summer School Office.
CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must be made a t the Sunmrer School Office.
No course may be added a f t e r it has met more than s i x hours elapsed
class time, except with the special permission of the instructor.
THE
COIL!ZGE
RESERVES
the r i g h t t o cancel l i s t e d courses.
costs
SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee o f $15, p l u s T u i t i o n o f
$170 per course.
Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may be charged f o r same
courses.
A DEPOSIT cf $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p s i t
i s r e f u n d a b l e only i f the courses l i s t e d b y the s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g
a l t e r n a t e s , should be c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e
General Fee and T u i t i a n .
CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course ( t a k i n g it w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s
$80. In courses w i t h l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o
full-tuition students.
SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses
during Term 11, f o r a t o t a l of three courses i n the two regular
terms. The Japanese Print Making Workshop, beginning August 5, may
be taken i n addition t o courses completed i n the regular terms.
PERSONS PLANNING t o attend Summer School are advised t o apply as soon
as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
STUDENTS NEEDING HWSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r of
Limited food s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplemented b y s e v e r a l
Housing.
r e s t a u r a n t s and snack shops i n t h e Augsburg v i c i n i t y .
C O V E R :
D A V I D
S T E N S H O E L
a
REGISTRATION i s t o be completed not l a t e r than the f i r s t day o f each
term a t the Summer School O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l 111. ALL CHARGES f o r
t h e term must be paid before r e g i s t r a t i o n i s complete. A Late Regist r a t i o n Fee o f $10 w i l l be added f o r students who complete registrat i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t day o f the term.
TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d courses
w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d b y the
t a b l e on t h e r i g h t .
Such r e f u n d i s
l i m i t e d b y the non-refundable dep o s i t . No r e f u n d w i l l be m d e a f t e r
t h e l i s t e d dates.
COURSE CANCELLATION DATE
REFUND! TERM I
1 TERM I i
:z 1
1
100%f Mav 28-29 1 June 25-27
May 30-31
June 28-30
J i e 3-4
July 1-3
40% June 5-6
July 5-10
1974 SUMMER SPECIALS
bgskrrgColkge
JAZZ
STYLES.
E a r l y jazz h e r i t a g e s and t h e b l u e s ; New Orleans and
Chicago Dixieland,
ragtime, boogie-woogie,
swing, bop, cool and
funky s t y l e s ; our e c l e c t i c e r a and p o s s i b l e f u t u r e s .
Performance
a b i l i t y n o t required; includes a paper o r p r o j e c t a p p r o p r i a t e t o
D r . James Carlson. Term I I . See MUS 82240.
s t u d e n t ' s jazz capacity.
FILMMAKING.
Students design and produce a 16m sound film.
The
language of f i l m , f i l m design, s c r i p t i n g , production planning; cinemato9raphy, l i g h t i n g , sound recording; c a s t i n g , d i r e c t i n g , s t a g i n g ;
Lab f e e of $50 provides a l l s t u d e n t needs,
l a b o r a t o r y techniques.
Instructor i s Paul Rusten.
See ART 10242,
s u p p l i e s , equipment use.
1 Summer School -Memori a1
2 Sverdrup L i b r a r . ~
3 ~ ce ni c e l ~ d mni i s t r a t i on
4 OldMain
5 Augsburg College Center
6 Mortensen Tower
7 Urness Tower
8 Murphy Square (Park)
9 A r t Studio
10 S i Melby H a l l
11 Music B u i l d i n g
12 Drama-Speech B u i l d i n g
S t . Paul
ENG 54244, SPC 98242.
PHOTOGRAPHY.
The a r t of s t i l l camera photography.
Development of
s k i l l s of photographic composition; using p i c t u r e s t o communicate;
camera techniques and l i m i t a t i o n s ; photographic processing possiART 101 32.
b i l i t i e s , darkroom. work. Robert Friederichsen, Term I .
MOVING IMAGE MEDIA, The s h o r t f i l m and t e l e v i s i o n ;
p r e t a t i o n , production techniques.
Work i n 8mm f i l m
For e n t h u s i a s t s a s w e l l a s t e a c h e r s who want t o use
Taught by John Mitchell, Term I I .
See ENG
sion.
.
CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN LITERATURE.
analysis, interand video media.
f i l m and t e l e v i -
AUGSBURG COLLEGE i s i n the Cedar-Riverside area o f Minneapolis, where
i t s r ' n s t i t u t i ona'l neighbors include the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (West
Bank) and Fairview and S t . Mary's h o s p i t a l s . The College i s e a s i l y
accessible from Interstate Highway 94. Approaching from t h e west,
use t h e 25th Avenue-Riverside e x i t ; from t h e e a s t , e x i t t o Riverside.
54242,
I
A readings course i n works of contemporary African n o v e l i s t s , p o e t s , d r a m a t i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s ,
and e s s a y i s t s t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s with t h e growing wealth of
African l i t e r a t u r e , themes and t r a d i t i o n s , and t o s t i m u l a t e a crossTerm I I .
See ENG 54364.
c u l t u r a l human experience. John Mitchell.
A study of c r e a t i v i t y with emphasis upon
CREATIVE PROBLEM-SOLVING.
ways of c u l t i v a t i n g c r e a t i v e behavior and applying it t o v a r i o u s
a s p e c t s of problem solving; p h i l o s o p h i c a l and psychological dimenD r . Raymond Anderson.
Term I I .
See SPC 98356.
s i o n s of t h e task.
LOVE I N LITERATURE AND MEDIA.
Passionate l o v e i n lite r a t u r e from a n t i a u i t -v t o today; i d e a s about sex and
love i n contemporary popular music, t e l e v i s i o n & film.
D r . Ronald Palosaari.
Term I .
See ENG 54269.
-
CHRISTIAN DEVOTIONAL CLASSICS.
s i g n i f i c a n t w r i t i n g s from t h e second
century t o t h e present.
Among works considered a r e those of August i n e , Bernard of Clairvaux, Catherine of Siena and D i e t r i c h Bonhoeff e r ; understandings of t h e s p i r i t u a l l i f e a s d i s c l o s e d i n t h e s e
D r . Philip Quanbeck. Term I .
See REL 87370.
Christian classics.
RELIGIONS OF INDIA:
Hinduism & Buddhism.
H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and
s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e present. Also t r e a t s
Jainism, Sikkhism and Islam.
Uses primary t e x t s , films of Hindu
Instructor: D r . John Benson.
Term I I .
See REL 87372.
ritual.
WOMAN: Image and Reality
WOMEN WRITERS AND NOMAN'S IDENTITY.
s e l e c t e d female w r i t e r s of t h e
twentieth century, including V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who
have explored i n t h e i r works what it means t o be a woman; reading i n
depth t h e work of a woman w r i t e r of each s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Taught by D r . Catherine Nicholl. ' Term I .
See EN6 54239.
PSYCHOLOGY AND WOMEN. c u l t u r a l assumptions and psychological premise s of presumed s e x - r e l a t e d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ;
research on sex d i f f e r Taught by Lila Anderegg.
Term
ences, including s t a t u s and r o l e s .
11, evenings.
See PSY 86395 308.
PHILOSOPHIES OF FEMINISM.
Philosophical a n a l y s i s of key concepts
of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and imp l i c a t i o n s ofmatriarchical/patriarchical, pro-feminist/anti-feminist
c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic love, and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n .
Taught by D r . Mark Fuehrer.
Term I I .
See PHI 83450.
(Descriptions continued after listings)
COURSES
DEPT NUMBER SECT COURSE TITLE
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
ART
BED
BED
€310
BUS
CHM
CHM
ECO
EDE
EDS
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
GER
GER
HIS
HPE
HPE
HPE
MUS
PHI
PHI
PHY
POL
POL
POL
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPA
SPA
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
10102
10118
10132
10223
10242
10355
10368
33101
33350
20103
21121
34105
34353
22120
4448454854239
54269
54242
54244
54338
54364
72111
72112
56260
551 11
55484
55491
82240
83130
83450
84101
85295
85367
85365
86105
86351
86364
86375
86395
86395
87370
87372
94255
94255
94367
94372
94375
94480
76111
76112
98111
98116
98242
98356
309
305
306
303
303
303
306
304
307
305
306
304
300
307
-----
306
303
300
306
306
302
305
303
300
306
307
302
300
302
304
302
301
308
302
301
301
304
300
308
31 7
300
306
312
304
302
307
300
308
301
309
305
304
308
306
INSTRUCTOR
TERM TIME
Environmental E s t h e t i c s
Friederichsen I 1
Thompson
I1
Painting I
Photography
Friederichsen I
Yoshi da
IIW
Printmaking I (Japanese Wood-Block)
Filmmaking
Rusten
I
Painting I 1
Thompson
I1
Yoshida
IIW
Printmaking I 1 (Japanese Wood-Block)
Elementary T y p e w r i t i n g (no c r e d i t )
Wammer
I1
I1
Advanced T y p e w r i t i n g
Wammer
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Mickelberg
It11
I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Management
O'Malley
P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry
Gyberg
I1
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Analysis
Gyberg
I1
Economics o f Urban Issues
Sabel 1a
I
Student Teaching, Elementary
Staff
I1
Student Teaching, Secondary
E. Johnson
I1
C. N i c h o l l
I
Women W r i t e r s and Woman's I d e n t i t y
I
Love i n L i t . and Media
Pal o s a a r i
Mitchell
11
Moving Image Media
I
Filmmaking
Rusten
Twentieth Century B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e
Sargent
I
M itchel 1
I1
Contemporary A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e
Oyler
I
Beginning German I
Oyl e r
I1
Beginning German I 1
Minnesota Discovery
Chrislock/R. Nelson
I
S a f e t y and Drug Education
Lindgren
I1
C. Nelson
I
A p p l i e d Adapted A c t i v i t i e s
C. Nelson
I1
Therapeutic Exercise
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Jazz S t y l e s
Carl son
I1
Logic
Fuehrer
I1
Philosophies o f Feminism
Fuehrer
I1
Astronomy
Paulson
I1
I1
Games o f P o l i t i c s
Hedbl om
O r r i L p i U n f o r S o c i a l Change
Schei be1
I1
I
International Politicians
Noonan
I
General Psychology
Thoni
I
Developmental Psycho1 ogy: C h i l d
D. Johnson
Experimental Psychology
Dyrud/Anderegg
I1
S o c i a l Psycho1 ogy
Dyrud
I1
Psychology and Women
Anderegg
I1
Themes i n Human I d e n t i t y
Knefel kamp/Widick
I1
I
C h r i s t i a n Devotional Classics
(luanbeck
Religions o f I n d i a
Benson
I1
I
Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium
Wagner
Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium
Wagner
11
O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change
Schei be1
I1
I
Aging i n Urbanized America
Steen
S o c i a l Psychology
Dyrud
I1
Urban New Towns
Torstenson
I
Kingsley
I
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
I1
Beginning Spanish I 1
Beginning Speech
Cole
I
C r e a t i v e Dramatics
Cole
I
Filmmaking
Rusten
I
C r e a t i v e Problem-Solving
ReAnderson I 1
8
9
H+J
9
S
9
9
9
9
S
C+D
4+5
3+5
J+K
9
9
B+C
H+J
6
S
C+D
7
B+D
2
F+G+S
6
Arr.
Arr.
5
2
4
7
3
3
C+D
B+D
B+C
3
5
7
7
AtB
1
F+G+S
8+9
3
H+J
5
C+D
B+E
2
C+D
S
S
2
ADD
ROOM FEE SPECIAL COMMENTS
A-110
Arts
Arts
Arts
A-110 $50
Arts
Arts
OM-10
OM-10
S-205
L-1
S-205
S-205
L-1
A r r . $15
Arr. $15
Arr.
MH-1
S-205 $10
A-110 $50
S-205
S-205
MH-1
MH-1
S-205 Yes
6-12
Arr.
Arr.
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
MH-1
MH-1
A-110
S-34
L-1
L-1
L-1
MH-1
L-1
S-205
S-34 Yes
5-34 Yes
MH-1
S-34
L-1
A-110
S-205
S-205
Theater
Arr.
A-110$50
L-1
Times arranged
August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon
1:OO-5:00 pm, MTWT
Times arranged
August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon
T u i t i o n = $80; 6:45-9pm MTTh
6:45-9:00 pm, MTTh
10 weeks, 6-9 pm, T & Th
L e c t u r e = 4; l a b = 5
L e c t u r e = 3; l a b = 5
June 17 through J u l y 26;
Dept. o f Education
( consult
1:OO-5:00
pm, MTWT
About $75 t r a v e l costs
--
(People, E l i t e s & For. Pol.)
P e r i o d D meets i n S-34
A v a i l a b l e e i t h e r term. ca,
f o r wilderness t r i p .
( $60
6:OO-10:OO pm, Tues.,
1:OO-5:00pm,MTWT
Wed.
UNLESS OTHERWISE noted under "SPECIAL COMMENTS," Term I classes extend from Tuesday, May 28, through Thursday, June 20,
and Term I 1 courses a r e t a u g h t from Monday, June 24, through Friday, August 2. The schedules below i n d i c a t e t h e hours
and days o f t h e week when classes meet, keyed t o t h e l e t t e r o r number l i s t e d above under "TIME".
NOTE t h a t most Term I
courses meet e i g h t t o t e n times p e r week; thus "A+BM means t h a t a c l a s s meets
7:10 t o 8:20 and 8:30 t o 9:40.
both
A =
7:lO-8:20
am
MTWT F
MTWTF
MTWTF
MTWTF
MTWTF
MTWT
MTWT
5:lO-6:40 ~ r n
MTWT
6:50-8:20 bm
MTWT
MTWT
=8 : 3 o - i o : o o ~ m
See "SPECIA~ COMMENTS"
TERM B = 8:30-9:40am
C = 9:50-11 :00 am
D = 11:lO am-12:20 pm
I
E = 12:30-1:40 pm
F
1:50-3:20 pm
May28 G = 3:30-5:00 pm
=
H
J
J u n e 2 0
S
=
=
~
=
TERM
11
JUW 24
Aug. 2
1 = 7:15-8:40am
2 = 8:50-10:15am
3=10:25-11:50am
4 = 12:OO-1:25 pm
5 = 1:35-3:20pm
6 = 3:30-5:15pm
7 = 6:00-9:30 pm
9 =
See
1
1
MTWTF
MTWTF
MTWTF
MTWTF
MTWT
MTWT
Room Locations
M. w
COMMENTS"
~
~
A-110
ArtS
1-1
5-34
5-205
0m-10 ~
MH-1
A r t Bui 1d i n g
A r t Bui 1d i n g
L i b r a r y (basement)
Science B u i l d i n g
Science Bui l d i ng
~
Old~ Main ~
Memorial H a l l (SE,
basement)
~
This Summer in the SOCIAL SCIENCES
MINNESOTA DISCOVERY. H i s t o r i c a l s i t e s and museums a s an approach t o
understanding s t a t e and a r e a h i s t o r y . Students supply camping equipment and provisions f o r extended f i e l d t r i p s .
Cooperation with t h e
Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l Society, readings and p r o j e c t s , t o introduce
career opportunities.
T r i p s w i l l r e q u i r e some a d d i t i o n a l expense.
Term I. See HIS 56260.
Professors Carl Chrislock & Richard Nelson.
INTERNATIONAL POLITICIANS.
The powers behind f o r e i g n p o l i c y decisions i n t h e United S t a t e s , focusing upon t h e Cuban m i s s i l e c r i s i s
and i t s r e s o l u t i o n ; t h e r o l e of e l i t e s and determinants of a l t e r n a Term I. See POL 85365.
tives.
Taught by D r . Norma Noonan.
GAMES OF POLITICS.
An approach t o t h e understanding of p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and processes through simulation.
Consideration of s t r e n g t h s
and l i m i t a t i o n s of games a s media of teaching and learning.
No preTerm II. See POL 85295.
requisites.
Taught by Dr. Milda Hedblom.
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT.
Fundamental concepts and p r i n c i p l e s of
management, r e l a t i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n a l g o a l s , o b j e c t i v e s and p o l i c i e s
t o t h e planning and c o n t r o l processes.
Behavioral, s t r u c t u r a l , t a s k
M . O'ffalley.
Term I. See BUS 21121,
and resource considerations.
~ u m m b rWorkshops
JAPANESE PRINTMAKING
TOSHI YOSHIDA, c e l e b r a t e d Japanese printmaker, r e t u r n s t o Augsburg
College f o r a three-week workshop August 5 t o 23. L i m i t e d t o t h i r t y
students, t h e workshop provides an e x t r a o r d i n a r y o p p o r t u n i t y t o study
t r a d i t i o n a l and contemporary approaches t o t h e unique a r t o f t h e
Japanese wood-block p r i n t .
The Augsburg workshop i s one o f f o u r throughout t h e U n i t e d States
Member o f t h e t h i r d generawhich Mr. Yoshida i s teaching i n 1974.
t i o n o f a r t i s t s i n t h e y o s h i d a f a m i l y , he has had more than 100 oneman shows i n t h e United States. H i s works a r e i n t h e permanent c o l l e c t i o n s o f many major museums, among them t h e Museum o f Modern A r t
i n New York, t h e Museum o f Modern A r t i n Tokyo, t h e Museum o f Fine
A r t s i n Boston, t h e A r t I n s t i t u t e o f Chicago, and t h e Sydney Museum
i n Australia.
Students may r e g i s t e r f o r t h e Yoshida Workshop under Printmaking I
(ART 10223) o r Printmaking I 1 (ART 10368), depending upon previous
experience.
H U M A N RELATIONS
URBAN NEW TOWNS.
Comprehensive community planning i n t h e modern
metropolis;
t h e European experience;
s t r u c t u r e s , processes and
i s s u e s of community planning i n American c i t i e s ; Cedar-Riverside and
D r . J o e l Torstenson.
Term I. See SOC 94480.
Jonathan.
YOUTH WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM.
Wilderness camping a s focus f o r
building group, i n d i v i d u a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s .
The youth subculture;
p r i n c i p l e s , techniques of youth work; wilderness camping s k i l l s ;
leadership.
(Canoe-trip l a b o r a t o r y i n Boundary Waters a r e a involves
added costs.)
Anthony Wagner.
Term I o r Term II. See SOC 94256.
HUMAN RELATIONS WORKSHOP.
Understanding r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l and economic groups; developing s k i l l s ir. hpadling d i s c r i m i n a t i o n and b i a s
and i n c r e a t i n g p o s i t i v e i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s .
Minimum of 60
hours c l a s s and f i e l d work.
F u l f i l l s t h e EDU 521 S t a t e Department
Taught by
of Education requirement of human r e l a t i o n s f o r t e a c h e r s .
D r . Sheldon Fardig.
See EDE 44488, EDS 45488.
Note s p e c i a l dates.
JAZZ
AGING I N URBANIZED AMERICA.
Demographic r e a l i t i e s of aging; sociol o g i c a l , p o l i t i c a l , economic and psychological a s p e c t s of aging. New
o r g a n i z a t i o n a l and programmatic approaches i n t h e seventies.
Taught
by D r . Paul Steen.
Term I. See SOC 94372,
ORGANIZATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE. For persons d e s i r i n g t o p a r t i c i p a t e
i n giving d i r e c t i o n t o s o c i a l change; l e d by James Scheibel of t h e
Center f o r Urban Encounter.
The n a t u r e of change, t h e understanding
of power, t h e d e f i n i t i o n of i s s u e s , t h e implementation of change.
Term II. See POL 85367 o r SOC 94367.
THEMES
IN HUMAN
AUGSBURG JAZZ WORKSHOP.
New t h i s y e a r , t h e Jazz Workshop w i l l be a
one-week experience f o r jazz musicians and music d i r e c t o r s .
Dates
a r e June 16-21.
With work i n performance, arranging and composing,
t h e workshop w i l l be under t h e l e a d e r s h i p of Steve Wright, A r t i s t i n
Residence a t Augsburg.
College c r e d i t is a v a i l a b l e . For information
write:
Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404,
CHOIR
IDENTITY.
I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y course i n psychology
and l i t e r a t u r e emphasizing themes i n human i d e n t i t y a s found i n modern l i t e r a t u r e and i n p e r s o n a l i t y theory.
Limited t o freshmen,
sophomores and f i r s t - t e r m juniors.
Taught by Lee Knefelkamp and
See PSY 86395 315.
Carole Widick.
Term 11, evenings.
SATEREN CHORAL WORKSHOP. This y e a r ' s workshop w i l l be h e l d June 16
through June 21.
I n a d d i t i o n t o D r , Lee Sateren and D r . Dale
Warland, guest composer w i l l be D r . Daniel Pinkham of t h e f a c u l t y of
t h e New England Conservatory of Music, who i s a l s o music d i r e c t o r of
h i s t o r i c King's Chapel i n Boston.
College c r e d i t a v a i l a b l e .
InforIMtion:
Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404.
1
augsburg summer school application form
eligibility
FULL NAME : ---,--last----------first-----------rniddle
PmQNS IN GOOD SR4AQlNG a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and universities, as we22 a s graduates of such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o
a t t e n d Augsburg S-r
Sehoal. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t the s t u d e n t
has been admitted t o a collage and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped
by t h a t i n s t i t d o n .
SEX:
MARITAL STATUS:
Divorced
- Single
Married
Widowed
-
- MF
-
STUDENTS AOEIITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r the F a l l Term o f the ~ u r ~ n t.,
year a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer School, a s a r e persons a d m i t t e d b y
o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r the f a l l o f this year.
PERMANENT
ADDRESS :
PRESENT
ADDRESS:
IP R B F U W ATTEw2?3NG or admitted to ataOthsr educaUonkX i n s t i t u t i o n ,
the applf cant must provide Rugsburg. S m m ~ f School w i t h a statement
f m an appropriate o f f i c i a l of his college that k is in gmd standi n g and eligfble tn earn credits d u r i n g the summer ~ e s s i o n s .
(A form
for this purpose i s at the Bottom of this page.)
C r e d i t s cannot be
transferred u n t i l this mqwirementr has been f u l f i l l e d .
o r maiden------
...........................
AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any)
----street----------/------~ity----------/----state------
----county---------/----zip---/------telephone------------street ----------/-------city----------/----state---------county----------/----zip----/------telephone---------
PLEASE CHECK AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS:
I am now a student a t Augsburg College and have been since
- I previously attended Augsburg Col 1ege [When?]
Col l ege.
Iam n o t an Augshurg student b u t attend
I am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; L (have) (have n o t ) b e ~ nadmitted.
- I have been admitted t o Augsburg as a Freshman for next Fa1Coll
1. ege.
I have earned a bachelor's degree from
- I plan t o attend Augsburg College o n l y Tor t h e Sumner School.
So. - Jr.
Sr. - Other.
My PRESENT c l a s s i f i c a t i o n : - Fr.
Fr. --So.
- Jr.
Sr.
Other.
C l a s s i f i c a t i o n SUMMER '74:
.
-
OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the
Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special
circumstances.
ACCEPTANCE a s a sunxner s t u d e n t does n o t i m p l y admission a s a r e g u l a r
s t u d e n t of Augsburg College.
Persons w i s h i n g t o b e g i n a degree
program a t the c o l l e g e should apply f o r admission through the O f f i c e
o f Admissions.
-
-
-
THE MAXIMUM LOAD f o r TERM I i s one course.
I s two courses.
The maximum f o r
-
TERM I 1
IPLAN TO TAKE THE FOLLOWING COURSES:
approval form
TERM
fTkis form i s to be used by stuUeats regularly attending institutions
other than kugsbuq College. Augsburg Summer School credits may be
transferred to the student's home institution if approval is granted
by that college or universitg.)
ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE
SECT.
COURSE NO.
DEPT.
I
Student's Name
I f my above choices are cancelled, Iwould s u b s t i t u t e the following:
College o r University
The person named above i s a student i n good standing and i s permitted
t o earn sumner school c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College.
Restrictions o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any:
Signature and T i t l e
(Dean, R e g i s t r a r , o r o t h e r Responsible O f f i c e r )
(Return completed form to Summer School,
Augsburg C o l l e g e , Minneapolis, MN 55404
I
I
1
1
.
A non-refundable t u i t i o n deposit o f $30.00 must accompany t h i s form.
A l l charges f o r TERM Imust
Checks are payable t o Augsburg College.
be p a i d i n f u l l n o t l a t e r than Tuesday, May 28, 1974. TERM 11 charges
must be p a i d n o t l a t e r than June 24, 1974. Return t h i s form and
deposit, t o S u n e r School , Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404.
DATE:
1974
SIGNATURE:
Show less
NOTES AND QUlRlES
The academic y e a r 1972-1973 marks t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e
4-1-4 c a l e n d a r a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
J a n u a r y , 1973, w i l l be t h e
f i r s t l n t e r i m a t t h e Co l l ege. The I n t e r i m w i l l b e g i n on Wednesday, J a n u a r y 3... Show more
NOTES AND QUlRlES
The academic y e a r 1972-1973 marks t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e
4-1-4 c a l e n d a r a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
J a n u a r y , 1973, w i l l be t h e
f i r s t l n t e r i m a t t h e Co l l ege. The I n t e r i m w i l l b e g i n on Wednesday, J a n u a r y 3, 1973, and w i t 1 end o n Tuesday, J a n u a r y 30, 1973.
R e q u i r e m e n t s and Course Load
The l n t e r i m i s an o r g a n i c p a r t o f t h e c o l l e g e y e a r .
Each
s t u d e n t i s t o c o m p l e t e o n e l n t e r i m f o r each f u l l y e a r he i s e n r o l l e d
a t Augsburg.
A s t u d e n t may t a k e an I n t e r i m i n h i s m a j o r o r o u t s i d e
h i s major.
Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one l n t e r i m o f i t s m a j o r s ,
and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l l n t e r i m i n h i s m a j o r . Beyond t h e t w o l n t e r i m s i n h i s m a j o r each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c g l n t e r i m s
outside h i s major.
One l n t e r i m c o u r s e i s t h e l i m i t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic
l o a d d u r i n g t h e one-month t e r m .
Each d e p a r t m e n t a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one l n t e r i m c o u r s e
t h a t w i l l , f u l f i l l t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graudation.
Each
i n s t r u c t o r d e t e r m i n e s t h e manner i n w h i c h he w i I l g r a d e t h e I n t e r i m .
The g r a d i n g i s l i s t e d w i t h each l n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . T r a d i t i o n a l
(A,B,C,D,F);
P/NC; O p t i o n a l ( t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s a t t h e t i m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n e i t h e r t h e t r a d i t i o n a l o r P/NC.)
Class Meetings
An l n t e r i m c o u r s e s h o u l d make t h e same t i m e demands upon t h e
s t u d e n t a s a s t a n d a r d semester c o u r s e . The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s
meetings i s n o t r i g i d l y fixed.
S t u d e n t s , however, s h o u l d p l a n f o r
i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n o f a b o u t t e n h o u r s p e r week.
In addition, there
w i l l be labs, f i e l d s t u d y , t r a v e l , r e a d i n g s , r e p o r t s , and p a p e r s .
A l l l n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days
o f t h e Interim.
On-Campus Classes,
Off-Campus C l a s s e s ,
Independent Study
The f o l l o w i n g c a t a l o g u e l i s t s t h e l n t e r i m c o u r s e s a v a i l a b l e a t
Augsburg.
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e c o u r s e s , Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l
f o r t h e i r l n t e r i m a t Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , o r S t . C a t h e r i n e s i n S t . P a u l .
S h o u l d s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s a b o u t other-campus l n t e r i m s and , m a j o r
requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e department chairman o f t h e i r
major.
Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s a b o u t other-campus l n t e r i m s and
d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r .
S t u d e n t s may e l e c t an independent s t u d y program f o r t h e I n t e r i m .
I f t h e y p l a n such, t h e y m u s t meet t h e d e p a r t m e n t ' s r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
independent s t u d y . They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e t l m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n
f o r t h e I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement f r o m t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who
w i l l d i r e c - b t h e i r independent s t u d y program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t f v e
o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g b i b l i o g r a p h y , f o r t h e independent s t u d y must be
s u b m i t t e d t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r no l a t e r t h a n J a n u a r y 3, 1973.
C l a s s Day
The l n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o f o u r b l o c k s o f t i m e . These
t i m e p e r i o d s a r e f l e x i b l e , b u t f o r t h e sake o f o p e n i n g s e s s i o n s t h e
day i s b l o c k e d as f o l l o w s :
C a n c e l l i n q and Adding
F r i d a y , J a n u a r y 5,
adding a course.
1973,
i s t h e l a s t day f o r cancelling and
Additional Questions
S t u d e n t s w i t h p a r t i c u I at- q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e I.ntarlm: s:tigu.lzd
c o n s u l t Dr. Mark D a v i s , I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , O l d Main 26, Ex,tension
577.
Daaartment o f A r t
10250
L i f e Drawing qnd S c u l p t u r e
A two-dimensional and t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l s t u d y o f t h e nude f i g u r e f o r none x p e r i e n c e d s t u d e n t s as w e l l as a r t s t u d e n t s .
With a c h o i c e o f media i n
drawing ( p e n c i l , c o n t e crayon, ink, c h a r c o a l , e t c . ) and a c h o i c e o f media
i n s c u l p t u r e ( c l a y , p l a s t e r , p o l y e s t e r r e s i n , lead, wood).
I n s t r u c t o r : Ho l e n
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 20
Grad i ng : Opt iona l
Time:
Room:
No
II
Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g
Film-making t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e .
D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n
o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m .
I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 20
Grading: O p t i o n a l
10231
Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n :
No
Fee: $50
Time:
III
Room: Lower l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g
A n c i e n t and Modern
(see F o r e i g n Language)
Department o f B i o l o g y
20 1 10
Man and t h e Envi ronment
The concept o f t h e ECOSYSTEM, l o o k i n g a t some o f i t s h o m e o s t a t i c
mechanisms. The Impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h h i s
u r b a n i z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n , and p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n .
L a b o r a t o r y demons t r a t i o n o f l e c t u r e concepts. The p r e s e n t s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l
w o r l d i n l i g h t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does n o t a p p l y toward t h e
b i o l o g y major.
I n s t r u c t o r : M i c k e l berg
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enro l I ment : 35
20353
Yes,
urban
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Time:
I
Room: 21 3
Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology
A c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y d e a l i n g w i t h t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology,
evolution,distribution,
b e h a v i o r , and p o p u l a t i o n dynamics o f t h e
vertebrates.
I n s t r u c t o r : R. H e r f o r t h
Di s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
E n r o l l m e n t : 20
Prerequisite:
112 General B i o l o g y
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Time:
I I and Lab 2:OO-4:30,
Room: 205
M-Th
20471
C e l l u l a r Biology
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l f u n c t i o n w i t h u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory
work ' i n c l u d e s m i c r o - t e c h n i q u e , c y t o l o g - i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n ce l l
p h y s i o l o g y and b i o c h e m i s t r y , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u - l t u r e .
I n s t r u c t o r : Thorpe
Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: No
Enrol lment: 20
Prerequisite:
112, Chemistry 223 o r 351
Recommended - 367
20499
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Time:
I and Lab 1:OO-5:00
M,WJ F
Room: 205
Independent Study
I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an
instructor.
Intended f o r b i o l o g y m a j o r s . P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work.
I n s t r u c t o r : Su l e r u d
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
Enrollment:
15
P r e r e q u i s i t e : 112, and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n ,
Economics
Business Education, and
-Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
21 131
Business Law
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e i n s t r u m e n t s ,
p r o p e r t y and business o r g a n i z a t i o n s under t h e Uniform Commercial Code.
I n s t r u c t o r : Hei d e n r e i c h
Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement :
Enrol l ment : 25
No
Grad i ng : Opt i ona l
11.1
Time:
Room: 23
-Business Education
33110
O f f i c e Technology
O p e r a t i o n o f t r a n s c r r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and r e c o r d s management,
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o d a t a p r o c e s s i n g , and e f f i c i e n t h a n d l i n g o f o f f i c e d u t i e s .
Instructor:
Lund
Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement :
E n r o l lment: 25
22120
No
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
I and I I , M,W,F
Room: 10
Economics o f Urban Issues
Study o f t h e economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f t h e many problems f a c i n g a metro;
urban environment. Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n
" C r i s i st'; D r a f t vs. an Al I-Vol u n t e e r Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n : D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems. Note: ECONOMICS
1 2 0 I S A BASIC COURSE DESIGNED FOR THOSE STUDENTS WHO DO NOT PLAN TO
MAJOR I N E l THER ECONOM I CS, BUS l NESS ADM l N l STRAT l ON OR BUS~NESS
EDUCATION.
STUDENTS WHO PLAN TO MAJOR IN THE ABOVE THREE AREAS SHOULD ENROLL IN
122 AND 123 RATHER THAN 120.
I n s t r u c t o r : D. H e r f o r t h
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l lment : 35
Yes, urban
Grading: O p t i o n a l
II
Time:
Room: 23
Department o f Chemistry
34246
T o p i c s i n Environmental Chemistry
T h i s c o u r s e i s i n t e n d e d t o s e r v e p e o p l e i n a number o f f i e l d s who
f e e l t h a t something s h o u l d be done about environmental decay and i s
aimed n o t a t f u e l i n g t h e r h e t o r i c o f s l o g a n e e r s b u t r a t h e r a t enr i c h i ng t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l b a s i s o f a c t i o n s t h a t have t o - be t a k e n .
We s h a l l assume t h a t i n t h i s area i t i s b e t t e r t o know something
and a c t on t h a t r a t h e r t h a n t o know n o t h i n g and a c t s o l e l y o n
emotion. We s h a l l aim t o l e a r n something o f t h e m a t e r i a l s t h a t a r e
rui.ning us, where t h e y come from, and how emeshed we a l l a r e i n
t h e i r origins.
To t h i s end we shal l c o n s i d e r o u r m a j o r sources
o f energy--both f o r mechanical energy and h e a t (e.g., o i l and c o a l )
and f o r o u r i n t e r n a l needs (food)--and see how v i r t u a l l y a l l o f t h e
p r i n c i p a l p o l l u t a n t s o r i g i n a t e d i r e c t l y o r i n d i r e c t l y from t h i s
As we move t h r o u g h t h e s e t o p i c s t h e i r
p r i m a r y need f o r . e n e r g y .
r e l a t i o n t o economics, p o l i t i c s , urban a f f a i r s , p o p u l a t i o n problems
and o t h e r s w i l l b e g i n t o emerge. We hope t o use f i l m s , o u t s i d e
speakers, f i e l d t r i p s , and i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t s t o supplement
r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s , and c l a s s room d i s c u s s i o n s .
Students e l e c t i n g
t h i s c o u r s e a r e expected t o have a t l e a s t a h i g h school back-
g
language o f c h e m i s t r y i s assumed.
I n s t r u c t o r : Holum
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 30
34353
Yes,
urban
g
Grading: Optional
Time:
II
Room: 320
Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a
i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c
t e c h n i q u e s o f a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n by c h e m i s t r y
majors, n o r m a l l y i n t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e i r sophomore y e a r . M e d i c a l
t e c h n o l o g i s t s s h o u l d t a k e C h e m i s t r y 353. There w i l l be d a i l y
c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
E n r o l l m e n t : 25
P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 106 o r 116
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Time:
II
Room: 315
34499
Independent Study
I n o r d e r t o g i v e j u n i o r and s e n i o r c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s an o p p o r t u n i l - y
t o pursue a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l , a t l e a s t one member o f t h e
c h e m i s t r y f a c u l t y w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s o f t h e i r own
i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n o f r e s e a r c h problems a l r e d d y s t a r t e d ,
o r p a r t i c u l a r problems o f s y n t h e s i s o r ana l y s i s, o r t o p i c s l i ke
polymers o r c o l l o i d s n o t covered i n d e p t h i n r e g u l a r courses. O f f campus a c t i v i t i e s such as r e s e a r c h a t Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may
be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o s u b m i t h i s p r o p o s a l f o r
work.
Grad i ng : Trad i t i ona l
I n s t r u c t o r : A1 t o n
Time:
I
Di s t r i b u t ion requ i rement : No
Enrollment:
12
Room: 318
P r e r e q u i s i t e : J u n i o r o r s e n i o r Chemistry m a j o r
Department o f E d u c a t i o n
44345
E a r l y Childhood Activit?:es
Experience i n p l a n n i n g , implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s f o r
Day Care C e n t e r f o r use i n n u r s e r y school and e a r l y c h i l d h o o d
education.
I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l lment: 20
44485
No
G r a d i n g : P/NC
Time:
I
Room: t l
S t u d e n t Teaching
O p p o r t u n i t y f o r e l e m e n t a r y classroom o b s e r v a t i o n s and e x p e r i e n c e s
i n d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g a c t i v i t i e s under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e
and e l e m e n t a r y school p e r s o n n e l .
Instructor: Pelton
Grad i ng : P/DIF
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
Time: TBA
Enro l lment : 20
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g
Secondary E d u c a t i o n
45375
Audio-Visual
Internship
The s t u d e n t w i l l be a s s i g n e d f u l l t i m e t o work c l o s e l y w i t h t h e
Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r o f a p u b l i c sehool h a v i n g an o u t s t a n d i n g a u d i o v i s u a l department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have e x p e r i e n c e s i n a l l o f t h e
f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n o f an a u d i o - v i s u a l
department.
I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l lment:
15
No
Grad i ng : P/NC
III
Time:
Room: L I
45420
lnnovations i n Education
l n n o v a t i o n s i n E d u c a t i o n i s designed as a s t u d y o f new, i n t e r e s t i n g
and p r o m i s i n g e d u c a t i o n a l programs and e s p e c i a l l y t h o s e t h a t a r e
b e i n g c a r r i e d o u t i n t h e Upper Midwest.
Students w i l l be i n v o l v e d
b o t h on and o f f campus i n v e s t i g a t i n g i n n o v a t i v e ideas and o b s e r v i n g
school programs, elementary and secondary, where t h e s e ideas a r e
A smal l amount of t r a v e l expense and p o s s i b l y
being c a r r i e d out.
Some i n d i v i an o v e r n i g h t accommodation expense w i l l be necessary.
d u a l i z a t i o n o f a s t u d e n t F s a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be p o s s i b l e .
I n s t r u c t o r : Fard i g
Grad i ng : P/NC
I
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
Time:
E n r o l l m e n t : 20
Room: S34
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Upperclass s t a n d i n g o r consent o f i n s t r u c t o r
45482
S t u d e n t Teaching
E x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and i d r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e
secondary l e v e l under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f c o l l e g e and h i g h school
p e r s o n n e l . T h i s c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d as an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r secondary
c a n d i d a t e s t o s t u d e n t t e a c h a t a n o t h e r l e v e l and/or a d i f f e r e n t
school s i t u a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : E. Johnson
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
E n r o l lment:
15
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r
Grad i ng : P/D/F
Time:
II
Room: L I
Department o f Eng l i sh
54241
Science F i c t i o n
A c o u r s e d e a l i n g w i t h s c i e n c e f i c t i o n n o v e l s and s h o r t s t o r i e s . W h i l e
r e a d i n g s w i l l i n c l u d e n i n e t e e n t h and e a r l y t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y works,
t h e m a j o r emphasis o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f l e a d i n g
s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t e r s and works o f t o d a y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be
g i v e n t o t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e modern
technological society.
I n s t r u c t o r : Palosaari
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 30
54251
Yes
Grading: Optional
Time:
II
Room: 25
The l nd i an i n American L i t e r a t u r e
Examination o f t h e a t t i t u d e s t o w a r d and images o f t h e l n d i a n and h i s
e x p e r i e n c e from w h i t e and l n d i a n p o i n t s o f view.
Primary m a t e r i a l
w i l l be b o t h w h i t e and n a t i v e American w r i t i n g s .
American I n d i a n
r e s o u r c e p e o p l e w i l l be i n v o l v e d ,
Instructor: Nicholl
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 30
54281
Yes
Grad i ng : O b t i o n a 1
Time:
II
Room: 21
The S h o r t S t o r y I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Readings and d i s c u s s i o n s o f s h o r t s t o r i e s , p r i m a r i l y o u t s i d e t h e
B r i t i s h and American t r a d i t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Dahlen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enro l l ment : 30
5436 1
Yes
Grad i ng : O p t i o n a l
Time:
I
Room: 25
Advanced W r i t i n g Workshop
A c o u r s e designed t o enhance s k i l l s i n t h e w r i t i n g o f b o t h p r o s e
and p o e t r y .
I n s t r u c t o r : L i v i ngston
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment:
15
Grad i ng : OPti ona l
54371
No
Time:
III
Room: 22
Prerequisite;
I l l and 219
o r consent o f
instructor
Contemporary M u l t i - M e d i a S a t i r e
A f t e r a b r i e f i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s a t i r i c traditions o f Horace,
Juvenal, and S w i f t , t h e c o u r s e w i l l proceed t o an i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f
present-day s a t i r i s t s w o r k i n g i n t h e v a r i o u s media:
books, magaz i n e s , records, cinema, and t e l e v i s i o n .
Some o f t h e s a t i r i s t s t o
be s t u d i e d i n c l u d e : P h i l i p Wylie, Tom Wolfe, T e r r y Southern, Lenny
Bruce, D i c k Gregory, Tom Lehrer, N a t h a n i e l Benchley, and whatever
TV and movie s c e n a r i s t s happen t o be c u r r e n t and/or a v a i l a b l e .
T o p i c s f o r d i s c u s s i o n w i l l i n c l u d e modern s a t i r e ' s d e b t t o t h e p a s t ,
i t s p o s s i b l e c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e f u t u r e , and i t s advantages and
d i s a d v a n t a g e s as a t o o l t o mend mankind.
I n s t r u c t o r : Wood
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 30
54445
Yes
Grading: Optional
Tlme:
I
Room: 2 1
P o t p o u r r i : Read i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t
The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an o p p o r t u n i t y t o
r e a d some o f t h o s e b o o k s w a t he has been i n t r o d u c e d t o b u t which he
has n o t been a b l e t o read. The s t u d e n t w i l l d e t e r m i n e h i s r e a d i n g
l i s t i n consultation with the instructor.
I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
E n r o l l ment : 15
Prerequi s i t e : j u n i o r o r s e n i o r standing
Time:
I
Room: L201
Grad i ng : O p t i ona l
Department of Fore igm Lang uags
French
70244
French L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n
The passions (good and bad) i n human n a t u r e as r e f l e c t e d I n
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works o f French 1 i t e r a t u r e t o be read i n
translation.
I n s t r u c t o r : Johnson
Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement:
Enrol lment: 25
Grad i ng : o p t i o n a l
Time:
Ill
Room: 8
70453
Yes
French Short S t o r y
The Frenchman r e v e a l s h i m s e l f and h i s c u l t u r e through t h e s h o r t
f i c t i o n a l masterpieces c a l led I1le contet1 o r !'la nouvel let!. Reading
o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works w i l l a l so show how t h e French w r i t e r has become
a master o f h i s a r t .
I n s t r u c t o r : Aaskov
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 25
Grad i ng : o p t i ona l
Time:
II
Room: 4
Yes
Prerequ i s i t e :
l ntermed i a t e French
o r perm i ss i on o f
instructor
German
72333
Contemporary Germany
Survey o f l i f e i n present-day Germany: s o c i a l , economic, and p o l i t i c a l
problems, l i v i n g standards, medical oare, education, s t a t u s symbols,
t h e g e n e r a t i o n gap, t h e s t u d e n t scene, urban problems, p o l l u t i o n ,
d r a f t r e s i s t a n c e , etc., w l t h emphasis on changes i n l i f e - s t y l e s i n c e
M a t e r i a l s f rom t h e c u r r e n t p r e s s and o t h e r med i a .
World War I I
.
I n s t r u c t o r : Dyl e r
D i s t r i b u t i o n requlrement; Yes
Enrollment: 25
Prerequisite:
I n t e r m e d i a t e German o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Grad i ng : o p t i o n a l
Time:
III
Room: 4
Foreign Language(continued)
Linguistics
54299
I n t r o d u c t o r y L i ngu i s t i c s
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o l i n g u i s t i c a n a l y s i s and general l i n g u i s t i c
p r i n c i p l e s , w i t h focus on l i n g u s i ~ s t i cuniversa1.s ( o r g a n i z a t i o n a l
p r i n c i p l e s and f e a t u r e s common t o a l l languages) and p s y c h o l i n g u i s t i c s
( i n q u i r y i n t o t h e mechanisms o f language l e a r n i n g and t h e s t r u c t u r e o f
t h e mind as revealed i n language). T h e o r e t i c a l q u e s t i o n s w i I l be
approached by studying samples o f v a r i o u s languages.
I n s t r u c t o r : S t e i nmetz
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrol lment: 25
Grading: o p t i o n a l
Time:
II
Room: 8
Yes
Span i sh
76231
Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n :
Ancient and Modern
Travel t o t h e major c e n t e r s o f Mexico w i t h r e l e v a n t c u l t u r a l and
h i s t o r i c a l s t u d i e s . Emphasis upon t h e study o f language and t h e
v i s u a l a r t s . Cross l i s t e d w l t h t h e A r t Department and team-taught
by members o f t h e spanlsh Department and t h e A r t Department.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Ki ngs I ey, Rozenta l s, Thompson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes ( f o r e i g n language o r f i n e a r t s )
Enrollment: 40
Grading: o p t i o n a l
General Studies
58299
I t ' s How You Play t h e Game
1 n . l e c t u r e and l a b an experimental e x p l o r a t i o n i n t o t h e s t r u c t q r e , t h e o r y ,
and .playing o f games. Emphasis w i l l be on board and s i m u l a t l i o n games-I n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be study o f t h e s e l e c t i o n and
both o l d and new.
p r o d u c t i o n o f games s o l d commercially. The course w i l l conclude w i t h
p a r t l c i p a n t s p r e p a r l n g a game o f t h e i r own.
I n s t r u c t o r : Gustaf son
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 30
Grad i ng: Opt i ona l
Time:
II
Room: 27
No
Department o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n
55482
Coaching o f S p o r t s
Theory and t e c h n i q u e s o f coaching.
injuries.
P r e v e n t i o n and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c
I n s t r u c t o r s : Car i s, Nel son, Peterson, Raymond
Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : No
E n r o l l m e n t : 40 ( l i m i t e d t o j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s ; o t h e r s w i t h p e r m i s s i o n
o f in s t r u c t o r
Grad i ng : Trad it iona l
Time:
II
Room: GI2
55483
Contemporary Hea l t h Prob l ems
A n a l y s i s i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems.
I n c l u d e s v i s i t s by
h e a l t h r e s o u r c e e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t s o f a number o f community h e a l t h
programs.
I n s t r u c t o r s : P f a f f , Saugestad
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
Enrol lment: 35
Grading: O p t i o n a l
I
Time:
Room: GI2
Department o f Hi s t o r y
56250
French Hi s t o r y f o r Students and Trave l l e r s
A study o f French h i s t o r y from t h e t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y Renaissance t h r o u g h
t h e Napoleonic Era. The c u l t u r a l emphasis w i l l come from readings,
a u d i o - v i s u a l a i d s , and o u t s i d e resource people. There w i l l be an emphasis
on a r c h i t e c t u r e as an e x p r e s s i o n o f a c i v i l i z a t i o n .
Instructor: Gisselquist
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
II
Time:
Room: 7
56350
Yes
How t h e H i s t o r i a n Works
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n t o t h e w r i t i n g o f h i s t o r y . Students w i l l e v a l u a t e
t h e use o f evidence, t y p e s o f sources, and t h e v a r i o u s forms o f
c r i t i c i s m which h i s t o r i a n s use i n t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis
w i l l be g i v e n t o t e n d e n t i o u s h i s t o r i e s and i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f well-known
personal i t i e s whose l i fe and work a r e known o n l y t h r o u g h secondary
sources
.
I n s t r u c t o r : Nelson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l lment: 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
III
Time:
Room: 7
No
Department o f Mathematics
61141
Mathematics:
A Human Endeavor
A modern approach o t t h e s t u d y o f . f u n d a m e n t a l i d e a s o f mathematics w i t h
an emphasis on i t s beauty and i t s power. Deisgned f o r . s t u d e n t s w i t h a
m i m i ma 1 background i n mat hemati cs.
I n s t r u c t o r : Durkee
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l ment: 35
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
I
Room: 212
61361
Yes
A p p l i c a t i o n s o f M a t r i x Algebra
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m a t r i x a l g e b r a and p r o b a b i l i t y w i t h a p p l i c a t i o n t o
game t h e o r y , graphs, and networks.
I n s t r u c t o r : Persons
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
Enrol lment: 20
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
II
Room: 212
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Mathematics 121 o r 124
Department o f Mus 1 c
A,survey o f music o u t s l d e t h e European a r t tradition, e..g.,
music, A f r i c a n muslc, Afro-American music.
I n s t r u c t o r : Metzker
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
En r o l l ment : 30
Grad i ng : Trad i t lona l
Time:
Ill
Room: M20
82270
Oriental
Yes
Folk Music of t h e Southeastern U.S.
An e x p l o r a t i o n of t h e o r i g i n s and t r a d l t i o n s o f American f o l k music i n
t h e southeastern q u a r t e r o f t h e U.S.
Study w i l l a l s o focus on t h e i n fluence of t h a t f o l k music on contemporary f o l k music. Travel t o t h e
c e n t e r s o f American f o l k music t r a d i t i o n i s a p a r t o f t h e study.
I n s t r u c t o r : Sateren
D i s t r i b u t i o n requi rement: Yes
Enrollment: L i m i t e d t o members of t h e Augsburg Cholr
Grad i ng : P/NC
82390
Chamber Music Workshop
The study and performance of chamber music o f t h e c l a s s i c , romantic,
and comtemporary eras.
Included i s any combination f o r s t r i n g s , woodwinds, and piano.
Instructor: Vuicich
Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : No
Enrollment: L i m i t e d t o competent musical performers.
Grad i ng : P/NC
Time:
IV
Room: M I I
82395
See i n s t r u c t o r .
Opera Workshop
The p r e p a r a t i o n and performance o f an opera.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Gabrielsen, Johnson, V u i c i c h
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
Enrol lment: L i m i t e d t o competent musical performers.
Grad i ng :
Time:
II
Room: MI I
See i n s t r u c t o r .
Department o f Music
82410
Electronic Techniques i n Musical C m p o s l t l o n
Contemporary approach t o musical composltion using sounds c r e a t e d
by t r a d i t i o n a l instruments, unconventional sources, and e l e c t r o n i c
devices, I n c l u d i n g a synthesizer. Sounds created, manipulated, and
organized I n t o I n d i v i d u a l forms o f a u r a l a r t . Theories and techniques
o f e l e c t r o n i c composltion a r e s t u d i e d I n a c t u a l practice.
I n s t r u c t o r : Karlen
Distribution requirement:
Enrol lment: 30
Grad i ng : P/NC
Time:
III
Room: MI I
No
Department o f Philosophy
83 1 10 Great Phi losophers o f Athens
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p h l losophy through t h e study o f t h e t e a c h i n g s o f
Socrates, Plato, and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w l l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t
these men played i n developing Ideas b a s l c t o Western c l v i l l z a t i o n , and
t h e i r l a s t i n g c o n t r l b u t i o n s on t o p l c s such as t h e n a t u r e o f t h e r e a l ,
t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge.
I n s t r u c t o r : Bai l e y
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 40
Grad i ng : Opt iona l
Time:
III
Room: 213
83390
Yes
The Nature o f t h e M y s t l c V i s i o n
A study o f t h e w r i t i n g s o f several o f t h e g r e a t mystical, p h i l o s o p h e r s
o f t h e Western T r a d i t i o n , w i t h a view t o e i t h e r ( a ) uncovering t h e i r
b a s i c p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s and/or ( b ) comparing them w i t h t h e m y s t i c a l
t r a d i t i o n i n t h e Orient.
I n s t r u c t o r : Fuehrer
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 25
Grading: t r a d i t i o n a l
Tlme:
II
Room: 2
No
Department o f P h y s i c s
84 16 1
Understand i ng t h e Weather
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s weather, i t s causes and c h a r a c t e r . Designed f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n weather and weather p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s
course assumes no p r i o r s c i e n c e o r mathematics background. T o p i c s t o
be discussed i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f sun, e a r t h and atmosphere;
i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s such as t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s
and p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; unusual c o n d i t i o n s I i ke t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ;
t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r weather m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; and
t h e i n f l u e n c e o f weather on p o l l u t i o n . P o s s i b l e course a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n and f o r e c a s t i n g , f i e l d t r i p s and g u e s t speakers.
I n s t r u c t o r : E r i ckson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 35
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Time:
II
Room: 22
84322
Yes
R a d i a t i o n D e t e c t i o n and Measurements
A s t u d y o f r a d i o a c t i v i t y f r o m b o t h an e x p e r i m e n t a l and t h e o r e t i c a l
basis.
L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e u s i n g v a r i o u s d e t e c t i o n and measurement
systems f o r b o t h charged p a r t i c l e and gamma r a d i a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h
i s o t o p i c n e u t r o n sources f o r t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f r a d i o i s o t o p e s . P r o d u c t i o n
o f r a d i o a c t i v e isotopes, energy and h a l f - l i f e measurement, c o u n t i n g
s t a t i s t i c s , a b s o r p t i o n and m o d e r a t i o n o f r a d i a t i o n , s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n ,
n e u t r o n a c t i v a t i o n a n a l y s e s and h e a l t h p h y s i c s c o n s i d e r a t i o n .
The
c o u r s e i s planned t o be a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h t h e S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g
D i v i s i o n o f Oak Ridge A s s o c i a t e d U n i v e r s i t i e s . S u b j e c t t o a p p r o v a l o f
t h e P h y s i c s Department and t h e O.R.A.U.
The c o u r s e w i l l be t a u g h t i n
Special T r a i n i n g
f u l l o r i n p a r t a t t h e l a b o r a t o r i e s o f t h e O.R.A.U.
D i v i s i o n , Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
--
I n s t r u c t o r : Paulson
Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: No
Enrollment:
15
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
III
Room: 22
Fees: T r a v e l expense t o Oak Ridge, Tennessee
Department o f Psycho l o g y
86215
Mechanisms o f Animal Behavior
The course w i l l examine animal b e h a v i o r from lower a n i m a l s ( i n v e r t e b r a t e s ) t h r o u g h humans. M a j o r t o p i c s w i l l i n c l u d e b e h a v i o r a l e v o l u t i o n , b e h a v i o r a l development, and s o c i a l b e h a v i o r i n b o t h animal s and
humans. ( P r i o r s t u d y o f psychology and/or b i o l o g y w i l l be h e l p f u l t o
t h e s t u d e n t b u t i s n o t a s t r i c t requirement.)
I n s t r u c t o r : Ferguson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrol lment: 25
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
III
Room: 205
86370
Yes
Creativity
C o o p e r a t i v e group i n q u i r y i n t o f a c t o r s and c o n d i t i o n s t h a t c o n t r i b u t e
toward c r e a t i v e b e h a v i o r and t h a t make such b e h a v i o r more p o s s i b l e and
l i k e l y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a p p r o p r i a t e d e s c r i p t i o n and d e f i n i t i o n o f
c r e a t i v e b e h a v i o r . A c t i v e o b s e r v a t i o n o f persons, a c t i v i t i e s , and p r o d u c t s t h a t may a i d u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e c r e a t i v e process.
I n s t r u c t o r : D. Johnson
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
Enrol lment: 25
Grad i ng : P/NC
Time:
II
Room: 2 13
A d d i t i o n a l Costs: $25-$50 f o r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , m a t e r i a l s and admission
t o Twin C i t y i n s t i t u t e s and performances
Department o f P o l i t i c a l Science
85250
Arner i can Pos i ti ve S t a t e
The p o l i t i c s o f p u b l i c a d m i n i s t r a t i o n and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y - m a k i n g
i n t h e American w e l f a r e - w a r f a r e s t a t e : governmental r e g u l a t i o n ,
p r o m o t i o n and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and e x o n m i c i n t e r a c t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Stenshoe l
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
E n r o l l ment : 30
Grad i ng : Opt iona I
Time:
I I and I l l , Mon., Thurs.
Room: S34
85358
The Urban Powerful
Study o f t h e l i n k s between t h e urban p o w e r f u l and t h e e l e c t e d s t a t e
policy-makers, t a k i n g t h e Twin C i t i e s - M i n n e s o t a l e g i s l a t u r e as a case
s t u d y . E x p l o r a t i o n o f who speaks f o r t h e urban area, t h r o u g h what
communication channels, w i t h what messages by means o f s i m u l a t i o n , f i e l d
work i n t h e c i t y and a t t h e s t a t e l e g i s l a t u r e , and seminar sessions.
I n s t r u c t o r : Hedblom
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l ment : 30
Grad i ng : P/NC
II
Time:
Room:
19
85385
Yes (Urban)
L i f e S t y l e s i n Soviet Society:
Focus o n Youth
Study c o u r s e conducted i n t h e U.S.S.R.,
emphasizing t h e theme o f t h e
r o l e s , a t t i t u d e s , mores, i n t e r e s t s , o c c u p a t i o n s , and a c t i v i t i e s o f S o v i e t
youth.
I n s t r u c t o r : Noonan
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : Yes
E n r o l l m e n t : 20
Grading: O p t i o n a l
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : P.S. 351 ( f o r m e r l y 51)
and p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Russ i an l ang uage recommended b u t
not required.
.
Department o f Re l i q i o n
8736 1
Church F a t h e r s
The development o f some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e t i m e o f t h e
Aposto l i c F a t h e r s t h r o u g h Aug.ust,i ne.
Instructor: O l l i l a
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirementt
E n r o l l m e n t : 35 .
P r e r e q u i s i t e : 1 1 1 o r 22'1
Gradi ng : Opt ionail
Time:
I
Room: S22
Yes
,
87370
Myth:
I t s F u n c t i o n and Meaning
A s t u d y o f s e v e r q ) myths o f e y i l from t h e v i e w p o i n t o f t h e i r s o c i a l
and p s y c h o l o g i ~ a l function, t o g e t h g r w i t h a phenomenological a n a l y s i s
o f t h e i r meaning. Myths t o be c o n s i d e r e d a r e : The B a b y l o n i a n Creat i o n Myth (Enuma E l i s h ) , fhe Adqmic Myth o f t h e B i b l e , Sophoclesl
Oedipus Rex ( t r a g i c myth), and t h e O r p h i c ~ ~ to fh t'h e Greeks. Viewp o i n t s t a k e n w i l l be t h o s e a f s e l e c t e d a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s , p s y c h o a n a l y s t s
( e s p e c i a l l y Freud), and t h e p h a n ~ r n g n o l p 9 i s t s , M i r c e a E l i a d e and Paul
Ri coeur.
I n s t r u c t o r : Benson
D i s t r i but ion 'requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 25
P r e r e q u i s i t e - : 111 o r .I21
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
II
Room: 18
87486
Yes
The R e l i g i o u s l m a g i n a t l o n i n Modern ' L i t e r a t u r e
S e l e c t e d n o v e l s and p l a y s used a s t h e b a s i s f o r d i s c u s s i n g t h e a r t i s t ' s
development o f images f o r God and t h e r e l i g i o u s l i f e .
I n s t r u c t o r : Skl bbe
Di s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t :
E n r o l lment: 35
P r e r e q u i s i t e : 1 1 1 o r 221
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
III
Room: 212
Yes
Department o f S o c i o l o g y
941 1 1
Human Community and t h e Modern Mefropo l i s
'
An i n n o v a t i v e l o o k a t t h e dynamics and p o t e n t i a l s f o r community i n
t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s by f o c u s i n g upon an i s s u e o f c u r r e n t community
concern i n t h e Twin C i t y M e t r o p o l i t a n Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l become a
p a r t o f t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n decision-making p r o c e s s by i n v o l v i n g thems e l v e s i n g r o u p s o r w i t h persons a t t e m p t i n g t o i n f l u e n c e t h e process.
For example, had t h e i n t e r i m been o f f e r e d i n January 1972, t h e course
c o u l d have focused upon t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n o f an I n d i a n C e n t e r on p a r k
land o r m i n o r i t y h i r i n g i n a m u n i c i p a l f i r e department. Background
r e a d i n g w i I I be assigned t o p r o v i d e a conceptual framework b u t p r i m a r y
emphasis w i l l be on p a r t i c i p a n t o b s e r v a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Nelson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 35
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
I
Room: 28
94257
Yes (Urban)
V o l u n t e e r S e r v i c e and Independent Study
With f a c u l t y approval, s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e
v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . O p p o r t u n i t y t o know
s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y systems, and c a r e e r
aspects i n t h e h e l p i n g vocations.
lndependent s t u d y w i t h a t e r m paper
r e p o r t and r e v i e w conferences.
E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen
and sophomores
.
I n s t r u c t o r : Steen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrol lment: 12
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
I
Room: 23
94357
No
B a s i c S k i l l s i n Casework o r Groupwork
A f u l l - t i m e f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l agency f o r l e a r n i n g by p r a c t i c e
casework o r groupwork.
I n s t r u c t o r : Steen
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i rement:
E n r o l lment: 12
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Time:
I
Room: 23
No
Department o f Speech, Communication,
98354
and T h e a t e r A r t s
I n t e r p e r s o n a l Communication
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e dynamics o f i n t e r p e r s o n a l comnunication.
I n s t r u c t o r : Anderson
Distribution requirement:
E n r o l lment: 25
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
III
Room: 43
98255
Yes
Black Theater
A h i s t o r i c a l s u r v e y o f American B l a c k T h e a t e r w i t h emphasis on r e c e n t
works.
I n s t r u ' c t o r : 0 l son '
O i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i rement:
E n r o l lment: 25
Grad i n g : Opt iona l
Time:
II
Room: 40
98285
No
T h e a t e r P r a c t icum
Students accepted f o r t h i s course w l l l work f u l l - t i m e on t h e p r o d u c t i o n
o f a play.
I n s t r u c t o r : Cole
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
E n r o l l m e n t : 20
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: TBA
No
94379
L l f e and C u l t u r e o f American l n d l a n s
An a t t e m p t t o understand t h e l i f e and c u l t u r e o f t h e American I n d i a n
t h r o u g h f i e l d t r i p s and v i s i t s , speakers, and r e a d i n g s . A l t h o u g h t h e
form o f t h e i n t e r i m may v a r y from y e a r t o year, t h e i n t e n t i s t o l i m i t
t h e scope o f t h e course t o u n d e r s t a n d i n g a few a s p e c t s o f I n d i a n l i f e
i n depth.
I n s t r u c t o r : Gerasimo
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
E n r o l lment: 15
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time:
II
Room: L201
Fee: Trave 1 expense t o r e s e r v a t i o n s i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota
94480
The New-Town Movement and the.Modern M e t r o p o l i s
A s t u d y o f such new-towns as Columbia, Maryland, Jonathan, and CedarR i v e r s i d e , Minnesota. An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e i r r o l e L i n t h e p l a n n i n g and
development o f comprehensive communities i n modern m e t r o p o l i t a n r e g i o n s .
A v i s i t t o COI umbia Maryland, w i 1 l supp lement more i n t e n s i v e s t u d y o f
t h e Jonathan and Cedar-Riverside developments. Background r e a d i n g
on t h e New Town movement i n Europe w i 1 l p r o v i d e conceptual framework
f o r t h e study.
I n s t r u c t o r : Torstenson
D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No
Enrol 1 ment : 20
II
Time:
Room: 28
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Upperclass s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n on i n s t r u c t o r
Grading: O p t i o n a l
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ST. OLAF COLLEGE INTERIM ABROAD
3 t o 31 JANUARY 1973
ART:
The A r t s o f Norway.
ASIAN STUDIES:
$625
Drama i n Japan.
Tokyo, Osaka, and Kyoto.
BIOLOGY: Human Ecology i n I s r a e l . P r e r e q u i s i t e s :
one semester o f b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e . $800
CLASSICS:
Mediterranean C u l t u r e .
ECONOMICS-POLITICAL SCIENCE:
S w i t z e r l and and I t a l y.
$625
ENGLISH-SPEECH:
$895
one semester o f b i o l o g y and
Greece w i t h C r e t e .
$675
Systems and I n s t i t u t i o n s i n England,
T h e a t e r i n London.
France,
$625
FRENCH: T h e a t e r , C i v i l i z a t i o n , Language. P a r i s . Planned p a r t i c u l a r l y f o r
s t u d e n t s c o n t i n u i n g i n t o t h e Term i n Avignon b u t open t o o t h e r s a d e q u a t e l y
p r e p a r e d i n t h e language.
$600
GERMAN: T h e a t e r , C i v i l i z a t i o n , Language. Vienna. Planned f o r s t u d e n t s
c o n t i n u i n g i n t o t h e Term i n Germany b u t open t o o t h e r s adequate1 y p r e p a r e d
i n t h e language.
$600
INTERDISCIPLINARY:
London.
$625
MUSIC:
E n g l i s h and I r i s h F o l k s o n g and Folkdance.
C o n c e r t s , Operas, Music H i s t o r y .
NURSING:
RELIGION:
Munich, S a l z b u r g , Vienna.
H e a l t h Care D e l i v e r y Systems i n Norway and Denmark.
POLITICAL SCIENCE:
Youth i n S o c i a l i s t S o c i e t y .
C h r i s t i a n Rome.
Principal location
$625
$800
$625
SPANISH:
I n t e n s i v e Language Program ( i n t e r m e d i a t e ) i n Cuernavaca.
including transportation.
SPANISH:
l n t e n s i ve Language Program (advanced) i n Cuernavaca.
cluding transportation.
SPANISH-ART:
$625
Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n .
$325, n o t
$335, n o t i n -
$450
The c o s t s a r e based on r o u n d - t r i p c h a r t e r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n between M i n n e a p o l i s and
Europe, i n t e r - E u r o p e a n t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , accommodation and t w o m e a l s p e r day,
p r o r a t i n g o f f a c u l t y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , e n t r a n c e f e e s t o performances, i nsurar~ce
and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e fee.
Show less
SUMMER SCHOOL
1972
I
ELIGIBILITY
I
Assistant Registrar
PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , as w e l l a s graduates o f such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o
a t t e n d Auqsburg Summer S c... Show more
SUMMER SCHOOL
1972
I
ELIGIBILITY
I
Assistant Registrar
PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , as w e l l a s graduates o f such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o
a t t e n d Auqsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t
h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n d r o p p e d
by that institution.
STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Auqsburq C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term o f t h e c u r r e n t
y e a r a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a -r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d b y
o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e f a l l o f t h i s year.
+
-
-
-
I F REGULARLY ATTENDING o r a d m i t t e d t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n ,
the a p p l i c a n t m u s t p r o v i d e A u g s b u r g Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t
f r o m an a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s .
(A form
f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m o f t h i s page.)
C r e d i t s c a n n o t be
t r a n s f e r r e d un t i 1 t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d .
PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l w o r k s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e
D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y u n d e r s p e c i a l
circumstances.
OTHER
- -
1
TERM I
- Six
Weeks
JUNE
1
June 1 2 t h r o u g h J u l y 21
TERM I 1
-
Four Weeks
J u l y 24 t h r o u g h A u g u s t 1 8
AUGUST
I
18 19 20
25 26 27
2
3
4
9 10 11
16 17 18
21
28
5
12
19
22
29
6
13
20
23 24
30
1
7
8
14 15
21 22
--
ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r
s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Persons wishing t o b e g i n a degree
program a t the c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h the O f f i c e
o f Admissions.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL NPROWL FORM
T h i s f o r m i s t o be u s e d b y s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s
o t h e r t h a n A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . A u g s b u r y Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may be
t r a n s f e r r e d t o the s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d
by that college o r university.
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3031
1
2
3 4
5
9 10 11 12
7
8
6
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
.
S t u d e n t ' s Name
College o r University
The person named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g a t t h i s i n s t i t u t i o n and i s permitted t o earn Summer School c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College.
SUMMER STUDENTS may earn u p t o s e v e n t e e n T e r m C r e d i t s i n the t w o
The f i r s t s m e r t e r m p e r m i t s
s m e r s e s s i o n s a t Augsburg College.
p a r t i c i p a n t s t o a c h i e v e as many as t e n c r e d i t s over a p e r i o d o f s i x
weeks.
For the s e c o n d summer t e r m , l a s t i n g f o u r w e e k s , t h e n o r m a l
maximum l o a d i s seven c r e d i t s .
PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y a s
e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand a r e
subject t o cancellation.
-
R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any:
I
1
-
Date
.
.
.
-
( R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d form t o Summer S c h o o l ,
* A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 5 5 4 0 4 )
"1
- I1
I
I
ABOUT SUMMER
COURSE
directly
AUGSBURG'S SUMMER URBAN PROGRAM p r o v i d e s an o u t s t a n d i n g and e x c i t i n g
a r r a y o f c o u r s e s t o s a t i s f y t h e s t u d e n t who r e c o g n i z e s t h e c r u c i a l
i m p o r t a n c e o f t h e c i t y i n c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e and v a l u e s and who w i s h e s
t o d e e p e n h i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e problems and t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f
u r b a n e x i s t e n c e . T h i s summer's o f f e r i n g s i n c l u d e :
8
1
i n Term
Credits,
PROJECTED COURSE OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d o n t h e f o l l o w i n g pages.
Courses
w i t h f o u r - d i g i t numbers a r e Augsburg c o u r s e s ; t h o s e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h
t h r e e d i g i t s followed b y a l e t t e r are o f f e r e d a t Concordia College, S t
P a u l . Augsburg s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r work o n b o t h campuses.
AUGSBURG COURSES i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s a r e t h o s e
whose l a s t two d i g i t s a r e 50 o r a b o v e ; f o r c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s s e e t h e
c a t a l o g i s s u e o f Augsburg C o l l e g e Now. Concordia o f f e r i n g s numbered
300 and h i g h e r a r e s i m i l a r l y i n t e n d e d f o r u p p e r - d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ;
c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e found i n t h e C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e C a t a l o g .
THE CITY IN AMERICAN LITERATURE.
E n g l i s h 5490. 5 cr. An examina-
MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT. B i o l o g y
2010. 5 C r . A p e r i p h e r a l v i e w
t i o n o f a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y :
i t s a c c e p t a n c e , c r i t i c i s m , o r rej e c t i o n b y p o e t s , novelists, and
e s s a y i s t s i n the U n i t e d S t a t e s i n
t h e 1 9 t h and 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s .
o f e c o s y s t e m i n t r i c a c i e s and an
e x a m i n a t i o n o f human d i s r u p t i o n s :
problems o f p o p u l a t i o n and urbani z a t i o n ; a i r and w a t e r p o l l u t i o n ;
r a d i o a c t i v i t y , etc. R e l e v a n c e o f
the C h r i s t i a n e t h i c .
Discussion,
l a b o r a t o r y work and f i e l d s u r v e y .
CHANGES I N SUMMER SCHOOL r e g i s t r a t i o n m u s t b e made a t the Summer
School O f f i c e .
No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r t h e t h i r d m e e t i n g o f a
d a y t i m e c l a s s o r a f t e r the second m e e t i n g o f an e v e n i n g c l a s s .
:
ORGAN1ZING F 0 R SOCIAL CHANGE.
Sociology 9467 o r Pol. Sci 8567.
4 C r . C o m u n i t y o r g a n i z a t i o n sem-
SHOULD A STUDENT WITHDRAW from a c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e F i r s t Summer Term,
he m u s t do s o a t t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e n o t l a t e r t h a n Thursday o f
the f i f t h week o f the t e r m . F i h a l w i t h d r a w a l d a t e f o r the Second Term
i s Monday o f t h e f o u r t h week. T i m e l y w i t h d r a w a l o b v i a t e s an "F" grade.
,t
ENVIRONMENTAL ESTHETICS.
A r t
1002. 5 C r . F i n e a r t s i n t h e
i n a r l e d b y W i l l i a m Grace o f t h e
C e n t e r f o r Urban E n c o u n t e r .
Foc u s i n g on t h e n a t u r e o f change,
the u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f power, and
the d e f i n i n g o f i s s u e s , t h e c o u r s e
i s intended f o r persons wishing
t o participate i n giving direct i o n t o s o c i a l change.
urban and w o r l d s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the c u l t u r a l l i f e o f
t h e community l e a d i n g toward
a p p r e c i a t i o n and cri tici sm.
MODERN URBAN COWlUNITY. Sociology
T h e c u l t u r a l and
9459. 5 C r .
Cr. An f n v e s t i g a t i o n of econmic
i m p l i c a t i o n s of cantemmrary prob; rh lems of ci ti es and m e t r o p l i ta?
areas.
t o p i c s co.?sidered :
\*an a i l - v o l u n t e e r a-rmy; p p u i a t i o n
;y " c r i s i ~ " ;i n c o m e d i s t r i b u ~ o n ;
free bread; mass t r a n s i t s g s t e m s .
I
VALUES a t Augsburg C o l l e g e a r e measured
interchangeable w i t h Quarter Credits.
COURSES
HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY. Educ a t i o n 4486, 4586, o r Sociology
Understanding
9486. 4 O r 5 C r .
r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l , economic groups;
s k i l l i n dealing w i t h discriminat i o n and d e h u m a n i z i n g b i a s e s , and
i n creating learning experiences
t o a i d p o s i ti ve i n t e r p e r s o n a l rel a t io m .
Mu1 ti -media approach :
connnuni t y r e s o u r c e p e o p l e , simul a t i o n , f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e , TV m i c roteaching, assessment methods.
.
s o c i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n o f the c i t y
i n h i s t o r i c a l perspective; the
f o r m s , p r o c e s s e s , and problems o f
the modern m e t r o p o l i s .
THE URBAN POWERFUL.
Political
Science 8558. 5 C r . E x a m i n a t i o n
o f power i n t h e u r b a n c o m n u n i t y .
Ana Z y s i s i n c l u d e s v a r i o u s m o d e l s
o f power, a n i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f
the p o w e r f u l , t h e i r b a s e s o f
power, and their u s e s o f power i n
developing p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s .
INDEPENDENT S T U D Y , w h i l e n o t l i s t e d among t h e c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s , may b e
pursued d u r i n g t h e summer i n a number o f d e p a r t m e n t s . For i n f o r m a t i o n
c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e .
The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t t o c a n c e l l i s t e d c o u r s e s .
SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee o f $10.00, p l u s T u i t i o n o f
$32.00 per c r e d i t . Laboratory fees are charged f o r some courses.
In
the case o f Applied Music, p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n fees amount t o $30.00
p e r c r e d i t i n a d d i t i o n t o the T u i t i o n and General Fee.
A TUITION DEPOSIT o f $30.00 must accompany the A p p l i c a t i o n & Preregist r a t i o n Form.
This d e p o s i t i s refundable o n l y i f the courses l i s t e d
by t h e student, i n c l u d i n g a1 ternates, should be cancel led.
ALL CHARGES are t o be p a i d i n f u l l
p l e t e d on the f i r s t day o f each term.
when Final. R e g i s t r a t i o n i s com-
I F A STUDENT DECIDES TO CANCEL r e g i s t r a t i o n , a r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n i s
allowed according t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: FIRST TERM: June 13-16,
80%; June 19-23, 60%; June 26-30, 40%; no refund w i l l be made l a t e r
than June 30. SECOND TERM: J u l y 25-27, 80%; J u l y 28-August 1, 60%,
August 2-4, 40%; no r e f u n d w i l l be allowed l a t e r than August 4.
STUDENTS N E E D I N G HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r o f
Housing.
L i m i t e d food service i s a v a i l a b l e , s u p p l e m e n t e d b y s e v e r a l
r e s t a u r a n t s and s n a c k s h o p s i n the Augsburg v i c i n i t y .
11
11
I
,.:
I
I I
DEPT
NO
SEC
A r t 1002 005
A r t 1042 001
A r t 1053 008
Art
Bio 2001 006
Bio 2006 005
Bio 2010 007
Bio 2067 007
BAd 2101 004
BAd 2102 002
Che 3405 008
Eco 2220 002
EdE 4456 000
EdE 4484 077
EdE 4484 143
EdS 4584 074
EdS 4584 140
EdS 4550 000
EdS 4586 046
Eng 5490 008
Eng 5490 206
Eng 5490 404
Eng 5464 003
Eng 5476 007
Eng 5495 007
Eng 5442 009
F r e '7001 001
F r e 7092 009
Ger 131B 008
Ger 132B 007
Ger 7203 003
Ger 7204 001
HPE 5520 002
HPE 5555 008
HPE 5556 006
HPE 5554 001
HPE 5560 008
HPE 5585 005
HPE 5591 003
H i s 5661 004
H i s 5653 001
Mat 6105 0 0 1
Mus 8263 006
Mus 8201 006
Mus 8209
Mus 8209
Mus 8257 008
P h i 8321 002
P h i 8323 008
Phy 8401 002
P o l 8558 009
P o l 8595 001
P o l 8595 050
P o l 8567 000
Psy 8605 008
Psy 8650 004
Psy 8652 000
Psy 8675 001
Psy 8695 009
Re1 8757 007
Re1 8765 000
SOC 9459 009
SOC 9461 005
SOC 9467 002
SOC 9475 005
SOC 9476 003
Spa 7601 008
Spe 9842 006
Spe 9860 008
Spe 9856 006
CR
COURSE T I T L E
5
5
3
Environmental E s t h e t i c s
Friederichsen I
Film Making Workshop
Rusten
I
D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n P r o g
F r i e d ' s e n I-II
S t u d i o Courses
A rr
P r i n c i p l e s o f Biology
Urdahl
I 8:45-10:05
Human Anatomy & Physiology
Mickelberg 1-11 7-10 pm
Man and t h e Environment
Mickelberg
I 1:15-2: 35
Biochemistry
Thorpe
I1 10 :15-12 :30
P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting, I
I 7 :15-8 :35
P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting, I1
I I 7:45-1O:OO
P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry
Gyberg
I 2:45-4:05
Economic I s s u e s o f Urban Environment S a b e l l a
I 7-10 pm
O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education
Pelton
I 11:45-1:05
S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary
McNef f
1-11 Arr
S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary
McNef f
1-11 A r r
S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary
E. Johnson 1-11 Arr
S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary
E. Johnson 1-11 A r r
E d u c a t i o n a l Psychology
Anderegg
I 1:15-2:35
Human R e l a t i o n s L a b o r a t o r y
Fardig
I Arr
Science F i c t i o n
Palosaari
I 7-10 pm
L i b e r a t e d & Unlib. Women i n L i t .
Nichols
I I 10 :15-12 :30
The C i t y i n American L i t e r a t u r e
Nicholl
I1 1:OO-3:15
A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e South o f S a h a r a
Mitchell
I 7-10 pm
Modern P o e t r y
Davis
I1 1:OO-3:15
Linguistics
Steinmetz
I 10:15-11:35
Film Making Workshop
Rusten
I 8-12 a m
Beginning French
M. Johnson
I 11:45-1:05
Beginning French
M. Johnson 11 7:45-1O:OO
Beginning German
I 1O:OO-11:50
Beginning German
I I 1 O : O O - 1 1 : 50
Interxad~aerman
Steinmetz
I
7:15-8:35
I n t e r m e d i a t e German
Steinmetz
I1 7:45-1O:OO
Introduction t o Safety Education
Wagner
I 7-10 pm
I n t r o . t o D r i v e r & T r a f f i c S a f e t y Ed.,Wagner
I 7-10 pm
Teaching D r i v e r & S a f e t y E d u c a t i o n
Wagner
I I 7-10 pm
D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog
Pearson
I-II 9-2 pm
School H e a l t h Education Curriculum
Pearson
I 3:OO-4:20
Applied Adapted A c t i v i t i e s
C. Nelson
I1 A r r
Therapeutic Exercises
C. Nelson
I A rr
C u l t u r a l & P o l i t i c a l H i s t . o f Rome
R. Nelson
I1 10:15-12:30
Topics i n Minnesota H i s t o r y
Chrislock
I 10:15-11:35
P r i n c i p l e s o f Mathematics
Persons
I 8:45-10:05
Choral Workshop
Sateren
I Day & Eve
Theory I
J. Johnson
I Arr
Applied Music, Voice
Arr
Arr
Applied Music, I n s t r u m e n t
Arr
Arr
D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog
Savold
1-11 9-2 pm
Man and I d e a s
Reichenbach I 8:45-1O:OS
Logic
Reichenbach I 11:45-1:05
Astronomy
Hanwick
I 7-10 pm
The Urban Powerful
Hedblom
I 1:15-2:35
Women i n Urban Tech. S o c i e t y
Noonan
I I 1-3:15
Church, S t a t e & Supreme Court
Stenshoel
11 1-3: 15
O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change
Grace
I 2:45-5:15
General Psychology
Anderegg
I 10:15-11:35
E d u c a t i o n a l Psychology
Anderegg
I 1:15-2:35
Developmental Psych: Adol. & Adult
D. Johnson
I 8:45-10:05
S o c i a l Psychology
Dyrud
I 10:15-11:35
Psychology o f Women
Dymd
I 1:15-2:35
Readings i n S c i e n c e & R e l i g i o n
Quanbeck
I 7:15-8:35
Church, S t a t e & Supreme Court
Stenshoel
11 1-3:15
Modern Urban Community
T o r s t e n s o n I1 10: 15-12: 30
Social S t a t i s t i c s
Grams
I 7 :15-8: 35
O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change
Grace
I 2:45-5:15
S o c i a l Psychology
Dy r u d
I 10:15-11:35
Human S e x u a l i t y
Miller
I 11:45-1:05
Beginning Spanish
Kingsley
I 2:45-4:05
Film Making Workshop
Rusten
I 8-12 am
I n t e r p r e t a t i v e Reading
Cole
I 7-10 pm
D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog
Cole
1-11 9-2 pm
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
7
14
7
14
4
4
5
5,
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
3
5
5
5
5
2
4
1
1
3
5
5
4
5
5
5
4
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
3
INSTRUCTOR TERM
TIME
DAYS
ROOM FEE
SPECIAL COMMENTS
T,Th L1
M-F
S t u d i o $50
Arr
Arr
M-F
S205
M,W
S205
M-F
S205
M-F
5205
M-F
S34
M-F
S34
M-F
S205 $ 5
T,Th S205
M-F
L1
Arr
$15
M-F
Arr
$30
M-F
Arr
$15
M-F
M-F
Arr
$30
M-Th S34
M-F
Arr
T,Th S34
M-F
Conf
M-F
S205
M,W
S34
M-F
S34
M-F
Conf
M-F
S t u d i o $50
M-F
Conf
M-F
S205
M-F
M-F
MTThF Conf he
MTThF Conf
M,W
Conf
T,Th Conf
MTW Conf $10
A
Arr
MTWTh S34
Arr
Arr
M-F
L1
M-F
S205
M-F
S34
June 18-23
Arr
M-F
June 12-July 7
June 12-July 28
A r r w i t h Dept
10-week c o u r s e
Lab A r r
See
See
See
See
Educ
Educ
Educ
Educ
Dept
Dept
Dept
Dept
OR:
5: 4586
EdE 4: 4486
EdE 5: 4486
SOC 4: 9486
SOC 5: 9486
I
053
049
056
044
051
OR: F r e 7095 003
Ger 7295 009
Spa 7695 000
I
Concordia, S t P
Concordia, S t P
#J
June 12-July 28
Separate regis
$30
$30
Arr
M-F
M-F
Conf
M-F
S34
M,W
L1
M-F
L1
M-F
Conf
M-F
L1
T,Th L1
M-F
534
M-Th 534
M-F
L1
M-F
L1
M-F
Conf
M-F
S205
M-F
L1
M-F
S34
M-F
L1
T,Th L1
M-F
L1
M-F
S205
M-F
Conf
M-F S t u d i o $50
MIW
4
Arr
Arr
June 12-July 28
-
1
-r
June 12-July 7
2815-41 AV S
June 12-July 28
'Fhysf cs
8 4 2 1 300
-
G Credf t-8,
General Physics, K.., Parmison
,-=
Texro I, G :: 45-10: 05 K-.P'
Lhb k i ..
Course O k . Y ~ 5 L E D u +
.-ms+-
Po;B tics 8SSR OQ9
- 5 Credits,, The Wr!>inn Fowerful,. IledbPm - 'I'esfl~I ,
Lelf-2~35f.i-F
-- NCMZ :
;heill t~ i n t h e
Ikpa.rYmenl, w i l l =.r. , c ~he qrvan if yon sign up
the nlver,s:i f . i ~,:trr%~lel.
(l
13ecrsrttion P r t 3 g . r ,,
~ HPE, Nusics ar~dSpeech erodlts are st i l l graated,
: a-
A F R I ~ N LITERATURE SOUTH OF THE
SAHARA.
English 5464.
5 cr.
Readings i n works o f contemporary
A f r i c a n n o v e l i s t s , p o e t s , dramat i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s and
e s s a y i s t s t o stimulate a crossc u l t u r a l human e x p e r i e n c e .
I
TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY. Hist o r y 5653. 5 c r . s e l e c t i v e t r e a t -
,
READINGS I N SCIENCE AND RELIGION.
Emergence
R e l i g i o n 8757. 5 c r .
and e f f e c t o f s c i e n t i f i c method
r e l a t e d t o message and t h e o l o g y
o f the c h u r c h .
-
I LINGUISTICS.
7095,
5 Cr.
-
HUMAN SEXUALITY. Sociology 9476.
S p e c i f i c psychological,
5 cr.
-
Three courses l e a d i n g t o c e r t i f i c a t i o n as a t e a c h e r o f d r i v e r s '
e d u c a t i o n ; INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY
EDUCATION, INTRODUCTION TO DRIVER
AND TRAFFIC SAFETY EWCATION, and
TEACHING DRIVER 6 THAFFIC S A F E T Y
EDUCATION.
English 5495, French
German 7295, Spanish 7695.
Principles o f linguistics,
e m p h a s i z i n g recent d e v e l o p m e n t s
i n s y n t a c t i c t h e o r y and psychol i n g u i s t i c implications.
social -psychological, religious
and c r o s s c u l t u r a l d i m e n s i o n s o f
normal and d e v i a n t h u m n s e x u a l
behavior.
L e c t u r e s , f i l m s , and
s m a l l group d i s c u s s i o n .
DRIVERS EDUCATION COURSES. HPE
5520, 5555, & 5556. 4 c r . each.
m n t o f s i g n i f i c a n t themes from
1 9 t h and e a r l y 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s :
I n d i a n - w h i t e r e l a t i o n s ; immigrat i o n ; e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l dev e l o p m e n t ; emergence o f t h e Twin
C i ties. Guest l e c t u r e r s , resource
p e o p l e , and c u r r i c u l a r m a t e r i a l s
e m p h a s i z i n g Chippewa h i s t o r y from
t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l S o c i e t y .
CHURCH, STATE, AND SUPREME COURT.
R e l i g i o n 8765 o r Pol. S c i . 8595.
5 Cr. Analysis o f attempts t o
, achieve
the religious neutrality
r e q u i r e d b y U. S . C o n s t i t u t i o n a s
seen i n s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme C o u r t
I c a s e s i n e d u c a t i o n , w o r s h i p , and
o t h e r church-s t a t e i n t e r a c t i o n s .
Historical, theological, & legalp o l i t i c a l factors are considered.
( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e
t a k e n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 8520. )
'
-
SCIENCE FICTION.
English 5490 008.
5
cr.
-
A Ron P a Z o s a a r i s p e c i a l .
A PARTIAL LISTING OF SUMMER OFFERINGS AT CONCORDIA COLLEGE, ST. PAUL
Number Cr. T i t l e
Term (Dates)
T i me
+.
Art
Art
EdE
EdE
EdE
EdE
EdE
EdE
EdE
His
Pol
Re1
Re1
Soc
Spe
1518
354B
353C
358C
451C
453C
465C
470C
471C
435A
261A
210R
211R
322A
103B
003
008
007
002
008
006
002
005
004
003
002
007
006
009
002
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fundamentals o f Design I
Sculpture I
I
I
Tchg Science & Health
Tchg P h y s i c a l Education I
I
Teaching Arithmetic
E a r l y Childhood Educ
I
I
Inner C i t y Tchg Prob
School & Commun Health I1
Alcohol, Narc, ;rug Ed I1
Colonial America
II
American Government
I
Old Testament I
I
Old Testament I1
I1
I
Crime and Delinquency
Speech
I1
( J u l y 3-21)
(June 12-30)
( J u n e 19-30)
( J u l y 10-21)
( J u l y 10-21)
(Aug. 7-18)
(Aug. 7-11)
10:OO-11:lO
11:OO-12:lO
10:OO-11:50
10:OO-11:50
1:OO-2:50p
1:OO-4:OOp
1:OO-4:OOp
9:25-12:05
1:OO-4:OOp
7:30-8:45a
11:OO-11:50
7:30-8:20a
7: 30-8:45a
8:30-9:20a
7:30-8:45a
APPLIWTKN & PREREGISWKTK)N FORM
Augsburg Colkge Summer Schod
THREE SEMINARS CREATED f o r t r e 1972 W r - Im
explore the r o l e o f
women from v a r y i n g p e r s p e c t i v e s .
F a c u l t y a r e Dr. Grace Dyrud, Associa t e Professor of Psycho1 o w ; Cheryl N i c h o l s , I n s t r u c t o r o f Enql i s h ;
and Dr. Norma Noonan, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science and
Chairman o f t h e Department o f P o l i t i c a l Science. The t h r e e o f f e r i n a s :
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
Psych. 8695, 5 c r .
Grace Dyrud ( T e r m I )
THE LIBERATED AND
THE UNLIBERATED WOMAN
I N LITERATURE
E n g l i s h 5490, 5 c r .
Cheryl N i c h o l s (Term 1 1 )
WOMEN I N URBAN
TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY
P o l . S c i . 8 5 9 5 , 5 cr.
Norma Noonan ( T e r m 1 1 )
C l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l t o p i c s i n c l u d e :
C u l t u r a l a s s u m p t i o n s and p s y c h o l o g i c a l
rationales o f
presumed
sex-related
c h a r a c t e r i s tics; research o n s e x d i f ferences, including status a n d roles.
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e s o f women i n
li t e r a t u r e from the G r e e k c l a s s i c a l
period t o t h e present.
Various literary genres, including feminist
texts,
w i l l be s t u d i e d .
Interdisciplinary consideration o f the
p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and e c o n o m i c s t a t u s o f
women t o d a y i n the u.S. and a b r o a d .
A
s u r v e y o f p r o b l e m s a f f e c t i n g women and
t h e i r r o l e s i n s o c i e t y ; o ~ t i o n sand
- MM sr
- Miss
.
.
c
Mrs
FULL NAME:
Last,
-
Street,
.
PRESENT ADDRESS:
Di v o r c e d
. - -.
---
Street,-City,
.
Zip
State
i
_'el e p h o n e
PLEASE CHECK A N D COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS:
I am now a s t u d e n t a t A u q s b u r q C o l l e g e and h a v e been since
.
. o l l eqe .
C
I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d A u q s b u r g C o l l e g e f r o m 19to 1 9
I am n o t an A u q s b u r q s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d
been a d m i t t e d .
(
h
a
v
e
n
o
t
)
I am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o A u q s b u r q ; I ( h a v e )
I
' I h a v e been a d m i t t e d t o A u q s b u r q a s a Freshman f o r n e x t F aCl lo.l l e g e .
I h a v e e a r n e d a B.A. o r B.S.
degree from -
-
I p l a n t o a t t e n d A u q s b u r q C o l l e g e o n l y f o r t h e Summer S c h o o l
Sr.
Jr.
so.
My PRESENT c l a s s i f i c a t i o n : F r .
Other.
Sr.
Jr.
So.
Fr.
C l a s s i f i c a t i o n NEXT JUNE:
Other.
-
-
J u l y 24
55404.
( o r Maiden)
--
June 12
Include
Wal gren, Manager, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN
Middle
Single
Married
Widowed
1
I
-atyr~ T a t e a Z i p W h U n t y
.
PERMANENT ADDRESS:
-
-
-
-
-
BELOW, BY TERM, THE COURSES YOU WISH TO TAKE:
Dept.
and f o c u s e s u p o n b o t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g and t e c h n i q u e . D r . L e l a n d S a t e r e n
w i l l b e joined t h i s year b y an o u t s t a n d i n g f a c u l t y i n c l u d i n g Knut
Nystedt o f Oslo.
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e Augsburg s e s s i o n ( J u n e 18-23) a n
e a r l i e r one w i t h o p p o r t u n i t y t o e a r n g r a d u a t e c r e d i t i s s c h e d u l e d f o r
Iowa S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y , Arnes.
For information w r i t e :
Michael W.
First,
AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( I f o n e h a s b e e n a s s i g n e d )
PLEASE =ST
THE 1972 SATEREN CHORAL WORKSHOP e m p h a s i z e s c o n t e m p o r a r y c h o r a l m u s i c
--
IC
,,,
lumber
/s,p+
Abbreviated T i t l e
J u l y 21
courses
Aug.
1
form.
A n o n - r e f u n d a b l e t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $30.00 m u s t accompany t h i s
Make c h e c k p a y a b l e t o A u g s b u r g
College.
B a l a n c e s m u s t be payed b y
J u n e 1 2 ( T e r m I ) a n d J u l y 24 ( T e r m I I ) .
P l e a s e r e t u r n completed form
t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN
55404.
S iqnature
I
,
SUMMER SCHOOL ROOM SCHEDULE, TERM I., 1972
/
<'-
I
i ~ e m o ra1
i
~Conf. Room
I
I
8
4
I
I
a
Ad 21 01
accounting
1 CONROY
i ~ e l i ~ i o8757
n
/ ~ c &i R e l i g i o n
;QUANBECK
/ ~ a t h6105
; P r i n Math
1 PERSONS
I
j ~ i o l 2001
o ~ ~
; P r i n B i 01 ogy
1 URDAHL
1
:BUS
:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
.
I
IJ--31-----I--I-C-"~-~--"----"----~--~-----~-"~-"~-----q~-----3~--~---~--~
~ S O C 9461
lSoc S t a t i s t i c s
1
GRAMS
:
1
psych 8675(9475) j psych 8605
! s o c i a l Psych
;General Psych
;I DYRUD
1 ANDEREGG
I
I
10:15-11:35
;Hi s t o r y 5653
:Minnesota H i s t
CHRISL LOCK
I
I
I
:
I
I
i5495,
etc.
I
linguistics
~ S TI
ENMETZ
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
--l-3---IC----A-l------"-------L-----------------4"---------------*+-----------------d
11 :45-1:05
/ ~d Elem 4456
F r i e n t t o Educ
PELTON
I
/ ~ h i l o s8323
;Logic
I
1REICHENBACH
i ~ o c01i ogy 9476
!Human S e x u a l i t y
I
ISHEROD MILLER
II
I
------------"-1-,---------------A-----------------a--------------*--4-----------------4
I
1
Afternoon
I
I
I
!
(Times
as
Indicated)
I
x;
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
II
I
I
L-,,,,-,,,,,-,,,,-A-----------------A-----------------4-----------------4
I
t
1
I
--
'
I
I
1(2:45-5:15'T,~h)
(M-Th 3:OO-5:OO)
!Pol 8567 Soc 9467;HPE 5560
!org Soc Change
:Sch H l t h Ed Cur
;WILLIAM GRACE
;PEARSON
:
1
;(2:45-4:05)
;Chemistry 3405
: P r i n c i p l e s Chem
iGYBERG
I
I
;French
7001
;Beginning French
:MARY JOHNSON
I
I
:
I
j ( 1 :I 5-2:35)
I1
;Psych 8695
I
1
1
1
I
;
Psych of Women
!DYRW
I
j (2:45-5:00)
14586 etc
1
I
I
II
;
;Human Relations
:FARDIG
I
I
--------------l-------------w---J,-*-C1C13I----------a--"----------~---4-----"----------4
M,W,
7-10 pm
!Physics 8401
lAstrononly
KERMIT PAULSON
-~----3-3113-11,,,,-------11--M--------4--"------------"-a-------q"--------*
T,Th,
! A r t 1002
7-10 pm ; E n v i r E s t h e t i c s
; FRIEDERICHSEN
I
; Engl i s h
-
5490
;Science F i c t i o n
1 PALOSAARI
I
I
I
I
~i
01 ogy 2006
~ H P E5520
;Hum Anat & ~ h ~ s i o j ~ nSt ar f oe t y Ed
;MICKELBERG
;WAGNER
Engl i s h 5464
;Afr L i t
;MITCHELL
I
IEconomics
I
2220
;Urban Economics
SABELLA
;
I
I
iHPE 5555
I
I
1 WAGNER
I
;D r i v e r ,
Traffic
C--3-C-"--ll-"L---------J13-I--I-""-------A---"---"----~----L~----------------a
I
I
Paul Rusten's F i l m Making Workshop 1042 (5442, 9842) meets i n A r t B u i l d i n g , 8 am t o 12.
A i l e n e , Cole's I n t e r p r e t a t i v e Reading 9860 meets M, W, 7-9 pm a t 2815 4 1 s t Avenue South.
Other classes meet a t times &' places arranged w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r s .
Show less
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of cl... Show more
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of classes
Final examinations
M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. ....................
Classes begin
Final examinations
......................
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970
July 17
.................
July 20
Aug. 14
..................
..................
ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 4 .....................
Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . .
WINTER TERM
Dec.1 .....................
Dec. 2 .................
Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. ..........
Jan.4,7:45a.m. ...........
Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2 2 . . ..................
Feb. 23 ....................
Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ...........
March 3-9 .................
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 10 ..................
March 16 ..................
April 7,9:00 p.m. ..........
April 13,7:45 a.m. .........
May5 .....................
May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 19 ....................
May21 ....................
May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May30 ....................
....
Fri.-Tues. ................
Tues., Wed, ..............
Thurs. ...................
Wed. ....................
Wed. ....................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues.
Wed.-Tues. ...............
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Tues. ....................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Fri. ......................
Mon. ....................
Tues. .....-......-.......
M o n .....................
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ...................
Fri. ......................
Wed. ....................
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
Classes resume
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
...............
Fri.
......................
Mon.-Fri. ................
Sun. .....................
Academic Calendar
FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
......................
June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final registration and
Beginning of classes
Holiday
Final examinations
S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M o n.......................
Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classes begin
Final examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72
FALL TERM
Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N o .
..............
N0v.p ....................
NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . .
...
N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2
1..
7""
WINTER TERM
Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F e b . M d p 3 - 3 .........
kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b
T
W
~
I
.lYI.\
.IL'VE 1 K 1
P
---. I. 1
2
3
l'GI
I
JL
1
......................
Tucs.
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
, Classet resyne,;,
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . .
..........--.......-..
Tues.
Wed. ......................
Tues.......................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri.
%
.......................
Wed. ......................
Fri. .......................
Mon-Fri. ..................
Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lq-I
!
.....................
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
S M T W T F
nr'TORTR 1971
SEPTEilRER 1 9 2
t"T1
Al1(;li-
910
6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8
11213
13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617
20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30
35 26 27 23 P.30 31
1 9P( T\IFlEH
1 . 1
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Mon.
SS H T W T F S
1
T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ......................
Mon.......................
SPRING TERM
March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . .
March 14 . . . . . . . ,
........
March 29,9:00 p.m. ........
April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . .
May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May5 .....................
May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . .
May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr i. .......................
/
'
S
Fri.-Tues. .................
Tues., Wed. ...............
Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. ......................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues. ................
Wed.-Tues. ................
s
f
1314 51617
8 910111213114
~
1
M
T
W
T
F
NOVEMBER 1971
IMIWT-F-S
S SLT-W-T-PS
. 1 2,314
5 6 7 8 91011 3
1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10
22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17
2'3'30 31
1
1
.
I,,
FEBKI' Z H I I'I':
242728230
I
1.
MARCH 1972
2425262718330212030
31
APRIL
1'1":
\ l A Y lq7>
Mile
6
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran
Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges
and Universities.
COURSES O F STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of
Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching,
business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work,
and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs
and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals.
In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban
society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate
in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared
faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided
funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus.
GENERAL INFORMrK>N
Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The
administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th
Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South
at 7% Street.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment.
A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions
Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181.
AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church.
The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their
understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
To contribute to the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the
Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the
Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith,
the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society.
Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming
advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination
or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth
and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and
physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits
and skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind,
both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the
enrichment of their homes and communities.
To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an
increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel
in its relation to every area of life and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work
appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities
of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation,
and an opportunity for service to God and man.
DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which
i s appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by
Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life
and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the
college community today.
As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an
urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the
growing metropolitan community in which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices;
well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory,
on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was
erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary
architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a
visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach
and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and
physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general
auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and
Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide
vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity
on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student
publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious
lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building
providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second
floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s
an observation lounge at the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for
some faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named
in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The
building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident
head.
The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married
students and for faculty and staff members.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books,
and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate,
fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals,
manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample
resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000
volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth
rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves.
Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff.
Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library
science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to
the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library
include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first
floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other
microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm
or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject
fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room.
A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide
students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of
750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services
from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University,
the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The
proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis
Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student.
NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for
physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An
astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72
R
t/
TUITION ($1.650)
New freshmen, transfer. or returning students
(not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or
$550 per quarter.
Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term.
$45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying
1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour.
Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students
carrying more than 18 credits per term are
charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science, $20.
Student Teaching, $SO.
Improvement of Reading, $25.
Music Lessons (10 per term). $45.
Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day):
Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5.
Cinema Arts. $1 0.
BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020)
For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per
quarter) partial or full board.
For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per
quarter) partial or full board.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week;
a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week
(excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters
is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday,
for $68 per quarter.
Linen service, required in residence halls.
approximately $30 per year.
FEES, required but not refundable or
transferable:
General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o
costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper.
admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic
events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for
the support of Student Society activities and the
College Center.) Part-time students are charged
on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students.
OTHER COSTS
Change in registration after first three days of
classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration
after classes begin: $5 per day.
Graduation Fee: $1 5.
Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy.
$1.
Arrangements for special examinations are made
in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according
t o schedule on file.
Students required t o enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate
refund on room charges.
Books and supplies are available from the
bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a
charge account.basis.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
Fees and costs are subject t o
minor adjustments.
DEPOSITS
Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not
refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; t o
be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied
t o the tuition charge (under early decision
program. payment is due January 1 ).
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students,
$25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge.
Not refundable.
Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0
Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another
institution, or discontinuing educational program
at Augsburg College.
SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded t o the student
early in August. Payment of one-third of the
annual charge is due August 20, November 20,
and February 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior
t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is
available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a
service charge of $25 per year.
No student is permitted t o register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides t o cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed
as follows: during the first week of classes,
80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and
during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given
after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o
cancel his registration because of accident or
illness during the first five weeks of the term.
the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial Aid in the form of scholarships,
Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and
employment is available.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship
Service (CSS) of the College Entrance
Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe t o the principle that the amount of
financial aid granted a student should be based
upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's
financial aid officer in determining the student's
need for financial assistance. Entering students
seeking financial assistance are required t o
submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential
Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship
Service. designating Augsburg College as one of
the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may
be obtained from a secondary school or the College
Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois
60204.
All upper-class students are required t o submit
a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form
each year.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the
basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for
in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic
grant or financial award. These awards range in
Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to
amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable
$1 500 a year and renewable for four years.
for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
All applicants must take the National Merit (C average).
Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the
spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for
state financed scholarships and grants while atselor.
tending Augsburg College. Applications must be
obtained through the high school counselor. The
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable
with outstanding high school records and high for four years.
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are
guaranteed enrollment in honors course work.
These awards range in amount from $100 t o full
tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO
dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN
student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband,
of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded
The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music.
vidual's interests, abilities, and character.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from
who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide
at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the
have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry.
tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will
are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry
dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee
or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from
based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and
$2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability.
fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of
his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and
objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a
provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on
research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and
department.
academic achievement.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE
TO FRESHMEN
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty
from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their
son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student
selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of
athletics.
The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established
in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship
worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert
selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award
of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student
ship Committee of the College.
who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships
Preference is given to such students from Chetek
each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or
tries. These scholarships may be awarded in
the Northern Wisconsin District of the American
amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition.
Lutheran Church.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the
awarding of one or more scholarships each year
t o upperclass male students interested in careers
in the field of business.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds
given by friends and family t o honor the memory
of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at
Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern
ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan
on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career.
ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in
The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides
lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran
one year's full tuition for a student from Norway
Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200
who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient
is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It
is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student
way set up for this purpose.
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic
need.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund
was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships
dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and
annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students.
tory with preference given t o those who plan a
career in the field.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard.
One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in
conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was
established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver
lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded
annually to a student in the College. The award.
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
was established in 1956 by members of the family
t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award-
ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic
achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise
of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical
education.
. .
~
~-
-
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500
each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood
Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to
outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring
of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were
established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These
scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time
students in need of financial assistance during
the term in which they are doing student teachIng.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962
by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded
annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg
student or graduate who is preparing for service
in the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth.
former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established
in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue
higher education without assistance.
The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund,
established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous
donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf
Rogne. business administrator of the college from.
1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are
made annually t o selected students preparing for
Christian service.
'I.
?ii.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial
Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family
and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically
t o an American Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American
Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or
three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each
year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran
faith who are enrolled in social work courses and
plan t o continue training in a graduate school of
social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement.
a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the
Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time
of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by
her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her
brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who
shows outstanding promise or achievement in the
art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial
Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family
and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship
of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee.
The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor
the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of
variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded
annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students
who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the
Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota.
The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by
the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An
annual award of one or more scholarships will be
made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre-
paring for service as a missionary through the
World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris
E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the scholarship committee.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the
Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of
Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award
is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department
of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse.
professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to
1942. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic record indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family
and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o
honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in
June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic background indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by
the chemistry staff. The award is made annually
t o a chemistry student whose record indicates
promise in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr.
Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at
the University of Minnesota. The annual award is
made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of
chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis-
try at Augsburg until the time of his death in
January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic background indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This
annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry.
Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by
the Federal Government. The grants vary from
$ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students
including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial
need as determined by C.S.S.
The grants are restricted t o students taking a
full time load and are renewable for four years.
--
LOAN FUNDS
National Defense Student Loans established by the
National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good
standing in their chosen course of study. Loans
will normally be granted for the academic year.
September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for
each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment
begins nine months after graduation or leaving
school.
United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which
an educational loan is obtained directly from a
bank or other commercial lender. The federal
government guarantees the loan t o the lender and
assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine
months after graduation or leaving school.
Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic
year. Applications are available in the Office of
the Dean of Students.
State Loan Programs are provided by some
states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New
York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which
have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state
regardless of where they attend college.
Applications for these loans must be obtained
from the specific state agency that is responsible
for administering the program.
These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the
school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs
are available.
The college also participates in the federally
financed College Work Study Program. Under this
program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work
per week during the academic year and the job
must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school.
type of course program, scores on college
aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation,
and recommendations are important factors in
considering an application for admission.
Augsburg College seeks students who rank high
in their high school graduation class, at least in
the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have at least
12 academic credits in his college preparatory
curriculum, which should include four credits of
English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign
language, social studies. mathematics, and
science. A credit is defined as a course covering
one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120
hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required.
Students will be provided with blanks early in
the summer t o be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will
be permitted t o register.
required t o make the $100 tuition deposit
within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance.
The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies
t o the cost of tuition.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10
application fee (non-refundable) and a
photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results.
Transfer students will request the previous
college or colleges t o send an official
transcript of grades together with results of
standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the
College Entrance Examination Board is
required for admission. The test should be
taken early in the senior year or late in the
junior year. A student can apply before taking
the SAT. See your counselor about registering
for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance
Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing
Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the
SAT.
4. An interview on campus is encouraged.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and
submitted t o the Office of Admissions.
Applications may be obtained by visiting.
writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the
applications are received between September
and January of the students' senior year in high
school. Although the closing date for making
application for the fall term is August 1. the class
may be filled well in advance of this date.
Students applying under the Early Decision
Program which is described below will receive
the admissions decision about December 1. All
other applicants will be notified concerning
admission about two weeks after their
application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit
is due before April 1, with earlier payment
giving preference in the assignment of campus
housing. Students admitted after April 1 are
EARLY DECISION
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December I . After notification of
admission and adequate financial aid, if needed.
has been provided, the student must agree t o
withdraw applications made t o other colleges.
The admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition
deposit which is non-refundable is required by
January 1.
EARLY ADMISSION
An Early Admission Program is offered for a few
high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from the
high school, and the maturity to cope with a
college course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high school
diploma during the summer or during the first
year of college. A student applying for early
admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test
in January or March of his junior year.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. test results, and
recommendations. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed
at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108
quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a
junior college. The college reserves the right
not t o grant credit for courses where it considers
the work unsatisfactory. and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited
institutions. The grade point average for
graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted t o students who
qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond
the beginning course. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is
granted t o high school students who have
successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on
the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg College will also award credit on the
basis of scores received on the College-Level
Examinations offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the Registrar.
CAMPUS LIFE
CAMPUS LIFE
There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom,
laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented
by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly
influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus.
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg
Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student.
who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious
life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation
t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services.
both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved
in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus
community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered.
including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS
In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities
on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom
occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational,
educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom
experience and t o enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and
elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances,
talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are
Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's
society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students
and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is
governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program
under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition
t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview
Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally
organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic
contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus
transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center
there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is
also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall.
The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted
free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under
the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the
finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries.
The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives
access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities
such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic
Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special
college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota
Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports
center.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may
develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad
objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the
democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating
in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven
commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch
of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the
President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus
problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole,
and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College
Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects
include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week,
Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International
Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community
organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women
to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote
and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation
in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national
organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems
and programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a
voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience
in the many phases of journalistic work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work
on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the
Office of Public Relations.
CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom
For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several
of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered
in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the
Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities.
and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings
consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research
experiences in various areas of chemistry.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in
the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching
profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood
children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show
their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement.
Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity
t o participate actively in local. state and national politics.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn
from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players
represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper
classmen.
The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization
is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and
t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness
among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual
interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries.
The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish.
In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding
appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that
expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There
are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of
social service.
The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent,
agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness
of the problems and concerns in politics and education.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members
associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers
with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic
Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
'
. q..
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n
t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local
appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally
t o Canada.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and
sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as
well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra
tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational
activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual
performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for
the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented
annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony
with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the
players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play
are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program,
gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests.
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should
acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests.
and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational
leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal
or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either
contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student
spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as
self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program
should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for
intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility
requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the
College Center for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert
Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading.
student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of
chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level
of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college
community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic
excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved
the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for
at least t w o years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or
minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement
and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average
are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may
be admitted as pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is
affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election t o membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the
previous term of work at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in
athletics and scholarship.
The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the
student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's
Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship,
leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music
organizations, societies, student government and community activities.
STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship
t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts
college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the
whole man.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be
worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of
community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College.
Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its
students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It
reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources
of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a
hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on
certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the
posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls,
in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law
forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling,
Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service.
Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these
services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial
aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling
can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these
services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits
from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational
choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social
adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in
counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic
understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available
t o them as they meet the problems of daily life.
A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate
in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h
him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor.
In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for
dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling
program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the
Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel
Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These
records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in
non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information.
The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies.
including the constitutions, activities and schedules.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college
physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the
campus.
Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required
t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment
is prescribed where needed.
A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students
take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students.
w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement
test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories
and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make
a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect
difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college
are especially urged t o enroll i n this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful
consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional
adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the
responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents
and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems
of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these
counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off
campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental
permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1.
All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing.
Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement
from the Office of the Director of Housing.
All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides
a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options.
Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the
beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after
the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a
reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service
is available t o students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit
is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by
May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from
the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1.
All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of
each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture
is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is
maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and
national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking
the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement
fee.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student
officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions
and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the
Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg
Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the
College Master Calendar is also kept by the office.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below.
Completion of a major.
A total of 180 quarter credits.
At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50.
A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply
toward the major.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
4
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................................................
5
Religion
11
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
1
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine
Arts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
4
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that
students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history
or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements
be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the
sophomore, junior, and/or senior years.
The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12:
(2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon
high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations.
t:.
The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech
41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings.
Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement.
The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement.
If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three
options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete
t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign
country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms
of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make
a total of four terms.
.his
I
Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign
language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics,
or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation.
In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain
a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for
the second course.
Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in
political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15.
or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Classical Languages
Economics
Economics and
Business Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech. Communication, and
Theater Arts
Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department
offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year.
A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek,
Latin, and Library Science.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those
which are required for the major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number
of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is
made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics
are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied
toward the 180 credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate
a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
...
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+
. -3.49+
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
grade average
grade average
grade average
To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg,
and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very
.
good. 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit
f ........................................................
- . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
..
W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not
affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five
weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks
of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an
incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only
the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar
for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes
begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning
of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered.
The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period
a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding
term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working
part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's
Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes.
No course may be added after the first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may
be cancelled after the eighth week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration
at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work
in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number
of credit hours and grade points:
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are
part-time students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation:
Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5
Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6
Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8
Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0
A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed
above,
If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the
end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised
t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation
until the end of the spring term.
Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be
reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must
have special permission t o re-enroll.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper
division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on
absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report
the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness.
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from
the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean
of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the
Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility
for reporting their presence to the teacher.
EXAM INATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades
attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and
advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may
arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final
examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination.
Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and
bring it t o the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is
granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University.
But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg.
Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at
the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals
in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the
Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first
three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a
joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the
sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The
University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute
for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible
through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee
on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must
be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records
whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through
foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or,
occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general
education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in
physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical
Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are
required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical
Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as
philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors
seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the
student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of
particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For
students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements
are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are
r
t:.
.his
'.
I
interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program
for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are
selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural
exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered
into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place.
This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the
schedules of.the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of
his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further
general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require
a grade-point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President
of the Student Society.
-
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of
one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows:
1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a
regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not
be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's
Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for
graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point
Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system
at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week
of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning
the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent
of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS
Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in
courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the
departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary
Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and
at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area
of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in
the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being
planned.
In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include
material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer
with the chairmen of these departments.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's
credits in the Augsburg Summer School.
In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20
through August 14.
In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will
be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours.
Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and
of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college
work.
Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe
availability of desired courses, and, depending
the date of application,
may. .permit reduced
- upon
.
..
tuition charges.
For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions,
interested persons should write to:
Summer School Office
/
Augsburg College
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
. .--
raw d
.
,-
& ..& w:
.
.
M
'M
,-
I
.
.
-
.
.
II.
i
r
.--.
I
-
-
.
. ,.
-
-2
I
i , . . .
A
I
m
-&,.
-
1-
m=F
d
f
W'".@a""'lrl
-d -k -gH&
f
'
1-
hn
ma-
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in
planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include
the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives or Major
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Electives or Major
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
1/3
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
5
- 5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 4-5
16 12 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Electives or Major
SENIOR
Religion
Electives or Major
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
- - 4
6
6
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 15 12 15
AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21,22
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Religion 63*
History 55*
Psychology 81'
Sociology 58,* 59*
Philosophy 65*
Electives (non-major)
*Electives in the major program
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
4
4
5
5
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4-5 - - 4
- - 5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20,* 21
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
4
4
5
Term
SENIOR
Religion 60*
Political Sci. 56*
History 56*
Education 87*
English 82*
Political Sci. 22*
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
1
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 r =
-
4
4
-
4, 4 -- 4 -
i
s
&
-
4-6
+
-
ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Religion II
English 11,12
Foreign Lang.
History I
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology II
H. P.E. 1,2,3
I
Cr.
5
5
2
4
lh
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
4
2
4
1/3
5
5
;
4
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Natural Sci. or Math
Philosophy
Art 21
Art 18,55
History 2
History 61
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Art 87,88
Art 50,67
History 3
Speech-Communication
Music 30
History 21,22
Electives
- 4
4 4
4 4-5 4 - 5
-
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 86,68,78
Art 98
History 71,95
Art 99
Electives
4
-
-
5
8
Term
I
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
5
4
4
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Art.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion II
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
- 5
- 5
5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
JUNIOR
Teim
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
Art 88,86,87
Art 50,67
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,58
Education 52,53,54
Education 62,59
Music 30
Elective
5
5
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
-
0
2
4
-
4
5
2
0
3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Sci. or Math.
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Art 21
Art 18,55
Psychology 5
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83,87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 68,99
Art 78
Electives
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
4 5 4
- 4 - 4-5 - 4
4 - 4
- - 5
4
.
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr.. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
3
8
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for
teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When
making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various
disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series
are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall
term.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 5 , 6
Biology l l , l 2
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 6 6
6 6 Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Speech-Communication
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Education 50,59,74
Education 52,53,54
Biology 67
Biology Electives
-
4
4
4
0
4
-
5 - 4-5
4 - 5
0 0
5-6 5-6
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
H. P.E. 10
Chemistry 23
Mathematics 40
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
-
-
5
-
5
5
5
5
6
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
6
6
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 83,87
Education 84
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,93
Elective
5
4
- 10 4
- - 4
6
5-6
1
1
4-6 -
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology.
Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance
with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology
72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry
1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology 11,12
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
6 6 6 6 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Speech-Communication
Chemistry 51,52
Mathematics 40,41,42
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4-5
6 6
5 5
6
-
5
5
6
-
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Electives
Elective
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
-
5 5 5
5-6 5-6
- 4-6
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,92,93
Biology 99
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
6
1
-
- 5
4 4-5 5-6 1 1
- 3-5
- 6-8
M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance.
Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Business Ad. 31
Speech-Communication
Economics 51
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
5
4
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
-
5
-
4 - - 5
- 4-5
- 12 5
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 61
Business Ad. 62,63
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Fine Arts
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83 or 84
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - - 5
12 12 12
5
M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History I , 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E.1,2,3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
5 5
5-6 5-6
lh 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 61
4
4
4-5
4
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
-
-
4
5
8
-
SENIOR
Term
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
5
5 - 10 10 15
I
-
10
BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Business Ed. 1
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 31
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ed. 60
Philosophy
Electives
*Accounting Specialization
**Office Specialization
Term
II HI
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
I
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
0
4
5
4
5
0
5
4
4
-
3
0
2
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Computer Science 45
Accounting 62,63*
Psychology 5
Economics 22,23
Foreign Language
Business Ed. 8
Speech-Communication
Busirless Ed. 10,50**
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 83
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Business Educ. 64
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I I I III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 . - 5 - 10 4
- 4
4-5 5 . 8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Economics 22,23
History 1 or 2or 3
Business Educ. 1
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Econ. 51,58,91 or 92
Sec. Education 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 31
Business Ed. 60
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
4 4 4
1
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 5
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 4 4
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ad. 1,2
Psychology 5
Computer Science 45
H. P.E. 10
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Sec. Educ. 83
Business Ed. 64
Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
5
- - 5
4
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 4
5
- - 4
4-5 4-5 4
8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL
SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ed. 1,lO
Sociology 11
Philosophy
Fine Arts
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 1,2
Economics 22,23
Business Education 50
Business Educ. 60,64
Computer Science 45
*Comprehensive Major
**Secretarial Specialization
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
1
5
- 4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 3
4
0
0 0
2
5
5
4
4
- 5 4
4
4
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Psychology 5
Business td. 21,22,53
Speech-Communication
Business Ed. 8*
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84
Sec. Educ. 83,87
Business Ad. 31
H. P.E. 10
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
4
4
5
- 4-5 4
5
4** I
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 5
4
5
5
4-5 -
-
-
8
- -
-
CHEMISTRY M A J O R
The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students
who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5 4
6 5 5
1/3 1/3
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15,16
Mathematics 41,42
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
6
113
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 61,62
Chemistry 63
Foreign Language
Chemistry 91
Electives (Math., Physics)
6
5
0
4
SOPHOMORE
6
5
0
4
I
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr, Cr.
Philosophy 23
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SENIOR
5
5
0
5
6
5
5
-
5
6
5
-
5
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 81,83
Chemistry 72
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Chemistry 91
Electives
5
4
0
5
4
4
4
0
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
0
-
M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English l l , l 2 , 3 5
History 1
Sociology 11
Latin 1, 2
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5
5 5 5
4
- - 4
5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 5 -
JUNIOR
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art 83
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Creek or Latin
Mythology 65
Electives
4
4
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
Religion 21
Natural Sci. or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Latin 3,4
Creek 11,12,13
5
4
5
5
4
5
5
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Creek 99 or Latin 99
History 60 or 61
Electives
- 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16
COMMUNICATION MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Speech 40
Speech 51
Speech 52
Sociology 75
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
4
-
-
1/3
5
4
5
1/3
-
5
1/3
4
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Psychology 5
Speech I 5
English 21
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 80
Speech 87
Linguistics
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
4
-
4
5
5
-
-
5
5
4
3
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 1-5 5
5 5 15
10
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry,
and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools.
Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they
are interested about specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Mathematics 40,41
Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6
H. P.E.1,2,3
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 6
SOPHOMORE
Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22
Speech or Lit.
Psychology 5
Chemistry 51,52
Physics 21,22,23
Biology 11,12
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
6
5
6
6
5
6
4
4
5
5
-
ECONOMICS MAJORS
The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1 , 2 or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
-
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5-6
4
1/3 1/3
5
10
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
4
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
4
5
5
-
5
8
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Economics 54
Electives
- 4 15 12 15
ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Combined Major)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
- 5 5
4
5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Electives
15
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Business Ad. 61
Speech-Communication
Electives
4
5
5
-
4
5
4
5
4-5
8
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete
the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made
only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects
and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the
Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci.
20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement
in general education.
The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen
i s subject to departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, 3
Biological Science
*H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Elem. Educ. 52,53,54
**Elern. Educ. 55
**Elem. Educ. 56
Elern. Educ. 57
Elern. Educ. 61
Elem. Educ. 63
Elem. Educ. 64
**Mathematics 56
**Art 48
Elem. Educ. 58
Elective (minor)
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
5
5
4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
0 0 0
(4) 4
5 (5) 2
2
- - 4
6
(4) 4
2 (2) (2)
- (2)
2
4 4 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
**Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23
**Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Religion
**Elem. Ed. 84
**Philosophy
**Speech11
**Elern. Ed. 65
**Elern. Ed. 87
**Elem. Ed. 79
Elective or minor
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 - - 5
(4-6) 4-6
4
4 (4)
5
4 4 5
-
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
(4) 4
15 (15) (15)
(4) 4
(4) 4
2
(2) - (4) 4
- (3) 3
(4) 8 4
*Highly recommended but not specifically required
**Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program
outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high
school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during
his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the
education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can
proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior
year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are:
Art
Biology
Business Education
Chemistry
English (Language Arts)
French
German
Health & Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Physical Education
Physics
Scandinavian Studies
Social Science
Spanish
Speech
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
SOPHOMORE
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
I
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1,2, or 3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5 5 5 5
- 4
lh 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Psychology 5
Electives
- 5 4 4 4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
5
5
4
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Electives in major
5
5 - 10 4
- 12 12
Philosophy
Speech 11
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76
H. P.E. 10
Electives in major
7
- 4
4
0 0
- 5
12 8
4
3
0
2
8
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of
engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years
of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter
Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University
of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics)
and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M .
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Mathematics 41,42,43
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Physics 21,22,23
5
- 5 5
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
5 5 5
SOPHOMORE
Physics 61
History 1,2, or 3
Literature or Pol. Sci.
Sociology, Econ. or Phil.
Physics 45
Mathematics 58
Art 1
Chemistry 5,6
Speech 11
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
6
-
4
4
6
-
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11
English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
- 5 5
5 5 4
4 - -
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 30,35,40,45
or Elective in the major
English 60; and 21 or 22
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
+
5
5
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
English 61,62,84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
English 90,91, or 92
Electives*
3
12 15 15
-
5
5
*Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11
English 12, or 30,35,40,45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
4
lh
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,65
English 61,62,55
English 72 or 74,84
Speech 60 or 66
5
0
5
5
5
5 5
5 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
4
0
5
4
-
0
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 60, 21
English 30,35,40,45, or 55
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
H. P.E. 10
English 86 or 88
English 90,91, or 92
Library Science 75
Fine Arts
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 4-5 4
- 4 - 5 5
5 4 - 5
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
3
4
-
10
5
-
-
-
-
4
4
5
4
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Beg. Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5-6
1/3
Religion
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech
Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Fine Arts
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56,57
5
5
5-6
1/3
5
5
4
-
1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
4
4
4
9
4
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
JUNIOR
Education 50*, 59*
Education 52,53,54*
Education 66*, 67*, or 75*
Psychology 5*
Conversation 55
Survey 63,64**
Literature 72 or 74
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 5
- 5
5
- - 5
8
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*
Education 87*
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 10
5
- - 4
I
-
5
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
2
5
5
-
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92,
99 or other electives for these courses.
**Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education.
Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History l,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 43
H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M)
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 69
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
H. P.E. 57*
H. P.E. 51,52
H. P.E. 71,72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
5
- - 5
7
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
3
0 0 0
-
-
2
6
5
2
4
4
4-5
4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Biology 6
Chemistry 5
H. P.E. 31,32,23
H. P.E. 50*
Fine Arts
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy
H. P.E. 73*
H. P.E. 60*
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
- - 5
5
- 6 5 4 5
1
4
4
--
Term
II Ill
Cr, Cr. Cr.
5
- 10
- 5 ;
I
-
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
4
-
4
-
*Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY M A J O R
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of History.
---
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2,3
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Fine Arts
Minor or Elective
Literature
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
5
8
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
4
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Sci. or Math.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 4
- - 5
5-6 5-6 -
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Speech-Communication
4
4
8
-
5
4
8
-
4
3
4
4
HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2,3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Geography I 4
Political Science 20,21
H. P.E. 10
History
0
4
5
8
5 5
5 5
4 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
0
4
4
4
3
0
2
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
4
5
5-6
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Sociology I 2
Speech-Communication
History
History 95
4
5
5-6
5
4
5
-
-
5
10
5
4
- 4
- 4-5
8 4
- 3
-
-
-
-
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of
study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study
the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies,
English, History, Political Science.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors
are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts
constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission,
it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree
program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized
Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser,
chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R
The following course of study is suggested:
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , l 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40,41,42
or
*Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 71,72,73
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Computer Science 55
Electives
or
*Mathematics 83,84
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5
5
5
-
5
-
5
4
5
-
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4-5
4
4
5
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43,64,67 or
*Mathematics 58,64,67
SENIOR
Mathematics 58,83,84
or
*Mathematics 93,94,95
Electives
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
- 4
5-6 5-6
5 4
4
4
4
4
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
*For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education:
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11, I2
Foreign Language
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Mathematics 40,41,
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Mathematics 43,64,67
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 4
- 4
5 4
5-6 5-6
4
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
Education 50,59
Speech-Communication
Psychology 5
Mathematics 71,72,60
Education 52,53,54
Philosophy
Computer Science 55
Education 71
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 4
3
- 4-5
5
4 4 4
0 0 0
4
- 4 - - 2
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Mathematics 83,84
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10 4
5
4
4
5
- 8 8
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with
a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg
graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular
alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students
taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Sociology 11
Biology 11,12
Chemistry 5,6
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Chemistry 53
Biology 67,72
Biology 76
Biology 71 or 73
Biology 91,92
Elective (upper division)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- + 5
5
5
4
6
6
6
6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
- 6
- 6
4
6
6
1
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Mathematics 40 (or 5)
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Chemistry 23
Philosophy
Physics 3
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5 (5) (4) 4
- 4-5 - - 4
- - 6
4
- - 5
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical work at
General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months.
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information
for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the
Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make
application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows:
Credits
Biology 11, I 2
Chemistry 15,16
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
English l l , 1 2
Literature elective
Mathematics 40,41
Physics 21,22,23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
12
12
12
5
10
4
10
15
27
34
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements.
In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional
courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in
medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for
a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under
Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical
School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Music.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Music l , 2 , 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 - 4
4 4 5
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4 , 5 , 6
Applied Music
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 68,73
Music 53*, 54
Music 60,61
Music 57,58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Speech-Communication
4
0
4
5
0
1
-
3
0 0
4
2
4 4 3 3
0 0
1 1
- 4-5
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy
Music Organization
Art 1
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
4
1
5
4
5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
10
5
-
-
0
-
5
-
-
4
5
0
4
-
4
-
-
4
0
4
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Music 1,2,3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4,5,6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
4
-
JUNIOR
Art 1
Music 60,61,62
Music 53*, 54 ,,
Music57,58 Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
5
4
4
4
4
-
1
0
3
1
0
-
3
1
0
8
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
4
4
1
0
I
0
1
0
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cd Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
5'- -
-
.
-
-'
4
1
0
4
:I '
8
4
4
-
a
--I
0
1
0
- 10 ..5
'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS
-b
=
This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary
coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should
choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical
schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper..
t
division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be
u ~ ~division
e r credits.)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
Religion' 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H, P.E. < 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology l l , 1 2
-6
6
,
-
Religiqn
Foreign Language
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Elective
Electives
5
5
4
I h
6 6
5
5
5
5
5
6
4 4-6
IF
I
II
Ill
Chemis~ry51,52,53
Mathematics40.41.42
,
.
,5
5
5
S~IOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-'
-,
T;
Speech-Cammunicat ion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
,
Biology Electii~e
-
erm
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
?
;
Term
SOPHOMORE
-
- 5
4
- I h 1h
"*
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology S'eminar
Electives
-
4
-
5
4
4
-
4
--
1 -A
9
1
R
.
e
*-a
-
I
P
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least
27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits
in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Education 50,59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52,53,54
H. P.E. 10
Education 74
Fine Arts
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
I n
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
-
4
Foreign Language
Natural Science o r Math.
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
11 11 11
- - 5
5-6 I n 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
4
-
4
4
4
0
-
5
0
5
-
3
5
0
2
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
4
4
4
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 52
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
-
4
4
-
-
4
I h 1/3 1/3
-
-
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Philosophy 41,42,43
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 5-6 5-6
4
4
5
4 4 4
- 5 -
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
-
5
SOPHOMORE
5 5
10 10
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
2-5 5 5 5
- 11 10
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Physics.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 40,41,42
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
French or German
Physics 51,52
Physics 62,63
Physics 77
Mathematics 58,83,84
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
5 5
5 5 5
5 5 5
lh 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
-
4
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Mathematics 43
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Physics 45
French or German
Fine Arts
Sociology 11
History 1,2, or 3
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Physics 86,87
Physics 77
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
4
5
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
1
4 4
1 1
- - 4-5
11 11 8
8
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged
to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20,21
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 23
Sociology 61
Computer Science 45
Pol. Sci. 30,49
Pol. Sci. Electives
Art 1 or Music 30
JUNIOR
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. Electives
Economics 22,23
Psychology 5
Inter. Disc. St. 96
5
- 4 4 7-8 4 4-6
- 4 4
5
- 3 -
5
5-6
4
1/3
5
-
--
5-6
4
1/3
SENIOR
Political Sci. Electives
Lit. or Speech
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
5
5
4 - - 4 4
- 4 4
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8
8
4
4
8
16
PSYCHOLOGY
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
General Psychology
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Computer Science 45
Psychology 59
Psychology 61,62
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
113
- 5
5 5 4
4
5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 4 4 4 4
8 8 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Natural Science
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Speech-Communication
Sociology 61
Psychology 64
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology 81
Psychology 93
Psychology 99 (any term)
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
--
4-5
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
- - 3
4
4 4 4
8 4 10
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Philosophy 21
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 23
Foreign Lang.
Psychology 5
Electives
Philosophy
5
6
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
6
4
-
5
4
4
4
5
4
8
-
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
4
- 4-5
4
4
Term
I I Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
8
5
4
8
5
4
8
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Scand. I , 2
History I , 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5*
Education 50*, 59:
Education 52,53,54*
Scand. 84,74
Philosophy 21
Scand. 62
Electives
Education 67*
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
- - 5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
0
5
-
5
4
0
-
4
3
0
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Scand. 3,4
Scand. 55
Scand. 51,26
Speech-Communication
Pol. Sci. o r Econ.
H. P.E. lo*
Fine Arts
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*, 87*
Scand. 72
Scand. 99
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
4 5
- 5
- 4-5 - 4 - - 5
4
4 4 -
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
-
10 - 5 4
5 - 1-5 - 1-5
0-5 - 5-10
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives
for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions.
Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his
proficiency in the subject.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program.
A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11,12
Business Ed. 1,lO
Business Ed. 21,22
Business Ed. 50,53
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 5 5 1
5
4 4 - 5 5
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
SECOND YEAR
Religion
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Business Ad. 1,2
Business Ed. 8,60,64
Sociology 11
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
4
4
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission
into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student
may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History l , 2 , 3
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Greek
Philosophy 41,42,43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- - 5 5
4 4 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5
4 4 4
4
4 8 8
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
I
Cr.
5
5-6
4
-
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5-6 4
4
4
4
6
4
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4-5 4 12 16
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of
the following distributions:
A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and
47 credits distributed as follows:
42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum
of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each
of the three disciplines;
4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology.
Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (history concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2 , 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4 4 4
- 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Political Science 30,21
Economics 23
History
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 12
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 3
0 0 0
- - 2
4
- 4 4
4
8
4
- 5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Speech-Communication
Interdisciplinary St. 90
History 95
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
4
- 4-5
2-3 - 3
12 4
-
Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (behavioral science concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11, I 2
Political Science 20 or 21
Math. or Natural Science
Geography I 4
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. (upper div.)
Social Science*
Economics 58
Foreign Language
Interdisc. Studies 90
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,59
Ed. 52,53,54
Education 70
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
- 5
- 5
4 4 5 5
4 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4-5 - 5
- 5
- 2-3
- - 4
0 0
-
-
-
-
5
5
3
0
2
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Economics 22,23
History 21,22
Sociology 61
Political Science 30
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Speech-Communication
4
5
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Foreign Language
Social Science**
Electives
10 5 - 4
- 4 4
- 4-5 - 8 8
4
5
4
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
*Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science.
**Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology,
or sociology.
SPANISH M A J O R
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH M A J O R
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Fine Arts
JUNIOR
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 60
Speech 51,55
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,76
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5
4 - 0 0 0
- - 5
- 5 - - 8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 16 or 67
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
-
-
4 - - 6 6
5
- 4-5 - - 4
5 Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr,
5
4-5
- - 5
- - 5
- 10 - 5
- - 4
8 - -
-- --
-
-
THEATER ARTS MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate
school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2 o r 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Philosophy
English 74
English 76
Speech 60
Speech 61
Electives
Term
1 II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 4
- 4 - 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
5 - Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4 - - 4
- 4 5
5 - 7 11
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Nat. Sci. o r Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 16
Speech 28
Speech 32
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
English 84
Speech 66
Speech 67
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
4
-
4
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 -
5
-
5
5
-
5
10 10
-
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11,12
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy 63
Sociology 61,' 62*
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 5
5 5 4
4
4 4 4
lh 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 4
5 10 10
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Natural Science or Math
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Sociology 41,58,59
Psychology 5
- - 5
5-6 5-6 - 4 4
- 4 4 4 4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75*
Sociology 91,* 82
Soc. 85,86,87 or
SOC. 92,93,94
Electives
5
-
5
-
*Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology l l , l 2
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion.
Sociology 51,* 52,* 53*
Spciology 54,* 55,* 56*
Sociology 61*
Psychology 5*
Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or
Economics
Electives
*Required for the major.
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
5
,
5 5
5 - - 4
4 4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1134
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
1
5
5
4
1
-
4
1
5
-
-
4
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Sociology 31,58,59
Elective
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4
5 4 4
- - 9
SENIOR
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75,82,73
Psychology 61,62
Electives
I
5
5
5
-
5
5
5
5
5
7
PERSONNEL
THE B O A R D O F REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chairman
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mr. Jerome Formo
Vice-chairman
john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - .
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Luther Theological Seminary (Retired)
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange
Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri
Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co.
Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Nelson Resource Corp.
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota
Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co.
Secretary
. . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota
President, Security Bank &Trust Co.
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
President
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College
......................................
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vice President and Executive
Assistant to the President
Vice President for Development
Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
.......................................
Vice President for Student Affairs
Thomas Holman
Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
...............
Assistant Registrar
Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator
StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau
Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions
David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services
Carl Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center
Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D.Strong Company
Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc.
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Northern States Power Company (Retired)
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired)
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Lutheran Brotherhood
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judgeof the District Court
General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank (Retired)
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson
PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund,
M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones
FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari,
Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud
EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck,
Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe
LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick
STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs.
Sibley, Dewey
ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT
Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman
STANDING:
Bailey,
Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson
ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive
FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols,
Mrs. Baltina
TEACHER EDUCATION: E.
J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson
Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman,
Mrs.
Parker,
Miss
Lund,
FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren
*JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg
*STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson,
Johnsrud, Herforth
*CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko
*RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer
ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan.
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954.
ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948.
MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia
College, 1963.
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota.
*ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota.
KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e
College and Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota.
VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933,
University o f Latvia.
*Part-Time Faculty
STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and
Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University.
*NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949.
*VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School,
1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
*LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967.
CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota.
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank
of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa,
1964.
AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
*EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science
B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota.
WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager
B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967.
K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English
B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1966.
CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955.
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964.
SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.
1950.
BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
*EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D.,
of Colorado, 1968.
LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration
B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian
B.A., City College of New York, 1961.
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of
Wisconsin.
ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of
Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York
University, 1950.
THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services
University
MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919
and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs,
Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966.
JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Dana College, 1965.
CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Assistant Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969.
*IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History
(on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70).
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology
I
B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota
m
State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington.
GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958.
.
*MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
*JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962.
*GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., Augustana College, 1962.
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota
KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965.
RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
*PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., University of Arizona, 1968.
*MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska.
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave
of absence 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964.
J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., Maryville College, 1962.
*AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of
Centennial Committee
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928.
J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of
Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61.
D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics
B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965.
ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938.
EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947.
G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965.
RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History
B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70)
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D.,
University o f Minnesota, 1964.
CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
* J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass)
B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963.
N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term
I and one-half Term 11,1969-70)
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University.
D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965.
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston
University, 1963.
ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota.
*NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
*WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German
B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota.
KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961
and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952.
KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963.
WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968.
HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953.
*KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical
Education for Women
B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962.
RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
*OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Delaware, 1964.
MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th.,
1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary.
LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969.
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University.
ri.
Yir
JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America.
FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary,
1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965.
*THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960.
RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg
College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965.
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963.
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion
A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College.
JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota.
*MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University
of Heidelberg, 1962.
DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota.
DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
*CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1969.
MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of
Music.
VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.S., Winona State College, 1968.
ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park
Seminary, 1955.
EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center
B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop-
ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967.
DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State
University.
L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs
B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M.,
Union Theological Seminary, 1955.
Non-Returning Faculty
*CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology
B.A., Kent State University, 1956.
JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1967.
CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965.
GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965.
*CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University.
*JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967
*ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A.,
University of Minnesota, 1966.
*WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935.
*KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music
Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943.
WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959.
*JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek
B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966.
*WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota.
*ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University, 1963.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1967 to AUGUST 31,1968
Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield,
Minn.
Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis.
Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck,
N. Dak.
Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis.
Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI.
Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn.
Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn.
Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn.
Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn.
Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn.
Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn.
Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa
Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn.
Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn.
Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn.
Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn.
Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn.
Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn.
Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park,
Minn.
Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn.
Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn.
Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn.
Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis.
Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn.
Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn.
Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass.
Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn.
Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn.
Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn.
Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn.
Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn.
Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis.
Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn.
Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa
Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center,
Minn.
Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn.
Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park,
Minn.
Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn.
Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn.
Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn.
Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village,
Minn.
Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn.
Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn.
Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn.
Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn.
Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn.
Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn.
Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn.
Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn.
Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn.
Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn.
Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn.
Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn.
Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn.
Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn.
Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn.
Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn.
Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn.
Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn.
Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn.
Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn.
Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn.
Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn.
Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center,
Minn.
Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park,
Minn.
Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn.
Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn.
Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect,
111.
Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis.
Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn.
Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn.
Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn.
Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo,
Norway
Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn.
Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn.
Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn.
Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn.
Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn.
Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn.
Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn.
Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn.
Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis.
Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn.
Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis,
Minn.
Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn.
Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven,
Minn.
Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy
Republic
Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich.
Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn.
Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn.
Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn.
Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn.
Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn.
Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill.
Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn.
Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak.
Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn.
Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn.
Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn.
Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn.
Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio
Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis.
Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif.
Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis.
Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn.
Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville,
Minn.
Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis.
Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md.
Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn.
Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn.
Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn.
Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn.
Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn.
Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn.
McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn.
Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul,
Minn.
Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn.
Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa
Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis.
Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak.
Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn.
Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn.
Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn.
Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn.
Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill.
Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn.
Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn.
Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn.
Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la.
Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y.
Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn.
Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn.
Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn.
Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich.
Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn.
Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill.
Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen,
Denmark
Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn.
Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn.
Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn.
Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London,
Minn.
Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn.
Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn.
Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn.
Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn.
Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn.
Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn.
Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby,
inn.
Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn.
Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn.
Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak.
Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn.
Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc.
Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn.
Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc.
Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn.
Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn.
Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn.
Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa
Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn.
Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn.
Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong
Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak.
Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak.
Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn.
Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois
Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn.
Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn.
Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn.
Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn.
Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn.
Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn.
Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn.
Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn.
Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn.
Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn.
/ North Branch, Minn.
Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e
Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn.
Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn.
Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn.
Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn.
Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak.
Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn.
Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn.
Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn.
Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart,
Minn.
Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc.
Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1968 to AUGUST 31,1969
Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn.
Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill.
Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn.
Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn.
Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn.
Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill.
Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn.
Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield,
Minn.
Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn.
Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn.
Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton,
Minn.
Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn.
Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn.
Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn.
Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn.
Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights,
Minn.
Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn.
Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn.
Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn.
Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn.
Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana
Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn.
Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn.
Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn.
Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn.
Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal.
Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights
Minn.
Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn.
Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill.
Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn.
Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn.
DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn.
Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc.
DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn.
Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn.
Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix,
Minn.
Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla.
Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn.
Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn.
Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill.
Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill.
Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn.
Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn.
Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc.
Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn.
Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn.
Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen /
Minneapolis, Minn.
Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la.
Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc.
Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn.
Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn.
Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn.
Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn.
Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn.
Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc.
Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn.
Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn.
Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill.
Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian,
Minn.
Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas
Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak.
Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc.
Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn.
Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn.
Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn.
Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn.
Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc.
Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc.
Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn.
Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn.
Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn.
Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich,
Rhode Island
Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn.
Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc.
Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie,
Minn.
Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn.
Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc.
Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn.
Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn.
Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn.
Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn.
Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn.
Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y.
Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn.
Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn.
Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn.
Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn.
King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn.
King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn.
Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn.
Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa
Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn.
Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn.
Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich.
Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn.
Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn.
Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn.
Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash.
Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal.
Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong
Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn.
La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn.
Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash.
Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn.
Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn.
Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill.
Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn.
Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn.
Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn.
Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn.
Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls,
Minn.
Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa
Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa
Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn.
Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood,
Wisc.
Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn.
Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc.
Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn.
Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn.
Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn.
Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn.
Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa
Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn.
Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn.
Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn.
Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn.
Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn.
Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn.
Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn.
Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn.
Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn.
Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn.
Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn.
Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn.
Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn.
Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn.
Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn.
Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc.
Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn.
Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn.
Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn.
Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn.
Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn.
Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn.
Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn.
Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn.
Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn.
Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn.
Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn.
Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn.
Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn.
Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111.
Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc.
Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn.
Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis,
Minn.
Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn.
Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc.
Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn.
Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn.
Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida
Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. /
Bloomington, Minn.
Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence,
Iowa
Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn.
Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn.
Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil
Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc.
Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn.
Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn.
Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway
Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn.
Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn.
Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn.
Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn.
Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn.
Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak.
Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn.
Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md.
Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn.
Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn.
Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn.
Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn.
Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn.
Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn.
Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn.
,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn.
Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak.
Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn.
Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn.
Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn.
Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn.
Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn.
Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal.
Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn.
Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn.
Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn.
Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota,
Minn.
Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn.
Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn.
Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n .
Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn.
Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn.
Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn.
Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn.
Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn.
Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc.
Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn.
Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn.
Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn.
Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn.
Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn.
Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn.
Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
TOTAL
1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743
1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222
1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258
282
1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4505
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968
FIRST TERM
SECOND TERM
THIRD TERM
SUMMER SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
M e n Women Total
142
164
206
242
16
0
0
0
0
770
140
161
202
234
11
0
0
0
0
748
138
155
198
227
13
0
0
0
0
731
134 276
164 328
197 403
280 522
11
27
49
49
4 4
44
43
43
62
62
984 1754
124 264
165 326
197 399
272 506
9
20
49
49
4 0
40
42
42
60
60
958 1706
116 254
156 311
190 388
265 492
8
21
48
48
64
64
4 0
40
56
56
943 1674
Total Academic Year (1967-1968)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women Total
155 136 291
173 170 343
221 204 425
253 290 543
24
18
42
0
49
49
0
78
78
0
43
43
0
62
62
826 1050 1876
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968
SLA
Men Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
40
26
16
3
3
31
25
19
8
10
71
51
35
11
13
88 93 181
ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y
Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969
SUMMER SESSION
FIRST TERM
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
SECOND TERM
Women Total
Men
161 158 319
168 157 325
214 214 428
242 266 508
13
20
33
0 4 8 4 8
0
50
50
0
56
56
0
74
74
798 1043 1841
140
161
213
241
12
Men
Women Total
139 279
151 312
199 412
259 500
18
30
47
47
43
43
55
55
71
71
767 982 1749
THIRD TERM
1ST SESSION
2ND SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
126
174
202
236
25
135 261
148 312
192 394
250 486
26
51
44
44
66
66
52
52
61
61
753 974 1727
Total Academic Year (1968-1969)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D. H
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women
Total
169 166 335
179 163 342
233 219 452
261 274 535
66
29
37
48
0
48
86
0
86
56
0
56
74
0
74
871 1123 1994
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969
SLA
M e n Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
38
39
19
12
5
34
28
15
8
5 1
72
67
34
20
0
113 90 203
20
10
7
4
2
7 17
8 18
5 12
1 5
1 3
33 22 55
INDEX
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Accreditation
....................... 6
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46
Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
10
Business Administration ......... 56. 101
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104
Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31
Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy .................46
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104
Degree
..............................
38
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.
Education. Department of ...........
Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64.
Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.
Electives
...........................
Eligibility Requirements
...........
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67.
Enrollment
........................
Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examinations
......................
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
63
106
107
39
31
108
108
148
22
42
14
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Assistance ................ 15
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109
.
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Graduates (1870-1966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
34
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50
Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7..
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
......
Laboratories. Natural Science
12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8
Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
............................
..................
...........
Majors
38
Mathematics
74. 112
45. 733
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113
Membership i n Educational
Associations
......................
6
Metropolitan Opportunities
27
Ministry. Preparation for the
123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
M o d e r n Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83
Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
........
.......
-
Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Norwegian ......................... 78
Numbering o f Courses ..............
50
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Objectives and Aims ................
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
9
34
~ass/No Credit Grading System
48
Payment of Accounts ..............I5
Personnel Services. Student ........ 33
Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117
Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117
pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120
President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Registration
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119
Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Social and Recreational Programs . . 26
Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
w
w
ii
b
w
w
1
-
rn
1
...>-;;
b
r,.
.
..
1
-
+:?
.
'-
-
-
.?:
I:?
.
-
.I$.
3
Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107
Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Upper Division Requirements ....... 38
:+r
?>.
"
I
.
Additions to the Augsburg College Now
CHANGES EFFECTIVE
-
SEPTEMBER, 1972
1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR
(The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14)
Tuition
General Fee
Room and Board
2.
$1750
$ 150
$1017 to $1050
TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED
(The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15)
The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50.
3.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS
(The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22)
Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is
required for admission of all freshmen.
4.
METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM
Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies.
A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s
history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology.
5.
THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972
The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses
each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken.
6.
EXCHANGE PROGRAM
A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students
may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of
St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester
College.
(over)
Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and
December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg
College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn.
TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972
-
73 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Semester
....................................
2qaknke-4
September 5, 6
Welcome-Week
.......................................
September 7
..........................
December 15
.........................................
December 18 - 22
Classes Begin
...............................
Registration
- Fall
Semester
Classes End
Final Examinations
Interim
January 3 - 30
.............................
..
.
.
.
,
January Interim
Spring Semester
r',
..........................................
&-mr33
February
6 .........................
Easter Recess
.............................................
Classes End
May 14 - 18
May 20
Classes Begin - Spring Semester
........................................
April 19 - 23
May 11
Registration
...................................
.........................................
Final Examinations
Commencement
Show less
~~INNEAPOLIS,MN.
55404
A SUMMER
URBAN
TERM
CINEMA
M
RM M A ~ N G
DAY AND
EVENING
CLASSES
*
A66istant R-1-
CONTENSS
--
GR
......
., ,,,,,,
... .
3
Cinema Workshop
F i l m Making
4
Augsburg Summer Urban Term
,,
6
Elementary & Secondary Education
Courses, C r e d i t s , Calendar
7
8
... Show more
~~INNEAPOLIS,MN.
55404
A SUMMER
URBAN
TERM
CINEMA
M
RM M A ~ N G
DAY AND
EVENING
CLASSES
*
A66istant R-1-
CONTENSS
--
GR
......
., ,,,,,,
... .
3
Cinema Workshop
F i l m Making
4
Augsburg Summer Urban Term
,,
6
Elementary & Secondary Education
Courses, C r e d i t s , Calendar
7
8
Course L i s t i n g s , Schedules
,,,
Taking Work a t Concordia
Map
10
11
E l i g i b i l i t y f o r Summer School
Financial Information
* r i * m , r r,mrdr
12
, ,,,,, ,*. , 13
Appl ic a t i on Form ,
New Course D e s c r i p t i o n s
,+,
14
Approval Form f o r Other I n s t i t u t i o n s . 15
..........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-.....
.......
,. .,... .,
..... .
2
SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n u p t o s e v e n t e e n Term C r e d i t s i n the t w o
A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . The f i r s t summer t e r m p e r m i t s p a r t i c i p a n t s t o
ten c r e d i t s over a p e r i o d o f s i x w e e k s .
For the s e c o n d summer
Term C r e d i t s
w e e k s , the n o r m a l maximum l o a d i s seven c r e d i t s .
to Quarter C r e d i t s .
summer sessions a t
a c h i e v e a s many a s
term, l a s t i n g four
are equal i n value
PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e ,
since c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand a r e i n some c a s e s s u b j e c t t o c a n c e l 1a t i o n .
FILM-MAKING through p r a c t i c a l 1ab experience. D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n
of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . Taught by PAUL RUSTEN, w r i t e r ,
d i r e c t o r , independent f i l m producer.
Four c r e d i t s .
...
...
16mm c o u r s e
emphasis on p r a c t i c a l film-making
l a b fee provides a l l
s t u d e n t n e e d s , i n c l u d i n g both p r o f e s s i o n a l s t u d i o and l i g h t w e i g h t
"location" equipment
, c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l a s s i g n m e n t s i n p h o t o g r a p h y ,
l i g h t i n g , e d i t i n g and s o u n d
s t u d e n t s w i l l d e s i g n and p r o d u c e a s o u n d f i l m
c r e d i t s may be e a r n e d i n A r t , S p e e c h , o r E n g l i s h
see l i s t i n g s , pp. 8 , 9
..
...
CONTENT
...
...
The language o f f i l m
Film d e s i g n
Scripting,
Production p l a n n i n g
Cinematography, l i g h t i n g and sound r e c o r d i n g
C a s t i n g , d i r e c t i n g , f i n d i n g l o c a t i o n s and b u i l d i n g s e t s
Voice, music and sound e f f e c t s r e c o r d i n g and mixing
E d i t i n g p i c t u r e and sound
Laboratory p r e p a r a t i o n and terminology
Contemporary and e x p e r i m e n t a l t e c h n i q u e s
t%T: 0RW W O I R D ~ ~ W6SntmcS
~ C
THE POPULAR qeneral e d u c a t i o n course, INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS, has t r a d i t i o n a l l y
i n c l u d e d an emphasis upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e o f t h e comnunity. As
t a u g h t i n t h e 1971 Augsburg Summer School, i t w i l l s t r e s s urban environmental
e s t h e t i c s , encouraging c r e a t i v e c r i t i c i s m and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f t h e c i t y scene.
TERM 11, eveninqs. See A r t 1001.
%3(oG3:
A UGSBURG Is
SUMMER URBAN TERM
I
provides
an
and e x c i t i n g a r r a y
o f courses to
s a t i s f y the s t u d e n t who
r e c o g n i z e s the
c r u c i a l importance
o f the city in the l i f e
and v a l u e s o f
con t e m p o r a r y m a n ,
a n d who w i s h e s t o
deepen h i s
o f the p r o b l e m s a n d
possibilities of
urban e x i s t e n c e ,
-
>
-
,
P ~ E M OP
THL-DW WOIMWT-
THIS NEW COURSE probes problems o f p o p u l a t i o n growth and t h e human ecosystem, and
deals w i t h t h e impact o f urban d e s i t y and t e r r i t o r i a l b e h a v i o r , environmental
p o l l u t i o n and g e n e t i c damage, and man's attempts t o overcome h i s b i o l o g i c a l
l i m i t a t i o n s . TERM I. See B i o l o g y 2010, BIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT,
team t a u g h t by Dr. S y l v i a K e r r and P r o f . I r w i n Mickelberg.
~ & T I o &MU
, MA^
~ T I O Q ?LAB
HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY, designed t o f u l f i l l t h e 1971 Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Education r e q u l a t i o n r e q a r d i n g human r e l a t i o n s i n c e r t i f i c a t i o n programs. Understandi n g o f r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l , and economic groups; s k i 11 i n r e c o g n i z i n g and d e a l i n g w i t h
d i s c r i m i n a t i o n and dehumanizing biases; s k i l l i n c r e a t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences
c o n t r i b u t i n g to p o s i t i v e i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e 1 a t i o n s and a t t i t u d e s toward human d i v e r s i t y
and personal r i g h t s , d e a l t w i t h v i a a mu1 t i -medi a approach i n v o l v i n g community e x p e r t s
and resource people, s i m u l a t i o n , f i e l d experience, TV m i c r o teaching, and assessment
procedures.
I n v o l v e s a l i v e - i n experience i n a r a c i a l l y and economically mi xed
community. Personnel o f t e a c h e r - t r a i n i n q i n s t i t u t i o n s , as w e l l as p r e s e n t and
p r o s p e c t i v e teachers, a r e i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . See Educ. 4486, 4586. TERM I.
-
&LI~G$L
% ! ! W E ;&?RD@uT~N.coN?L!$
I
POLITICAL PROBLEMS AND POSSIBILITIES o f Alnerican c i t i e s and metropol i tan areas p r o v i d e
t h e focus f o r t h i s s t u d y , which stresses s t r u c t u r a l , p r o c e d u r a l , i d e o l o q i c a l and o t h e r
p o l i t i c a l r e a l i t i e s o f t h e American p o l i t i c a l system.
Tauqht by Dr. Myles Stenshocl ,
T o g e t h e r w i t h t h e new
who suqqests t h a t "we may be a b l e t o save o u r c i t i e s , i f we can l e a r n t o qnvern thelrl."
URBAN STUDIES MAJOR, t h e TERM 11. See P o l i t i c a l Science 8522.
Summer U r b a n T e r m h a s
been e s t a b l i s h e d i n
the c o n v i c t i o n t h a t
Augsburg C o l l e g e i s
uniquely equipped i n
p e r s p e c t i v e and
location to
provide opport uni t y
for a significant
mu1 ti - d i m e n s i o n a l
e n c o u n t e r w i t h the c i t y .
SUILWA;
2 b & S a1~ k
( ~M W
~
~
TAUGHT BY WILLIAM GRACE o f the CENTER FOR URBAN ENCOUNTER, t h i s seminar w i l l , he
suqqests, "enable those students who have faced the endless f r u s t r a t i o n o f de-lonstrat i o n a f t e r demonstration t o beqin t o a c q u i r e the s k i l l s t o move from r h e t o r i c t o
a c t i o n . " Focusinq on the n a t u r e o f chanqe, the understandinq o f power, and the
d e f i n i t i o n o f issues, t h e course i s intended f o r persons w i s h i n q t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n
q i v i n q d i r e c t i o n t o s o c i a1 chanqe.
COMMllNITY ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZING FOR SOCIAL
CHANGE. L i s t e d as P o l i t i c a l Science i % T and Socioloqy 9467. TERM I.
s=7
Q-L\GIo~J:
-7%
UW~ c l u g u ~
THE URBAN CHURCH: PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS.
Tauqht by Dr. John Benson, who b e l i e v e s
t h a t t o d e f i n e the r o l e o f the contemporary urban church one should b e q i n w i t h a study
o f the p a r t i c u l a r problems o f modern urban man, e. q., d e p e r s o n a l i z a t i o n , consumerisn~,
t h e absence o f t r u e l i e s u r e .
A f t e r a n a l y z i n q the adequacy o f e x i s t i n q s t r u c t u r e s and
proqrams o f t h e church i n meetinq these human problems, the c l a s s w i l l c o n s t r u c t
models o f urban churches i n an attempt t o d i s c o v e r more r e l e v a n t approaches. See
R e l i q i o n 8769. TERM I.
THE 1 9 7 1
SUMMER URBAN TERM
o f f e r s up t o
ten w e e k s o f
WAYNE PAULSON, who w i l l teach Socioloqy 9463, THE URBAN CRISIS, has p r o v i d e d a r a t h e r
mutual1y r e i n f o r c i n g
a r i d course d e s c r i p t i o n : "The h i s t o r i c a l and s o c i a l r o o t s o f t h e complex o f problems
experience i n s i x
c o n f r o n t i n g o u r c i t i e s w i l l be analyzed. Contemporary s o l u t i o n s and proposals f o r
departments,
s o l u t i o n s w i l l be c r i t i c a l l y explored." Those who know M r . Paulson w i l l expect an
e x c i t i n q course on t h e urban c r i s i s from a s o c i o l o q i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e ; t h e c h i e f t e x t i s
as well as
r e l a t e d c o u r s e s i n other t h e 1971 work o f Venetoulis and Eisenhauer, UP AGAINST THE URBAN WALL. TERM I.
Summer S c h o o l o f f e r i n g s
a
~
SUMMER
OFFERI?Jr.? I N
HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY,
ELELENTARY
AND
zECCNDARY
EDUCATION
See d e s c r i p t i o n on page 4,
STUDENT TEACHING. S t u d e n t t e a c h i n g i s a v a i l a b l e f o r 7 c r e d i t s and f o r 1 4 c r e d i t s on b o t h t h e
e l e m e n t a r y and secondary l e v e l s . C o n s u l t Chairman, Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
THE FOLLOWING WORKSHOPS, geared p a r t i c u l a r l y t o w a r d t h e e l e m e n t a r y l e v e l , a r e a v a i 1a b l e t h i s
summer v i a c o o p e r a t i v e arranqements w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , St. Paul.
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA, SOURCES & TECHNIQUES,
3 cr.
(June 7-18,
1-4 p.m.
See C381.)
ELEMENTARY TEACHING PROBLEMS, 3 c r . ( J u l y
Playing
6-16, 1:OO-3:45 p.m. See C463.)
Current technological trends i n education;
selection and c r e a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s ; comp e t e n t u s e o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l media.
r o l e o f teacher, student i s confronted with
problems o f b e h a v i o r , p a r e n t r e l a t i o n s ,
c u r r i c u l a , teaching technology, classroom
management and e v a l ua t i o n .
Techniques o f
problem-solving & decision-making. Prereq.:
Teaching experience o r s t u d e n t teaching.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION, 3 c r ,
(June 21~ u l y2 , 1 :00-3:45
p.m.
See C433,)
Analy s i s & development o f e f f e c t i v e educational
programs f o r f o u r - and f i v e - y e a r - o l d s .
INNER CITY TEACHING PROBLEMS, 3 c r . ( J u l y
19-30, 1:OO-3:45 p.m.
See C464.)
Partici p a n t s t u d i e s c u l t u r a l and soci a 1 f o r c e s o f
ALCOHOL, NARCOTIC AND DRUG EDUCATION, 1 c r .
Thenature
(August 2-6,
1:00-3:45pnm.)
school community, l i f e s t y l e s , mores, envi r o n m e n t a l f a c t o r s , s p e e c h and b e h a v i o r
patterns v i a simulated involvement as s i x t h
g r a d e i n n e r - c i t y t e a c h e r d e a l i n g w i t h problems o f disadvantaged p u p i l s . Prerequisi te:
Teaching experience o r s t u d e n t teaching.
and e f f e c t s o f mood a l t e r i n g c h e m i c a l s s u c h
a s d r u g s and a l c o h o l ,
Causative societal
f a c t o r s i n c h e m i c a l a b u s e r i d e n t i f y i n g and
h e l p i n g c h e m i c a l 1 y a b u s e d p u p i l s , See C471
COURSE VALUES a t Auqsburq C o l l e q e a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , d i r e c t l y i n t e r c h a n q e a b l e
w i t h Quarter Credits.
PROJECTED COURSE OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d on t h e f o l l o w i n g paqe.
Courses w i t h f o u r - d i g i t
numbers a r e Augsburq courses; those i d e n t i f i e d b y a l e t t e r f o l l o w e d by t h r e e d i g i t s a r e
o f f e r e d by t h e Concordia, St. Paul, Summer School.
Auqsburq s t u d e n t s may r e q i s t e r f o r
courses on b o t h campuses (see paqe 10).
AUGSBURG COURSES i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s a r e those whose l a s t two
d i g i t s a r e 50 o r above; f o r course d e s c r i p t i o n s see t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f
Now.
Concordia o f f e r i n g s numbered 300 and h i g h e r a r e s i m i l a r l y i n t
.d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ; course d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e found i n t h e Concordia Col l e q e Catalog. INDEPENDENT STUDY, w h i l e n o t l i s t e d amonq t h e course o f f e r i n q s , may be taken d u r i n q t h e
Augsburg Summer School i n a number o f departments; f o r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n s u l t t h e Summer
School O f f i c e .
CHANGES I N SUMMER SCHOOL r e q i s t r a t i o n must be made a t t h e
course may be added a f t e r t h e t h i r d meeting o f a daytime
meeting o f an e v e n i n q c l a s s .
COLLEGE
M
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
S
M
4
5
11 12
18 19
25 26
S
1
8
15
22
29
M
2
9
16
23
30
JUNE
T W T
1
2
3
8
9 1 0
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
JULY
T W T
1
6
7
8
13 14 15
20 21 22
27 28 29
AUGUST
T W T
3
4
5
10 11 12
17 18 19
24 25 26
31
Sumner School O f f i c e ; no
c l a s s o r a f t e r t h e second
SHOULD A STUDENT WITHDRAW f r o m a course, he must do so n o t l a t e r than Thursday, J u l y 8
( F i r s t Term), o r Monday, Auqust 9 (Second Term), t o a v o i d a f a i l i n g qrade. O f f i c i a l
w i t h d r a w a l w i t h i n t h e t i m e l i m i t s i n d i c a t e d w i l l r e s u l t i n t h e t r a n s c r i p t n o t a t i o n "W".
THE
S
reserves t h e r i g h t t o cancel a course f o r which t h e r e i s l i t t l e demand.
FIRST SESSION
June 7 -July 16,1971
(six weeks)
SECOND SESSION
July 19 August 13,1971
(four weeks)
-
DEPT.
NUMBER
Art
Art
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
B.Ad.
B.Ad.
B.Ad.
Chem.
Econ.
Educ. E.
Educ. E.
Educ. S.
Educ. S.
Educ.
Educ.
Educ.
Educ.
Educ.
Educ.
Educ.
Educ.
Engl
Eng 1.
Engl.
Engl.
Engl.
.
Fren.
Fren.
Geog.
Germ.
Germ.
Germ.
Germ.
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Math.
Math.
MUS
.
.
MUS .
MUS .
Mus .
Mus
Phil.
Phil.
P.SC.
p.sc.
p.sc.
Psych.
Psych.
Psych.
Rel.
Rel.
Rel.
Rel.
soc.
SOC.
SOC.
soc.
SOC.
soc.
SOC.
span.
span.
Spch.
Spch.
Spch.
CR.
.TERM
TITLE
I1
1001
4
I n t r o . t o t h e F i n e A r t s (Thompson)
1042
4
Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n )
II
2006
5
Human Anatomy & P h y s i o l o g y ( M i c k l e b e r g )
I-II
2010
5
B i o l . Prob. o f Urban Environment ( K e r r )
I
D251
4
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Biology
I
D358
3
F i e l d Biology
I
2101
5
P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting (Gru)
I
2102
5
P r i n c i p l e s of Accounting (Gru)
I1
2184
5
Advanced Accounting (Romslo)
I
3405
6
P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry (Gyberg)
I
A211
3
P r i n c i p l e s of Economics
I
1-11
4484 7or14 S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary ( J o h n s o n )
4486 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g )
I
4584 7or14 S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary (Johnson)
1-11
4586 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g )
I
C357
2
Teaching of A r t
I
C381
3
InstructionalMedia
I
C433
3
E a r l y Childhood E d u c a t i o n
I
C452
2
Teaching of S o c i a l S t u d i e s
I
C463
3
Elementary Teaching Problems
I1
C464
3
I n n e r C i t y Teaching Problems
II
C471
1
N a r c o t i c & Drug E d u c a t i o n
I1
C480
3
Children's Literature
I1
5430
5
Modern F i c t i o n ( P a l o s a a r i )
I1
II
5442
4
Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n )
5452
4
The Antebellum South ( D a v i s )
I
5464
5
A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e South of S a h a r a ( M i t c h e l 1 ) I
B365
3
American S h o r t S t o r y
I
7003
4
~ n t e r m e d i a t eFrench 3 ( S c h w e i s s )
I
7004
4
I n t e r m e d i a t e French 4 ( S c h w e i s s )
II
A343
3
Geography of Anglo-America
II
7203
4
I n t e r m e d i a t e German 3 ( S t e i n m e t z )
I
7204
4
I n t e r m e d i a t e German 4 ( S t e i n m e t z )
II
B131
5 B i n n i n g German 1
I
I1
B132
4
~ e g l m n gGerman 2
5520
4
I n t r o . t o S a f e t y E d u c a t i o n (Wagner)
I
5555
4
I n t r o . t o D r i v e r & T r a f f i c S a f e t y Ed.(Wagner)I
5556
4
Teaching D r i v e r & S a f e t y Educ. (Wagner)
I1
5554
2
D i v e r s i f i e d Summer Rec. Program ( P e a r s o n ) I-II
5652
4
The Antebellum South ( D a v i s )
I
5677
4
A f r i c a South of S a h a r a ( G u s t a f s o n )
I
A152
3
Development of Modern World
I1
A334
3
U.S. H i s t o r y : I n d u s t r i a l Rev. - W W I
I
6105
5
P r i n c i p l e s o f Mathematics ( M u t c h l e r )
I
6106
5
P r i n c i p l e s of Mathematics, Cont. ( M u t c h l e r ) I1
8201
4
Theory 1 (Johnson)
I
1
Applied Music
I
8209
8251
2
D i v e r s i f i e d Summer Rec. Program ( P e a r s o n ) I - I I
8263 0-2
S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop ( S a t e r e n )
II
E240
3
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Musical S t y l e
8323
5
Logic ( J o h n s r u d )
I
I
B340
3
Major Systems o f P h i l o s o p h y
8522
4
American Govt. 3: Metro. Complex ( S t e n s h o e 1 ) I I
I1
8557
4
American P o s i t i v e S t a t e ( S t e n s h o e l )
8567
3
Commun. O r g a n i z a t i o n : Organ. f o r Soc. Change I
8605
5
G e n e r a l Psychology ( J o h n s o n )
I
8675
5
S o c i a l Psychology (Dyrud)
II
8685
4
C o u n s e l i n g Psychology ( J o h n s o n )
I
8769
5
Urban Church: Prob1.ems & P r o s p e c t s (Benson) I
R210
3
Old Testament I
I
R211
3
Old Testament I 1
I1
I
R430
3
Lutheran Confessional Writings
9431
5
S o c i o l o g y of t h e Family ( M i l l e r )
I
9461
5
S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s (Grams)
I
9463
4
Urban C r i s i s ( P a u l s o n , Wroblewski)
I
9467
3
Comun. o r g a n i z a t i o n : Organ. f o r Soc. Change I
9475
5
S o c i a l Psychology (Dyrud)
I1
9484
3
Crime and S o c i e t y (Appleby)
I
9486 4-6
Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g )
1-11
7601,
5
Beginning Spanish 1 ( S t e i n m e t z )
I
I1
7602
5
Beginning S p a n i s h 2 ( S t e i n m e t z )
9811
4
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Speech (Anderson)
I
9816
4
C r e a t i v e Dramatics ( C o l e )
I
9842
4
Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n )
II
*
..
.
HOURS
DAYS
7-10 pm
8:OO-12: 00
7-10 pm
1:40-3:00
9:30-11:50
7 :15-8: 20
7:15-8:35
7:30-9:30
Arr.
12:15-1:35
8:30-9:20
TWT
M-F
Arr
M,W
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
COMMENTS
Lab Fee $50
Ten Weeks
Lab Fee $ 8
Concordia
Concordia
Arr.
M-F
M-F
.
Arr.
1:30-5:00
Arr.
1:30-5:00
11:oo-12:lO
1:OO-3:45
1:OO-3:45
1 1 : O O - 1 1 : 50
1:OO-3:45
1:OO-3:45
1:OO-3:45
10:50-12:05
1:3@-3:50
8:OO-12:OO
10:40-11:45
7-10 pm
1O:OO-10:50
M-F
Arr.
7 : 15-8: 35
7:30-9:30
8:55-1O:lO
8:45-10:05
1o:oo-12:oo
1 O : O O - 1 1 : 35
7:30-9:20
7-10 pm
7-10 pm
7-10 pm
Arr.
10:40-11:45
7-10 pm
7: 30-8:45
7:30-8:20
7:15-8:35
7:30-9:30
MTTF
MTTF
M-F
MTTF
MTTF
M-F
Arr.
Arr.
Arr.
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
M- F
T,Th
M-F
M-F
M,W
Lab Fee $ 5 , Lab Arranged
Concordia
Overlaps I - I I , Add. ~ e e / $ 1 5 - $ 3 0
June 14-July 2, Some Evenings
Overlaps I - I I , Add. Fee/$15-$30
June 14-July 2, Some Evenings
June 7-25, Concordia
Workshop-June 7-18, Concordia
Workshop-June 21-July 2 , Concordia
June 28-July 1 6 , Concordia
Workshop-July 6-16, Concordia
Workshop-July 19-30, Concordia
Workshop-August 2-6, Concordia
Concordia
Lab Fee $50
Concordia
Concordia
Concordia
i~CcoPdia
Lab Fee $10
T,Th
M,W,Th
M-F
June 21
M-F
-
July 16
M,W
M-F
M-F
M-F
M-F
Arr.
Arr.
M-F
Concordia
Concordia
A d d i t i o n a l Fee $25
June 21 - J u l y 16
August 15-20, S e p a r a t e Regis.
Concordia
M-F
M- F
M-F
Concordia
TWTF
TWTh
T,Th
B i l l G r a c e , Urban Encounter
M-F
M-F
T,Th
M- F
M-F
Concordia
M-F
Concordia
M-F
Concordia
MWorTTh
M-F
T,Th
T,Th
B i l l Grace, Urban Encounter
M-F
T,Th
June 14-July 2 , Some Evenings
M-F
M-F
M,W
T,Th
M-F
....
F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on Independent S t u d y , c o n s u l t Summer School O f f i c e
II=.=-.
I
Lab Fee $50
9
TO INCREASE a v a i l a b l e course offering:,
Augsburg C o l l e g e cooperates w i t h
Concordia College, S t . Paul, i n i t s Summer School program. Students t a k i n g
work a t Augsburg may r e g i s t e r a t t h e same t i m e f o r courses a t Concordia.
ABOUT TEN MINUTES a p a r t a l o n g I n t e r s t a t e Highway 94, b o t h schools a r e
e a s i l y a c c e s s i b l e from t h e freeway. TO REACH AUGSBURG f r o m t h e west,
use t h e 2 5 t h Avenue-Riverside e x i t . From t h e e a s t , e x i t t o R i v e r s i d e .
THE BEST EXIT t o Concordia C o l l e g e f r o m 1-94 i s t h a t a t L e x i n g t o n Parkway;
t a k e L e x i n g t o n s o u t h t o M a r s h a l l , and M a r s h a l l west t o t h e c o l l e g e .
PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l
a s g r a d u a t e s o f such ~ n s t i t u t i o n s ,a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School.
Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s been a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and has not
s u b s e q u e n t l y been dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n .
STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l
a t t e n d Summer School, a s a r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by
t h i s year.
Term of 1971 a r e e l i g i b l e t c
o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e f a l l of
I F REGULARLY ATTENDING o r a d m i t t e d t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , the a p p l i c a n t
must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer Schooi w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from an a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l
o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t he i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e
( A form
f o r t h i s purpose i s found on t h e i n s i d e back c o v e r . )
summer s e s s i o n s .
C r e d i t s c a n n o t be t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d .
-
OTHER PERSONS wishing t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r of
Summer School t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l c i r c u m s t a n c e s .
ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t does n o t imply admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of
Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w l s h i n g t o complete a d e g r e e p r o g r a m a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d
a p p l y f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions.'
' -I
.. .
1
I
SUMMER SCHOOL
-$30.00 p e r c r e d i t .
COSTS
i , i ~ c . i u d ea G e n e r a l F e e o f $ 1 0 . 0 0 , p l u s a T u i t i o n c h a r g e o f
PLEASE NOTE t h a t l a b o r a t o r y fees a r e c h a r g e d f o r s e v e r a l c o u r s e s , a s i ' n d i c a t e d
i n t h e C o u r s e ~ i s t j n g s , , I n t h e c a s e o f A p p l i e d M u s i c , p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l cost
$25..00 p e r c r e d i t i n a d d i t i o n t o the T u i t i o n a n d G e n e r a l Fee.
A TUITION DEPOSIT o f $ 3 0 . 0 0 m u s t accompany t h e Summer S c h o o l A p p l i c a t i o n a n d
P r e r e g i s t r a t i ' o n Form? T h i s d e p o g ' i t i $ r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s a c t u a l l y o f f e r e d
f a i l t o s a t i s f y t h e h p p l i c a n t f s choices, i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , l i s t e d b y t h e s t u d e n t
Jn h i s P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n Form.
ALL TUITION c h a r g e s a n d f e e s a r e t o be p a i d i n f u l l when F i n a l R e g i s t r a t i o n i s
c o m p l e t e d on t h e f i r s t d a y o f Summer S c h o o l c l a s s e s ( J u n e 7 for s t u d e n t s d o i i ~F i r s t
Term w o r k ; J u l y 1 9 f o r Second Term c o u r s e s ) ,
I F A STUDENT DEBIDES TO CANCEL h l s r e g i s t r a t i o n , a r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n i s a l l o w e d
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g s ~ h e d u l e : FIRST TERM:
J u n e 7-11, 8 0 % ; J u n e 1 4 - 1 8 , 6 0 % ;
J u n e 21-25, 40%'; n o r e f u n d w i l l b e made a f t e r J u n e 25.
SECOND TERM:
J u l y 19-22, 8 0 % ;
J u l y 2 3 - 2 7 , 6 0 % ; J u l y 28-*30,, 40%: n o r e f u n d w i l l b e made a f t e r J u l y 30.
ROOM AND lB@ARDr I f you need h T u s i n y t h i s summer, p l e a s e c o n t a c t M r . James L a n c a s t e r ,
D i r e c t o r o f Housing, f o r in f o r ~ l i a ton.
f q i n i i f e d f o o d s e r v i c e w i 11 be a v a i 1 a b l e d u r i n i
n .
t h e MAuqsburg
vicinity.,
summer, s u p p l emented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r d r l t s and sna~k.shopsw i I
E
.
t I
trtrr-
N U %clclclclclcl
r-. m
3h,ulbPP,P,b.
P, r-.m L P , 3 3 b 3
sazss,,;,
g rt;;.Egg2
2
m
9.2
? t uu rSt $ 3 ; :
tLQr-.rtnJbb
rt
.g2sa219ekEi,
m e a?.?
a;?
? k r t b R
C Y r t
b \ D r - . C m r t b a
V o ~ a o l s a ~
b Y U1
a r t
O'.'.tTrtbOI
b
c O c r t b b
b
~
c
e
c
?I1
i, I
Qgs%%2
U-J?014CYtTtT
" ? Y " " r t $ $
'
m
I
,,
EX?
b
3q
c lmh on on
U U b t 3 Z E E
P , m m m
o p r t
s.
3
1-
"1"".
Z:;Z%%
2 2 3 ' 23
bP,
;
Cl
2 ;
I
tT
m
.
EY
Eoo
b r t r t
gag
? ? ?
bb.
" 5
Q B . ~ ie
pl
b a n
"51
??
.
D E S C R I P T I O N S for regular offerings
a t Augsburg and Concordia a r e available in
the respective col 1 ege catalogs. Several
new courses and special summer offerings
are described on pages 3, 4, and 5 , above.
COURSE
E N G L I S H 5 4 6 4 . A F R I C A N L I T E R A T U R E SOUTH OF
A readings course i n
THE SAHARA. 5 cr.
w o r k s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y A f r i c a n novelists ,
p o e t s , d r a m a t i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s , and
e s s a y i s t s t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s w i t h the
growing w e a l t h o f A f r i c a n l i t e r a t u r e , t h e m e s
and t r a d i t i o n s and t o s t i m u l a t e a c r o s s c u l t u r a l human e x p e r i e n c e
OTHER NEW OFFERINGS INCLUDE:
.
SOCIOLOGY 9 4 8 4 .
EXPERIMENTAL SEMINAR ON
CRIME AND SOCIETY. 3 cr. I n t e r a c t i o n bet w e e n A u g s b u r g s t u d e n t s and f o r m e r p r i s o n
i n m a t e s , u s i n g a c o - l e a r n i n g model t o s t u d y
r e s o u r c e m a t e r i a l i n c r i m i n o l o g y and t o
r e f l e c t upon i d e a s and f e e l i n g s o f p a r t i c i pants.
G o a l s i n c l u d e p e r s o n a l g r o w t h and
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f s e l f and o t h e r s .
HISTORY 5 6 7 7 . A F R I C A SOUTH O F THE SAHARA.
4 Cr. The n a t u r e o f A f r i c a n h i s t o r y , t r a d i t i o n a l k i n g d o m s , I s l a m i c p e n e t r a t i o n , the
s l a v e t r a d e , European i m p e r i a l i s m , and recent A f r i c a n moderni z a t i o n
.
HPE 5 5 2 0 , 5 5 5 5 , and 5 5 5 6 . D R I V E R S ' EDUCAT I O N COURSES. Three courses leading t o
E N G L I S H 5 4 5 2 and HISTORY 5 6 5 2 . THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH: I T S HISTORY AND LITERATURE.
4 Cr. T h e m a t i c e x a m i n a t i o n o f p r e - C i v i l
War S o u t h e r n l i f e : R e g i o n a l s e l f - c o n s c i o u s ness, the a r t s , o u t s i d e r s r v i e w s o f the
S o u t h , s l a v e r y , and an e x a m i n a t i o n o f the
events, men and i s s u e s l e a d i n g t o the war.
certification as a teacher of drivers' educdtion. T a u g h t e v e n i n g s d u r i n g the 1 0 w e e k s
of
summer
school, courses include
INTRO-
DUCTION
TO SAFETY EDUCATTON, INTRODUCTION
TO DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATION, and
TEACHING DRIVER & TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATJON.
Twelve c r e d i t s (4 credi ts per course)
.
T h i s f o r m i s t o be u s e d b y s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s other t h a n
A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . A u g s b u r g Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may be t r a n s f e r r e d t o the
s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n , i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d b y t h a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y .
R e t u r n completed form to:
Summer S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN
S t u d e n t ' s Name
...
---
55404.
-.
A _
College o r University
-
The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g a t t h i s i n s t i t u t i o n and i s
p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n Summer School c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e i n 1971.
S p e c i a l r e s t r i c t i o n s , i f any:
b
-
S i g n a t u r e and ~it l e -
-
- -
R e g i s t r a r , or other ~ e s ~ o n s l " b 1Oef f i c e r ) Date
ANNOUNCING:
SOC. 84:
EXPERIMENTAL SEMINAR ON CRIME AND SOCIETY
3 Credits
(A THREE CREDIT OPPORTUNITY TO BECOME A PART OF A HUMANIZING
LEARNING COMMUNITY EXPLORING THE AREA OF ,CRIME AND SOCIETY)
T h i s experimental semlnar which meets one n i g h t a week f o r t h r e e
hours a t S t i l l w a t e r and Shakopee p r i s o n s p r o v i d e s a unique o p p o r t u n i t y
f o r Augsburg s t u d e n t s and S t i l l w a t e r and Shakopee Inmates t o become col e a r n e r s w l t h one another. The emphasis w i l l be on r e l a t i n g resource
m a t e r l a l i n t h e area o f c r l m l n o l o g y , and ideas and f e e l i n g s o f t h e
p a r t i c l p a n t s , t o t h e s e l f . By so doing, t h i s seminar w i l l h o p e f u l l y
f a c i l i t a t e personal growth and understanding o f s e l f and others.
T h l s seminar ,is open t o J u n i o r s and Seniors. These c r e d i t s may
'
An innovative course in mental
Soc. 83: Social Psycholohealth
gy of Mental Health and Mental,
Disorder
will be offered to Uni' versity students at Augsburg Colr, lege winter quarter. University students may register as adult specials
until the course is filled.
;*
Students enrolled will join patients and staff at either Anoka
( State Hospital or Hastings State
Hospital for an evening class once
a week. Participants will read a
required text, keep a journal of
their class experience and gather ,
for discussions, role-playing and
group sessions during the 3-cr
!course.
Cal Appleby, Augsburg sociolo
instructor, said a third section f
ahdents may be opened,
, -;
1
-
7,
-.
Show less
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin... Show more
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma
(1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit
for one semestm without completing the other.
SYMBOLS
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must
complete both semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of
prerequisites.
CREDITS
CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION
THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Division of Religion and Philosophy
MR. P. A. QUANBECX,
Chairman
THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised
of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to G r i s t
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of
these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division
credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do
not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation.
Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during
their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the
sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion
requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may
apply toward the major or minor in religion.
I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament,
including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament
with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of
developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5
7. CLASSICS
IN CHRISTIAN
I)EvoTIoN. I.
2 Cr.
The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional
writings of different periods in the history of the church.
8. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.11.
2 0.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands.
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.I.
2 Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
9.
lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
Upper Bvision Courses
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of
the great non-Christian religions of the world.
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I.
3 Cr.
5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS
The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical
development of some of these doctrines.
CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11
3 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The
main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
54.
5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I.
2 Cr.
The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to
some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in
America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church.
5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11.
2 Cr.
Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal
psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church.
1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11.
2 cr.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy
60.
YOUTHWORKIN
THE
CHURCH. II.
r Cr.
A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of
developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I.
3 cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
62. THEMESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11.
3 Cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
TO CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGICAL
THOUGHT.
INTRODUCTION
Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I.
3 Cr.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian
Church.
63.
64. THE CHRISTIAN
FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the
student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the
present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
THE COURSES
IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant
with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western
civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning,
and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in
such areas as religion, art, and morals.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for
the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor.
23.
LOGIC. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a
brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
24. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.11.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture
and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics,
metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47
HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in
selected primary sources.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great
philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
54. AUGUSTINE
A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of
each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 cr.
6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.)
3 0.
64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11.
A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its
outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.)
65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary
sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the
course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered
1960-61.)
66. EXISTENTIALISM.
Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered
1960-61.)
7 I . CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.)
OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11.
3 Cr.
72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered
1961-62.)
85. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .)
86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language
of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Humanities
IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN,
AND HEBREW
THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into
our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission
to most theologicaI seminari&.
Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and
1 4 credits in ,Latin.
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Minor:
20
credits.
,
1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11..
8 Cr.
In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 Cr.
3, 4. CZSAR,
AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and
St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .)
Division of the Humanities / 49
HEBREW
83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11.
See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary.
6 0.
2,
2
Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
T m DEPARTMENT
OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld
U
I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d
the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt
a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I
may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not
achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the
course before they enroll in course 2.
All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore
year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the
A.B. degree.
Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, 62, and 74.
Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61,
and 62.
Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language.
Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76,
78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French.
Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first
semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74;
second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper
classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit.
1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.)
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
50
/ D i ~ d i o nof
thc Hzrmanities
5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.
I.
z Cr.
AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and
listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English.
9. COMMUNICATION
FOR NURSES. I.
2 Cr.
A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening
12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC
WRITING.
See course 12 under Journalism.
IT.
2
Cr.
21, 22. LITERATURE
OF THE WESTERN
WORLD. Prereq. 2.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various
literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered
both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
CREATIVE
WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
26.
31.
MEDIEVAL
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
I.
z Cr.
Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to
Chaucer.
32.
RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
11.
z Cr.
Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention
given to non-English works.
Upper Division Courses
JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students
who rank low in the sophomore English test.
56.
5 I,
52.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.Prereq.
?.
I, JI.
2,
z Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 5.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA- n.
z cr.
See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq.
2.
I.
2
Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I
58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 cr.
The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers.
yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I.
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry.
3 Cr.
60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
BRITISHLITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEENTH
AND EIGHTEENTH
CENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 2. I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2.
5 cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of
language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I.
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and
the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.)
z Cr.
78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.)
83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I.
a cr.
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.)
8 5 . CONTEMPORARY
AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1.
Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.)
2
Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
2 Cr.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature.
52
/ Division
of the Humanities
STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT
partment chaiman. Offered both semesters.
I , I Cr.
JOURNALISM
r 1. SURVEY
OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS.
I.
z Cr.
Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on
analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the
reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication
agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied.
12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11.
2 0.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to
editing and headline writing.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student
to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
theater, or speech pathology.
II
All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department
for individual attention.
Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32,
66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors.
Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech
I 1.
For Education students courses 12, 3 I,
32, 5 1 or $3, and 66.
I I.
BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters.
Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening.
12.
ARGUMENTATION.
50. II.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
16. STORYTELLING
AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS.SO. Il.
z Cr.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice
id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and
elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE
z Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25. INTERCOLLEGIATE
SPEECH. Open to all students. I.
Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests.
I
Cr.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS. Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING. So. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP
AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group
discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .)
53. ADVANCED
PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work
in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.)
5 5. PERSUASION
AND PROPAGANDA.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising,
selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered
1960-61.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d
1361-62.)
3 Cr.
66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals.
76.
SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
54 / Division of the Humanities
92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe
uie of primary sources and the methodology of research.
94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and
interests.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
THIS DEPARTMENT
aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem
language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the
rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest
in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who
plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees.
GERMAN
Minor, 20 credits.
8 Cr.
I-2.f BEGINNING
GERMAN. I, 11.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
GERMAN. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all
students planning to teach.
Upper Division Cou.rses
1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
3. 3 Cr.
SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Minor, 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Humanities / 5 5
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.)
Upper Division Courses
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I.
Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d
1960-61.)
5 5.
2
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11.
t Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.)
FRENCH
Minor, t o credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries.
52.
FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION. 11.
3 CC
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition.
SPANISH
Minor,
20
credits.
8 Cr.
I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and
background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
56
/ Division
of the Humanities
Upper Division. Courses
5 I . SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports.
52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON
~m Cornsmow. 11.
3 cr.
A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual
aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
THE DEPARTMENT
OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are
primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect
to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded
other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an
understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in
private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical
organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the
junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors
y
in
and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation
the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and,
upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the
requirement.
Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance
Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals
which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students
with a repertory of musical excellence.
All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by
the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a
moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention
or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn,
Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or
twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in
vocal or instrumental music.
A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor
of Arts degree.
"A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work.
Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique
if hi applied music is largely vocal.
I , z. THEORY.
I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota-
tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight
reading, dictation, and part singing.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO MUSIC. 11.
z Cr.
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music.
Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple-
mented by musical scores and recorded performances.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11.
2 G.
Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to
Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion.
I 5-16.?
HARMONY.
I, 11.
4 cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
Upper Divisionl Courses
5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED
HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U.
2, 2 Cr.
Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass
and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music.
CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and
administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and
community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior
year.
57, 58.
61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H.
z, z Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and
orchestra.
63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral
ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music.
69.
TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr.
I.
z Cr.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species.
58
/ Division of
the Humanities
78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of
the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11.
I , I Ct.
Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research.
APPLZED MUSZC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must
complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others
receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester.
Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under
Financial Information.
I, I Cr.
PIANO. I, 11.
Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and
minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this
examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor.
ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
I, I Cr.
VOICE. I, 11.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both
sacred and secular.
WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
2
Cr.
I, I
Cr.
CHOIR.;
I, 11.
CONCERTBAND. I, 11.
WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11.
%, % Cr.
%, % Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but
for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression.
PERFORMANCE
SEMINAR I, 11.
o Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
THE D E P A R ~ E N OF
T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and
conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing,
painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history
Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59
and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are
encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art.
Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71.
I.
BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ ,
.and sculpture.
ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3.
3 Cr.
17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life,
landscape, and portrait painting.
21, rz. SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and
animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting.
32. WATERCOLOR
PAINTING.11.
z Cr.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting.
Upper Division Courses
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. CI.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
71. HISTORY
OF PAINTING.I.
3 Cr.
A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean
cultures to modern times.
The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir,
directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the
55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. CHRISLOCK,
Chairman
IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the
student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their
importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work
proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore
intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's
adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
THE WORK
OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations
of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords
preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, ~rere~uisites
may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I , 2.
WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History.
21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
So. I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas
afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester,
the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present.
Upper Division Courses
52. ENGLAND
TO I 8 3 2.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.)
5 3. HISTORY
OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.)
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
UNITED
STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of
kstructor.
Wision of the Social Scimces / 61
AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci.
or #. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present
is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for
one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.)
56.
AND PROBLEMS
OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST
ASIA.
GOVERNMENTS
Jr., Sr. I.
See course 57 under Political Science
57.
58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr.
See course 58 under Political Science.
H.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution
to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival
of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.;
64. MEDIEVAL
EUROPE,1200-1500.
Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies,
decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian
Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.)
3 cr.
65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars.
(Offered 1960-61.)
3 cr.
66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe,
contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their
effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.)
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the
nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.)
67.
PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND
JAPAN.
AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n.
3 Cr.
68. CHINA
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with
each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.)
FRENCHREVOLUTION
AND EARLYNINETEENTH
CENTURYEUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848.
7I.
62 / Division of the Social Sciences
LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism,
and the background of World War I.
72.
Jr., Sr. I.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
See course 75 under Political Science.
TWENTIETH
CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq.
3 Cr.
credits in History. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of
World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor.
82.
12
99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST
HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Minor: I 5 credits.
AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I, 11.
6 cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42.$
Upper Division Courses
5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC
HISTORY.
11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
57.
GOVERNMENTS
AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST
ASIA. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and
economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. P O L I ~ CAND
S
PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle
East. (Offered 1960-61.)
PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science
3 Cr.
minors. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
61.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the
Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.)
GEOGRAPHY
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Division of the Social Sciences / 63
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16;
Political Science 4 1 -42.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political
Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu
for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 .
Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
INTRODUCTION
TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11.
See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics.
3
e.
5 . SOCIOLOGY.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses.
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11.
See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2 I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of,contemporary rural A.merica.
URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22.
42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
cr.
64 /Division of the Social Sciences
Upper Division; Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52. RACERELATIONS
AND ,MINORITY
PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an
examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.)
5 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 19.61-62.)
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work.
A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare,
child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies.
3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.)
Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I.
3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
PSYCHOLOGY.
62. ABNORMAL
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUC~ON
TO METHODS
OFSOCIAL
WORK. Prereq. #. II.
3 Cr.
Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.)
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
PSYCHOLOGY
THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the
data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in
psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
#fellowmen.
Minor: 15 credits.
Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y
GENEU PSYCHOLOGY.
Offered both semesters.
y.
3 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed.
7. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.I.
z Cr.
An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed
upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene,
and to methods of therapy.
10. PSYCHOLOGY
OF ADJOSTATENT.
Prereq. y . So. 11.
3 Cr.
Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living,
theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered
with respect to personality and mental hygiene.
Upper Division Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I.
Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
64.. EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal
learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality
traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
IN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
66. TOPICS
A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations
begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of
their choice.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 Cr.
EDUCATION
THE EDUCATION
CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and
senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7
PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow
STUDENTS
the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During
this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation
66 / Division of the Social Sciences
ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which
are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to
take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must
make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by
the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education.
2, 2 Cr.
50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11.
This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes
consideration of the techniques of studying children.
METHODSAND MATERIALS
OF THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLCURRICULUM.
Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary
school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music,
and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of
the elementary school.
5 2 , J 3.
METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES
AND THE LANGUAGE
ARTS
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I.
j Cr.
The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in
the fields of social studies and language arts.
54.
IN THE
Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I.
5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING.
A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to
three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may
assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion
hour a week. I credit per semester.
J
8.
TEACHING
OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e
materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory.
19.
CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t
requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
60.
SEMINARIN TEACHING.
Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student
teaching experience.
62.
DIRECTED
TEACHING
IN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11.
8 Cr.
Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular
teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools.
Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college
staff.
Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67
SEGONDARY EDUCATION
ADMISSION
TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application
to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be
made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to
complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on
the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics,
and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major,
a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in
special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two
subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete
a major and a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester
hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71.
For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
72. TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and
developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11.
I, I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques
used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling.
78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
OF NATURAL
SCIENCESIN
79. TEACHING
THE
SECONDARY
SCHO~L. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
68 / Division of the Social Sciences
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS
IN
THE
a3. TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS
IN
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
85.
TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES
IN
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTH
EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION
M THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
s Cr.
88.
TEACHING
OF MUSICIN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL.
89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
91.
THE
TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS
nu
m E
JT.
11.
2
cr.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN
N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr.
92. EVALUATION
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISHIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
OF MODERNLANGUAGES
IN
94. TEACHING
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 .
97. STLTDENT
TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered
4-5 Cr.
both semesters.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control
of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college
supervisor and selected critic teachers.
99. TOPICS
IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr.
1-2 Cr.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi
tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own
field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the
approval of the department.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books
for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher.
M i o r , 16 credits.
Division of the Socid Sciences / 69
55-56.?
OF
BASICFUNCTIONS
THE
SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI.
3 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
57-58.i
4 Cr.
ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered
1961-62.)
61. PRACTICAL
~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of
thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THE
OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad
knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The
business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e
economics major provides the background necessary for further study in
gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides
a teaching major and minor.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS
Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses
16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required.
I , 2,
3, 4, 15,
Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve
credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required.
Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits
from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62.
70
/ Division oj
the Social Sciences
I, 2, PRINCIPLES
OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO.
. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial
statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions.
Meets four hours per week.
3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK
TO Busn~ss. Fr. I.
f Cr.
An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study
of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation.
~
Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred.
INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound rnethds of sampling.
4.
I 5, I 6.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division, Courses
5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I.
3 Cr.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and
fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with
high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.)
53. BUSINESS
LAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing
are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining
merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.)
RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
58. INDUSTRIAL
,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 Cr.
59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and
process costs. (Offered 1960-61.)
Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I
60. INTERMEDUTE
ECONOMIC
ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.)
61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
62. CORPORATION
FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of
financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of
corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.)
63. TAXATION.
Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give
a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to
business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.)
72. SEMINAR
IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of
previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students
in areas of particular interest to them.
SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching
of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide
an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54,
Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53.
Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for
graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above
I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or
I 5, 16. S
i
x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRTTING.
M e r e d both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11.
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.I, n.
6 Cr.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
72
/ Divisim
of
the Social Sciences
Upper Division Courses
5 1. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I.
z Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week.
5 z. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal
forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
53-14.? ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer
training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home
economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics
departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general
education.
Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 ,
66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3;
Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5
and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor:
22
credits, including
I,
3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33
and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are
Education 91 and 92.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CAREAND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets,
quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing
and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week.
2. CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.11.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent
fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week.
3. ART IN DAILY
LIVING. I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73
8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION.
TI.
A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health
all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old
emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of
bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three
periods per week.
3 Cr.
throughout
age. Special
class memsingle class
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I.
3 Cr.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home
Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory
periods per week.
36.
CRAFTS.
11.
2
cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1961-62.)
AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr.
39, 40. FOODPREPARATION
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service.
Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per
week.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11.
3 Cr.
P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
r Cr.
44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations
in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr
10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double
laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
57.
T ~ x m s . I.
2
Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy
hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.)
64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .)
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods
per week.
74 / Division of the Social Sciences
67. FAMILYHEALTH. I.
z Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.I.
z Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.I.
t Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management
house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the
group.
73.
z Cr.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in
fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also
given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
Many practical demonstrations are carried
out in the home econ o m i c s department.
T h e help studem in
their personal develop
ment, prepare them for
the responsibilities of
home-making and give
training for a professional career.
Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
MR. NASH, Chairman
ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the
light of the Word of
to acquaint rhe student with the significance of
science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound
mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip
the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the
liws of his felbw men.
a;
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT
is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper
Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26,
and at least one Upper Division course not including 60.
'
I-2.i
GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science
majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
3. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for
Biol. 3.
HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
4.
7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
8 cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles.
Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periodr per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I.
4 cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1961-62.)
52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II.
4 Cr.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
1960-61.)
Prereq. Chem. 6. 11.
4 Cr.
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week.
cr-
PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11.
3
56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING
Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI.
4 Cr.
A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11.
A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
IT IS
THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an
appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine
the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great
intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic
examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems.
Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education,
but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine,
dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical
,
technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 )
-graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics
J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental
students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study:
I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50.
Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years.
See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of
the American Chemical Society.
3 Cr.
3. ELEMENTARY
CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed
especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per
week.
INTRODUCTORY
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists,
and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry
and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week.
5, 6.
AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY. Fr. I,
17, 16. INORGANIC
TI.
4. 4
(3.
For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission
of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry.
32.
ELEMENTARY
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11.
4 Cr.
Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics
students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 3. 54.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq.
I 6.
So. I,
TI.
4. 4 Cr-
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based
on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study
of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per
week.
78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics
61. QUANTITATIVE
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to
solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of
laboratory per week.
72. ADVANCED
ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis
of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr.
78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO
11.
4 Cr.
For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic
structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week.
82, 83. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure,
states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium,
solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per
week.
84, 85. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY.
Jr. II, Sr. I.
I, I Cr.
Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week.
86. ADVANCED
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
3 cr.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry,
and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
85 . INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUES.
Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis
utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of
laboratory per week.
ADVANCED
INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides,
and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four
hours of laboratory per week.
90.
93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
o Cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these
informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest.
97, 98. CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11.
Cr. Arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in
chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff
member.
Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut
training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute
schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the
zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups
and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t
possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns.
Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 .
Minor: I 6 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
2.
D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI.
3 Cr.
A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar
q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe
znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening
meetings ra observe the sky.
3. PRINCWLW
OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including
mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is
intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others
who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one
mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit
for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r .
GENERAL
PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 fi.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and
one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
INTRODUCTION
TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR
PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math.
3 Cr.
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per
week.
52.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent
3 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical
instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
53.
So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
E L E C T R I C AND
I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent
registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
54.
OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51
Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.)
57.
61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field.
63. 64. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS.
registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.)
71.
3 Cr.
72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various
fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1961-62.)
.
73, 74. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
I , I Cr.
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6,
(or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in
Upper Division courses.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to
afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller
understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the
subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers
in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81
I.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
o Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not
have higher algebra in high school.
2.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
o Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5. ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra
3, I 4. INTRODUCTION
or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I
Upper Division Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I , y 2.
53. SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
51.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree.
6 I , 62. ADVANCED
CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI.
3. 3 Cr.
Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis
is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of
leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics
All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the ~hysicaleducation program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51,
57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women.
PERSONAL
A N D COMMUNITY
HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
%, % Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO
HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
R E C R E A ~ O NFr.
. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education,
pbysical education, and recreation.
I Cr.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAM
SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
I 2.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2 , 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So.
Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern.
1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Women). So.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three
hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics
/ 83
\
I 8.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
I y 60-.6 I.)
23. RHYTHMS. So. I.
Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing.
z Cr.
z Cr.
29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 1. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem.
1961-61.)
57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
escient movements.
5 8.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
z Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases.
I Cr.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I.
j Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical
education curriculum.
73.
ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D
PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
74.
8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL
AND TRACK.Sr. II.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work. (Offered 1960-61.)
Curriculums
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major
field of study and vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be
followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the
major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under
departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion L, Z
.2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3,
3
History or Sacfalogy
.3
Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4
4
Natural Science
..3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Education 3. 4 .... M
M
.............
......
.......
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z
Foreign Language ......... -3
Social Science
.3
Natural Science
Electives ................... .P
.............
............-
Cr.
2
3
SENIOR
ISem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... .3
3
Speech
2
Social Science or History . 3
Electives ................... 10
12
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Fine Arts .................. . 3
Literature or Philosophy
.Electives .................. .14
..
Cr.
3
14
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
COMPLETIONOF
THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which
prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Basic Bible ................
Freshman English ......... . 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
Western Civilization ...... . 3
Physical Education ........ $4
Natural Science ........... . 3
Electives .................... 2
Cr.
2
3
4
3
95
3
2
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
e.
Religion .................... Z
Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3
Foreign Language ......... 3
Typewriting ............... .1
New Testament Greek ... - 3
Electives ....................3
Cr.
2
3
3
Curriculums / 8 5
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.3
3
2
.....
.....................
N e w Testament Greek
Speech
History ..................... 3
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ........ - 3
Electives ................... .5
SENIOR
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2
Philosophy ................ . 3
English Literature ........ . 3
Electives .................... 8
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
THE PURPOSE
OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its
satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate
indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker,
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
the chairman of the department of religion.
The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or
Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below.
FRESHlYIAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
.
................ .Z
Basic Bible
Fi-eshrnan English
.3
Natural Science ........--.-3
Typewriting ............... .I
Physical Activities
'5
Foreign Language ......... . 4
Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3
.........
.........
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
2
'h
4
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Chzrrch History
.-2
Speech 11 ................ ..2
3
Speech 12 ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
General Psychology
.3
3
Fine Arts ...................1
First Aid ..............-....
Natural Science ........... .3
2
Speech 16 ................. .Electives ....................
3
3
...........
.........
.......
-
SENIOR
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
T h e Missionary Enterprise .
Principles of Christian
Education ................ .2
2
T h e Christian Churches
T h e Lutheran Church ..... .%
Social Psychology or Urban
Sociology ................ .3
Acting
3
Crafts
2
Elementary Shorthand .... .3
3
Recreational Activities .....
1
Electives .................. .6
4
.-
...-
-
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2
Educational Psychology ... .3
H y m n s and Music o f t h e
Church .................. .2
Journalistic Writing .. .: ...
2
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3
Secretarial Practice .........3
Electives .................. .8
6
-
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such
as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should
usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields
in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain
teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history,
social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics,
chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors
are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature,
French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion 1, 2 .............
English 1, 2 .............. . 3
History or Sociology ..... 3
Foreign Language
.4
'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4
Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$
.......
.JUNIOR
Cr.
2
3
3
4
3 or 4
2
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. .2
Foreign Language
.3
Psychology
.Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4
Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......
...............
Cr.
2
3
3
-
3
6
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
Religion ...................
Education 71. 72 .......... .3
Education 73. 74
-1
Speech ....................
Electives in Major
or Minor ................ 10
........
-
Cr.
3
3
1
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
Education 76 ..............
Education 78 ..............
3
Special Methods ......... .4
Education 97 ............. .4-5
Literature or Philosophy . .
3
Electives in Major or
Minor ..................... 7
--
-
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of
their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or
more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits;
fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits:
foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must
be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be
f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to
complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated,
substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of
Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are
possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the
program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in
this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take
a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from
those described by the department may be permitted subject to special
departmental appreval.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... 2
2
3
Freshman English ......... .3
Western Civilization
.3
3
Modern Foreign Language 4
4
Physical Science ....... .3 or 4
3 or 4
(Selected from Physics 3,
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
6. 32)
Physical Activities ........ Yi
'h
......
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ...................
.2
Literature .................. 3
Child Psychology .......... .2
Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,..
Methods & Materials of the
c&I
~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl
r~
culum (Music, Science &
Health. Art, Mathematics.
Physical Education) ... .3
Observation of Teaching . .I
Electives
.6
-
..................
2
SOPHOMORE
ISm.
Cr.
Sem.
Cr.
-
3
2
Religion ................... .2
General Biology ...........9
Speech .....................
General Psychology ....... . 3
Geography .................
U. S. History .............. .3
Modem Foreign Language ..3
Health .................... . 2
.-
SENIOR
'
a
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion ...................
Observation of Teaching . I
Teaching of Reading ...... .3
Seminar in Teaching .......
Directed Teachine .........
Children's ite era cure .......3
Methods & Materials of the
Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies &
Language Arts) ......... . 3
Government ............... . 3
Electives ....................2
Cr.
.
-
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip
students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare
them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics
education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home
economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not
required for a general home economics major.
88
/ Curriculums
FRESHMAN
..
.............. 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion 1. 2
Physical Education ........ J'2
English ..................... 3
Sociology ................... 3
Biology 1-2. or 4 or
13-14'
I1 Sem.
Cr
2
.
Yz
3
.
Religion 3 4 ...............
Psychology
Foreign Language
Physics .....................
Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or
I Sem . I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
2
2
3
4
4
3
.
..................
..........
5. 32 ..................... 4
..................
0 4
........
........................-
Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development ..........
Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3
Art in Daily Living
3
Nutrition
Clothing Selection ......... 3
Clothing Construction
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
.
I Sem
Cr .
Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3
Speech
S
Economics ............. ,
Color and Design .......... - 3
Home Planning & Furnishing ........................
Family Health ............. 2
Textiles ..................... Z
Educational Psychology ....3
Teaching i n Sec. Schools .
Group Activity ............ .I
....
IISem .
Cr .
2
3
2
-
-
3
--
.-
-
3
1
SENIOR
..
.................... 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion
Literature
Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2
Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9
Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2
Home Management Lab .....2
Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2
..
I1 Sem
Cr
2
3
4
2
3
3
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements .
CHEMISTRY
The following couise of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for
students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry .
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt
from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences
and the second year of a foreign language .
FRESHMAN
..
.
I Sem. II Sem
Cr
Cr
.
Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4
Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5
Religion 1. 2 ................ 2
English 1. 2 ................ 3
History or Sociology
3
Physical Education 3 4 .... %
.........
4
5
.
2
3
3
I/,
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Ct.
Cr
4
Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4
. ...............
Chemistry 82
Chemistry 84 ................
Chemistry 93
11
German 1-2 ................ 4
Mathematics 61
.a
Physics ......................
Religion .....................
Fine Arts .................. 3
..............
...........
.
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem .
Cr .
Cr
............ 4
4
5
4
2
2
4
..-
SENIOR
.
........5
Chemistry 53. 54
Mathematics 51. 52
Physics 5. 6 ................
Religion 3. 4 ..............
Speech .....................
Literature or Philosophy
2
3
.
I Sem. I1 Sem
.
.
Pr
Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3
~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1
Chemistry 90
Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m .
Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O
................... 2
Religion
French 1-2 ................. 4
Physics ..................... 4
................
.
..
Cr
1
3
4
Arr .
0
2
4
.
*Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds
textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng
special training in dietetics .
Curriculums / 89
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students who
are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition
to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested
course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Freshman English .......... 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
History or Sociology
.3
Introduction to Business .. 3
Physical Education ........ %
Natural Science ........... .-
2
3
Religion
Foreign
Principles of Economics ....3
Principles of Accounting . 3
Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3
Speech ................... - 2
Sent.
Cr.
2
3
.
......
JUNIOR
ISem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Psychology .................
3
Business Law ............ . 3
Public Finance or Money
and Banking ........... . 3
Corporation Finance or Marketing ...................
3
Electives .........,......... 7
7
-
-
-
I Sem.
Cr.
.................... 2
Language ........ . 3
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
3
Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3
Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3
Industrial Management or
Labor-Management Rela3
tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. ....
3
Electives ................10 or 11
7
-
-
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science,
History, Speech, English, College Algebra.
LAW
Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is
required, but the student should select a broad program including
courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below:
FRESHMAN
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Foreign Language ........ .4
4
History 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Natural Science ........... .4
4
Physical Education 3, 4 ....H
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr,
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2
2
English Literature
.J
3
Foreign Language
.B
3
Health ..................... . 2
Logic ..................... . 3
Social Science ............ .3
3
Natural Science ........... . 4
4
........
........
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
90
/ Curriculums
organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate
training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
oE social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation
work, child welfare, group work, and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all
such students.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English
Hktory
Foreign
..............
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.2
.3
.3
Language
.4
1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3
Sociel R o b I m s
Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h
1, 2
1, 2
1. 2
..............
...............
........
.........
JUNIOR
2
3
3
4
-
3
lh
I S m . IISem.
Gr.
Religion ................... . 3
Principles of Economics
.3
Fields of Social Work ..... . 3
Criminology ............... . 3
Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech
Electives ................ - 6
.
Cr.
-3
-3
3
2
5
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2
American Government
.3
Natural Science ........... . 3
Psychology .................3
Statistics ....................
Rural Sociology ........... 3
Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3
...
-
SENIOR
2
3
3
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
.................. .Introduction to Methods o f
Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3
Abnormal Psychology ......
History of Philosophy ... . 3
Electives in Upper Division
Courses ..................10
-
3
3
3
3
4
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of
work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or
Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is
suggested.
FRESHMAN
J S m . LISm.
CT.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2
English 1, 2 ................3
Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 ....
History or Sociology ..... .3
Foreign Language ........ .4
Physical Education 3, 4
'6
+
....
2
3
4
3
4
'h
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
.2
2
Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4
0-4
Biology 13-14 ............ .4
4
Fine Arts ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
3
Electives .................. .3
.............
.........
SENIOR
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Bacteriology
Literature or Philosophy .. . 3
Chemistry 61 .............. 4
S ~ e e c h .....................
Social Science ............ . 3
Electives .................... 4
-
3
4
2
3
5
Lectures, laboratory and
practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........
32
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as
at the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
or more years of
c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is
suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing.
Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select
courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study
in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend.
ut least one year of college. En many instances two
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II,Sem,
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................. .Z
Freshman English
.3
General Zoology ......... .4
Health .................... .1
Sociology ................. . 3
Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5
Electives ................... .2
2
3
........
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Relieion
...................
Cr.
.2
or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3
................
Psychology
-3
C h ~ l d Care ,...............
Gcneral Chand
Qualitative Analpsf<
.4
Phi,s~ral ducati in;
.2
Fjrst Aid ..................
.
-
Cr.
2
3
2
...
E!ectircs
....... -
...................
.Z
Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School
01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota,
arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course
offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of
Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota.
FIRST Y E A R
I Sem.
Biology 3 ..........................
Biology 7 .........................
Chemistry 3 ........................
Psychology 7 .......................
CT.
4
., 3
3
2
SECOND YEAR
I Sem.
CT.
Sociology 5
......................... 2
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and
Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at
Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should
be made directly to these hospitals.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering,
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different.
Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra
and solid geometry in high school.
V
.
L
FRESHMAN
I Sem II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............... .2
2
English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3
3
Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5
5
Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S
3
Physics 5, 6
4
Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5
................
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
Mathematics 51, 52
.5
Physics 52 .................
Physics 53
-3
Chemistry 15, IS .........
Social Science ... , .........3
....... -
.................
2
5
3
.+
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
C
r.
--.
.2
Religion .................
English 1, 2 .............. .a
Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4
Mathematics 13, 14
.5
Electives .................. .3
.......
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion ...................
Zoology
Chemistry 52, 81
Physics 5, 6 ...............
Electives
.2
....................
............ 44
Cr.
2
4
.4
.................. .a
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but
it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical
school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
.2
Religion 1, 2
3
English 1. 2 ............... . 3
#emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4
Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5
Physical Education 3, 4 ....%
History or Social Science . . 3
............
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
C*.
-
Cr.
2
4
.........
SENIOR
I S e n . II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ....................
3
Social Science or Historv . . 3
German ....................3
Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4
Physics 5, 6 ...............4
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
r Sem. rr Scm.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
German ....................Q
Biology 13, 14 ............ .4
Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54
.4
Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2
I s m . 11 Sem.
cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Social Science .............
Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4
Electives .................. - 9
-
Cr.
Curriculums / 93
SECRETARIAL WORK
The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. ?I student ~ h has
o had simila~cowses in high
school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching
bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ .
FIRST YXAR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ................... .3
Freshman Enalish ........ 3
3
Elementary ~fpewriting . . I
Intermediate Typewriting ..2
Introduction to Business . . 3
Office Machines ........... *2
Elementary Shorthand ... - 3
3
Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4
I42
Electives ................... 5
5
SECOND YEAR
I Sem. 11 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ...................-2
2
Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting
-2
2
Advanced Shorthand ..... .2
3
Principles of Accounting ...3
3
Secretarial Practice ........
Psychology ................ .3
5
Electives .................... 5
...
-
Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher
education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the
Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens
in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
INTRODUCTORY
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of
the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran
congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and
nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
APPLICATION
FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following :
P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p .
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2.
years
P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year
Germs, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2 years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
IN
ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage
from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as
many as possible of the folIowing:
English
Speech
Psycholog
..History -.-....LL-----.L---.
Youth Work
Natural Science -.
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
..
Typewriting
1
.
-
.-1
-
2 years
1 year
year
2 years
1 semester
1 year
1 year
year
When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew
be taken in the senior year of college.
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
S ~ E N TARE
S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that
thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Aupburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
SEMINARY
STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover
the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College
students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50
is papabk a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
96
/ Augshrg
Theological Seminary
EMPLOYMENT
THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following
semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the
condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be
recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is
sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen
a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary
/ 97
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES
THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty Committee on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
Courses of Study'
THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
origin of the Biblical writings.
z Cr.
OLD TESTAMENT
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.
with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old
Testament. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the
Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
12.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE.
Place of the Psalms in the worship
I .
of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The
fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.)
3 Cr.
"With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99
16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament
approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment
and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr.
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.
A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the
2, z Cr.
Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics
and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
I Cr.
NEW TESTAMENT
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
22.
INTRODUCTION
m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.)
23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.)
zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes
3 Cr.
which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary
01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to
27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY
Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions
of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATIONS
OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the
essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul
relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
2 Cr.
(Offered 1961-62.)
CHURCH HlSTORY
MR. SONNACK
40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
2 Cr.
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.)
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
(Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.)
This course covers the period
43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr,
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.)
44.
45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY
MR. OLSON
OF THEOLOGY.
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLES
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
2 Cr.
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
2 Cr.
1961-62.)
CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications
~ 4 55.
,
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr.
A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
56. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
SYMBOLICS
57. COMPARATIVE
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.)
58. THE THEOLOGICAL
ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT
REFORMATION.
The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism
and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with
regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared
with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily
in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent.
(Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
102
/ A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary
PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A.
Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U
basis for the Christian ministry, the call and
of Ehe pastor, hia
public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church
today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
2 0.
61. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.A course dealing with the
dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
I Cr.
62. CLINICALPASTORAL
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the
Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history
and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given
2 Cr.
to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.)
6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE
OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
2 Cr.
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
2 Cr.
are studied. Seniors.
C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103
CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION.
A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
71.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation
I Cr.
to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.)
HYMNOLOGY.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.)
I Cr.
74.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
Studies in the application of basic
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION.
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
THE CHURCH
A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized
movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the
Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled.
z Cr.
77.
Emphasis upon preparation
and practice in delivery of
sermons is included in the
homilectics course for Seminary Middlers.
Personnel
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Oficers of the Board
THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
.
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president
MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary
.
MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND,
Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Insurance
Term Expires in 1963
The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota
A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
MR. HERBERT
Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company
Term Expires in 1964
The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota
Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church
MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
Personnel / r 05
MR.
JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company
ddvisory Mern bers
The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided
NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development
MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . .
PAUL G. SONNACK. .
,
. . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean
of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
MELVIN A. HELLAND
.........-
.Secretary of the Theological Faculty
Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60
AGNESB. TANG
JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian
.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
FRIEDELVINDMANN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer
S. V . HJELMELAND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development
HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias;
Manager of Musical Organizations
IRVING
HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds
RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager
MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services
BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum
IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist
DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar
KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian
MARCELLUSJOHNSON
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud
Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois
Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and
Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild
Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs.
Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs.
Ruth
Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and
Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn
Petersen
and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs.
Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub;
Printing and Mailing-Valborg
Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield;
Receptionist-Mildred
Nelson.
Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda
Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and
Mrs. James Glasoe.
Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C.
Engen.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960
Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen.
Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson,
Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick.
Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins.
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci,
Holum.
Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel.
Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg.
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng.
Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn.
Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.)
R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.)
Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre.
Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson.
Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament
A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional
Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959.
IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and
Religion; College Chaplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957.
PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion
(on leave).
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60.
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty
listing.
Io8
/ Personnel
DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History
A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ;
Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At
. A u g k g since
'955.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
COURTLAND
L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research
Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
L n a MAE ANDEREGG,
M.A., Instructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College,
1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At
Augsburg since 1959.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy
A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956.
At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60).
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed.,
Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basbtball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. At Augsburg since 1949.
Personnel / 109
A.B., Dean of Students
PETERH. ARMACOST,
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since
1959.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission
House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary,
Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg since 1954.
LRL
H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954.
Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since
1959.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1952.
GRACIACHRISTENSEN,
A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College,
Study: University of Chicago.
I 93 1.
Additional
Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin
MARIOCOLACCI,
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsburg since 1952.
AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg
since 1941.
I Io
/ Personnel
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19;
Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21;
Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5.
JACK
FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948. A t Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instr~~cbor
in,History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956.
W~LMM
H. HALVERSON,
Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton
University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t
Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959.
ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss
Administration
A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I.
Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5
2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois
College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assistant
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1948.Additional study: Minnesota.
Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since
Professor of Psychology
1932;A.M., University of Minnesota,
Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
1953.
Personnel /
III
THEODORE
J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching:
Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar
Augsburg since 1976.
MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology
A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds
B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music,
I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail
School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g .
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business
Administrotion
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona!
Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland,
1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At
Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
MILDREDV.
JOEL,
A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
I I2
/ Personnel
EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50.
Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public
Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota;
American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of
Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8.
KARLLN,
ROBERT
B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools,
1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota,
1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955.
MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges
AB., Voss
S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching:
High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University,
1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I3
CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg
Teaching: High
Morris, 1945-47;
49. A t Augsburg
College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching:
Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At
Augsburg since I 9 59.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
I I4
/ Personnel
CATHERINE
NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957.
NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development
A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional
Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t
Augsburg since I 95 8.
IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French
Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948
KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of
Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5.
HOWARD
E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School,
1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t
Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946.
KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
Personnel /
II5
OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D.,
,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50;
University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc,
I ~ J Z - T ~A
. t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 .
MARTINQUANBECK,
Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M.,
University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-.
At Augsburg since 1958.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,
A.B., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota.
Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D.,
1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed
Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since
R u m SEGOLSON,
M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At
Augsburg since I 944.
GEORGESOBERG,
A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
I I6
/ Personnel
R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University
of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957.
ROBERTC. STENSTROM,
M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South
Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional
study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since
(Xu H.
SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation
Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At
Augsburg since 1940.
P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art
A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8.
Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner
College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I7
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D.,
1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public
Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947.
ADELEF. TURRITTIN,
B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German
A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota,
1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958.
B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion
HAROLDTOLLEFSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study:
University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg
since 1959.
HELENULVESTAD,
B.A., Instructor in Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
(Deceased, October 29, 1959)
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth
College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz.
MANIVALD
ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
(Deceased, November I , 19 5 8)
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58.
I I8
/ Personnel
ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology
A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-.
OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional
Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor
of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration
S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957.
Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59.
LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa,
University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9.
JOHN V. HALVORSON,
C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59.
Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration
B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59.
WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59.
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At
Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59.
Personnel / I 19
GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching
Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy
S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's
Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59.
MARYBELLE
RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech
A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science
B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver,
1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59.
PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59.
DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957.
Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
SHELDONL. TORGERSON,
B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup.,
Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar,
1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional
study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46.
Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and
1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59.
ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t
Augsburg 1958-59.
Graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958
WITH THE
Almquist,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
DEGREE OF
BACHELC
IR
.........
.......
James Arnold
.Spicer
Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis
Eugene M.
.Minneapolis
Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga
Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke
Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis.
Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis
Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson
Minneapolis
b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield
Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b
Berge. Gerald P.
.Minneapolis
Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk,
Bergtnm. R o w G.
..WinneupolLs
Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph
San Francisco, Calif.
Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis
Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis
.Wyoming
Bullock, Richard W.
Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis
..........
......
........
........
Minneapolis
Carlson. Roger Alvin
.Nopeming
Cherne, John Edward
Christenson, Erwin William
Portefield, Wis.
.......
Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis.
Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa
Dodds, Donald Jack
.Minneapolis
Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton
Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis
Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S
Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak.
Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby
........
Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis
Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul
Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
OF
ARTS
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Betty J. ..........Minneapolis
C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis
Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor
Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis
Wayne Charles
St. Paul
........
Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak.
............Minneapolis
............Minneapolis
Lindell, Alice M.
Lindell, John L.
Lundquist, Elyce Ellen
..........Buffalo
Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa
Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa
Miskowiec, John Jr.
.JTinn@apo?is
Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ?
......
Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis.
Niederloh. Janet M.
Chetek, Wis.
.......
Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis
Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis
Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla.
Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis
Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis.
Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis
Olson, Richard Carl
Minneapolis
Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis
Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis
........
Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis
Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis
Peterson,
Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield
~
Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis
Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis
Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls
Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay
Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis
Gllmme. Hugh
Mfnnea?wI%
Schulz. Davlci W.
.Minneapolis
Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul
G r t q . Bonita Mad
IZemderaan
Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y.
Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr.
Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre
Minneauolis
Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont.
Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis
Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis
Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk
Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck
Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine
Duluth
Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis
Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia
Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls
Thompson, Norman Ephriam
Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis
Leonard, N. Dak.
Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis
Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis
Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis
Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis.
Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis
Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis
Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis
Hovland, Anna Jane
Mora
Welch, Robert M.
.Minneapolis
West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield
Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis
..............
...........
.........
......
.............
.........
.
Graduates /
1 2I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959
W
I
THE
~
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF ARTS
Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me.
Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul
Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer
Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville
Andersen. Sara Jane
Robbinsdale
Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove
Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis
......
.....
.Lamberton
Batalden, Charlotte D.
Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis
Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis.
Wanmka
Berg, John Allen
Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis
Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale
.Lakefield
Berkness, Vernon Orville
Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth
Northpod, N.Y.
Lamberton
Burreson, Dennis Basil
Byhre, Mary H.
.Minneapolis
............
....
......
.............
Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis
Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis
Christensen, Paul James
"Stewart
Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis.
.
.....
Doren, Mary Mathilda
..........St.
Eldridge, Patricia Darlene
Fall, Ronald David
Fering, Charles A.
Paul
........Shafer
..............
Ivanhoe
Lambe~ton
...........
Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton
Grahn, Dale E.
.Minneapolis
Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis
Grant, Gaylord 0.
..Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Green, Richard Reginald
Grill. Keith E.
.Caruthers. Calif.
Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis.
Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis
...........
........
..
.......
Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview
Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck
Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis
Hawks, Franklin D.
Willmar
Heggem. Kenneth Clark
.Minneapolis
Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis
Hemingway, G. Jerome
.Minneapolis
Hill, Rodney Elmer
Cokato
.Spring Vallql, Wis.
Hojem, Ruth E.
Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Home, Harry James
Hulbert, Elsbeth M.
New York, N.Y.
...
............
...
...
............
.......
....
Jacobson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich.
Corrine Joann ......Northf eld
Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis
.Savage
William Douglas
.....
Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash.
Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis.
Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis
Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm
.......
Kambak, Harold M.
.Minneapolis
Kim, Ock Hyung
.
- .......... Seoul. Korea
Kopka. Heinrich
Pine River
Kopp, Wilbur E.
.Minneapolis
Kvamme, Ardella E.
.Minneapolis
.............
.........
.....
Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis
Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis
Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis
Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka
Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis
Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A.
Minneapolis
Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale
Lyngdal, John Walter
.Duluth
...........
Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis
Martinsen. John Phillip
Menominie, Mich.
Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis
Matheson, Donald W.
.Minneapolis
Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield
Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis
Moen. Thomas Harold
.Minneapolis
Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa
......
....
Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis
Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis
Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson
Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis
Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis
Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis
Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield
....
Olsen, Willard L.
Watertown, S.D.
Olson, Donald C.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Douglas 0.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls
Overby, Richard N. ............Mound
.........
.........
Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis
Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis
Pearson, Vivian K. Skor
.Minneapolis
Peterson, Eugene S.
.Jackson
Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen
Minneapolis
Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis
Pulkrabek, Carol Rose
.St. Paul
Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis
..
..........
.......
Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Bertha
..........
Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight
..Minneapolis
.............. Ashby
.... ..Minneapolis
Ringstad, David J.
Romo, Luther Edward
Sabo, Martin Olav
........Alkabo,
N.D.
.....
Sallen, Donald Arthur
.Minneapolis
Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis
Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis
Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato
Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan
.Minneapolis
Sletten. Richard Glenn
Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis
........Minneapolis
Solomon, Morton B.
Strand, Theodore Hagen
Svanoe, Rennard Gale
....Minneapolis
.... .Minneapolis
..........
Thorson, Dale B.
.Minneapolis
Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis
Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson
..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis.
,
Twiton, Mary Ann
Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar
Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis
West, Stuart E.
Cla~kjield
Willmar
Westphal, Carolyn J.
..
...............
...........
.....
Zielke, Carolyn Margaret
..Minneapolis
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958
WITH T H E
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF THEOLOGY
Gusdal, Delmar M.
Erickson, Manitoba, Canada
Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak.
.Madela
Nelson, Philip A.
.............
Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn.
.Hoffman
Shiell, Wendell C.
Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn.
Steinbrecher, Wayne G.
.Long Siding
...........
...
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959
Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn.
Evavold, Charles A.
.Battle Lake
Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England
Nevin, LeRoy E.
.Cumberland, Wk.
.......
.....
Anderson Kenneth L.
Anderson, Norman E.
Hagestuen, Richard M.
Swenson, Jasper
.......Owatonna
.......Lamberton
....... . S b b u c k
.............Rendricks
Enrollment Summary
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959
College
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . _
Junior ..................
Sophomore ............
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . .
Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F H.) .........
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) ....
TV Students (only) . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Total
First Semester
Men
Women
Total
83
107
117
191
32
30
45
68
167
11
37
32
113
152
185
358
43
37
32
46
99
14
12
46
2
1
-
. . . . . . . . . . ., 533
99
12
11
Second Semester
Men
Women
Total
78
109
113
175
32
29
46
64
153
14
107
155
177
328
46
A
558
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959
Claw
Men
85
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students- (only) ..........
2
N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
.
.
.
.
.
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
.
Women
Total
31
48
73
168
18
37
32
46
99
13
11
116
167
195
379
60
37
32
46
.
99
15
12
576
THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959
Semester I
Men
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..................
.6
7
9
1
Semester II
Men
6
7
9
Total
Men
6
7
9
-
.
1
.
23
22
n
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
576
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Total
-
.............................
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
-
Total
23
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . .
1175
2
.
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . .
2
36
44
89
171
13
42
29
45
95
21
127
144
203
436
50
42
29
45
95
29
-
615
585
1200
.
.
Total
,
............
Second Semester
Total
Men
Women
36
122
86
43
145
102
85
199
114
164
412
248
13
52
39
First Semester
Women
Total
.
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961)
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special
....... . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . .
Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
Women
36
44
90
176
18
42
29
45
95
26
.
601
Enrollment Summary /
I2 5
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960
Semester I
Men
7
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
Total
....................
Semester II
Men
7
7
11
1
Total
Men
7
8
11
2
.
.
26
28
28
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
665
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
.
-
Total
..........................
,
........
1266
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
0
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
28
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . .
.
1294
3
.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Seminary
Total
.....................................
679
College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320
Graduates-1870-1957
Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Total
...................................
2538
3217
Index
Page
Academic Administration
.......... " 3 5
Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7
Page
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9
Education. elementary .......... .65. 87
.......................6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db
Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
!.3
Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9
Alumni Association. The ............. 11
Archives. The ...................... 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71
Athletics .......................... 32
Attendance. Chapel ................ 23
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95
Audio-visual Education ............. 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86
Electives .......................... 41
Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?,
96
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91
Accreditation
Administration
Biology. Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89
Business Administration and Economics .69
Calendar
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39
Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95
Faculty. The
...............
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Finonciol Support and Control
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Requirements . . . . . .40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100
............
Classification of Students
37
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06
Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96
Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41.
Curriculums
42
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
Discipline
49
..................... -37
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88
Degrees
.............
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Cancellation
Credits
English. Department of
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35
........
97
92
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28
Distinction. Degree with
.............
41
............. 43
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53
Divisional Organization
General
Information
Geography
Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Grants-in-aid
Greek, New Testament
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Health and Physicol Education
....... 81
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86
Health Service
Historical
Sketch
................... 7
.............. 6 0
History. Department of
Home Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,
87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41
Homiletics
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Housing .......................... 26
Humanities. Division of the
..........48
Index /
Page
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Journalism
Junior Year Abroad
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Laboratories. Natural Science
. . . . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
.
Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Latin
Location
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
I 27
Page
19
............
........................
Prizes. Scholarships and
Probation
Psychology
37
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
....................... 3 0
........................... 8
........................... 26
Publications
Purposes
Records
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28,
...........................
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Registration,
32
18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36
Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7
Religion ond Philosophy, Division of
. . .44
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Room Costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6
Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0
Scandinavian Language and Literature 54
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses
. . . . . . . . . 92
. . . . . . . .93
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Secretarial Work Curriculum
Membership in Educational Associations 6
Seminary,
Ministry, Preparation for the
. . . . . .84, 95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85
Seminary, Courses of Study
Minors
Seminary, Expenses
Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54
Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Music, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58
Admission
. . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24
Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60
Social Work Curriculum
Sociology, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . .89
. . . . . . . . . . .63
Natural Sciences and Mathematics,
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
. . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4
. . . . . . . . . . . .42
Schools of . . . . 15
Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28
Norwegian,
Courses in
Numbering of Courses
Nursing. Affiliation with
Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses
Old Testament (Seminary)
. . . . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . .31,
32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26,
98
Organizations, Student
Orientation
........ 91
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . .
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
.....
......
............
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service far Graduates
.
............
................
Plant. The Physical
Political Science
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Special Programs of Study
. . . . . . . . . . 15
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96
Student Personnel Services
. . . . . . . . . .25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2
Svstematic Theolwv
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Symbols
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
. . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94
Teaching Curriculums
Testing
Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Trustees. B w r d of
Tuition and Fees
. .36.
95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17
University Courses ................. 37
Upper Division Requirements
-41
........
AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED
IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND
EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
PICTURED
AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion
by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is
estimated at $8,000,000.
Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium,
student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development
during this same period include additional research and instructional
equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship
funds.
The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction
and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it
will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics,
chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events.
The development program states as its purpose
"to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support
of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring
the college to the fulfillment of its destiny."
Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this
purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations,
parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These
volunteers work with and through a Development Council.
Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a
manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are
thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan,
memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts
iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable
tax benefits to the donors.
The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher
Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation
and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg.
Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be
addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one additional
issue in April
by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March
21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
LMLLNUAK
1957
1958
SEPTEMBER
S
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1 2 3
8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617
29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
99 30
95 26 27 28 29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30 31 -
OCTOBER
FEBRUARY
1 2 3 4 5
1
6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415
2021 2223242526 161718192021 92
93 24 25 26 27 28
27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15161718192021
22232425262728
29 30
MARCH
NOVEMBER
1
1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415
1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29
JULY
1 2 3 4 5
6789101112
13141516171819
20912223242526
27 28 29 30 31
DECEMBER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4
15161718192021
29 23 24 95 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL
AUOUST
1 9
1 9 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
13141516171819 I011 1P13141516
20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23
27 28 29 30
g 2526Q7282930
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
SEPTEMBER
S
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
14151617181920 11 121314151617
91222324252627 18192021222324
35 26 27 28 29 30 31
28 29 30
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 12131415 16
17181920212223
$: 25 26 27 28 29 30
FEBRUARY
JUNE
OCTOBER
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213
12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
98 29 30
96 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
MARCH
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll
9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18
161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425
96 27 28 29 30 31
24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31
::
DECEMBER
APRIL
AUGUST
I 2 3 4 5 6
1 9 3 4
1
7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 ,
1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5
21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22
9 8 29 30 31
2627282930
g i g 9596372%29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
4
Academic Calendar
-
General Information
5
----
Financial Information
14
Student Community Life The College -
-
Academic Administration
-
21
34
--34
-
42
Curriculums
-
Courses of Study
53
Division of Religion and Philosophy
55
Division of the Humanities ....-.
59
--
Division of the Social Sciences
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics
General Requirements
96
-.--.
Courses of Study
.
96
1
0
0
-----
Board of Trustees
Administration
86
...........-...-----
--
The Theological Seminary
107
-
,.--lo8
-109
Committees of the Faculty
The Faculty
--
Graduates
Student Enrollment
Index
72
1
D
-m
-
1
0
-
-120
1
2
3
.--.I26
,
CALENDAR
1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60
FIRST SEh4ESTER
Sept. 11-16
Freshman Days
Sept. 10-15
Sept. 11, 16
Registration
Sept. 14, 15
Sept. 17
College classes begin
Sept. 16
Sept. 17
Seminary convenes
Sept. 16
s p t . 17
Late registration fee
Sept. 16
Oct. 24-26
Homecoming
Oct. 23-21
Nov.
End of first half of semester
Nov.
Nov. 27, 28
Thanksgiving recess
Nov. 26, 27
Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas ,recess begins
Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m.
Jan. j, 8:00 a.m.
Classes resume
Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 19-23
College examinations
Jan. 20-26
Jan. 20-23
Seminamry examinations
Jan. 21-26
Jan. 23
First Semester ends
Jan. 26
Jan. 16-29
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 18-Feb.
12
I2
I
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m.
Feb.
2
Late registration fee
Feb. 3
Feb.
12
Lincoln's Birthday
Washington's Birthday
April 3
End of first half af semester
Feb.
22
April
I
Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins
April 13, 4:zo p.m.
March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends
April 19, 8:00 a.m.
May
Seminary Commencement
May 27
May 25-29
Collage Examinations
May 27-June 3
May 30
Memorid Day
May 30
May 31
Bac,cala.ureate Service
June 5
June
College Commencement
June 6
22
I
GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by
the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people
an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level,
students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and
theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of
Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main
I~usir~ess
section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first
A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their
~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion
:
i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial.
social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums.
a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures.
Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of
relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both
from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent
vi~iit~rb.
College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency
for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The
teacher education program in home economics has been approved for
the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments
in this field.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SE~ARY
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to
work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling,
where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a
building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was
incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution
was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being
organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were
spreading rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study
a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was
planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four
years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare
students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly
for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first
class was. graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course
was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth,
the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous
study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present
time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of
physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet
changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship
was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so
that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic
preparation.
While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as
integral parts of one institution.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a
century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from
1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907.
Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George
Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson
served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen,
the present president, has served since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and
God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human
life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the
Seminary, are integrated with this principle.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college
work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in
the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to
make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim
"to see all things through the eyes of Christ."
To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of
Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been
formulated by the college faculty:
T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end
that he may become both an effective participant in the work of
the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way
of life.
AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other
civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords
but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding
of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common
purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of
our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and
participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects
of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward
the development of good character.
T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of
humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight,
so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of
truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with
the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships
in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with
propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by
the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as
possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full
preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home
economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards
the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and
social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing
for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music,
physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency
in the various relationships of life.
To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop
such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with
good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social
and personal satisfaction.
To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which
will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him
better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL
From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with
two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the
newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences
concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed
the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church
has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a
century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and development of the College,
the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle
oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and
others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business
and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota
Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the
part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution.
It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association
of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference,
the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota
Private Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The
annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The
affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give
united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the
school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the
Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities
have been closely coordinated with the development program of the
college.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms
and offices, the Chapel, and the museum.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the
student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium,
and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the
Tower Prayer Chapel.
The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Librarv building.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the
ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing
of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45
women students.
The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and
24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely
modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident 'head and her assistants.
Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each
accommodating about 20 students.
The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the
College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing
educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha?
been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and
married student housing.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design
located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members
of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There
are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection,
and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions
to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
THE ARCHIVES
Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the
archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library
in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided.
Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare
books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes
of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for
scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof.
Iver Olson, Archivist.
The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides
a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains
about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading
tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close
.to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and
seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is
provided in the ground floor reading room.
The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing
with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted
to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to
out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference
Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections
ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students
make extensive use of all these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science
Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on
the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located
on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground
floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use
and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors,
slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape
recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records,
slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center.
Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with
facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are
made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean.
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess
and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first
semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission
to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is
completed at the hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are
made in the spring of the Sophomore year.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00
Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other
.
9.00
student projects)
Health fee
6.00
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) .....
Key deposit (refundable)
1.00
Locker (optional)
1.00
Mail box fee
..
.
.50
.
Total
.$272.50
Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit
hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each
additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up
to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay
the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is
taken for credit.
Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work
per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1
Room
Board (estimate)
1
Subject to change.
..-$68.00 to 85.00
- 180.00
A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost.
Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of
$150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students
$125.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ......................
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week
of classes .
....
Registration with the Placement Bureau
Placement fee, depending upon the method
of placement ....
$3.00 to
Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary..
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
.......
scheduled -....
..........
.......
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............
Comprehensive examination -. . .
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ....................
MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER
Piano
$35.00
Voice
35.00
.40.00
Organ
40.00
Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson
.
..
3.00
..........
14.00
Brass or Wood wind (class instruction)
. 8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Qrgan rental (one hour per day)
4.00
Voice studio rental (one hour per day)
Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00
Concert Band
5.00
COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1
4.00
Art 1. 2
2.00
Art7, 8 .3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 75
.
5.00
Home Economics 39, 40
Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00
2.50
Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........
.
.
5.00
Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
.
1 Subiect ta change
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
1
Chemistry, 3N, 4
Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92
Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 .
.
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52
Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54
Education 97
A
5.00
7.50
5.00
.. 2.50
1.50
15.00
..
.
,
Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but
not breakage.
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Resident students
General expenses .......................................................................$272.50
Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00
Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50
Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00
Off-campus students
-General expenses .
Special, music, course fees, and books --A
Total, approximately -
$ 2 7 2 . 5 0
27.50 to 75.50
300.00 to 348.00
These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the
school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial
problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment
plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration
in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the
case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To
defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment
on the student's account after registration.
The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or
diploma until all college bills have been paid.
1
Subiea to change.
REFUNDS
Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the
middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per
week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees,
which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of
the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the
time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester
room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid,
and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify
for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition
for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided
between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department
and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually
to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor
and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of
singing.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching.
The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar-
ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is
awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an
assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of
the prize is $50.00.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is
awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award,
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free
Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or
rrledical study.
20
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE^
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
GRANTS-IN-AID
A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student
must make application, providing information about his own and his
family's resources and anticipated expenses.
EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been
successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales
work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may
be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus
are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and
library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to
be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but
very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon
the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed
that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis
and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this
'
council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College
Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility
are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings.
This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer
Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations
are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society.
The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the
year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the
study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran
Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is
covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of
Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may
attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and
a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at
Augsburg.
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the
formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard
to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation
and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to
the use of leisure time in general.
STUDENT
COMMUNITY
LIFE
'C
MUSICAND THE FINEARTS
Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural
advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs
and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
the University Theater drama programs.
A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued
from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing,
Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service,
Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services
is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned
a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college
program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad
intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the
professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide
counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and
financial needs are given consideration.
As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about
the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling
is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee.
These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of
group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When
a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study.
The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors
confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year
and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a
serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more
time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally
qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students
are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively.
- -
Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their
counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who
are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by
students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of
vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a
unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test
are available for all students.
Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able
to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality
through counseling sessions.
Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College
Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as
with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may
receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified
persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences.
The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health.
Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their
latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are
named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate
in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the
highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor
and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several
areas.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days.
College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used
by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal
adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the
students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally
standardized test.
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests,
inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow
students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences
during which they plan the student's program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the
students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of
college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are
explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and
vocational aims are discussed.
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies,
including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster.
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office
l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric
referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health
Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's
residence hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a
program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to
take a course in personal and community health.
-
-
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others.
All students not living at home must live in college operated or college
approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room.
Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after
consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single
students are not permitted to live in apartments.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules
become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students
who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the
privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service
is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available
to men students.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth
Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men
and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health
service.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for
the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This
deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it
should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are
assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present
students must make room application and submit the deposit by May
15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on
the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to
cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit
if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is
received by September 1.
City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be
assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room
deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room
become available.
PLACEMENT
GRADUATE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental,
welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local
as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both
on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement
fee are charged.
EMPLOYMENT
STUDENT
An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work.
OF STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
COORDINATION
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
sponsors are approved by the Coordinator.
The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the
Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council.
Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the
function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities
calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities.
A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by
the office of Student Personnel.
COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ.
Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may
go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give
character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg
has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it
regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be
guided by these general standards of conduct.
Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and
conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration
of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of
honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the
student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also
recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home.
Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those
not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on
Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases,
careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose
continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in
any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored
event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject
to severe disciplinary action.
Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those
stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued
for a given year.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body
of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and
provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity.
The administration of student government is delegated to the Student
Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the
various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the
Council.
Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association.
The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college
community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign,
Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action
Week.
Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through
a College Brother-College Sister program.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal
conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is
affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national
organization.
The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science
Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent
place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities.
PUBLICATIONS
The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student
stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members
enrolled in the class earn academic credit.
Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity
for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography.
The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian
constitute the Board of Publication.
A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the
assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook
a r ~ dDirectory.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation,
students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of
these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are
devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are
formed as the occasion demands.
r
AUGSBLJRG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
STUDENT
CLUBS
The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority
open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is
based upon scholarship, character and professional potential.
The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop
their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse
some of that spirit of interest throughout the college.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of
art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among
the student body.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly
to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people
of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an
opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from
field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to
its members associate membership in professional education associations
and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching
as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is
the only requirement for membership.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public
affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local,
state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression
in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts
in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECHOIR
The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In
addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various
parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada.
The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four
times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents
public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and
Imstrumental Ensembles.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECANTORIANS
This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts
and makes short tours annually.
THE MALECHORUS
The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and
makes short tours in the vicinity.
FORENSICS
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
THE 'A" CLUB
Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a
major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible
plane."
WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION
Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a
wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student
participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity
for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college.
recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human
life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that
competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests,
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of
special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-,
creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing
with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must
either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his
other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire
and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy
"school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective
intramural and general recreational program.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the
most valuable player on the -basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science
Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student
of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in
scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities.
-
-
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg
College.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission
form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This
form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record,
if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an
admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions.
The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially
refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the
applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall
semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring
semester by January 15.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to
succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the
high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the
high school record or previous college record.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of
grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years
of high school include four units of English, or three units of English
and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one
uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined
as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120
hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence
of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on
literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The
General Educational Development tests are available to service men
through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken
at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students
whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate
they may have difficulty in doing college work.
TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If
their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg
only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted
to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of
comprehensive examinations.
ADMISSION OF VETERANS
Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits.
The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional
office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must
be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are
eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application
for entitlement when they enroll at the college.
In order to receive credit for experience in the military services,
the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to
the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some
college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service
schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on
the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after
classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than
two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration
is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required
nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours
per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for
which there is not sufficient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined
as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may
be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B,
or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined
by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the
Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A
course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F.
No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course
may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00
is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of
a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in
order to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will not
be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor
point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and
counted towards graduation.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college
credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of
honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are
classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each
school year.
PROBATION AND ELIMINATION
The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each
semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below,
Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as
well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester
are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain
on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is
not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer
with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this
rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must
be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports
are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record
is made of the total absences of each student for the semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants,
with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean
to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to
the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the
Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final
reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and
students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse
may arrange to take such an examination during some period after
the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will
give no examination before he has this statement.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions
are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be
higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making
u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be
secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for
each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
3 honor points per credit
A-Superior,
&Very
good, 2 honor points per credit
C-Satisfactory,
D-Passable,
F-Failure,
1 honor .point per credit
no honor points per credit
minus 1 honor point per credit
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A
student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the
requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the
department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the
student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time
in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the
Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division Requirements
1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional
fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower
division courses:
Religion
Each semester, 2 credits
English
6 credits
Course 1-2. Students exempted from
Freshman English must earn 6 credits
above Freshman English.
3 credits
Course 11.
Fine Arts
2 credits
H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29,
or any literature course satisfies this requirement.
Foreign Langzmge
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and
students with majors in Home Economics
are exempted from this requirement.
Social Sciences
Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2.
6 credits
Natural Sciences
8 credits
Health and Physical Education
3 credits
Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors
in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec.
63 for P. E. 2.
Orientation is required of all Freshmen.
Major and Minors
A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors
for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's
aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in
the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major
line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to
their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior
year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor
and with heads of the various departments to determine their field
of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are
offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech,
Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration,
Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology,
Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and
Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or
above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one
semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a
grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
English Proficiency
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate
2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the
concluding year for such a degkea in residence.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point n&
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg,
as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the
vocation of his choice.
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary,
which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary
course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek
the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Sophomore
Freshman
.
Basic Bible
Orientation
. .
Freshman English .
Foreign Language
..
Healcth .
European Civilization
Physical Education
.
Electives
4
I
6
8
z
6
I
4
Junior
New Testament Greek
Speech
. .
.
History
.
Sociology or Economics or Political
Science or Education
.
Electives
. ..
Natural Science
Psychology
Foreign Langua,ge .
Typewriting .
New Testament Greek
Electives .
8
4
6
I
8
6
Senior
6
6
6
6
8
32
.... .
Religion
Youth Work in the Church
Philosophy
. .... ....
English Li,terature
..
Electives
. . . . . .
z
2
6
6
16
32
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH
AND
MISSIONARY WORKERS
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English
or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
Freshman
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Sociology
..... . 3
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Orientation
................. I
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
-
Sophomore
Religion . .
. . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . .
Types of Public Speech .
Foreign Language . . . .
General Psychology . .
Health
. . . . . . . . . .
First Aid . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
..........
32
Junior
The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education . 2
The Christian Churches
. . . . z
The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r
Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3
OgY - Actiltg
, ,
, , . .
. 3
Story Telling . .
,
. . . .I
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6
Recreational Activities
. . . I
Electives
. .
.
10
Senior
Parish Work
............ z
Youth Work in the Church
. .
z
Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Church
z
Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts
, ,
........ 2
Electives
. . . . . . . . . . . . 11.
-
HIGH
SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare
for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high
schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors
for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and
business education.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . .
Teaching in High School
.
,
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Major or Minor . . .
Senior
............... 4
Religion
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education. 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I
Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4
Sophomore
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare
students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home
economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home
.
economics and journalism, and home manomics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics
education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for
Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home
economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general
home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Orientation
. . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I
P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6
Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4
Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2
-
3 4 or 33
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . , . . . .
4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3
Sophomore
Religion
.................... 4
Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marriage and Family Relations . . 3
Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4
Chemistry 5-6* or
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4
Child Development . . . . . . . . . z
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z
-
Senior
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education . 3
Home Management Problems . . . . . 2
Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2
Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
*Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study
in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles
research.
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In
addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following
suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion
Freshman English
Foreign Language
Principles of Accounting
Introduction to Business
Orientation
Henlrh
Physical Education
Elective
Junior
.
Religion
United States History
. ..
Business Law
Public Finance or Money and
.
. . .
Banking
Taxation or Cost Accounting
Electives
Religion
Psychology
. . ,
Speech
. .
....
Principles of Economics
Introduction t o Statisti,cs
Natural Science . .
Electives .
.
3
3
13
Senior
Religion
. . .
4
Business Finance or Marketing . . 3
Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3
Management Relations . . .
Seminar in Business Administration . 3
Fine Arts
,
. . 3
Electives
. .
. 16
32
32
4
6
3
-
-
LAW
The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan
to study law.
Freshman
Religion
.
. .
Freshman English
Principles of Accounting
. .
Sociology .
European Civilization
. .
Orientation
General Psychology
Pihysical Aotivities
Sophomore
Reli,gion
Christian Ethi,cs
.
Principles of Economics
American Government .
Logic
.
. . ... .
Introduction to Philosophy
History or Literature
..
Natural Science
.
.
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate
training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all
such students.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . .
European Civilization
American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems . . . .
...........
Foreign Language . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Statistics
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . .
History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . .
Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
3
Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Urban Sociology ...............
3
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
6
3
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Introduction to Methods of Social
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16
32
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years
of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital
or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for
examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended
that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
................ 4
Religion
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Orientation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I
Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Zoology
..............
Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
.8
4
3
8
2
3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6
-
Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical
work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2
-
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at
the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
DI ACONATE
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service
in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the
Dean of Women and the Registrar.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of
college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those
who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses
in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the
school of nursing which they plan to attend.
Freshman
,
~
,
Religion . . . . . .
4
Freshman English
. . . . . . . . .6
General Zoology
. . . . . . 8
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elements of Nutrition .
- 3
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
,
~
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . .4
History or Political Science . . . . . . 6
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives
................7
-
33
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg
College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital.
Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to
the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
First Year
Anatomy and
Bacteriology
Chemistry .
Psychobgy .
Second Year
Physiology . . . . . . . . 4
. . . . . . . . ., . 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
. . , . . . . . . . . . .2
I2
Sociology
.
.
-
. . . . . .
2
2
Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program
should be made directly to Swedish Hospital.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher
algebra and solid geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o
Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear
. . . . . . . . 4
Physics . . .
Electricity and Magnetism
..
4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . .
. 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis
. . .lo
Orientation
.............. I
Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education
. . . . . , .. I
Sophomore
Religion
.......- European Civilization . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Chemistry . .
...
General Physics
. . . .
4
6
8
8
8
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools,
but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the
medical school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . - 4History or Philosophy , , ,
,
6
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . 4
0r.ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35
33
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
German . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Quantitative Analytical C,hemisrrg j
General Ph,ysics . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
34
-
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Sociolagy . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts . . . . , . . .- . . , . . . . . . . . 3
Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . - . - 4
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1 4
32
SECRETARIAL
WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high
school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . . I
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . 2
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . 6
Orientation . . . . . . - . . . . . - . - . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
-
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced Shorthand .
Psychology . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . .
Offi,ce Machines . . .
Consumer Education .
Electives . . . - , . . . . .
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSES OFFERED
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1958-60 are given on' the
following pages. Unforeseen circun~stances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be
completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a
comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive
credit for one semester without completing the other.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 1 8 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIUTION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
DIVISIONOF THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
MR. STENSVAAG,
Chairman
the individual is apprised of
Through the study of religion and
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to Christ
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or
minor.
I, 2.
BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of ;brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the
emire New Testament.
CHURCHHISTORY.I.
2 Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
z Cr.
4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.II.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival .faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to
the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of
the present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
5. THEMISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.
I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
1959-1960.)
7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.
I
z cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.11.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
g. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.I.
z Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
presemation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
lo. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
See Course l o under the Department of M&c.
2
cr.
23. GROUPACTMTY.
See Course 53 under Education.
I
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-~hristian religions of the world.
5 3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.I.
z Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
doctrinal position, and practices of the vafious branches of the Christian Church.
54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.TI.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
2 Cr.
56. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.11.
A study of ~rinciples,methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose
of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
57.
QROBLEMS
IN CHRISTIANL.IVING. II.
2
Cr.
A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life,
standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life
in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 8.
PARISHWORK.I1
s Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
are supplemented by actual field work.
I. Sr.
2 G.
59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THE MESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT.
11. Sr.
2 cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with
the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to create an understanding of the principles of sound
reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 5 , 26, 41,42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
35. 'LFrmo~ucm
TO ~ I L O S SO.
~ I.
.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected scarce materiaf, supplemented bp cIassroom lecture
and discussion, zhe srudmc is acquiinted with rhe terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected phitowphkal problems are rreated, including the of
ethics, mer*ph~sics, and theory of knowledge.
26. LOGIC.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics considered include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction
to the notation of symbolic logic.
41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
!in historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
U,pper Division Courses
2.
$2
n.
RELIGION.I,
under Department of Religion.
COMPARATIVE
See course 5 I,
2, 2
Cr.
j 5. CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 fie
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
n.
56. KIERKFGAARD.
Prereq. 41 or 42.
3 Cr.
A study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1958-59.)
cr.
5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11.
3
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11.
The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from
the viewpoint of philowphy and psychology. (Offered 1959-60.)
Jr., Sr. 11.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT.
See course 74 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
I , I Cr.
81, 82. SEMINARIN PHILOSOPHY.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and
students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. (OfEered 1918-59.)
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
MR. THORSON,
Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
Department of Ancient and Classical Languages
The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real
insight into our classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard ,prerequisite for adrnission to most theological seminaries.
N e w Testament Greek
Minor, I 6 credits.
I-Z? ELEMENTS
OF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
8 Cr.
111 adldition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of ,the Greek text of Ithe New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
5 r, 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
3 , 3 Cr.
Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax ai the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Latin
8 Cr.
I-2.t BEGINNING LATIN.
Fr. I, II.
Grammar, easy prose, composition.
3, 4. GSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE.
SO. I, n.
3, 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Gallic War and
Sr. Augusthe's Confessims. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
Hebrew
E3-E4.1
HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.I,
n.
6 Cr.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Sminary.
S f , 86. HEBREW
EXEGESIS.
I, 11.
See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary.
2,2
cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of
the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may
exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted
from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.
Major: 27 credits pbove Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52,
61, 62, 74, and one of the ,following: 59, 81, 83, or 85.
Minor: zo credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, and 62.
Teaching major: 27 credits a'bove Freshman English, including courses
listed for the non-teaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed
for the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library scien.ce, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan to do gaduate work in English should include courses 76,
78, and 92.
$Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
Loth semesters.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
I, 11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and
comprehension in reading. Open to all students.
I-2.f
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are 'placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
21.
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recommended for non-English majors.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING.Prereq. 2 . I.
r Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
26. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
31. F O U N D A ~ OOF
N SLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical
tradition in modern British and American literature.
MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11.
English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to
non-English works.
3 2.
Upper Division Courses
50. CORRECTIVE
WRITING.hereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students
who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
2, 2 Cr.
Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I, 5 2.
5 7. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.1.
See course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
z Cr.
icontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
L
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
rn
DRAMA.
11.
5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2
Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
z Cr.
57. THEBRITISH NOVEL.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
59. CONTEMPORARY
Analysis of: the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 19y 8-59.)
z Cr.
BRITISH LITER~TURE
OF THE SEVENTEEN^ AND EIGHTEENTHCENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I . I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 3 I . 11. 3 Cr.
Gr. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.Prereq. z. I.
z Cr.
71. INTRODUCTION
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
t Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM.Prereq. 2 . 11.
A study of basic :texts, winh emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
74. SHAKESPEARE.
F r e q . 3 2 . 11.
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and
the historical background.
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61. H.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Otfered
1959-60.)
78. CHAUCER.Prereq. 3 2 . 11.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Cmterbu~yTales. (Offered 1958-59.)
z Cr.
8 I. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 3 I . 11.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1958-59.)
8 3 . MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 3 I. I.
2 Cr.
The irmpo~tantli,terary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and nota'ble productions. (Offered 1959-60.)
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 5 I, 5 2 . 11.
85. CONTEMPORARY
Major writers since World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
2
Cr.
2 Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMWAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in
English.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH. I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
2
Cr.
Journalism
I.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, with emphasis on
reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing.
2.
EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.I1
2 Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1959-60.)
5 . Echo STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augsburg Echo stag and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These
meetings are also open to members of Course I. Hour arranged.
A,
Augsburgian STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the schduled weekly stag meetings.
5, 7 .
Department of Speech
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills whidh contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of h e literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
teach speech in the secondary schmls and to take graduate work in speech,
radio, theater, or speech pathology.
ta
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech I I , including courses
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recornmenKed as a minor.
Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students courses 66 and 76,
and st least one course f r m each of ~ h following
e
groups: 12,5 1 ; 31, 32; 61, 62.
II
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fcight should contzct the head of rhe department
for individual attention.
i I. BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speaking.
I z. TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I . Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking
activities.
I 5.
STORYTELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered I 9 5 8- J 9.)
21-2z.t INTERCOI-LEGIATE
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
2 Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
ZJ, 26. PUBLICSPEAKING
SEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests.
Arranged.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS.Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
zg. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered I 9 J 8- 5 9.)
3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.SO. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, .poetry, and drama. (Offered 1959-60.)
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1958-1959.)
5 j. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and prodnction 04 radio programs. (Offered 19j9-60.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must conlplete
both semesters.
61. ARGUMENTATION
A N D DEBATE.Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1959-60.)
62.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of psyahology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 8-59.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
A stu'dy of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered
1559-6b.)
3 Cr.
66. STAGEDIRECTION.
Prereq. 3 2 . Jr., Sr. 11.
Theory and ,practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
anmd conducting rehearsals. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction ,to principles and methods of speech correction.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Modern Languages
This ~ e ~ a r t m e n
aims
t to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and' a mastery of tshe
rules of grammar and rpronunciamtion. It furthermore seeks t o develop an interest
in the histony, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious
heritage. A special ai,m is to provide language facility and technical training
for such a plan to teach, study theology or become candidates for higher
academic degrees.
German
Minor, so credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNINGG E F ~ A NI, . 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and poetry.
fantinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
5 I, 1Z. GERMANLITERATURE.
I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Wered
1919-60.)
Scandinavian Language and Literature
24 credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
j, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered I 9 18 - 5 9.)
I I. SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.I.
3 Cr.
A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1919-60.)
r 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered I 9 19-60.)
Upper Division Courses
5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma La.gerl@f,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered
1958-19.)
DRAMA.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
The course includes dramas 'by Bjgirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 19 18-19.)
French
Minor, zo credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNING
FRENCH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature. (Offered 1919-60.)
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature. ( m e r e d 195 8-59.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
y I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nimeteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected
students.)
FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
honet tic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition. (Otfered only as an honors course for selected students.)
52.
Spanish
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.i
BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation,
and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1959-60.)
52. SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
2nd composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual
aids, in'tegrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered 1959-60.)
TEACHING
OF MODERN
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
See course 73 under Education.
73.
z Cr.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Music
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the
field of music. General instruction is aflorded students who are interested in
the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon (the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Graduation Major, 36 credits, including courses I , 2, 7, 8, I 5-16, 55-56,
57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
Teaching Major, 3 2 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 7,
2 credits from 77, 78; and 6
credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
8, 15-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64';
Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior
year, is required of all music majors.
Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. I 5-16, 78; 4
credits from 10, 15-56,57, 58, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in private lesms in either vocal or instnunend
music.
Teaching Minor, 22 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2,
15-16,55, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;and 4 credits in applied music.
Two credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir or the
Concefit Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Women's
Chorus or Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two
com(p1ete semesters within an academic year.
One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voi'ce, #piano,organ, brass, or woodwinds. Occasional lessons are available without credit.
For statement of fees see under Financial Information.
3 , 2. THEORY,
I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A 'basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the prinoiples of
notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms: aural skills: sight
reading, dictation, and part singing. Should be taken ,concurrently with I 5-1 6
whenever possible.
.
*A student wirh a major for teaching should 'be prepared for both vocal
and instrumental work. Unless he takes 'bo& technique courses, his work in
applied music, excepting the required credits in piano, must be in instrumental
music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers
for I n s t m e n t a ~ lTechnique.
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
;, 8. HISTORY
,4n historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest musi,c.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before regisrering
&or 8, or have consent of instructor.
10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
2 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the
ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors,
and pre-~heologicalstudents. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements
of a course in religion.
15-16.? HARMONY.I, II.
4 Cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
HARMONY.
Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
5 5, 56. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course 15-16,with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced ,chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music.
Prereq. z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
57, 58. CONDUCTING.
Jr. I, 11.
2, r Cr.
course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music
education are advised to take the course in their junior year.
61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the
prospective public school music teacher an,d director for work in band and
orchestra.
65-64.? CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teascher and director for work in vocal music.
77. COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 5 5. I. Sr.
2 Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
-
f(=ontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
78.
MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq.
2,
$5,
and 7 7 or consent of instructor.
TI. Sr.
2
Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
88. TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.
Jr. TI.
See course 888 under Education.
t
Cr.
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
89. TEACHING
See course 89 under Education.
2
Cr.
I,
z Cr.
cr.
I
%. % c r .
%, %, Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for fihe benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to ,participate in groups affording
opportunity for musical expression.
I , I Cr.
PREPARATORY
PIANO.I, 11.
Keyboard fundamentals. Major and harmonic minor scales, sight reading, hymns,
and simple repertory.
I , I Cr.
INTERMEDIATE
PIANO.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Melodic minor scales, chords, and arpeggi. Repertory including Bach-Carrol,
Burgmuller Opus 100, and Sonatina album.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
PIANO.Prereq. Interm. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Technique as needed, using Cramer, Loeshorn, Bach Two-Part Inven,tions,
Sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, etc. Repertory from Classical, Romantic,
and Modern Composers.
I , I Cr.
ELEMENTARY
ORGAN.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
General coordination and technique of playing the organ. Study of the Baoh
Eight Little Preludes and Fugues, Dupre's 79 Chorales, and hymn playing.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
ORGAN.Prereq. Elem. Organ or equiv. I, II.
Technique as needed. Repertory from pre-Bach, Baroque, Romantic, and modern
organ composers.
I'OICE.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
brea,th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
:Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
%
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, TI.
or
% or
WOOD-WIND
INSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction+nk
per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/Z credit.
Opportunities for participation in Brass, String, and Woodwind ensembles are
offered each year on a non-credit basis.
Art
I . 2.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal Iforms. Plaster casting.
3. ART IN DAILYLIVING.I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practic,al problems.
Upper Division Courses
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
64. HJSTORY
!ke course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 cr.
tcontinuation course. To receive credir. for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
It is the general purpose of t h e work in this division m improve rhe student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation 0: rheir imporeance
2nd value, especially in their Chrktian interpretation. T h e work pmceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division i s therefore mwldsd to
develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
Department of History and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for .teaching in secondary schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history x p l a n to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I-r.? EUROPEAN
CIV~IZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Desfgned to lay the foundation for future work in History.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
See Course I I under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
SO., I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
2 1 , 22.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
5 I . THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
(Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
52. ENGLAND
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1958-59.)
f-Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
53. LATIN-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
A swdy of Latin America and its development. (Offered lr58-59.)
3 Cr.
$4. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Offered 1958-59.)
UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
The United States drom about 1900 to 'the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval
of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
DIPLOMACY.
Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United Sta,tes from the Revolutionary
War to ,the :present. Seminar offered in connection with .ahis course may be
taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cu1,tural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions
to modern cultures. (Offered I 9 5 8 - 59.)
62. HISTORY
OF CANADA.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early exploration to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered
I 9 59-60.)
64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 1958-59.)
71.
FRENCH REVOLUTIONAND EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in Hist. Jr., Sr. I.
Poli,tical, economic, social, and cultural developmen,t in Europe from 1789 to
I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, *he Revolution of
1848. (Offered 1959-60.)
credits in H i t . Jr. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Politi,cal, economic, social, and cultural ,deveIopment in Europe from I 848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, che rise of imperialism,
and the ,background of World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
LATENINETEENTHCENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq.
74.
HISTORYOF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
12
3 Cr.
Sec course 74 under Political Science.
CENTURY.
Prereq. 1 2 cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr.
8 I , 82. THETWENTIETH
A survey of recent developments in (the world, extending from che ourbreak of
Vorld War I to vhe present. Seminar offered in connection wich this course
may 'be taken for one ~d~ditional
credit ,per semester on approval of instructor.
(Offered 1958-59.)
SEMINARIN NORTHWESTHISTORY.Jr., Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor.
2 Cr.
A st,udy of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required of each member of the class. (Offered 1958-59.)
99.
Political Science
Minor,
I1
credits.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
41-42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are
stressed.
Upper Division Courses
S THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
53. POLITICAL P A R ~OF
3
American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1958-59.)
&=r.
16. AMERICAN
DIPLOMACY.11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
6 I.
PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 4 1-42 or Econ. I 5 for Political Science minors.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
74. HISTORY
OF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
-4 study of .political philosophy and its influence and historical signi,ficance
from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered I 959-60.)
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
81. TEACHWG
See course 85 under Education.
2
Cr.
Geography
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. II.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42;
and 3 credi,ts in Economics.
-'Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Sociology
The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for
social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of' Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Minor, 1 5 credits including k i o l o g y I , z. Required in addition are History
1 - 2 , or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is re~om~mended
for majors and minors in k i o l o g y .
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curricu1,un.
I.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLQGY.
Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
fin introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
4. INTRODUCTION
See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics.
YN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
4 course in general sociology for nurses.
16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
2I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of contemporary rural America.
22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO. n.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 4 2 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
Upper Division Courses
51. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
RACERELATIONS
A N D MINORITY
PROBLEMS.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
5
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered I 9 5 8-5 9.)
56.
RELATIONS.
Jr., Sr. 11.
LABORAND MANAGEMENT
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 1959-60.)
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
fanctions of social work. A survey of private and publjc social agencies in
the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
and other community agencies.
60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of c o n t e m p o r a ~public welfare and social security. (Offered 1958-59.)
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. I , Psy. 5, 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
62. ABNORMAL
SSYCHOLOGY.
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64.
INTRODUCTION
TO METHODS
OF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr.
structor. 11.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1959-60.)
Department of Psychology and Education
Psychology
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
to assist in the adjustments tha* the in-coming student needs to make. The
work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
fellow men.
I.
ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as
college students. I t includes units on orientation to the college, methods of
study, irnprovemeht of reading speed and comprehension, and vocational and
educational guidance.
5 , 6. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I, TI.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin-
ciples, metho& and problems of psychology are discussed. The second semester
emphasizes mental health and the application of the principles of psychology to
other problems of everyday life.
7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
An introductory course intended for nurses.
2
cr.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
61.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. f , 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
62.
Education
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the
junior and senior high school level, as well-as for further study in the field of
education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Edu,cation. Application must be made
during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the
basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and
a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on the high school level.
All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1
and $ 2 . I n addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in
teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these credits to be ,completed before taking Ed. 5 I .
N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum
should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education.
3 Cr.
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 1, 6. Jr. I.
y I. EDUCATIONAL
.4 study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
$2.
TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS.Prereq. I . Jr. II.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities;
and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
53, $4. GROUP ACTIVITY.
I , I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
5 i , $ 2 ; Religion 7 , 57. $ 8 ; Physical Education 6 , I I , 1 3 , 1 4 , 8 1 , 8 2 . The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Group
Activity.
3 Cr.
56. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate .for student guidance,
including counseling.
58. ISSUES
m CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION.Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
73.
TEACHING
OF MODERNLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURALSCIENCES.Sr. I.
z Cr.
8 I.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
z Cr.
83.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.
Sr. I.
67.
TEACHING
OF HEALTHEDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I. z Cr.
$8.
TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
z Cr.
89.
TEACHING
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
z Cr.
91.
TEACHING
OF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
53.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
2
Cr.
y5.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
z Cr.
z Cr.
Courses 7 3 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a
major or a minor in the field and Education 52.
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. $ 2 . Sr. I.
97. STUDENTTEACHING.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
Library Science
The dollowing courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of
bmks for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor,
I6
credits.
3 Cr.
OF THE SCHOOL
LIBRARY.
So., Jr. I, 11.
5 ~ - 5 6 . t BASICFUNC~IONS
Designed to &paint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school admin,istration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
57-58.? ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, prin,ciples
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction;
and other non-book materials, standard dists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered
1959-60.)
I Cr.
METHODS.Prereq. 5 6 . Sr. I.
6 1. PRACTICAL
Giving the student practice experience in school limbraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READING
GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
Department of Business Administration and Eccrnomics,
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge
and perspective are necessary for success in specific positbns in our complex
business world and .should provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respons2bility. A degree with a business major
is a common requirement of business firms and government agencies.
Together wich secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching
major or minor, and it ,prepares for graduate work in business. Furcher, it
recognizes the need for trained people in &e social sciences and presently offers
a minor in economics.
Business Administration and Economics
Major in Business Administration, 36 credits, including courses I,
16, 53, 72.
2,
3, 4, 15,
In addition, History 21, z t and Psychology 5, 6 are required.
Minor in Business Administration,
21
credits, including courses I , 2, 3,
I 5,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics, I 5 credits, including courses
from 4, 51, 56, 6 1 , 62.
I
1, I 6,
and nine credits
I, 2.
P ~ C I P L EOF
S ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. Two lectures and
one double laboratory hour per week.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO BUSINESS.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory survey of business and business management including a study
of the variety, nature and interrelationsship of problems of business operation.
Finance, personnel, production, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governmental relationships are a few of the :topics covered.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific met,hods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
gaphs and tables, as well as fin,ding measures of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound methods of sampling.
I 1: I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS.
SO. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public poli,cy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
poli,cy problems.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . MONEY AND BANKING.Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary
and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level
with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1958-19.)
5 3 . BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING.
Prereq. z, 4, 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Marketin,g :from a businessman's standpoint, winh emphasis on ways in which
management decisions are made con,cerning product .planning, merchandise
selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling.
(Offered 1959-60.)
RELATIONS.
Prereq.
56. LABORAKD MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
I
5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
MANAGEMENT.Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
18. INDUSTRIAL
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1958-59.)
59. COST ACCOUN.I?NG.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Essential features of accounting for manufaoturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; order method;
process costs; and cost reports. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
61. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. I.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and ,the impact of governmental finance on economic activit,~.
62. BUSINESSFINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis
on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. (Offered 1958-59.)
6 3 . TAXATION.
Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will cover several types of taxation, wich particular emphasis on
the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, proced,ures and problems as they relate .to business and individuals. (Offered
1959-60.)
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
72. SEMINARIN BUSINESSADMINISTRATION.
This seminar will cover special problems of concern to business majors which
are not considered in the regular curriculum. Lectures will be given by local
business leaders. The course will encourage advanced study by students in
areas of particular interest to them.
Secretarial Studies
These courses are pIanned to prepare students for stenographic =nd secretarial
positions in business o&ces, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of
buiness edmcation in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major, 31 credits above I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54,
Eusiness Administration I , z, 3, 53. Business education major, 37. credits above I
including courses listed f o r grad,uation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16.
Minor, 25 credits a~bove I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business
Administration I , 2, o r I 5 , 16.
I.
ELEMENTARYTYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course f o r the development of the fun.damental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
SHORTHAND.I, 11.
6 Cr.
3- 4 . t ELEMENTARY
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
i-.Gntinuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
Upper Division Courses
TYPEWRI~NG.
Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
2 Cr.
5 I. ADVANCED
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangernent,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Open to students having
attained a speed of 50 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.Brereq. 2, 3-4,11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5 3-54.f
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
81. TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.
Sr. I.
See course 8 I under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of .the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home
economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recom.mended for
general education.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
66, 67-71, 73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics I 5,
k i o l o g y I, Biology 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 5, 6, and 3 additional
credits in Social Science.
Non-teachin,g minor,
22
credits including courses
I,
2, 3, 7, 39,40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major, 3 8 credits; courses listed for n o n - t e a c h g major plus 3 3 and
75.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CARE, AND REPAIR.I.
3 Cr.
-4 study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f2brics
suitable for different uses are topics considered.
'Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete
both semesters.
n.
2.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUC~ON.
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton
and rayon. It includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable
techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of
garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors.
Two double lrboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week.
3 Cr.
3. ART IN DAILY LNING. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
E. ELEMENTS
OF NUTRITION.11.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
3 3. COLOR
AND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
11.
z Cr.
36. CRAFTS.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can 'be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to
crafts will be studied. Two double lrboratory periods per week. (OfTered
1959-60.)
PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 8 or
permission of instructor. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
f m d preparation. Three double laboratory period9 a week.
39, 40.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILY
RELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular
lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
11.
2 Cr.
44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.
A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
57. TEXTILES.
I.
r Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household an,d clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week. (Offered 1959-60.)
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of archi,tecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. ( m e r e d 1958-59.)
66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per
week.
67. FAMILYHEALTH.
I.
r Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problem within ,the family group.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Con~i~deration
of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating ohe resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
71.
73. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipment.. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs .to be detemined
by the group.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATION
AND INCOMEMANAGEMENT.
11.
2 Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and s e ~ i c e savailable on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. z. I.
2 Cr.
This course provides labrstbry experience in making garments in wool. More
advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2.
Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also
given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1958-59.)
Sr. I.
91. TEACHINGO F HOME ECONOMICS.
See course 91 under Education.
z Cr.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. 11.
See course gz under Education.
2
92.
Cr.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
It is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in t h e light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural
Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
MR. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MR. MICKELBERG
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits, at least 8 credits in Upper Division courses; minor, 16
credits. Courses 1-2, 3 ~ 7~
, do not count toward the major or minor.
I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences.
Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory
work, and discussions.
A N D PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3N. HUMANANATOMY
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students
who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3N.
4.
HUMAN
ANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
h t h structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
I.
3 Cr.
7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
'
1 course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
8 Cr.
13-14.? GENERAL
ZOOLOGY.
Fr. I, II.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, ada~tarion,and reproduction of type animals. Biological ~rinciples
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
tmth semesters.
4. 4 Cr.
25, 26. GENERAL
BOTANY.SO., Jr. I, TI.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles.
Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
3 2. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES.
Prereq.
1 3 - 14.
11.
4 Cr.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate ,phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week.
Upper Division Courses
4 Cr.
51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four le~turesper week.
(Ogered 1959-60.)
4 Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14 or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. 11.
5 2. ECOLOGY.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1959-60.)
;Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14. Sr. I.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offend
1958-59.)
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr..
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
56. TAXONOMY
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles,
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and' one
double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1958-19.)
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. TI.
I or 2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 8-59.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
79. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Chemistry
I t is the purpose of this department ,to give students an understanding and
an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways (by d i u h this has {been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity .to examine
the chemical aspect of ehe structure, the power and the beauty of one of the
great intellectual accomp1ishmen.t~of man-modern
science, and it provides
dramatic exa,ples of effective ways to handle certain types of ,problems.
Courses in this department are designed to prepare students for teaching
,chemistry in secondary schools, {to provide background for graduate study in
chemistry and f,uroher study in medicine, dentistry, engineerin,g, nursing,
pharmacy, ,medical technology, and other related fields.
Major, 25 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,3N and 4 do not count
tow,ard the major or! minor.
Pre-medical students are required to com,plete the following courses and
should take them in the order shown: Fr. 1-6;Soph. 53-54;Jr. 61, 66. Medical technologists should complete, in the order shown: Fr., 5-6; Soph., 53-14;
Jr., 61.Prospective teachers of chemistry in secondary schools should complete
5-6 and 53-54;61 and 66 are highly recommended, and may ,be substituted for
53-54.Prospective chemists and graduate students should complete 5-6, 53-54,
61,62, 71, 91-92.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
j ~ CHEMISTRY
.
FOR NURSES.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course coverin'g subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and pa~hola~ical
ohemistry. Designed
to meet 'the needs of the ,&hools of N'ursing of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
and Swedish Hospital. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory ,per week.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO CHEMISTRY.
Fr. 11. Prereq. High School algebra (or
4 Cr.
permission of instructor).
A lecture and laboratory course designed for the non-major and to meet the
needs of students in home economics. A study of laws and theories of chernistq
with descriptive material selected from the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and physical chemistry. Students who complete 1-6 may not receive
credit for Chem. 3N or 4. Students who had chemistry in high school may not
receive credit for Chem. 4 except by permission of instructor. Three lectures and
two hours of laboratory per week.
5-6. GENERALCHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATNE
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or
equiv., or concurrent registration in Math. I. Fr., So., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations. Three
lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
53-54.
ORGANICCHE~IISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts
of reaction meohanisms. Laboratory work in study of technique and in the
preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods per week.
61.
Q U A N ~ T A T I VANALYTICAL
E
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6,and ability t o use
logarithms. (Students receiving less than C in 5-6 may register with
y Cr.
,permission of instructor only.) So., Jr., Sr. I.
Classical methods of gravimetric and volumetric ana1,ysis. Study of ionic equilibrium. Three lectures, one hour of recitation and six hours of laboratory per week.
62.
INSTRUMENTAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 61. (Students receiving less than C in
61 may register with permission of instrucmtor only.) So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr.
Modern menhods of anaNlysis. Electrochemical and optical met.hods; emphasis on
use of instruments. Recent developments in analytical methods. Two lectures
and six hours of laboratory per week.
66.
TO PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 61 and
INTRODUCTION
Physics 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
A course designed t o meet the needs of pre-medical students. A kinetic approach to gas laws, liquids, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions,
colloids, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period per week. Students completing 91-92 may not receive credit for 66.
71.
ORGANIC
QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 3-54. Jr., S r I.
4 Cr.
Methods of q~alita~tive
analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. A study
of theories and mechanisms of substitution and elimination reactions. Two class
discussions and six hours of laboratory per week.
91-92.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. $2, Chem. 61 and Physics 6;
Ghern. 53-54 is himghly recommended. Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A course &or ,prospective graduate students and chemists. An advanced course
in ph'ysical chemistry emphasizin.g ,the thermodynamic approach to the properties of matter. Gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions, !phase rule, thermodyna,mics,
kinetics, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. (Offered on demand, 1959-60.)
Department of Physics
Recent developments in the field of Physics make it imperative that more
than adequate training be provided for those who intend .to continue their
studies in graduate school 04 who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of
,physisics.It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both
of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background
to make i't !possible for him to fallow with some degree of comprehension the
developments in .the field of science as they come to hi,m from # h emedium of
semi-scientific publications.
Major,
28
credits, including courses 5 I , 52, 63, 64, 73, 74.
Minor, 16 credits.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
3.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
8 Cr.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstramtion-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electrici.ty, magnetism, 1igh.t and sound. This
course is intended for students of home economia but may be taken by others
who wish. some basic information in ,the field of Physics. Three lectures, cwohour 'laboratory. Students with high school physics may nat receive credit for
Physics 3 except by ,permission of instructor.
5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Mach I 3 or concurrent registration in Macth I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and hea,t. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one ,two-hour laboratory period per week.
Uspper Division Courses
N ATOMICAND NUCLEARPHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math.
5 I. I N ~ O D U C T I OTO
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eY'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Four hours lecture per
week.
~
MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
52. E L E C T R I C IAND
4 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I.So., Jr. 11.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical
instruments, electmnics. Four hours lecture per week.
61.
OPTICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51.
Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1958-59.)
62.
MECHANICS. Prereq. 6 .and Ma&. 5 I . Jr. 11.
4 cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion o'f a rigid 'body, work, kinetic energy, vibra~tions in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field. (Offered 1958-59.)
63-64.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and ,magnetism, atarnic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (Offered
1958-59.)
71.
HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
registration- in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
secon,d laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
MATHEMATICAL
PHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 51. Sr. II.
4 Cr.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics wirh applications to various
fie1:ds such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1959-60.)
73-74.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (OSered
1959-60.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.
Sr. I.
74. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
t
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 and
either 53-54 or 61, 66; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sugcient for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford
studens in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. It aims to open to those who major in the subject a
wider horizon with experience chat will make them e6cient workers in their
chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor,
20
credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 'do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other ,courses.
I.
SECOND
COURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher
algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course.
i . SOLID GEOMETRY.
Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. TI.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~hrmulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an i n t d u c t i o n to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours o week.
3 Cr.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIP~VE
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 5. TI.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
13,
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math.
I or
equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
14.
Upper Divisi0.n Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. I 3,
14. so., ~ r I,
. 11.
5, 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I,
J 2.
53. SOLD ANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surface and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
3 Cr.
OF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. ll.
54. THEORY
This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
83. TEACHWG
See course 83 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Heal,th and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of che physical education program.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men, 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, I I, 12, 23,
all upper division courses. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women, 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
I?,23, 17, $8,66, 73, 74, 84, 86. Biology 4 also required.
Minor,, 2 1 credits, includinmg courses 2, 3, 4, 1, 6, 8, 1 I, 12, y 1, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women.
2. PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH.Fr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
-2 study of modern concepts and practices of health and heakhful living applied
to the individual and the community.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
II.
ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
n.
%, % Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTHEDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
P, brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of heal,th education,
physical education, and recreation.
1.
6. RECREATIONAL
A c m m s . Fr. II.
I Cr.
Theory and practi,ce in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
K. F ~ AID.
T Fr., SO. 11.
American Red Cross F i a t Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
:rolleyball. Three hours per week.
I 2. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL
SPORTS.(Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbffleboard, handball, Aerial darts,
table tennis, horsehoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.So. I, TI.
Theory and practice in the coaching and o6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (OfTered 1959-60.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). SO. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of t e a ~ h i n stunts
,~
and tumbling. Two .hours per week.
(Offered 1958-59.)
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. 11.
2 Cr.
18. INDIVIDUAL
Theory and practice in teaching skatin~g,skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, acchery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Otfered
1958-59.)
23. RHYTHMS.So. I.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms.
I
Cr.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
29. OFFICIATING.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of ofliciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 I . SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Jr, I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teachin,g individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours ,per week.
57. KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 O.
This is a study of ,body movements and the mechanics in the effectinlg of
eflicient movements.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
A N D ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and onganic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
58.
COURSEm FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
I Cr.
Methods and materials in .teaching ahe American Red Cross First Aid Cowst.
73.
PRINC~PLES
A N D CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
A N D PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives d health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school healrh education and physical
education curriculum.
74.
ORGAN~ATION
A N D ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION A N D
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. y. Sr. TI.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
81.
COACHING
OF SPORTS:
FOOTBALL
AND BASKETBALL.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82.
&ACHING
OF
SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.
Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or a,pproval of instructor.
M PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
A survey and, evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1958-59 and
1959-60. Alternate years after 1959-60.)
86.
COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and ad,ministration of recreational
work. (Offered 1958-59.)
OF HEALTH
EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I.
87. TEACHING
See couqe 87 under Education.
2
Cr.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
INTRODUCTORY
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of
the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran
ccngregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultivated and
nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following:
1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal convictions, and church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4.
A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
2 years
Greek
Philosophy
1 year
German, or
Latin, or
2 years
Norwegian
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage
from their theological studies, it is recommended that their college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
~iiinorand, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many
as possible of the following:
2 years
English
1 year
Speech
1 year
Psychology
2 years
History
1 semester
Youth Work
1 year
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
1 year
Education
1 year
Typewriting
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that
their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
Seminary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover the cost of
room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students.
See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is payable
a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
EMPLOYMENT
The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing
grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amount of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a
deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATION AND DEGREES
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point rati.0 of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty C~mrni~ttee
on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate in Theology is conferred upon the students
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 !C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites for admission to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History an,d contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
t Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
THEOLOGICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC.
A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
I Cr.
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
A.
'With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered amual1.y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
r. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Gnfession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
I.ucher.
Old Testament
FOR BEGINNERS.
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREW
using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from
6 Cr.
Deuteronomy. (Offered I 9 5 8- 59).
11.
THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
12.
on religious values and -the rise of ~mphetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 cr.
14. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH.A studY of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1959-60.)
3.
I T . THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems
2 Cr.
of life. (Offered 1960-61.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to
the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading
assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr.
Exilic period. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
EXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
17, 18. HEBREW
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
z, z Cr.
in ,the Old Testament. (Offered 1 9 ~ 9 - 6 0 . )
A study of archaeological ,discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The co'urse consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1960-61.)
4
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two years of Greek is a requirement f o r
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
r t . INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 19 59-60.)
i3. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered irn the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry: (Offered 1959-60.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek texf with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.)
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on
2 Cr.
the English text with the ai,d of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THEJEWISHSECTIONOF
THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 G.
28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. T h e
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-1 I ) , and the section o n the
Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
t Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 19jg-60.)
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims a t a
jo. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
(Offered 1958-59.)
t Cr.
Church History
l o . THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acu. (Offered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the
Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and
decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward
3 Cr.
reform. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3
Catholic Counter-Reformation. ( m e r e d 195 6-5 7,)
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the h,istory of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
44. AMERICANCHURCH
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-61.)
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.A study of. the development
45, 46. THEHISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-19.) 2 , 2 Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study of the consti47. THE#LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
Systematic Theology
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY.
2 Cr.
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
A N D ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
f z . SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOL~GY
of the Church; t h e Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1958-59.)
z Cr.
54, 55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of
Christian ethics t o individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1959-60.)
2, 2 Cr.
j6. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
SYMBOLICS
~
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
57. C Q M P A R A
of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1959-60.)
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
Go. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course, which is based o n the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of .the pastoral office and the New Testament ministry. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUALLIFE. A study of Christian experience
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
2 Cr.
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.)
62. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORALCOUNSBLING.A course dealing with the
dynamics ,underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
I Cr.
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is 'to provide an
63. CLINICALPASTORAL
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a
64. EVANGELISTICS.
short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.)
B. Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
r Cr.
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
66. HOMILETICS.
The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of ,brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
z Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the prepara~ionand delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
r G.
are studied. Seniors.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; o6cers, organization, and government in the epostoli~c'times; the
growth of the idea of ,the Church; the idea of a free church. I and 11 Corinr Cr.
thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing e6ciency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
72. PASTORAL
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its
relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered
1960-61.)
I Cr.
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
D. Christian Education and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schwls, Parochiai schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANSOCIETY.A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the
organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must
deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide
r Cr.
task of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
AND SOCIALWORK.This course is designed .to give the
79. CHRISTIANITY
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures,
r Cr.
reports, and institutional visits.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Officers of the Board
. .President
Vice-President
. . Secretary
. Treasurer
Term Expires in 1958
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, Universic~r of Minnesota
Duluth, Minnesota
The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Pastor, Trinity Lutheran Church
Term Expires in 1959
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Fdls, Minnesota
Contractor (retired)
The REV. C . T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota
Business Manager, Bethesda Homes
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,
M,arinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Tenn Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG,Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON,Minneapol,is, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Churoh.
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg Colle,ge and Theological Seminary
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
ADMINISTRATlON
. President
Dean of the College
Dean of the Theological Senzinary
. Bzlsiness Manager
Dean o f Stzldents
Dean o f W o m e n
Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
Secretary o f the Theological Faculty
. . . . . . Librarian
Director of Placement and Testing
Assistant Treasurer
Director of Dez'elopment Fund
..
Director of Public Relations
Agent; Szcperz'isor of Buildings and Grounds
Assistant Business Manager
Director o f Food Services
Curator of the Museum
. .
.
.Archivist
Director o f Admissions
Assistant Registrar
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofiice Sfaff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President; Mrs. R u t h Gamm,
Office Manager, Public Relations; Mrs. Mildred Cleveland, Secretany, Public Relations M c e ; Banbara Cole, Secretary, Admissions Ofice; Mrs. Valborg Ellingson,
Audio-Visual Assistant; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's O&e; Lilly
Gerhard, Cashier, Treasurer's Office; Mrs. Mary Jean Holmquist, Recorder,
Registrar's Oflice; Randi Langfeldt, Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Ofice; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's Office;
Violet Myers, Secretary, Development Office; June Nelson, Secretary to t,he Dean
of the College; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Marilyn
Petersen, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Lillian Peterson, Faculty Secretary,
Mimeographing; Delores Rotramel, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna
Staub, Clerical Assistant, Library.
Resident Counselors i n Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Philip Nelson; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Delores Rotramel, Joanne Rotramel.
Supervisor of Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. Manager of Grill: Arthur C.
Engen.
---
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Ali,ce Swensen, R. N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R. N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
I
I
-1957-1958-
Administration: Christensen, M. Quaekck, Stensvaag, Fosse, Dahlen, Miss
Mortensen, Miss Joel.
I Curriculum: M . Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segolson,
II
I
Miss Joel.
Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, A. Anderson, Chrislock.
I
4
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, J. Thut, Miss Pederson,
Hammarberg.
I
-.
Student Personnel: Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, P. Quanbeck.
E. Anderson, Dahlen.
I
Athletics: %berg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Hanwick, Savold.
1
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Tangjerd, Otolins, Mickelberg.
I
Institutional Studies: R. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, Nelson, Wckelson.
Imvocations: Holum,
C h r i s l d , Thut, Miss Mortensen. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student-Faculty: M. Quanbeck, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, Miss Cole.
meinbers also included in this committee.)
Reliaiozls Life: P. Ouambeck, Ozalins, Mrs. L. Peterson. (Student
I
Teacher Education: Johnson, Thorson, Sateren, Urdah(1.
q a c u l t y Council: M. Quanbeck, A. Anderson, Miss Pederson, Landa, Holum,
Trautwein.
I
THE FACULTY
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
Xi. CHRISTENSEK,
Th.l,I., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., ?rugsburg Collcgr, 1911: Aupsburg Theo:ogical Seminary, 1922-25;
Th.M., I'rinceton T h ~ l o g i c 3 l Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundarion, r 9 zg. Additional study: Columbia, Chiago, Berlin, G~ttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg T,heological Seminary,
19 I 8 ; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192 1-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
IVER
B. OLSON,AM., Th.D., Professor of Systemtic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 ; Th.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
Universitv of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PHIL~PA. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Testament and
Rrligiotr; College Cbuplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 ~ o ;Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 195I ; Th.M.,
Princeton T!xuIopical Seminlry, 1914; 'I'h.D., 1957. Pastoral work, 195 1-5 3.
Teaching Fellow, Princeron Theological Seminary, 1954-57. A.t A u g s b q
since 1957.
PAULG.
~ O K X A C K , A.B., Th.B., Assoriait- Pr~frsroro j Cb~trchHistory
A.B., Augsburg Gllesr, 1942; C.T.,Augsburq Thmbgica1 Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Addition31 study: University of Chic~go.Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since r949.
STEXSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Profrssor of OIJ Tcston:mt
A. B., Augshurg Callegt, r g 3 6 ; ThB., Augsburg ~ e o l c - g i c a lSeminary,
1939; 5.TII.I.. Nzrrford Seminary Foundzrion, 1940; Ph,D., 1941. Additional study: Johns HopBins, Oslo. Pastor, Mimespolis. Mim., 1942-46.
At Augsburg since 1942.
J ~ H NM.
DORRISFLFSNER,Ph.D., 1 , ~ c t a r r rin Church Hirf0r.y (Seminary)
,\.B., Car1h3~cCollege, r 9 3 6 : B.D., Hamma Diviniry Schoa!, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wsrtburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., Univenitp of Chicago, 1953;
Ph.D.. Hartford S e m i n ~ r y , 1956. Associate Professwr of Church History,
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, I 9 57.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939;C.T., Awgsburg Theologi3cal Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton 'heological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954.Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1955-. At Augsburg since
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tallin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.At Augsburg since 1949.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; l%.B., Luther Theological Seminary, I 95 6.
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Capenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College,
1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946;A.M., 1950.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsbwg since 1949.
JOHN BATES,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.S., B.S.Ed., Ohio University, 195I ; M.S., University of M i e s o t a , 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Awgsburg since 1957.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 195 I. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., I 934-38; Elrnhurst College, 1938-42;Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44.Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director off Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
At Augsbung since 1954.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University af Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955. U. S. IVavy, 1943-46.Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools,
1948-49.Teaching and pidance work: Hyline Public Schools, University
of Washington, Pacific Lutheran College, Tacoma Public Schools, I 95 6-58.
At A,ugsbung since 1949. (On leave of absence, 195 6-58.)
CARLCHRISLOCK,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Polifical Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48;Augwtana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-51.At Augsburg
since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,
Th.D., D.Litt., Associate Professor of Classical Languages
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblimcal Institute de Uibe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Itamly, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsbucg since 1952.
AILENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949.A,dditional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193I -39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41.U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg
since 1941.
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., 1nstru.ctor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-I 9; Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21; Luther College, I 922-23; Minneapolis Art Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, 1926-53. At Augsburg since I 95 y .
CHARLESG. EAKIN,A.M., Instructor in M71sic
A.B., Manhattan School of Music, 1 9 ~ 0A.
; M. Carnegie Institute of Tech.,
1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1957.
JACK FISHER, S.M.M., Instructor in Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948.At Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. A m y , 1943-46.
Ind,ustrial Engineering work, 1949-53.At Aug~burgsince I 95 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instruments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolsphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Tea~hin,~
Bethel
:
College, I 954-56. At Augsburg since I 956.
HARVEYH. GLOMMEN,A.B., Jnstructor in Debate
A.B., Concordia College. Ad'ditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove High School. A t Awgsburg sinmce 1917.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. A,d'ditional study: Minnesota. Teac'hing: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. A t Augsburg since 1953.
THEODORE
J. HANWCK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193842; U. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46. Rutgers University, 1946-1956. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A . ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., instructor in Economics and Business Ad-
ministration
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A. M. University of Nebraska, 1957. Teaching:
University of Nebraska, 19 56-57. At Augsburg since 19 57.
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1950-52. University of Maryland, 1956. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg since 1957.
MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, w i t h raltk of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
A,dditional study: Saskat,chewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School,
1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
EINAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Edu.cation
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 1950. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway and University of Washington.
At Augsburg since 195 6.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Instructor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Priva,te practice, 1939-42; O s c e r , U. S. Navy, 1942-46. A.t Augsburg since 195 5.
~ I I M B.
I KINGSLEY,A.M., Assisfmf P ~ U ~ P S SofMSfimtish
A.B., h f a v i l l e College, 1936; A.M., Universiry of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Co!urntia, Midne~ora, Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Lland, N. Y., rg41-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor o f Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952.
Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk
University, 1945-47. U. S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg
since 1947.
CARLW. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor o f Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Serninary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern Schools, Minneapolis, 1 9 5 e . A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Concordia College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1 9 ~ 4 - 5 6 A
. t Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B. lnstrzrctor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of S~cretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 I .
Teaching: High School, 1943-45. West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At. Augsburg since 1950.
SUE LUND, A.M., 17zstrz~ctorin Edz~cation
A.B., Iowa State Teachers College, 1939; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1940. -4dditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teachin'g: Oregon, Ill.
Community High School, Iowa State Teachers College, University of Minnesota General College. At Augsburg since 1958.
RUTH A. MARFELL,A.M., lnstructor in Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: High Schools in Minnesota, 1941-56; University of Minnesota,
Summers 1952, 1953. At Augsburg since 1957.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. A,dditional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
JOEL C. MICKELSON,Ph.D., l n s t r ~ ~ c t oinr English
A.B., University of Minnesota, I 9 5 I ; A.M. University of Pennsylvania,
1955; Ph.D., 1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RAYMONDMIESNIEKS,A.M., lnstrurtor in German
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1913.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, 19 5 5-57. At Augsbung since 1957.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean o f W o m e n w i t h rank o f Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, I 928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor o f Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsbung College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor o f Physical Education and Coach
o f Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
'946.
CATHERINENICHOLL, A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-55; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Aug~bur.gsince 1957.
IVERB. OLSON,M.A., Th.D., Professor o f Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instrzrctor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 5 1 ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 5.
HOWARDE. PEARSON,A.M. lnstructor in Physical E d ~ c a t i o n
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 947. Additional study: Minnesota, 'Columbia. Teaching: High School, I 945 -46;
San Mateo Junior College, Calimfornia, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg
1932-44, and since 1946.
K A ~ E R I NPETERSON,
E
M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. A t Augsburg since 195 6.
LAVONNE PETERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Ed?ccation for
Wmen
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, Ma,cPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
1952. High School administration, hfantorville, Minn., I 929-36. Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-3 8 Registrar, Augsburg College, I 939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 1938.
A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Tcstnrnelzt arzd Religion; College Chaplain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see T h
Seminary Faculty listing.
ILIP
. t Augsburg since 1957.
of Minnesota, 1 9 ~ 5 - 5 7 A
LAND
B. SATEKEN,A.M.,. Professor of Music
University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Ci
Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946.
MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Associate Professor of Mz~sic
of Minnesota, :928-44; Washington State College, Summer 19 3
burg since 1944.
SOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A. B. Augsburg Col,lege, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
ORGE
G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associafe Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologi
inary Faculty listing.
UL
SONSTENG,A.B., Instrzlctor in Home Economics
A.B:, Augsburg College, 1974. Additional study: Universi
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 195 5-5 6; Graduate- Assi
TH
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic -preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,A.M., Th.B., Lecturer i n Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1913; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-51. Probation
OBce, Hennepin County, 195 I - . A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. A t
Augsburg since 1940.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
GERALDH. THORSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota; Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193144; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mw., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
state College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Associate Professor o f Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 3 8 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940. Additional stud(y: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg I 93 8-42, and since
1947.
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Addi,tional
studmy: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 6-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, Universiny of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1 9 5 3 - 5 ~ .U. S. A m y Air Force, 1942-46.
A t Augsburg since 19 50.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor o f Biology
A.B., Conmrdia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-3 1 Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 193 5-41. A't Augsburg since 1943.
CAROLL
0. SATRE,A.B., Th.B., lnstrzlctw in Religion
A.B., University of Iowa, 1943; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1945.
Pastor of St. Paul's Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, since 1957. A t Augsburg first semester, 1957.
ARLENSTENSLAND,
A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B.. Augsburg College, I 9 5 6. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. At Augsbung since 1956.
ALP EIKAAS,A.M.. fnstructor in Norwegian
Statens Larersk, Oslo, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Additional study: Oslo University and Minnesota. Teaching: Elementary and
high schools in Norway, 1946-48; Adult Ed. Dept., (Evening classes) ;
YWCA, Minneapolis, 1952-56; University of Minnesota, 1948-52. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
MARYHELEN HAAS,M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
A.B., Upland College, 195 1 ; M.S., University of California, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Upland Academy, 195152; Upland College, 1912-54; University of Minnesota, 1954-56. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
DONALDHELLAND,B.S., Instrz~ctorin Accounting
B.S., Lewis & Clark College, 1950. Additional study: Au,gsburg Theological
Seminary. At Augshurg, I 9 56-57.
R A D O ~ NJONES,
A
B.S., ln~tructorin Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of
Colorado. Teaching: Elementary schools, Great Falls, Mont., Edina, Minn.
At Augsburg, 1956-17.
FACULTY
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 95 I. Additional study: Minn
A~gsburg, 1 95 5 - 5 7.
MILTON, AM., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg, I 949-57.
JOHN
JAMESW. NOEHL,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, I 95 5. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. A.t Augsburg, 19 56-57.
ROLFE KERMIT VANDERBILT,
Ph.D., Instri~ctorin English
A.B., Lucher College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949; Ph.D.,
195 6. Teaching: Wartburg College, I 95 I - 5 3 ; University of Minnesota,
1954-57.At Augsburg, 1956-57.
SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
P,h.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
Universi,ty of Minnesota, I 95 2-53. At Augsburg, 195 3-57.
COLLEGE, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anderson, Curtis R.
Anderson, Deloris Ann .
Anderson, Norman E.
.
Anderson, Edward William
Andress, I. Shelby
Barber, Robert Eugene
Bartel, Henry Paul
.
.Minneapolis
Lamberton
Ashland, Wis.
Fargo, N. D.
Saginaw, Mich.
.Hastings
Boraas, J. Sherman
.
.
.Dawson
Britton, Paul R.
Leavenworth, Kansas
Brodin, Arlen George . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Brue, Donald Wayne . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carrelli, Robert A. . . .
Christensen, Orla J. . . .
Christianson, Mary Joyce -
Minneapolis
. .Clarkfield
Knapp, Wis.
Dickens, Claire Mae
Harrisburg, S. D.
Dongoske, Robert Frank .
Mound
Dreyer, Earl Edwin
Ferndale, Wash.
Dumpys, Hans George
. . .Hutchinson
Eckhoff, Donald E.
Field, Marvin William
Fitch, Gary D. . .
Fowlds, Carol Marie
. . . . . .Osseo
Minneapolis
Gehring, Farolyn Johnson
Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner Lloyd . . . . . . . .Duluth
Gilbertson, Nora M.
Frontier, Sask., Canada
Gjengdahl, Robert Allen . . . . .Minneapolis
Grinde, Lloyd C. . . . . . . Estherville, Iowa
. Rugby, N. D.
Gunderson, Eulah Irene
Hagen, Elizabeth Gerda
. .Montevideo
Hagen, Harold L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanggi, Glen &en
. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Ruth Ellen .
.
.
. Aikin
Haugen, James S. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Haynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgerson, Luurayne Renoro
Mt. Sterling, Wis.
Holzinger, Robert A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet Marie .
Hoversten, momas H. . .
Howard, Charles Henry .
Hsiao, Andrew Keh-hsieh
. Alden, low
. .Lake Crysta
Hunt, Elaine Helen
Jha, Anil Kumar
Larson, Donald Rae
Larson, Melvin W. .
Larson, Robert Duane
Newman Grove, Nebr.
Lee, Russell Curtis
. . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert Rae
. . .Minneapolis
Lower, Carolyn Elizabeth . . Minneapolis
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lundin, Harvey Allen
Main, Ronald C.
.Portland, Ore.
. .
Meredith, Patricia Jo-Anne . . .Minneapolis
Moen, Ardell John . . . . .Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizabeth Anne . Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert Laverne . Spokane, Wash.
Ose, Roger
.
Overlund, Ervin K.
,
Pearson, James Kenneth
Pederson, James Lowell
Petersen, Marilyn J.
Peterson, Russell Jerome
Radde, Robert Edward
Roos, Robert Allen
Rorvig, Bruce W.
.
Rundquist, Bertil . .
Rykken, Franklyn E.
Saastad, Jerrald A.
Sar5, Donohue R.
Solem, Duane J. .
Sorum, Ann Carlson
.
Steenberg, Evelyn Chanco
. Minneapolis
Stensland, Arlen H. . . Portland, N. D.
Stoa, Harold Merlyn . . . .
. Minneapolis
Swanson, Allen John . .
. Cloquet
Tader, David Leon
Thompson, John .
,
. Staples
. .Minneapolis
.McGregor
Madison, Wis.
Thompson, Theodore T.
Twiton, Margaret Halen
. . . . . Stephen
Estherville, Iowa
Warnes, Wanda E.
Woiden, Gerhard P.
. Fargo, N. D.
Ysteboe, Ruth
COLLEGE, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anfinsen, Arthur Morris Jr.
Armstrong, James William
Aranson, Donald W. . .
.
Arvidson, Kenneth
Baker, Stanley B.
Berg, Richard Lloyd
Berg, Sidney
. .
Bernier, Jack L. . .
Berntsen, Rita Maxine . .
Beyers, James Russell M.
Bockhaus, Mary Gail
Borman, Dennes L.
.
Braseth, Mary Ann
.
Burke, Dorothy Ann .
Hopkins
St. Paul
Minneapolis
Rockford, Ill.
.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
,
.Minneapo!is
. . .Minneapolis
Escanaba, Mich.
.St. Louis Park
... .
Mound
,
.Minneapolis
. .Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
,
.
Ingebretson, E. Arlene
Minneapolis
Jamieson, Robert Grant
Jensen, Carl A. . . . . .
Jespersen, Morris Gene
Johanson, Eldri Ruth .
Johnson, Marshall Duane
Johnson, Ralph Stanley
Johnson, Ronald Clarence
Johnson, Wilgard G.
,
Koltved, Leon M.
Koupins, Alfreds Egons
Knox, Philip S. . . .
Kolden, Lois Jeanette
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
St. Paul
. .
Dalton
Middle River
. . . . . Duluth
. . St. Paul
. . . Herman
Rockford, Ill.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Portland, Ore.
. . Bagley Loidig, Anneliese . . . . . . . willmar
Christianson, Harlan Charles
James
William
Minneapolis
~
~. . ~
l
i
conyers,L ~ ~ R ~~ . ~ ~ ~ b i ~~ Lanning,
~~
t~
.
.Minneapolis
Larson, Patricia Ann
st. paul
Co[nelius, Jane Collins
Larson, Richard John . . . . . Kerkhaven
Larsson, Nancy Elaine . Wahpeton, N. D.
Dahl, Linnea M.
Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . .Roseau
Lecander, Roger V. . . Menomonie, Wis.
Emery, Curtis V. .
Minneapolis
. ..
. . . . . . Fasstan
Lee, Harris W.
Engedal, C. Gayle
,
Minneapolis
.
.Minneapolis
Lindsley, Dale A.
Faust, Daniel Gordon
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . .Lake Lillian
Flann, Duncan D. . .
Forss, Grace Lois
.
. .Minneapolis
Franzmeier, Richard Allan
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. Jr. . .
Gehring, Virgil Robert
Minneapolis
Gibson, '~ruce Allen
. . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Gilbert, Barbara Ann
Glasoe, James Lowell
. .Minot, N. D.
Grant, Gloria Helen . Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L.
. .
. .McGregor
. . . Benson
Grimstad, Jason .
.
Minneapolis
Grinde, Raymond A.
Gutzmann, Gordon Keith
.
St. Paul
Hamre, Paul Andrew
Hofflander, Thomas M.
Holmes, Dean Karstens
Holmgren, Charles Gordon
Holt, Evereti V.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Cannon Falls
St. Paul
. . Carver
Mackey, Roger Clarence
Main, Christine Munson
Manguson, Jean Marie
Martin, Gerald A.
.
Mindrum, Gerald . .
Moe, Erwin John .
.
Monson, Harley C. . .
Moren, Orval Kenneth
.
Nelson, David J.
Nelson, Victor E. .
Nielsen, Bernard G.
Norman, James A.
Nyhus, ,Paul Luther
Ohlin,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
...
John L.
Beverly JoAnn
David W. .
Jeanetie I. .
John H. .
Oscar E. Jr.
.
Minneapolis
. .Atwater
. .Tracy
.Minneapolis
Minneap~lis
Excelsior
Minneapolis
.Mentor
. . Minneapolis
Whitehall, Mich.
. .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Cumberland, Wis.
.
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
New London
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
. .Mound
~
Ose, Gaylen
Oslund, Robert C.
Thief River Falls
..
. St. Paul
Paton, Richard James
Peterson, W. Fred .
Pickering, Donald M. . .
Plumedahl, James Duane
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
St. Paul
Robbinsdale
Rasmussen, Joyce Marie
. .
Rodvik, Marvin S.
Rokke, Robert John .
Rovick, Doris Jean . .
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Strandquist
.Minneapolis
.
. . Donnelly
Sather, Judith Ann
Schuldt, Kenneth Edward
Minneapolis
Seaver, Raymond E. .
Minneapolis
, .Minneapolis
Sherry, Richard J. . .
Skovholt, Verna Joanne
Mooreton, N. D.
Snider, Neal E. . .
Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce
Sunde, John P.
Swenson, Darwin Warren
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lake Lillian
Tamminen, Joon Katherine
Stambaugh, Mich.
Tebben, Peter J.
Sebeka
Bod@, Norway
Thomassen, lvar .
Thompson, Rodney F.
Minneapolis
Trelstad, Gordon Anthony
Minneapolis
Vevle, Richard Harold
Minneapolis
Warme, Thomas Martin
Welckle, John Edwin
Welde, Ronald 6.
Minneapolis
Woad Lake
Minneapolis
Zinn, Wilton Harley
.
St. Paul
SEMINARY, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Berntsan, Rudolph E.
Carlsen, Glenn T. .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
.
Edinburg, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Duluth
Rimmereid. Arthur V.. New Rockford, N. D.
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Unseth, Malcolm Wulff
Rockford, Ill.
SEMI NARY, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Hanska
Minneapolis
Newfolden
Evenson, Leland E.
Helland, Donald E.
Huglen, Erling S. B.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Sandness, Albert J
Shiell, James L.
Cumberland, Wis.
La Moure, N. D.
Hoffman
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Anderson, Eugene C.
Elness, Jerome
Willmar
Garfield
Nelson, Maynard L.
Salem, Ore.
STUDENT REGIS=
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
College
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
I
Total
Men
..
Senior
Junior . .
Sophomore
Freshman
Speciol
.
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1 956-1957
Clan
Men
Senior . . . . .
Junior
. . .. .
Sophomore
. .
Freshman
....
Special
. . . ...
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Women
-
-
523
433
Total
Theological Seminary, 1956-1957
Semester II
Semester I
Men
Third Year
Second Year
First Year
Special
Total
Women
8
I
Men
10
8
8
10
8
I
-
-
-
27
1
26
Women
Total
Women
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment
,
,
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1957-1 958
COLLEGE
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
Total
Men
Senior
Junior . . . . . .
Sophomore . . .
Freshman . . . . .
Special
.....
Fr. Nurse (S.H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1957-1958
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .&3
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . W
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . I29
Freshman . . . . . . . 195
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . .
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
......
Total
...........
520
Women
27
39
81
130
16
88
38
32
451
Total
Women
Total
Theological Seminary, 1957-1958
Semester I
Semester II
Men
Men
Third Year .
Second Year
First Year . .
Special
.
.
Total
Men
8
8
7
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1957-1958
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Deducting those counted more than once
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
Total
COLLEGE
Total
Total Graduates
Page
Page
Academic Administration
. . . . . 34
Accounts, Payment of . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission. College .
.
. 34
.
.
. 96
Admission. Seminary .
Administration . . . . . .
. . 108
Administrative Staff . . . . . . 108
Advanced Standing . . . . .
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . .
Alumni Association. The . . . . . .
Ancient and Classical Languages .
Archives. The
. . . . . . . . . . .
Art
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Athletics . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel
..
..
Attendance. Class .
. .
AudieVisual Education
....
Augsburg Foundation. The . . .
Awards
. . . . . . . . . .
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Dining Hall . . . .
2 11. 6
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 27
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . 41
Divisional Organization .
.
..54
Dramatics . .
. . .
30. 64
Band
31. 7 0
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
. . . . 107
Board of Trustees .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration. Curriculum . . . 46
Business Administration and Economics 80
Calendar
. . . .
4
.
.
36
Cancellation
31. 7 0
Cantarians . . . . .
.
21
Chapel Service. The
. 88
Chemistry. Department of
Choir
. . . . . . .
31. 7 0
Church History (Seminary)
. . . . 103
..
59
Classical Languages . . . .
Classification of Students .
. . . . . 37
Clubs
. . . .
30. 31. 99
. . . 29
Cc-curricular Program .
. 109
Committees of the Faculty .
Community Standards and Discipline . 27
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . 38. 98
.
9
Control. Financial Support and
. . . . . . . .
. 22
Convocation
. 27
Coordinator of Student Activities
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Course Fees . I . . . . .
15
Courses of Study. College . . . . 53
Credits .
.
.
41. 53
.
.
.
42
Curriculums
.
Degrees
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
.
39. 99. 100
.
50
Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Educational Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 98
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 5 0
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College . . . . 34
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examinations
.............
38
Expenses
..........
Faculty. The
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control
...............
Fine Arts
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
26
31
10
66
General Information . . . . .
5
Geography
........
-74
German
......
. . . 65
Grade Values . . . .
39
Graduates . . . . . . . .
120
Graduates--(1870-1957)
Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements
,
.39. 99
Grants-in-aid
. . . .
20
Greek
.
...........
59
.
Health and Physical Education . .
73
25
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 101
High School Teaching. Curriculum
44
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
6
History. Department of . . . . . .
72
Home Economics. Department of
83
45
Home Economics. Vacations in
Homiletics
. . . . . . . . .
105
Honor Pbnfs
. . . . .
39. 41
Honors
. . . . . . . . .
Hospital Affiliation . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Page
Page
. . . . .33. 41
. . . . . . . . 13
. . . . 26
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . .105
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Publications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Purpose
.................... 5
. . . 59
.
Incompletes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 98
Intercollegiate. Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Journalism
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Lower Division Requirements .
Laboratories. Natural Science
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library Science
.........
Loan Funds . . . . . . . .
Location
. . . . . . .
Majors .
.............
40
Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31, 70
Mathematics, Department of
92
Medical Staff . . . . . .
109
Medical Technology . . . . . . . .13, 48
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . 5 l
Membership in Educational Associations 10
Ministry, Preparation for the . . . .42, 97
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . 43
Modern Languages. Department of
. 65
Museum. The
...
. . 11
Music. Department of
. . .
68
Music Fees . . . . .
15
Music. Organizations
31 70
.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . .
New Testament (Seminary) . .
Norwegian. Courses in .
.
.
Numbering of Courses
.
.
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . .
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of
Old Testament (Seminary)
Oratory
.........
Organ . . . . . . . . . .
.
Organizations. Student
. .
Orientation
. .
86
1 02
66
53
49
13
. . . . 101
31, 64
. . . . . 70
30. 99
25 77
.
Parish Work. Preparation for
Pastoral Theology . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of . . . . .
Physical Education. Department of
Health and . . . . .
Physics. Department of
...
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service for Graduates .
Political Science . . . . . . . . . .
.
Recreation
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..22. 32
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . 55
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Language and Literature 66
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . 52
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . 96
Seminary. Faculty
. . . . . . . . . . .110
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . 100
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . ..14. 98
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 99
. Seminary
. . . .
Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . 22
Sociology. Department of
. .
75
Social Sciences. Division of the . .
72
Social Work Curriculum . .
. . . . 47
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Spanish
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . 67
Special Programs of Study
.....
13
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Student Activities. Coordination of .
27
Student Community Life
. . . . . 21
Student Government . . .
2 8
Student Personnel Services .
. . 23
Student Society. The .
. 27
Systematic Theology . .
103
Table of Contents
.
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . .
Teaching Curriculum .
. . .
Testing
. . . . . . . . . .
Theology. College Preparation for
Theological Orientation Courses
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
Transfer and Advanced Standing .
Trustees. B w r d of . . . . . . . . . .
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . .
37
41
University Courses . . .
Upper Division Requirements
Veterans. Admission of
Voice .
.
35
70
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth
Streets South with administrative ofices located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t
Twenty-first Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines:
1 . The Franklin bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus t o Seventh Street and! Cedar Avenue
&h+mdkce
may de a&ued
a a &ellowa;
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application
for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and
requirements for admission.
OfFice of Admissions
ADMISSION TO THE
Theological Seminary.
SEMINARY-Information
and
requests for
admission
t o the
Secretary of the Theological Faculty
EVALUATION OF CREDITS-Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer
of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
O f i c e of the Registrar
HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions
pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
Dean of Students
For information that does not appear t o be covered above
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1954 - 1955
and
1 955 - 1956
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1956 - 1957
and
1957 - 1958
VOL. XVIII, NO. 1
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one a... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1954 - 1955
and
1 955 - 1956
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1956 - 1957
and
1957 - 1958
VOL. XVIII, NO. 1
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second-class matter March
21, 1947, at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar
4
General Information
5
Financial Information
14
Student Community Life
21
- 33
The College
33
Academic Administration
-
Curriculums
4.2
53
Courses of Study
55
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Division of the Humanities
- 59
.
72
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .-----.......-86
......
Division of the Social Sciences
The Theological Seminary
94
General Requirements
94
----------.-----
Courses of Study
97
104
Board of Trustees
Committees of the Faculty
LO6
-
1
The Faculty
Graduates
Student Enrollment
Index
1
0
1
7
5
1 1 8
121
CALENDARS
For 195657 and 1957-58
FIRST S
E
m
1 957-58
1956-57
Freshman Days
Sept.
Sept. 12-15
Registration
!%pt. 11-14
Sept. 17, 8:oo a.m.
College Classes 'bgin
Sept. 16, 8:oo t m
Sept. 17, 8:00 a.m.
Seminary Convenes
Sept. 16, 8:00 a.m.
Sept.
Late Registration Fee
sept. 19
Oct. 19-21
Homecoming
Nm. 1-3
Nov. 13
End of first half of Semester Nov.
!%pt.
11-16
20
10-11
I3
Thanksgiving Recea
Nov. 28, 29
Dec. 19, 4:so p.m.
Christmas Recess begins
Dec. so, 4:2o p.m.
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Classes Resume
Jan. 6, 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 21-25
College Examinations
Jan. 22-28
Jan. 22-25
Seminary Examinations
Jan. 23-28
Jan.
First Semester Ends
Jan. 28
NOV.
22,
23
2 j
Jan. 14-30
Registration for
h
d
Jan. 16-3 I
Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
Jan. 31, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Feb. 4
Late Registration Fee
FA. 6
Feb.
Lincoln's Birthday
Feb. I 2
12
Mar. 30
End of first half of Semester April
April 17, 4:zo p.m.
Easter Recess begins
April 2, 4:2o p.m.
April 23, 8:oo a.m.
Easter Recess ends
April 8, 8:oo a.m.
May 24
Seminary Commencement
May 28
May 24-31
College Examinations
May 23-29
May 30
Decoration Day
h,fa~ 30
June
Baccalaureate Service
June
I
College Commencement
June
2
2
June 3
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by
the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people
an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to securing a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business
administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work,
parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the
fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology,
as well as for graduate study in various fields.
Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of
Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the
University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main
business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first
Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their
college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial,
social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures.
Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of
religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both
from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact contemporary American life at one of its focal points.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency.
It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the
training of secondary school teachers.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to
work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private
dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that
year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota,
where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the
school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the
institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which
were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements
that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study
a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum
was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and
four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the
professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly
for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first
class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course
was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth,
the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous
study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present
time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological, Seminary there has likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939.
Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree
or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the
Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the
College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved
this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a
century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from
1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907.
Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George
Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson
served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen,
the present president, has served since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and
God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human
life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the
Seminary, are integrated with this principle. To express more distinctly
some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the
following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty:
T o 2ead the student to a deeper understanding and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end
that he may become both an effective participant in the work of
the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way
of life.
To familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other
civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords
but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding
of our fellow men throughout the world.
To develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common
purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of
our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and
participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate i n the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects
of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward
the development of good character.
T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of
humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight,
so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of
truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with
the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best i n the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships
in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with
propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by
the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as
possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full
preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home
economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards
the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and
social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing
for the study of theology.
T o help the student evelop certain skills, as in language, music,
physical activities, use o the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency
in the various relationships of life.
\
To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop
such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with
good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social
and personal satisfaction.
T o instrut the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which
will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him
better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college
work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things, They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedi~in
the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school curricular and e*a-curricular,
and the discipline necessary
to make poscfible the carrying out of this program, v r i n g from the
aim "to see all hings through the e p s of Christ."
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with
two others, in 1890, resulted in the a5liation of Augsburg with the
newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences
concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed
the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Aug'sburg and the Lutheran Free
Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals
for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsbu~gCorporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and develop~nentof the Callege,
the chief financial support of the i n s t i t ~ i o ncomes from the congcgstions of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a praning circle
of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Chu~ch.both alumni and
others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe
in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Associa-
tion of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution.
It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Associatioll
of American Colleges, the Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota
Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The
annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The
affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. Mr. Kenneth Lower is the Executive Secretary and editor of
the Bulletin. The Alumni Ofice is located in Science Hall.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees
and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms
and offices, the Chapel, and the museum.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modem
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the
student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium,
and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the
Tower Prayer Chapel.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Library building.
Sverdmp-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the
ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing
of the new Residence for Women, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students.
The beautiful new Residence for Women, adjoining Sivertsen Hall
at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 105 women students, as well
as apartments for the resident head and her assistants.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Miriam House, acquired in 1951,
are smaller dormitories, each housing about 20 students.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected in
1947 for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha*
been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and
married student housing.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design
located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
THE MUSEUM
The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members
of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There
are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection,
and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions
to the Museum are invited. Professor Kleven is the curator.
THE A R C H I ~ S
The Augsburg Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed
the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup
Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives were
provided. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and
rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000
volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should
he sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist.
The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides
a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains
about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading
tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close
.to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and
seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is
provided in the ground floor reading room.
The library subscribes to about 300 of the best periodicals and
pamphlets dealing with a large variety of subjects as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards
to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference
Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections
in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Each year Augsburg
students make extensive use of all these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science
IIall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on
the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located
on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is l~catedon the ground
floor of the Library. Available for classroom use, and for the use of
other college activities, are the following: Two 16 mm. sound movie
projectors, one combination 2x2 inch slide projector and 16 mm. film
strip projector, one 3x5 slide projector, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, and magnetic tape recording machines. There is also a
well equipped photography department.
The auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with
facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are
made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean.
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess
and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first
semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission
to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg
offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with
a major in Medical Technology. The first .three years of this work are
taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
the hospital.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are
made in the spring of the Sophomore year.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
.. .
Tuition in College
$2m.00
Books, etc.
2 5 . 0 to 40.00
Student activity fee I - - . - 8.00
Library fee ..
-.- 7.50
Health fee
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time)
5.00
Key deposit (refundable)
1.00
Locker (optional) -.
- 1.00
Mail box fee
.50
Total
$253.00 to 268.00
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit
hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each
additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up
to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay
the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 7 credit hours or more
of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, health,
and library fees.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER'
Iioom
Board (estimate)
1 Subiect to change.
...$65.00 to 80.00
160.00
A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost.
Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of
$125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, women students
$100.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week
of classes
Registration with the Placement Bureau ,
Placement fee, depending upon the method
of placement
$ 3 . 0 to
Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary..
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled
---Examination making up an incomplete or a condition -----------Comprehensive examination --Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ---..~.---------~-MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER
Piano
Voice
Organ -Erass or Wood wind (private instruction)
Rrass or Wood wind (class instruction) --..
Piano stodio rental8(one hour per day)
Organ reap1 -Vctice studio rental (one hour per day)
Choir -.-Choral Club -
. . . $35.00
- 35.00
_
-
-
--
COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER
-.--
--
35.00
40.00
14.00
8.00
20.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
4.00
Art 1 and 2
Art 3 and 4 - 2.00
3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 76 ----5.00
Home Economics 39 and 40
...............
Biology 60 ....................................................................1.00-2.00
2.50
-.----.- -Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, and 55
Biology 7N
-.
4.00
Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
5.00
1 Subject to change.
Chemistry 1, 2
--Chemistry 4
Chemistry 3N Chemistry 5, 6, 51, 52, 53, 54, and 55
Physics 1, 2 Physics 3
-Physics 5 and 6 Physics 51
Physics 52
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, and 52
Secretarial Studies 1, 53, and 54
Education 96 --
--
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER'
Resident students
General expenses -.
$253.00 to 268.00
223.00 to 240.00
Room and Board
Special, music, or.course fees
2.00 to 35.00
Total, appro~imately
3478.00 to X3.00
Off -campus students
$253.00 to 268.00
General expenses -Special, music, or course fees
-- 2.00 to 35.00
Total, approximately ..............................$25500
.........
to
....
303.00
...
These estimates do n6t include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the
school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial
problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment
plan". In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration
in September and again in February, a
of $150.00 in the
case of resident. students and $75.00 for off-campus students. The
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To
defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration.
1 Subjea to change.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the t'ime during
which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after
the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds
are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees
are paid at the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the
time students have been in residence. Students who move out ,of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester
room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid,
and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The
college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off
the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theo2ogical Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Forty Freshman Scholarships, amounting to tuition for the second
half of the Freshman year, are offered to outstanding high school
graduates.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department
and director of thk Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually
to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is
awarded to an Augsburg student for outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching.
The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded
annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T w o Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
b y the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is
awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an
assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of
the prize is $50.00.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free
Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $350 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus ~f Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or
medical study.
GRANTS-IN-AID
A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student
r.11ust make application, providing information about his own and his
family's resources and anticipated expenses.
EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been
successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales
work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may
be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
STUDENT -COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus
are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and
Library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to
be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but
very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon
the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion.
There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed
that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis
and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
THE CHAPELSERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
REI;IG~OUS
PROGRAM
The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this
council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College
Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility
are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings.
This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer
Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations
are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society.
The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and seriice. A highlight of the
year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the
study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran
Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is
covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of
Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may
attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and
a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus.
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the
formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard
to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation
and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to
the use of leisure time in general.
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural
advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs
and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
the University Theater drama programs. Symphony Forums are held
.on campus each year, with speakers from the Orchestral Association
or the Orchestra.
A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing pro.
grams, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued
from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing,
Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service,
Housing and Food Service, Placement, S t u d a t Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services
is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned
a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college
program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad
intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the
professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide
counseling at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and
financial needs are given consideration.
As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about
the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling
is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of
group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When
a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study.
The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors
confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year
and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a
serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more
time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally
qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students
are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively.
Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their
counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who
are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by
students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of
vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a
unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test
are available for all students.
Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able
to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality
through counseling sessions.
Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College
Pastor, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as
with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may
receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified
persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences.
The college physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health.
Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their
latent abilitjr. Students who distinguish themselves acad&nically are
named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate
in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the
highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild of Honor
and Lambda Iota Tau recognize students who have excelled in several
areas.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days.
College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used
by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal
adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the
students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally
standardized test.
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests,
inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow
students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences
during which they plan the student's program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the
students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of
college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are
explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and
vocational aims are discussed.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies,
including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster.
THE STUDENT
HEALTHSERVICE
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office
l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Infirmary rooms are
adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a ground
floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a
program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to
take a course in personal and community health.
Students not living at home must live in college operated housing
and take their meals in the college dining hall. Under certain conditions, students may make other arrangements after consultation with
the Dean of Women or Dean of Students.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules
become effective, and close a day after the term closes. Students who
wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented at a reasonable cost. This service includes laundering,
pick up and delivery.
Augsburg's beautiful new Residence for Women, located at Sixth
Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, adequately houses one hundred fifty women, and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and
grill service for all students. Sverdrup Ojtedal Memorid Hall, a men's
residence hall, houses one hundred fifty men, and also contains the
college dining rooms, and the student health service.
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental,
welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local
as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both
on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement
fee are charged.
An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. Many students find
it possible to pay part of their college expenses by this income. Employment can be obtained more satisfactorily after students have been
at the college for a time, and consequently, it is .desirable that a new
student should have sufficient funds to pay his entire expenses for at
least one semester.
Students are employed by the college in many phases of its opera-
tion. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students
who have maintained a good scholastic average and have a good employment record.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided for students each spring.
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances,
indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable car'd playing.
Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student
who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise
reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or
influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although
no formal charge is made against him.
Disciplinary problems, other than academic failure, are handled
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and counseling precedes any action.
OF STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
COORDINATION
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
sponsors are approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibiiity of the
Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council.
Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the
function of the Student-Faculty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities
calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities.
A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by
the offiee of Student Personnel.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Augsburg Student Society, comprisingGthe whole student body
of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and
provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity.
The administration of student government is delegated to the Student
Council, a representative group of twenty-five students elected by the
various classes. The top five positions are nominated and elected
directly by the Student Society.
Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in
student government through its representative on the Council.
Augsburg is a member of the National Student Associution. The local
NSA Council is elected by the Student Council.
The Student Council directs several service projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual Campus
Chest Campaign, Political Action and Brotherhood weeks, and two
Leadership Training projects.
Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through
Campus-Brother Campus-Sister groups.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop a degree of self g ~ v ernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal
conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is
affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization.
The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science
Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent
place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student
activities.
The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student
staff. The top staff members are named by The Board of Publications,
one of the Student Council agencies. The Faculty adviser teaches
courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the classes earn
academic credit.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgiun, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity
for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the
assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual Student Handbook
and Directory.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effecthe participation,
Several of
students with similar interests have united to form cI&.
these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are
devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are
formed as the occasion demands.
STUDENT
CLUBS
The Aristotelian Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledge and experimentation. Thus they may develop
their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse
some of that spirit of interest thrmghout the college.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of
art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among
the student body.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Canera Cbb is composed of camera fans who meet regularly
to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the cult'ure, language and people
of the various countries.
The Drama Society provides for its members an opportunity to
learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips,
as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is
open to all students.
The F ~ u r eTeachers of America offers to its members associate
membership in professional education associations and strives to
acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only
requirement for membership.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public
affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local,
state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression
in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts
in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In
addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various
parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada.
BAND
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECONCERT
The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four
times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents
public concerts in Minneapolis. A pep band entertains at athletic
contests.
THE AUGSBURG
CHORAL
CLUB
The choral club is composed of approximately fifty members. It
participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours
annually.
THE MALECHORUS
This organization is for men who like to sing in a men's group.
Rehearsals are held twice a week. The Chorus sings at various churches
in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity.
FORENSICS
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
THE "A7' CLUB
Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a
major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION
Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
AND RECREATION
PHYSICALEDUCATION
Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a
wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student
participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity
for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramural schedules in various colleges.
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the collegerecognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human
life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that
competitive play can cnntribute to the development of student interests,
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1j The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of
special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-,
creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities: Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing
with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must
either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his
other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire
and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade ,performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy
"school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate
athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective
intramural and general recreational program.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The 1925 Class Cup in Atfitics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the
most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science
Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student
of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be well rounded individuals, excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
Augsburg
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work a t m
College.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission
form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This
form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record,
if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an
admissions deposit of $10.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition,
is refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn
by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the
fall semester should apply not later than September 10 and for the
spring semester by January 30.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to
succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the
high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the
high school record or previous college record.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of
grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years
of high school include four units of English, or three units of English
and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one
unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the
basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college
aptitude examination and an English achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence
of s d c i e n t maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on
literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The
General Educational Development tests are available to service men
through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken
at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of studepts
whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate
they may have difliculty in doing college work.
DEFICIENCIES
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency
in English will be required to register for a special course in English.
Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by
means of tests. The requiremenb include the attainment of definite
standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language.
TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If
their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg
only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted
to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of
comprehensive examinations.
ADMISSION OF VETERANS
Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits.
The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional
office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must
be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are
eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application
for entitlement when they enroll at the college.
In order to receive credit for experience in the military services,
the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to
the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some
college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service
schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on
the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who
register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late
registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a
course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration
is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required
nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours
per semester in order to make it up.
- No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for
which there is not sufficient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined
as one recitation period a week throughout
a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may
be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B,
or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined
by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATlON AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's o6ce on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the
Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A
course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot
be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes
which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of
the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the
beginning of the second week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of
a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in
order to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will not
be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor
point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and
counted towards graduation.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college
credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of
honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are
classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each
school year.
PROBATION AND ELIMINATION
The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each
semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below,
Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as
well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester
are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain
on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained for a semester.
A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more
than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is
dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory
scholastic record.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness b r for other reasons should confer
with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this
rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must
be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports
are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record
is made of the total absences of each student for the semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants,
with information as to exact p i o d s absent, are issued by the Dean
to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving' in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to
the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the
Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final
reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and
students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse
may arrange to take such an examination during some period after
the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the stues the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will
give no examination before he has this statement.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O5ce
in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed
within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure
and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when
the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade
after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D.
A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition reecived at the end of a semester.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be
secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for
each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
3 honor points per credit
A-Superior,
%Very
good, 2 honor points per credit
C-Satisfactory,
D-Passable,
F-Failure,
&Condition
1 honor point per credit
no honor points per credit
minus 1 honor point per credit
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A
student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the
requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the
department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the
student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time
in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the
Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division Requirements
For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional
fields students are required to complete the following credits in lower
division courses :
Religion
Each semester, 2 credits
English
6 credits
Course 1-2. Students exempted from
Freshman English must earn 6 credits
above Freshman English.
Speech
3 credits
Course 11.
Fine Arts
2 credits
MU. 7, 8, Phil. 15, 60 or any literature
H. Ec. 3, a,
course satisfies this requirement.
Foreign Language
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and
students with majors in Home Economics
are exempted from this requirement.
Social Sciences
6 credits
Hist. 1-2, 21, 22, or Soc. 1, and 3 other
credits in Sociology, or Phil. 15, 16.
Natural Sciences
8 credits
Health and Physical Education
3 credits
Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors
in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec.
68 for P. E. 2.
Psychology
4 credits
Required in certain fields.
Orientation
1 credit
Required of all Freshmen.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Major and Minors
-
'A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors
for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's
aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in
f work he does in the Lower Division.
-It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major
line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to
their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior
year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor
and with heads of the various departments to determine their field
of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are
offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English,
Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics,
istry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Edu-
4-
For major and minor requirements as to houys cf credit see departmental statements.
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and
Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or
above. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout
one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a
grade B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
2
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate
proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
M- Magna Cum Laude
2.5-2.79+
Cum Laude
2.1-2.49+
ji
w
be eligible for these honors, the student must hwr compked
at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg,
as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
CURRICULUMS
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or mis
choice of courses even in the Freshman year.
Physical Education . . . . . .
.
. .
Freshman English
New Testament Greek
Foreign Language . . . .
Humanities or Philosophy
.
History or English
,
I
.
6
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek
6
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Typewriting
..
.
..
..
8
6
6
6
Youth Work in the Church
.. z
Principles of Christian Education
z
History or English
Philosophy or Logic
.
Economics or Education or Political
Science
.
,
,
.
.
-
-.--
T - ; " p.'*Lm,m,%
w
*'
h
"*":
4.W
!m
CURMCULUMS
PARISH
AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he is a q u a u e d parish worker.
w
1
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
-
Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English
or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
Freshman
4
Freshman English . . . .
Natural Science . . . .
Typewriting . . . . .
.
1
Sophomore
Basic Bible . . . . . . . .
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems . . . . .
w
w
.
.
Orientation . . . . .
Physical Activities .
Electives . . . . . .
.
.
Religion
........
Beginning Speech . . .
Types of Public Speech
..
.
3
General Psychology .
I
Health
. . . . . . . .
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
.
. .
.....
... 6
8
.. 3
. . 3
. . .
I
-3
Foreign Language . .
.
.
. 3
3
8
..... 4
. . z
I
.
-
I
3 7.
w
32
Senior
T h e Missionary Enterprise . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education. . 2
T h e Christian Churches . . . . . . z
T h e Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . z
Social Psychology or Urban Sociol. . . . . . . . . . 3
OgY
.
. . . . . . . . . . . 3
.... I
Elementary Shorthand
Recreatiimal Activities
.
.
.
. . . 6
. . . I
to
32
Parish W o r k
. . . . . . . . .
Youth Work in the C h w c h . . .
Edrrcational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
H y m n s and Music o f the Church.
Fundamentals o f Journalism . . . .
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . 1'. . . . . . . . .
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice
.........
7.
Fine Arts
Electives
2
,
.
. . . . . . . . .
z
3
z
z
2
3
3
32
w
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a e r tificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should prepare for
competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught in
the high schools. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for
teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business
education.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . - . . . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . - .4
-
Sophomore
Religion . . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language or Natural
............. 8
Science . . . . .
Psychology . . .
Fine Arts . . . . .
Electives . . . . .
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2
Electives in Major or Minor . . . .14
32
Senior
.................. 4
Religion
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education. 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . .4or 5
Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4
.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14
-
3 2 or 33
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of
Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking,
to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school,
and to give them the first two years of the training required for such
vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics
education major is given below. Courses in italics are not required for
a general home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Physics . . . . . . . - . . . .4
Principles of Chemistry . . . . . . . - . 4
Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Construction . . . . . . . . . . 2
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Economics ....................
3
Marriage and Family ............ 3
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s
Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Color and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . .
Contemporary Issues in Education.
Home Management Problems . . . .
Home Management Laboratory . . .
Advanced Clothing Construction. .
...................
Electives
32
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
z
8
-
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. In
addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following
suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Civilization or Sociology.
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Sophomore
4
6
6
6
8
I
.
.
2
I
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . ,
United States History .
Business Law . . . . . . . .
Advanced Accounting
Business Finance . . . . .
Money and Banking .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion
Speech
Natural Science . . . . . . . , . - . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
4
3
..
.
...
8
4
6
3
4
Senior
Religion , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing or Industrial
Management . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations. . 3
Public Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
F i e Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -16
.
.
LAW
The following suggested two-year, pre-law program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law
School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible to modify the
program for admission to other law schools.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Accounting . . . . . , . 6
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . 6
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . I
...
..
.
. .
. .
-
Sophomore
Religion
Christian Ethics . . - . . . . . - . . . . - .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . .
American Government . . . . . . . . . .
Logic
Introduction to Philosophy . . . . .
History of England . . - . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
6
6
3
3
3
8
33
SOCIAL
WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute lieed for trained social workers. Positions
are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a cumculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not ,require post-graduate
training and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all
such students.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . .
European Civilization
Principles of Sociology
S o d Problems . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . ,
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion ...................... 4
American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Statistics ........... 3
Rural Sociology ................ 3
Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . 6
Sociul Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
.
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Introduction to Metbods of Social
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,
3
Public Welfare . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Crtntinology . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
-
-
........
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Student may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years
of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital,
Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this
curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested.
6
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology
Speech . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language
Fine Arts . . .
. .
Electives
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .
General Zoology . .
Social Science . . .
Orientation . . : . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education
Electives . . . . . . - . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . , 5
Bacteriology . . . . . - . . . - . . .4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S
-
Senior
Lectures, laboratory and ~ractical
work at General Hospital for
twelve months.
-
DIACONATE
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service
in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home,
the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In rnany instances two or more years of
college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curricu~umis suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those
who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses
ih college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the
school of nursing which they plan to attend.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English
General Zoology . . .
Health
. . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . .
Elements of Nutiition
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . .
Electives
..........
Religion .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .4
History or Political Science . . , . . . 6
Psychology . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis
............... 8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
-
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg
College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital.
Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to
the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . 2
Anatomy and Physiology
.....4
Bacteriology . . .
,,.
.,. . 3
Chemistry
..............3
Psychology
, ,
......... 2
Second Year
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below applies <tothe fields of
aeronautical, electrical agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher
algebra and solid geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FreshEnglish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Calculus aqd Diflerential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Modern Physics . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4
Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . 4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology or Principles of
Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 or 6
-
34 or 36
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should study algebra and plane geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Religion
...........-.... 4
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6
Zoology . . . . . . . . . - . - . . . 8.
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . - 8
General Physics . . - - . . - - . . . .8 .
-
CURRICULUMS
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education. but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools.
but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the
medical school to which he plans to apply
.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-.
Junior
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Philosophy
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . .
Analytical Chemistry
Quantitative Analysis
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Religion . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology .....................
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Chemistry ............
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
6
5
4
10
SECRETARIAL
WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high
school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies.
Fit Year
.4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . I
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . t
Principles of Accounting ........ 6
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
32
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . - . Advanced Typewriting . . . . .
Advanced Shorthand . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . .
Of6ce Machines . . . . . . . . . .
Consumer Education . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSES OFFERED
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1956-58 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necesskate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be
completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a
comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive
credit for one semester without completing the other.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
geenrally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester.
AUG~BURG
COLLEGE
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
DIVISIONOF THE SOCIALSCIENCES
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education.
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view--to relate himself to Christ
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours ,per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfiies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, r t credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or
minor.
r, 2. BASICBIBLE.Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the
entire New Testament.
CHURCH
HISTORY.
I.
2 Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
4.
THE CHRISTIANFAITH
IN THE
MODERNWORLD.n.
2
Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival .faiths of modem Western civilization. The course is designed t o give to
the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of
the present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
5. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
1957-1958.)
7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.
I
z Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH.n.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
5. CHRISTIANETHICS.I.
2 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
23. GROUP ACTMN.
See Course 53 under Education.
I
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
=
RELIGION.I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world.
53. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES.I.
2 Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
doctrinal position, and .practices of the vamious branches of the Christian Church.
54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.II.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
16. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.II.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose
of developing efTective Christian leadership in this sphere.
57. PROBLEMS
IN CHRISTIAN
LIYING.
U.
z Cr.
A d e r a t i a n of some of the fundamental pestions oonnected with living
the Christian life: such as, rhe assurance of salvation, the devotional life,
the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life
stmdards of -duct,
hi the local congregation. The Episde w the Pmppians is studied.
58. PARISH
WORK.II
z Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organiza-
tion and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
are supplemented by actual field work.
I. Sr.
z Cr.
59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT.
11. Sr.
60. THE MESSAGE
z Cr.
A discovery of the mencc of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
rrpiesencauve sacciona. including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
ro the EpbGan5 and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
MR. LARSEN,
MR.COLACCI
The courses in philosophy seek to assis the student in becoming familiar .raith
the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to create an mdcrstandiag of the prindples of sound
reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 y , 26, 41, 42, 18 are required
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
r f , 16. THE HUMANITIES
IN WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
I, 11.
3 , 3 cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of 'Western thought as reflected
in outstanding works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the
Lower Division requirement in the Socia! Sciences. (Wered I 9 57-5 8.)
25. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture
and discusion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of
ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
26. LOGIC.
So. II.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics consided include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction
to the notation of symbolic logic.
41,42. HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY.I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
U,pper Division Courses
5 I, $2. COMPARATTVE RELIGION.I,
n.
2, s Cr.
See course 5 I,5 2 under Department of Religion.
j 5.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 42. I.
3 0.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 95 6-57.)
56. KIERKEGAARD.
Prereq. 41 or 42. TI.
3 Cr.
A ,study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy af religion and
theology. (Offered 1956-57.)
5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered I 957-5 8.)
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11.
3 cr.
The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1957-58.)
3 Cr.
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
61. PHILOSOPHY
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from
the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( M e r e d 1957-58.)
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL
See course 74 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
8 I,82. SEMINAR
IN PHILOSOPHY.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and
students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in h d i n g his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
Department of Classical Languages
Mn. C~LACCI,Mn. STENSVMG
The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real
insight into our classica1 heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries.
N e w Testament Greek
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek
satisfies the religion requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except
for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be
applied toward a Religion major or minor.
I-z.-) ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of theoretical and practical grammar. The course also covers the manuscript transmission of the N. T. Greek text, with description of the main
Uncial Ms. and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5I, 52.
MA=,
53. 54.
LUKEI-XX,
AND
ACTSI-XX. I, 11.
AND
ROMANS.I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax,
and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I , yz will be offered in 1957-58;
courses 53, 54 in 1956-17.
fContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Latin
I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN.Fr. I, II.
Grammar, easy prose, composition.
8
Cr.
AND ST. AUGUSTINE.
SO. I, II.
3, 3 c r 3, 4. GSAR,
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Czsar's Gallic War and
St. Augusthe's Confessions. (Oflered 19 57-5 8.)
Hebrew
FOR BEGINNERS.
I, II.
g3-84.f HEBREW
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
S 5 , 86. HEBREW
EXEGESIS.
I, II.
See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary.
Department of English
f i e Department of English aims TO train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of
the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literanue.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may
exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted
from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.
Major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 12,
61, 62, 74, and one of the following: 59, 81, 83, or 85.
Minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52,
61, and 62.
Teaching major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses
listed for the non-teaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 20 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed
for the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan to do qaduate work in English should include courses 76,
78, and 92.
.
-iCuntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
Loth semesters.
b
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF W R ~ GI. .
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the (basic principles of writing and cgrrect
English usage. Offered in connection with English I.
-
--
R.
IMPROVEMENTOF READING.I, 11.
o Cr.
A develop.menta1 program for studenlts who wkh to improve speed and
comprehension in reading. Open to all students.
I-2.t FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and Literature. Themes and a reference
paper. Required of all students.
21.
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recornmended for non-English majors. (Offered 1 9 57-5 8.)
21.
EXPOSITORY
WRITING.Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
56. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11.
z Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
31. FOUNDATIONS
OF LITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical
tradition in modern British and American literature.
MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11.
3 Cr.
English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to
non-English works.
3 2.
Upper Division Courses
50. SENIORENGLISH.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students
who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
2, 2 Cr.
Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I , 5 2.
5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
See course 15 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
+Continuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA.
11.
2 Cr.
See course 56 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 Cr.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1957-58.)
POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
59. CONTEMPORARY
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 1956-57.)
2
Cr.
61. BRITISH LITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEEN^ A N D EIGHTEENTH~ ~ N T U R I E S .
Prereq. 32. I.
3 Cr.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY.Prereq. 61.II. 3 Cr.
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
2 Cr.
CRITICISM.Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. II.
72. LITERARY
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for .modern thought.
74. SHAKESPEARE.
+q.
32. II.
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and
the historical background.
76. M ~ T O NPrereq.
.
61. H.
2 cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of
1957-58.)
the seventeenth
century.
(Offered
78. CHAUCERPrereq. 32. 11.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1956-57.)
8 I. MODERN
DRAMA.Prereq. 62. I.
2 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered I 956-57 . )
BRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 62. I.
2 Cr.
83. MODERN
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1957-18.)
S 5. CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 5 I, 5 2.
Major writers since World War I.
I.
2
Gr.
2 Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in
English.
93. TEACHING
OF ENGLISH. I.
See course 93 under Education.
z Cr.
Journalism
I.
FUND~MENTAIJOF JOURNALISM.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, wich emphasis on
reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing.
(Offered 1956-57.)
2.
EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.n
+ Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered I 957-58.)
5. ~ c h oSTAFF MEETINGS. I, n.
I, I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augsburg E c h staff and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These
meetings are also open to members of Course I . Hour arranged.
A,
5, 7. Ailgshrgim STAFF MEETINGS.I, n.
I , I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may neceive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meetings.
Department of Speech
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech ,compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
ta teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
radio, theater, or speech pathology.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61,
66, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students course 66 and
at least one course from each of the follo&ing groups: 12, 5 I ; 3 I, 32; 61,62;
74, 76.
II
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lkping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contxct the head of the department
for individual attention.
i I. BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speaking.
I z. TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking
activities.
I 5. STORYTELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age gmups. observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered 1956-57.)
21-2t.f
INTERCOLIGIATE
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
2 Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25, 26. PUBLICSPEAKINGSEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests.
Arranged.
TO I ~ A M A T IARTS.
C
Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introdllction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. ( O f k e d 1956-57.)
3 I. INTERPRETAM
~ A D I N G . SO. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. (Offered 1957-58.)
32.
ACTING.SO. II.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
51. GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1956-57.)
54. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. (Offered 1956-57.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must coniplete
both semesters.
2 Cr.
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. I.
Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1917-58.)
62. PERSUASION.
Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. n.
2 0.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAFT.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered
1957-58.)
2 Cr.
66. STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. lI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. ( m e r e d I 956-57.)
2 Cr.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 . Jr., Sr. 11.
74. SPEECHHYGIENE.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of
speech habits. (Offered 1956-57.)
Y . Sr. II.
3 Cr.
76. SPEECH P A ~ O L O G Jr.,
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience-in speech therapy. (Offered I 95 7-58.)
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
95. TEACHMG
See course 95 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of German
The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and
esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is to provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor,
I-2.t
20
credia.
BEGINNINGGERMAN.I, 11.
8
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language
Cr.
so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POE-ray. I,
n.
3, 3 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and poetry.
fChntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 2. GERMANLITERATURE.
I, n.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Offered
1957-58.)
TEACHING
OF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
See course 73 under Education.
73.
2
Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Scandinavian peoples, as well as to transmit to
American life the best of their cultural heritage.
m i o r , 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.
Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
j, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard' authors. Brie& survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered 1956-57.)
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.I.
3 Cr.
A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. ( M e r e d 1957-58.)
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1957-5 8.)
Upper Division Courses
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Prereq. 4, or six credits in liter2 Cr.
ature. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered
5 5.
1956-57.)
56.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Prereq. 4, or six credits in literature. Jr., Sr. II.
2
Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 195 6-5 7.)
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Romance Languages
hks. KINGSLEY, MR. HELLAND
The Romance Language Department aims to aid the student in the mastery
of the fundamental rules of' pronunciation and grammar, leading to a fuller
comprehension and correct usage of the foreign language. It aims further to
acquaint the student thmugh masterpieces of literature with the culture and
m d u s uivendi of the countries whose language he is learning.
French
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections fmm
French literature. ( m e r e d 19 57-5 8.)
3, 4. INTERMEDUTE
FRENCH.I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature. (Osered 1956-57.)
Upper Division Courses
5 I.
SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and Iiterary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected
students.)
FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
5 2.
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
See course 77 under Education.
2
Cr.
Spanish
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation,
and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1957-58.)
$2.
SPANISHCâ¬YNVERSATION
AND COMPOS~ION.
n.
3 Cr.
A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish t h m g h conversation
and composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual
aids, integrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered I 957-58.)
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
See course 77 under Education.
t
Cr.
Department of Music
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish t o become
teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialid study in the
field of music. General instruction is afforded students who are interested in
the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Graduation Major, 36 credits, including wurses I , 2, 7, 8, 15-16,55-56,
57, 58, 61-62or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied
music, z of which must be in piano or organ.
Teaching Major, 32 credits in addition to 88, 89; including wurses I, 2, 7,
8, 15-16,55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64"; a credits from 77, 78; and 6
credits in applied music,
2
of which must be in piano or organ.
Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior
year, is required of all music majors.
*A student with a major fsor teaching should be prepared for ibth vocal
and instrumental work. Unless he takes both technique wurses, his work in
applied musi,c, excepting the required credits in piano, must be instrumental
~liusicif he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers
for Instrumental Technique.
Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. 1f-16, 78; 4
credits from 10, $5-56, $7, $8, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in private lasuns in either vocal or instrumenml
music.
Teaching Minor, zz credits k addition to 88, 89; including course
5 5 . 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64; and 4 credits in applied music.
I,
2,
I 5-16,
Two credits are g-ken for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral
Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the
Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is mt granted for less than two complete semesters
within an academic year.
One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, +no, organ, brass, or w d winds. Occasional lessons are available without credit.
For statement of fees see under Financial Information.
1, 2.
TEIEOIY,
I, IL
A basic
c o w
2, 2 G.
in the fundamentals of music, including the pIjncip!es of
not&am, major and &nor scales, intervals, triads rhythms: aural skills: sight
reading, dictation, and pate sin-eg. Should be =ken toncurrently with 11-16
mhencver +ble.
2, 2 Cr.
HETORYAND L ~ ~ ~ T OF
W MUSIC.
K E I, 11.
-4n IGstoricaI appmch ta &e appreciation of the world's greatest music.
Sppplunenred by musicaI scores and record illustrations. For students with or
7, 8.
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
&or 8, or have consent of instructor.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.TI.
2 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
Church, with special attention ro Protestant hymnody. Designed for the
ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors,
and pre-seminarians. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of
a course in religion.
4 Cr.
IF-16.t HARMONY.I, H.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
2, 2 Cr.
HARMONY.
Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11.
5. 56. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course I 5-1 6, with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music.
$Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
5 7 , 5 8 . CONDUCTING. Prereq.
2,
or
2
Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, Il.
2, n Cr.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music
education are advised to take the course m .their junior year.
61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instrumens, pffprdng the
prospective public school music teacher and director for work
orchestra.
b d and
CHOR~CL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice ai related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
63-64.?
77. C O U ~ ~ R P O IPrcreq.
NT.
3. I. Sr.
n Cr.
Strict c o u n ~ i n i
rn one. two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
7 8 . M u s r ~ ~At N A L Y Prereq.
~.
2 , 5 1 , and 77 or consent of instructor.
II. Sr.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical wmpositioa.
3 .
fi8.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. TI.
z Cr.
See course 8 4 under Education.
89.
TEACHING
OF
HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
2
cr.
See course 89 under Education.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUB OR BAND. I, 11.
r Cr.
MALECHORUS.I, 11.
I Cr.
These organizations exist not m l p for the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled ts a studem wbo wishes to participate in groups affording
the opportunity for rnmiitaI e x p d a Credit in Choir is not granted for less
than two complete semesters within an academic year.
PIANO, I, IT.
I, I
Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm
rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
ORGAN.I, TI.
I, I Cr*
1;lstruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is required
as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
:Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
VOICE.I, II.
I, I Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
brea.th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
% or
B u s s INSTRUMENTS.
I, II.
WOOD-WIND
INSTRUMENTS.
I, II.
% or
Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows:
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
a) Private instructim--onk thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester. I credit.
b) Class instruction--one thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. % credit.
Art
I . 2.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal h r m s . Plaster casting. (Offered 1956-57.)
3.
ART IN DAILYLMNG. I.
3 Cr.
See course 3 under Department of Home Econo~nics.
7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11.
2, 2
Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
Upper Division Courses
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
64. HISTORY
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
2
Cr.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
It is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance
2nd value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to
develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
Department of History and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of ,the instructor.
I-2-f
SURVEYOF EUROPEAN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, II.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Des&ied to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1 I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
t r , z z . UNITEDSTATES
HISTORY.SO., I, n.
3, 3 c r .
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
AND n i ~
REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
5 I . THERENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modern civilization and culture.
(Offered 1957-58.)
3 Cr.
TO I 800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
jz. ENGLAND
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors whi,ch shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1956-57.)
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
5 3. LATIN-AMERICAN
A study of Latin America and its development. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
54. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. I -2.Jr., Sr. 11.
Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
UNI~D
STATES.Prereq. 21,zz. Jr., Sr. I.
55. CONTEMPORARY
The United States from about 1900 to the present. (Offered 1957-588.)
DIPLOMACY.Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary
War to the present. (Offered 1957-58.)
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions
to modem cultures. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
62. CANADIAN
HIS-.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1957-58.)
64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 195 6-57.)
AND EARLYNINETEEN= CENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq.
71. FRENCHREVOLUTION
3 Cr.
IZ credits in H,kt. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848. (Offered 1957-58.)
72. LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE.Prereq. 1 2 credits in H i t . Jr.,
3 Cr.
Sr. 11.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848
to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise d imperialism,
and the background of World War I. (Offered 1957-58.)
Jr., 9. II.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT.
See course 58 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
8 I, 82. THET W E N ~ T
CENTURY.
H
Prereq. I z cr. in Hit. Sr. I, TI. 3, 3 Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak
of World War I to the present. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor.
99. HISTORY
A survey of historical literature and source materials. A research project is
required. Recommended for history majors and students who plan to do graduate work in history.
Political Science
Minor, 1 5 credits.
A I -42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are
stressed.
Upper Division Courses
3
53. POLITICAL PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1956-57.)
&=r.
56. AMERICANDIPLOMACY.11.
See course 56 under History.
3
Cr.
60.
PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 41-42or Econ. 1 5 for Political Science minors.
3 Cr.
Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics.
74. HISTORY
OF P O L ~ C ATHOUGHT.
L
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
.4 study of ,political philosophy and its in,fluence and historical significane
from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered 1957-58.)
85. TEACHING
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
See course 85 under Education.
2
Cr.
Geography
14. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. 11.
3
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. ( m e r e d 195 6-57.)
cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Geography; 6 credits each in Sociology and Economics; and Political Science
41-42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-41;
and 3 credits in Economics.
+Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Sociology
The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for
social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of'christianity to efiective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition aye History
[-2, or 21, 22.
Minor, 15 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLQGY.
Fr., SO. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
S o c m PROBLEMS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
TO STATISTICS.Fr., SO. TI.
4. INTRODUCTION
See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics.
3 Cr.
TN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
A course in general sociology for nurses.
z Cr.
16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
See course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Languages and Literature.
21.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with s p i a l attention to the
problems of the contemporary rural America.
22.
URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO.n.
3 Cr.
Study of the city a s to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
A N D FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
RACE RELATIONS AND
MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq.
Soc.
Sr. II.
Jr.,
I
3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1956-57.)
) 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.
1.1.
3 Cr.
See course 56 under Department of Business Administration and Economics.
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. Soc. I . Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
filnctions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in
the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
and other community agencies.
60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I.Jr., Sr. TI.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contempor& public welfare and social security. (Offered 1956-57.)
61. SOCIAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5, and & and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUCTION
TO METHODS
OF SOCIAL WORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr.
structor. 11.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1957-58.)
OF SOCIAL
STUDIES.Sr. I.
85. TEACHING
See course 8 5 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Psychology
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
to assist in the adjustments that the in-coming student needs to make. The
work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying h,k own behavior as well as chat of his
fellow men.
r. (hmS'r~no~.
Required. Fr. OSered both seineseers.
r Cr
Designed m mist freshmar in making the proper adjusrrnenr to their work as
colIege studenrs. It inclade anits on orienraejon m the wllege, methds of
study, improvement of reading speed and comprehension, and vocariond and
educurbnd guidance,
P S Y ~ O L OAND
CY ORTEWA~N
Er.. L
3 Cr.
combines the aims and mutse content of Psychology r and Psychology 1. E m p h i s i s p!aced on heIping the studenr llrw his knowtedgc of
psychoIogical principle in solving pewnd problem t h a t arise as a part of
the adjvstmenr to college. Regismation rermcrd.
3.
mi course
I. 6. GFXERALPSYCHQL~GY.
1, IL
I, 2 Cr.
A study of rhe basic procews underlying hum= behavior. l%e genesal pdnciplts, methods and problems of psychology are dicassed. T h e second semester
emphasizes mental h d t h and the appEicarion of the principles of psych~logyto
other problem of everyday life.
7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
An introductory course intended for nurses.
t
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
61.
See
Socm PSYCHOLOGY.
I.
course 61 under Department of Sociology.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. j or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene. (Offered 19 57-58.)
Education
The ducarbn curticulam has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do high school reaching, dthongh any strrdent who is preparing to work
with yuuh is errcomged to smdy in this m a . The work in rhk dtpamncnt
will qualify the reaching graduate far a Minnesota Teacher's cerrificate on the
junior and senior high s b l level, as well
for further study in the 5eld of
educadon.
Admission to the teacher educaeian currkaInm reqnires nn application to be
appmved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application m a t be made
during tht seEond semester D+ the wphorwre year if r h e sntdent is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is g r a n d on the
basis of a satisfacmry health reporr, favorable personality characteristics, and
a min;mum in schoIasEic achievement of 1.5 honer p i n r ratio in the rnaiar, a
1.0 n t i o m the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. T h e applicant
s b d d be preparing for competency in a t least two subject-matter fieIds h a t are
aim po&r on the high xhml level.
All students admitted ro rhe teachcr educario~ crrnicnlmn must secure
be caken in connection with Ed. 5 1
two credits of Group Activity usually to
and gz. J i addition ra the regular lower division requirements, students in
reacher education are required ro hzvc four semester b u r s in general psychology, these credits to be completed before taking Ed. 51.
N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum
should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education.
EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 1, and 6. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
ilnderstand human behavior, especialIy tke behavior of adoIescents in a school
context.
I
!
istudy
ING
SECONDARY SCKWZS.Prereq. yr. Jr. II.
3 Cr.
54. T F . A ~
This course has three pm:a study of rhe p u t p e s and programs of secondary
xhoolq develophg p e d competency in plmning instructional activities;
2nd
developing the ability to evaluate the a r c a m c of instruction.
~ 3 .74.
GROW Amrvm.
I, I
Ct
sepvaee mme, but offeered in connection with Edncarion
1 1 , $ 2 ; Religion 6, $7, 58; Phpsicd Educarion 6, rr, 13, 14,51, 56. The a a w
of t h e experience will vary with h e course with which it i asmciattd, and
may incIudc such activities *s teaching, wperv;sing recreation, and advising
clubs. The t ~ p e r a r i wof the a~enciesinvol-red is necessary. with rtprts from
the supervisor and the srudcnt ro the reacher of the course wi& which the
work is mnnecred. A smdenr may nor receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
Th;s is
not given v
is a
Prereq. 5 I . Sr. II.
3 Cr.
r6. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate &or student guidance,
including counseling.
78. Tssv~sIK CONTEMPORARY
EDUCA'FICM.
Sr. XX.
3 0,
The purpose of thc c o w is to develop ski11 in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to pin an u n d t r ~ r a n d i n af
~ possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to epaluare the various wlutions proposed. The relation
of h e problems ra the dtvelopmenr of American ducntian sad to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
73.
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
z Cr.
2
Cr.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
s Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSIN-ESS.
Sr. I.
z
83.
TEACHING
OF MA~HEMATICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTHEDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I. z Cr.
88. TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
r Cr.
r Cr.
89.
TEACHINGOF HIGH, SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
2
Cr.
91.
TEACHING
OF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z
Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I1
z Cr.
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
z Cr.
95.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
Courses 73 through 9y include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a
major or a minor in the field and Education yz. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit listed.
Prereq. 52. Sr. I.
4 to 5 Cr.
97. STUDENTTEACHING.
Observation,' participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
Library Science
T h c .follosning courses prepare the strrdcnt to rneer the stare requhments
for a minor in library scicnce. Tbey main him in making a wjse choice of
h k s for tfie xhml Library, in preparing b k s and other librav materials for
cimlatios in a d d i s t c r i n g a schooI libtary, and in making intelligent and
d e t t i v e me of library tools for his o m needs as a teacher.
Minor,
I6
credits.
BASICF ~ C T T O OF
N STHE S ~ W LIBRARY.
L
Jr. 1. ?
I.
3 cr.
5 5-s6f
X g n e d to acquainr the smdenr prith the place of the librvg in tbe school
and comrnmiry; local public, county, scare, and national services; standards;
rclanions with school admieisnatim, facultg, students, and m m u n i r p ; rhe
h d g e t : planning, housing. and equipment; library recordr; organization of
materids; sdKxrl libnry adrnbistntion. Two credits first semester; one credit,
seeoad.
fcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
57-5 8 . t ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the, elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1956-57.)
59-6of SECONDARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I. II.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; boak selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their
use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selectian; reviewing
of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 7- 5 8.)
61. PRACTICAL
.METHODS.Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offer4 1957-58.)
62, READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. n.
2 Cr.
Remedial readin,g in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered
1957-58.)
Department of Business Administration and Ecanomics,
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help smdents gaia n b d hawledge
and sound perspefcive of bnkpss and our economic society. Such knowledge
and p e n w i v e are necessary far SUCF~PS in specific positions ia our complex
business world ind .should provide rhe bwkgmmd to fncilitate advancement.
with experience, ro positions of responsibility. A dgree wirh a business major
2- a common requirement of business firms m d guvefnmenr agencies. The
depamnent gives a general bnckground in emwrnics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a tcaching major or minor; and it prepares far gradurn
work in business and economics.
Business Administration and Economics
Major, 36 credits, including courses I ,
History 21 and 22.
Minor, 21 credits, including courses I ,
Division courses.
2,
2,
4,
4,
I 5,
I 5,
16, 5 3. Also required are
16, and six credits in Upper
-;Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
I,2. PRINCIPLESOF ACCOUNTING.
Fr. I, II.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. TI.
3 Cr.
The collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation of numerical data
for the purpose of determining measures od central tendency, deviations from
average, and correlation.
I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS.
SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
The iduence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary
and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level
with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1957-58.)
5 3. BUSINESSLAW.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
3 G*
5 5. MARKETING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I.
Marketinz from a businessman's standpoint, with emphasis on ways in which
management decisions are made concerning product planning, merchandise
selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling.
3 Cr.
RELATIONS.
Prereq I 5 ,16.Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
A study of management, of labor, of ,their relations, and of their control by
government. T h e objective is to picture the different positions of these groups
in our economy and to investigate possibilities of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and government control.
.MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
57. INDUS~RUL
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr. I.
59. ADVANCEI~
The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which
will enable the student to interpret financial data, and to acquaint the student
with cost accounting p ~ , C i p l e sand procedures. Preparation and analysis of
financial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-rder and standard costing
are stressed.
60. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity.
62. BUSINESS
FINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis
on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements.
Prereq. consent of instructor.
3, 3 Cr.
71, 72. SENIORTOPICS.
An honors course for selected seniors in business involving independent reading
and research in a specific area of ,business or economics leading to the writing
of an acceptable paper. A student may receive credit for one semester only.
Secretarial Studies
These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial
positions in business oflices, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of
buiness education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
A non-teaching major may be obtained by completing a minimum of 30
hours above course I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 I , 52, 53-54> Business Administration I , z, 53, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. A
teaching major requires courses listed for non-teaching major plus Business
Administration 15, 16, a total of 36 hours above Sec. Studies I. A minor may
be obtained by completing a total of 2 5 hours above Sec. Studies I , including z,
3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , .r, or IF, 16.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
1. INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
$1
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, rnimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
51. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.
I. Prereq. 2 or equivalent.
2 Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of l,egal documents. Open to students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.Prereq. 2, 3-4,11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for ,those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
4 Cr.
SHORTHAND.
I, II. Prereq. 4 or equivalent.
53-54.? ADVANCED
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
8 I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
See course 8 I under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
66, 67?71,73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6,Physics 3, Economics 15,
Sociology I,Biology' 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 3 or 5, and 6, and 3
additional credits in Social Science.
.
-
Graduation minor, 22 credits including courses I,2,'3, 7, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major, 38 credits; courses listed for non-teacKing major plus 33 and
75.
I.
CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f ~ b r i c s
suitable for different uses are topics considered.
iContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete
both semesters.
2.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
n.
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton
and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable
techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of
garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors.
Two double la~borator~
periods, one lecture discussion period per week.
3 . ART IN DAILY LIVING.I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
8. ELEMENTS
OF NUTRITION.
n.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. CRAFTS.TI.
2 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application
to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1957-58.)
PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 8 or
permission of instructor. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
I aboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
fnod preparation. Three double laboratory period$ a week.
39, 40.
42. MARRIAGE
A N D F A M ~RELATIONSHIPS.
Y
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying ~ r i n c i ~ l eofs cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family- relationships, preparation for mamage, .the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular
lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.
11.
2 Cr.
A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
$7. TEXTILES.
I.
2 Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
64,
HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
Cr.
2
A study a+ the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1956-57.)
TI.
3 Cr.
66. HOME PLANNINGA N D FURNISHING.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analpsis of h r plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting.
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratorp periods per
week.
67. FAMILY HEALTH.
I.
2 Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within (the family group.
71. HOME
~ ~ N A G E M E NPROBLEMS.
T
I.
2 Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and cocrdmatiqg the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One
lecture period and one double lzboratory period per week.
73. HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
z Cr.
Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home ,management house with one conference hour per w.eek. Food costs to be determined
.by the group.
n.
74. CONSUMER EDUCATION
AND INCOME MANAGEMENT.
z Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and sefvices available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More
advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class
in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments .for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
( M e r e d 1956-57.)
z Cr.
OF HOME ECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
71. TEACHING
See course 91 under Education.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr.
See course 92 under Education.
92.
n.
z
Cr.
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
I t is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural
Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
&. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MISS H U T C H ~ G Mns.
S,
OSWALD
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, rq credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,
toward the major or minor.
j ~ 4,
,
7N d o not count
I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences.
Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory
work, and discussions.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3 ~ .HUMANANATO* AND PHYSIOLOGY.
A professional course i,n human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students
who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit f o r Biol. 3N.
HUMAN
ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. n.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
4.
7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY.
Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
twth semesters.
25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, II.
4, 4 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed e n botanical principles.
Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
Upper Division Courses
4 Cr.
51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25. 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lwtures per week.
(Offered 1957-j8.)
4 Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. 11.
52. ECOLOGY.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered I 9 5 7-5 8.)
53.
GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
'9~6-57.)
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr..
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
56. TAXONOMY
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles,
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one
double laboratory period per week. (Ogered I 95 6-57.)
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. n.
I or 2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microvcopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 6-57.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
79. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Physical Sciences
The courses offered provide iundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is :promotion of
scientific thinking and scientific approach.
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
nstural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in chemistry will prepare
him for further study in such specialized fields as medicine, research, engineering,
nursing, pharmacy, and other related fields.
The courses in physics will prepare h i for study in engineering and applied
mathematics.
Chemistry
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses
the major or minor.
1-2, j
~
4, do not count toward
.
1-2
THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, I?
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
3 ~ .CHEMISTRY
FOR NURSES.
I.
3 Cr.
9 lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
4. PRINC~PLES
OF CHEMISTRY.Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the
laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
GEN~RAL
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. .I or
conclirrent registration in Math. I . Fr., So. I, II.
8 Cr.
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
5-6.f
Upper Division Courses
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
51. ANALYTICAL
4
(3.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric.
rwo lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 I . So., Jr., Sr. 11.
4 or 5 Cr.
12. QUANTITAWE
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, six to eight hours laboratory per week.
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. y-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
8 to 10 Cr.
53-54.t ORGANIC
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1956-57.)
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
56.
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 5 1 and 5 2 , and Physics
5 Cr.
5 and 6. Sr. 11.
An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double labora'tory period
per week. ( M e r e d 1 9 5 7 - 5 8 . )
Physics
Minor, 1 6 credits. Courses
1-2
and 3 do not count toward the minor.
WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
I - z ~ . THENATURAL
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elem. algebra and plane geometry. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
12 lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light,
electricity, magnetism, and modern physics.
3.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math.
I3
or concurrent registration in Math
I 3.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one
q i z , and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11.
4 aThis course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism,
and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of modern topics in the field of physics including atomic theory, nuclear
transformations, radiation phenomena, .biophysical applications of physics, and
other topics.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
4 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 1 . Jr., Sr. TI.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magneti,~
field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments.
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
5:.
TEACHING
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
See course 7 9 under Education.
79.
z
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teuching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 5 I and 5 2 or 5 3 - 9 4 ; Biology 1 3 - 1 4 and 2 5 , 26; Physics 1 and 6.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s d c i e n t for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them e6cient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits.
Courses I , 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
3 Cr.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
I.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for inore advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher
algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course.
z. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~brmulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. z. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 1 . n. 3 Cr.
6 . ENGINEERING
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
13,
14. INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or
equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
Upper Divisian Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. 1 3 ,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
51, 5 2 .
5 3 . SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are srudied and their equations developed. Quadratic
sudaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
3 Cr.
OF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. 11.
54. THEORY
This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
83. TEACHING
See course 83 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Hea1,th and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a #physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the physical education program.
A course 'n personal and community health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Teaching ,Major for men, 3 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. 11,
12, 27, yo, 51, 52, 53, 74, 55, 56, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also
required.
Teaching Major for women, 28 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,
14,16, 17,27, 50, 52, 73, 54, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also required.
Teaching Minor, 19 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, I I, 12, g I, 5 3,
and 54 for men: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 16, 17,53, and 54 &orwomen.
Non-teaching major for men 33 credits; for women, 30 credits.
Non-teaching minor 21 credits. For course requirements see under .reachingmajor and teaching-minor and confer with department head.
r.
PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH.Fr. Ogered both semesters.
2
Cr.
iZ study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
TZ.
%, % Cr.
ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, 11.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
%, % Cr.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
5.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTHEDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of hea1,th education,
physical education, and recreation.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. n.
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. One double hour per week.
S. FIMT AID. Fr., So. n.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
1 I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
irolleyball. Three hours per week.
12.
INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Men). So. II.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbfflebmrd, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshm, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. I, TI.
Theory and practice in the coaching and officiating of field hockey, soccer,
basket,ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered 1957-58.)
16. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. ll.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffl,eboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
1956-57.)
I 7.
SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Two hours per week.
(Offered 1956-57.)
27.
KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2
Cr.
Thii
is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effectmg of
efficient movements.
2 Cr.
29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of officiating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
(Ogered 1956-57.)
50.
5 I. SELF-TESTINGACTMTICS.(Men). Jr. I.
r Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling Three hours per week.
52. RHYTHMS.Jr. 11.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. (Offered 1957-18.)
I
Cr.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL
3 Cr.
E D U U ~ O NPrereq.
.
5 . Sr. I.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of che eTernencq and secondary schml health education and physical
education curriculum.
5 3.
ORGANIZATION
A N D ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND
3 Cr.
PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Sr. 11. Prereq. 5.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
54.
OF SPORTS:FOOTBALL
AND BASKETBALL.
Sr. I.
r Cr.
55. COACHING
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
2
OF SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.
Sr. lT.
56. COACHING
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
cr.
I Cr.
AND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
84. TESTS
A survey and evaluation of tests in ~ h ~ s i c aeducation.
l
(Wered 1956-17.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr., Sr. II.
2 Cr.
PtobIems of commuuiry recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work (%red
1956-57.)
OF HEAL= EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I
87, TEACHING
See course 87 under Education.
2
Cr.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Introductory
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
IzLissionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. Ir offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal af building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
Application for Admission
Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theologkal Faculty, and should include the 'following:
A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary,
I.
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands ofdAtheSecretary of the Seminary
Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists ,of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Admission Requirements
The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's
degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
Philosophy
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
z years
I Year
2
years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
Suggested Pre-Theological Courses
In order rhat studrnm may derive rhe peatest pmsiblc advantage from their
theological studies, it is recommended that their colleKc c o w of nudy, 'besides
f u l f l h g requiremenrs as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated a b v e , include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Youth Work
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
Typewriting
years
year
I year
z years
I semester
I year
2
I
I
I
year
year
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good
academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Srudcnt~are admirted to the Seminarp with the understanding that their
studies aie to be pursued under rhe direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
armngement to t a k e + part of the theological course a t another seminary must
have the prior approval of ehe ThcoloRicol Faculty a t Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Expenses
Seminarp students p;ry no tuition. They do, however, pay chc regular student
activity fee, healrh fee and a ~enerntSeminary fee of ten dollars per semester.
Unmarried Seminary smdenrs living in rhe dormitory. receive a special grant
to coccr the cost of mom rent. The m9t of h a r d k the same zs for the
College studears. See under Financial Information.
Class Attendance
A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences
may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absenc'e
from classes mu& have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the
conference.
Employment
The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the
Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is
not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday.
Conditions and Incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be
removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of
attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time
allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the inwmplete may
he changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is
sdiciently high.
Seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary eash
student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and
supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer
vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the.
in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amciunt of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Service.
Student Activities
All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A principal
purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual
fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and
to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College
in a daily chapel servte.
During his s e r n i n a ~yean, each student is associated with a specific congregation and i4 e n c ~ u r a ~ eto
d serve there. As a united project, the Concordia
Society has mently assumed responsibility for conducting the Saturday noon
services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the Inter-Seminary
Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a
more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant
seminaries in the Twin Cities.
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Serninettes. They
meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to
their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord.
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of
Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I.
A minimum of
102
semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2.
Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3 . The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.y (Cf average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The prepara$on of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 1 7 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6 . A comprehensive examination, written and oril, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week af March. Written and oral examination sermons.
who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical
service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of I.$ in their studies, are
graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Yem
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
r Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
THEOLOGICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC.
A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
I Cr.
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
4.
*With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered annually
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
r. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
Old Testament
Mu. STENSVAAG
HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from
Deuteronomy. (Offered 19 5 6-5 7.)
6 Cr.
9-10.
11.
THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 Cr.
12. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and -the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the
historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
3 Cr.
13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
14. THEPROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
3 Cr.
freedom. (Offered 1956-57.)
15. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems
of life. (Ogered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to
the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading
assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr.
Exilic period. (Offered 19 57-58.)
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
2, 2 Cr.
in the Old Testament. (Offered 1957-58.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1957-58.)
New Testament
20-21. NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction d normal load.
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
22. INTRODUCTION
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.)
2 3 . THE GOSPELOF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will M expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
pf Jesus' ministry. (Offered 195 6-57.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.)
25. THE GOSPELOF JOHN. The purpose and special tharacteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on
the English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1917-58.) 2 Cr.
CHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
26. THE JEWISHSECTIONOF THE APOSTOLIC
1-12. This will ba followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
1957-58.)
3 Cr.
27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL.A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 fi28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.
Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the
Christian life (chs. 12-16)will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.
In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
r Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.)
OF THE REVEL.~TION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
(Oflered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
Church History
40. THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the
Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and
decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward
reform. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
THE REFORMATION.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
Catholic Counter-Reformztion. (Wered 195 6-57.)
3 Cr.
42.
AFTER THE REFORMATION.
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCH
from the Refonnztion and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
the history of ofhe Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
44. AMERICANCHURCH HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1954-5 5. )
DOCTRINE.A study Of: the development
45, 46. THEHISTORYOF CHRISTIAN
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 , 2 Cr.
A study of the consti47. THELUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
Systematic Theology
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY.
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1957-5 8.)
2 0.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I . THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His
Person, states, and oflice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
the order of salvation. (Wered 1958-59.)
3 Cr.
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1958-59.)
z Cr.
j4, y y . CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
z, 2 Cr.
A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
56. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Wered 1957-58.)
z Cr.
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
57. CQMPARA~VE
of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
Go. PRINCIPLES
OF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of the pastoral oflice and the New Testament ministry.
s Cr.
61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUAL
LIFE. A study of Christian experience
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
2 Cr.
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.)
62. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.
A course dealing with the
dynamics underlyi3ng human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
I Cr.
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
PASTORAL
TRAINING.
The purpose of this course is- 'to provide an
63. CLINICAL
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. It will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a
64. EVANGELISTICS.
short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.)
B. Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLESAND PRACTICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
2 Cr.
66. HOMILETICS.
The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of 'brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant pnctice in delivery. Middlers.
2 Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparaltion and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
z 0.
are studied. Seniors.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; otlicers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered I 95 7-58 .)
2 Cr.
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o&ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1957-58.)
72. PASTORAL
PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of
ethics. (Offered 1956-57.)
I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its
relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered I 95 6-57.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered
'957-58.)
I Cr.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH E D U C A ~ O N
Studies
.
in the application of basic
principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used i n catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1956-57.)
t
Cr.
78. THE CHURCH AND HUMANSOCIETY. A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and
civilization and culture, and of .the
organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must
deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide
task of .the Church. The .Ecumenical Movement.
2 Cr.
C H R I ~ ~ A N IATNY
D SOCIALWORK. This Course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures,
rcports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
79.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
OfFicers of the Board
REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN
.............................
Vice-president
Term Expires in 1956
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisumsii
Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Banking and Insurance, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Term Expires in 1957
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLARENCE
J. CARLSEN,
hfinneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, St. Olaf Lutheran Church
Term Expires in 1958
The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Duluth, Minnesota
Pastor, Trinity LuAeran Church
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
Term Expires in 1959
The REV. C. T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota
Business Manager, Bethesda Homes
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minnesota
Contractor (retired)
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg College and Theological Sem~inary
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preddent
MARTINQUANBECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College
JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminury
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .Business Manager
K. BERNERDAHLEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Stdents
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
ERLWG J. URDAHL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar; Secretary of the General FacuZty
MELVINA. HELLAND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Faculty
AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
b r u R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
FRIEDELW ~ D M A N N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
S. P.HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Field Representative, Development Fund
KENNETHLOWER. . . . . .Alumni Secretary; Manager of Musical Organizations
IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Supervisor of Buildings and Grounds
A w o SINKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Mweum
IVERB. SON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist
CARL WOYU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director
BORGHILDESTNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Registrar
DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff:Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the
College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary, Business
Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel O6ce; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrars 0 5 c e ; Vivian
Isaacson, Recorder, Registrar's Ofice; Janice Sorheim, Secretary, Placement
Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Office; Ruth Hanson, Secretary,
Business Office; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Mrs. Ruth Elias, Faculty
Secretary; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Violet
Meyer, Secretary, Building Fund Office.
Library Assistants: Mrs. Carol Carlson and John Jenson.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Edward Nyhus and
Philip Nelson; Sivertsen Hall and Residence for Women, Helen Martens;
Miriam House, Verniel Anderson; Morton Hall, Alice Ullescad.
Su$ervisor of Hwsekeeping: Olga Hermumlie.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R. N.,
Nurse; Ethel Johnson, R. N., Assistant Nurse; Alice Ullestad, R. N., Assistant
Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
;2dministration: Christensen, Quan,beck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, Urdahl, Miss
Mortensen, Miss Joel.
Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segohn,
M i Joel.
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Bertness, Miss Pederson,
Hammanberg.
Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, Ozolins, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg.
Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, Torstenson, Chrislock.
Athletics: Soberg, E. W. Anderson, Kleven, Aldre, Savold.
Social: Mrs. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Mr. Dahle, Miss Tangjerd, Thut.
Studies: R. E. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, E. Nelson, Mrs. Nelson.
Convocations: Helland, Colacci, Miss Lund, E. Nelson. (Student members also
included in this committee.)
Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Tomtenson, Olson. (Student members also included in this committee.)
Tracher Educatim: Bertness, Thorson, Sateren, Mrs. Nelson.
Religious fife: Sonnack, Ozolins, Mrs. Petersbn. (Student members also included
in this committee.)
Faculty C m c i l : Quanbeck, R. Anderson, Milton, Soberg, Miss Joel, -Dahle,
Segolson, Sateren, Kingsley, Aldre, Torstenson, Bertness, Walton.
Board-Faculty Committee: Chrislock, Miss Pederson, E. W. Anderson (Board
members also included in this committee).
THE FACULTY
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 22; Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 922-2 5 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Gottingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg <ice 1930. President since 1938.
MELW A. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 19 I 9; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192 I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
IVER B. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of. Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 Additional study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological
Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-3 9; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1959-44. Adviser to SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Church History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake,
&., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor -of Old Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins, Oslo. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
JOHN
LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work,
1942-53. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, I 9 5 5-.
At Augsburg
since 1955.
WUHELM C. LINSS, S.T.B., Th.D., Lecturer in New Testament
Theological School for Prisoners of War, Montpellier, France; S.T.B.,
Erlangen University, Germany, 1950; Th.D., Boston University, 1951.
Pastoral work: 1910-52. Teaching: Boston University School of Theology,
I 9 5 t-y4; Gustavus Adolphus College, 19 54-.
At Augsburg since 195 5.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908- I o; Ellsworth
College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-1952.
MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tdlin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 19 5 I. Additimal
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. A t Augsburg since 1949.
ERREST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg
since 1946.
E. ANDERSON,
A.M., Assistat Professor of Speech
RAYMOND
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: M i e sota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t
Augsburg since 1949.
EVABAVOLAK,
A.M., Instractor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: M i sota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea.chers College,
Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. SOC. Work, lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-38; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44 Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director of Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
At Augsburg since 1954.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Xnnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools,
1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949.
ALLENBLAIR,A.M., lnstructor in Physics
B.S., Hamline University, 1949; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53.
Teaching: State Teachers College, Sr. Cloud, 1953-54. At Augsburg
since 1954.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy J y i o r College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5I. A t Augsburg
since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,
Th.D., D.Litt., AssocicEte Professor of Clamical Lunguuges
Pontificium Acheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; Universiy of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campotram, Italy, 1941-49.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
LELANDK. DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf Colkge, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 195 2; U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1952.
K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Asso+te Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940,Ad&tional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I ~39;Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41,U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg
since 1941.
IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Inst11~ctorin Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19 I 8- I 9; Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21;Luther College, 1922-23; hfimeapolis Art Institute, 1928-30;
University ef Minnesota, 1926-53.A t Augsburg since 1955.
JOAN FAGERLIE,A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1953; A.M.,
h e s o t a . At Augsburg since 19 5 5 .
1955. Additional study:
JACKFISHER,S.M.M., Instructor in Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
r948. A t Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., Universify.of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, I 949-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
CLARICEA. FYLLING,B.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940;B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.Teaching: High Schml, 1941-43.
Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
DARYLGIBSON, Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instrummts
B.S., University of -Vlinnmta, 1934; A.M., 1941; PILD., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchem, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 19.13; University of Monuna, rg47-48;Gustavus
Adolphus College, 1948-52. Ae Augsburg since 1954.
WILLIAM H. HALVERSON,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, I 95 I ; Th.B., Augxburg Theological Seminary,
1955. Teaching: High School, I 95 I -52. Pastor at Northfield, Minnesota.
A t Augsburg since 1955.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Mimesota,
1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53.At Augsburg since 1953.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, .see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
LOIS M. HCTC~~~NCS,
Ph.D., Assistant ILrofessorof Biology
A.B., Mount EIolyoke College, 1927; A.M., Columbia University, 1935;
l'h.D., Cornell University, 1944. Additional study: Vermont, Newark
College of Engineering, Washington, Minnesota. Teaching: New York
University, I 946-48; Drew University, I 948-49; Kansas Wesleyan University, 1949-52;Blackburn College, 1952-14.At Augsburg since 1954.
K n w KHIN JENSEN, A.M., instructor in History
A.B., University of Rangoon, Rangoon, Burma, 1947; A.M., Bucknell
University, I 9 I. Additional study: University of Wisconsin. A t Aug~burg
since 1955.
MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of: Minnesota, 1947.
Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194146. At Augsburg since 1947.
VERNE- KAUPANG,A.M., lnstrlcctor in Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1925; A.M., r 928. Teaching: Braham,
and Minneapolis H,igh Schools. At Augsburg since 19 5 5.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Insfrucfor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42;O&cer, U. S. Navy, 1942-46.At Augsburg since 1955.
MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner. College, Staten
Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since I 947.
1 BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
.
.
rr
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5 ; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
I Ph.D.,
I
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Langwrges
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I ; Universi,ty of M i ~ e s o t a ,1938-425 Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Wee of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since
1947CARLW. LANDAWL,M.Mus., Instructor in Mmic
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; KVZMuc;,. 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwatern Schools, h h n e apolis, 195-. A t Augsburg since 1952.
ROBERTE. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of M b sota, I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Waldorf College,
1946-48. At Augsburg since 1953.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950.
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 195I . Additional study: Minnesota. A t
Augsburg since r 9 5 5.
ANNE MADSEN,A.M., Instructor in Englisb
A.B., University of California, Berkeley, California, 1944; A.M., University of Utah, 1949. Teaching: High Schools, 1945-46 and 19f1-54;
University of U,tah, 1946-49; St. Olaf College, 1954-51. At Augsburg
since 1951.
JOHN MILTON, A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. At Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50, A t Augsbufg since
1922.
E ~ C.R NELSON,M-Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
of Fmtball and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.A t Augsburg since
H ~ L F I Y.
N NE~SOX,
Ph.I)., Asroci~tfProfessor of H m E m i e s
B.S, University o f h e s o t a , r938; M.S., r 9 e ; Ph.D., 1952. Teaching:
H i ~ hSchool, 1938-42; W ~ r m
Michigan Cokege, ICalamazw, 1942-44;
Uni~ersiryof California, 1944-46; Iowa Starc Teachem College, Su 1948,
1949. A t Augsburg since 1951.
IVERB. OLSON,A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ZETA Oswam, B.Sc., Insfmctor in Humma Anatomy
B.Sc., University of Albertu, 1949. Additionat srudy: M i n n m ~Taching:
Rap] Alexandra Hospital, Ednwnron, Albenn, School of Nursing, 1949$ 2 ; School of Nursing, St. -Michael's I-lospiral, Lethbridge, -Alberta, 195254. At Augsburg since 1915.
KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1952. Additional study: Mshnesota. At Augsburg since 1955.
ANNE PEDERSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46;
San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg
1932-44,and since 1946.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 19f3.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
M
~
QUA~WCH,
R
~
PhD., Professor
of
Ed?~cution
University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D.,
A&.,Aug~burgCollege, TgZ9;
rgvz. High Schonl administration, Manmtitle, Minn., 1929-36. Teaching:
valdorf College, 1936-38. Reghcrar, Awgsburg College, 1939-46;Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
DONALDREIMER,A.B., lnsfructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. U. S. Army, 1953-55-Additional study:
Minnesota. At Augsburg since 195 5 .
RODERICKROBERTSON,
A.M., Instructor in Speech
A.B., h e l l University, 1950; A.M., Cornell University, 1954. Additional study: Oxford University, England. Teaching: Come11 University,
1953-54; Oxford English Center, summer session, 1955. A t Augsburg
since 1955.
LELANDB. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Mwic
A.B., Augsburg College, 193 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Comfition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), I 94I -43.
Teaching: High Schml, 1935-39.Miusic Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Dirqtor, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46.At Augsburg 1941-43,and since 1946.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Mwic
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: N o d Dakota, Minnesota.
Teamchiig: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D.,
1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48. U. S. Armed
Forces, 194.2-45; Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since
1912RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936.
A t Augsburg since 1944.
GEORGESOBERC,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Semkary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
A.M., Th.B., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Pastor, Mora,
Minnesota, 1944-47.At Augsburg since 1947.
WENDELLSWANSON,
A.B., Instructor in Reed lnstruments
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1939. Teaching: Minneapolis College of
Music, 1944-.At Augsburg since 1955.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929;M.Mus., 1936.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel ColColorado State
lege, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44;
College of Education, 1946-47.YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1947.
OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolph- College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota.
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Ad,olphus College, 1947-49, 1950-1 I . Probation
Ofice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 193 6-3 8.
A t Augsburg since 1940.
A.M., Associate Professor, of English
GERALDH. THOKSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia. U.
Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946.
s.
VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: Amer,ican Con$ervatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with
Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46;
Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, I 945 -47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, a'nd since
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and EducaMARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
tion
A.B., University of Nebraska, 193 y ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
study: H a n a r d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teachi,ng: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1953-55. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.
A t Augsburg since 1950.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. A t Augsburg since 1943.
SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Prof essm of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., University of htinnesota, 1947; M.B.A., H a n a r d University, 1949;
Ph.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
University of Minnesota, 1952-53. A,t Augsburg since 1953.
ANDERSKVAMME,A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mdthematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Au:gsburg
since 1955.
GRADUATES
COLLEGE, 1954
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aasen, E, Hildegarde . . . . . . . . . .Winger
Allar, Donald J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Donald Walter ....... Wayzata
Anderson, Arthur Leroy . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Theodore Wayne .- .St. Paul
.
Becker, Louis Oliver . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Berntsen, Ruth Ann ........ .Minneapolis
Blake, Shirlee Arlene . . . ..Ottawa, Ill.
Botko, Witlard John . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Chilstrom, Herbert W. . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Dill, Donald John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Elk River
Dorr, Ardis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Eldal, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Garfield
Erlandson, Wallace Emerson . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leland Elroy . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Fisher. George William ........ ..Morris
Froiland, David C. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Fullerton, Gerald LeRoy . . , .Minneapolis
Gante, Marshall Henry . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gustafson, Violet E. . . . .McGregor, N. D.
Hafstad, Wallace LeRoy . . . . . . .Hawley
Hamberg, Elaine Lorella .Williston, N. D.
Harkman, Maryls Ann . . . . . . ..Cokato
Harrison, Jean L. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Helland, Florence . . . . . . .Binford,
.
N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald Cletus . . . ..Minneapolis
Hielmeland, Selmer Jerome
Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert Louis . . . . . . . . . . . .Shafer
Holmberg, Richard Daniel . . .Minneapolis
Huglen, Erling S. 8.
. . . . .Newfolden
Hushagen, Orpha L. A.
. . . . . . ..Gonvick
Ingman, Robert C.
Isaacson, Edsel C.
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . - - . ..St. Paul
. . . ..Minneapolis
Jacobson, Luther H.
Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . .Rosemount
Johnson, Marcellus L.
Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Johnson, Richard Jerome
..
Kleven, Lowell H.
.Blanchardville. Wis.
Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Knutson, Maryan Alberta . . .Granite Falls
Kylla, Valborg Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyan
Langseth, Robert Vern . . .Argusville, N. D.
Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Larsson, Kentan Dale . . . . . ..Taylors Falls
Lodahl, Helen M. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Lusk, George W. ............ .St. Paul
Lyngdal, Colette M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Marquardt, William G. . . . . . . . St. Paul
Mathiason, Alan . . . . . . . . . .Warthington
Mattison, Robert T. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Mickelberg, E. D. . . . . . Onalaska, Wis.
Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Myhre, Richard Thomas . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Gordon Arlen ...... .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . . . ..Ellendale
Nelson, Marion Jane . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norum, Donald Allan .......... .Hallock
~ y $ u s , Edward Obert . Cumberland, Wis.
Nystuen, Winifred H.
Erickson, Man., Can.
Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . .
Olson, Julian Richard . .
Oudol, Yvonne Maureen
.Racine, Wis.
. . . Minneapolis
. . .Minneapolis
Parkhurst, Milford Charles. .Mondovi, Wis.
Patterson, Robert James . . . . . . . . . Lucan
Peterson, Lloyd Evans . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . Excelsior
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . Alvarado
Pousi, Ruth Miriam . . .
. . . . Dossel
Pribble, Fred C.
. . , . . . . . . . . ..Austin
Reimer, Donna Erickson . . . . . . Duluth
Reinertson, Arlene Kathryn . . .Moorhead
Robertorye, Paulette . .Whitefish, Mont.
Rolf, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Ronningen, Morlene Ann . . .Carpio, N. D.
Rust, Gary Roger . . . . . .Harwood, N. D.
Saari, Corwyn Jane . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sandness, Albert J. Jr.
LaMoure, N. D.
Sandquist, Shirley Kathryn . . .Cambridge
Seaver, John Edson . . . . . . Minneapolis
Sevold, Raymond Hove . . . . . Minneapolis
Shiell, James Lester . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Siege!, David Howard . . . . Minneapolis
Skogen, Clyde Lester . . . . . . . . . .Isle
Skovholt, Ardelle Elaine
Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . Williston, N. D.
Sonsteng, Ruth . . . . . . . . .Salol
Sorenson, James Arthur . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Strande, Nels A. D.
,
. Braoten
Thoreson, Allan Robert . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Thorson, Arthur William . . New Brighton
Tjornhom, Barbaro Lou . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
. . Minneapolis
Trelstad, Jerome Conley
Twiton, Robert E. . . . . .Sun Prairie, Wis.
Undseth, Morvin Sylvester . . .Minneapolis
Vick, Oliver Karl
. . . . . Spring Grove
Walker, Marilyn Kvam . . . . . .Minneapolis
Warner, Ruth Elaine . . . . . . .Duluth
Westphal, Joanne Carolyn . . Madelia
COLLEGE, 1955
With t h e degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aho, Arnold Duane
...
.Minneapolis
Amundson, Robert Edward . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Andersen, Sam C. . . .
Anderson, Curtis M. . . . . . . ..Bruno
Anderson, Donna Louise
.Argyle, Wis.
Anderson, James W. . . . Minneapolis
Benson, John E.
Berge, Mavis S. . . .
Bodin, Wesley James
Bosmoe, Valborg Jean
Bouchard, Janet A.
Bremseth, Janice M.
Briggs, Walter C. . .
Milwaukee, Wis.
Lansebora
Minneapolis
Pierpont, S. D.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Coviness, David C..
Dahlin, Maxine M.
Danger, Mary Jean
Drake, Spencer Ralph
Dronen, Richard Arlen
Egertson, Darrell J.
Eide, Delores Mae
Minneapolis
.
.Cokato
Krueger, Wallace T.
Kvamme, Anders . .
.
. .Minneapolis
Voss, Norway
Larson, Audrey Virginia .
. Robbinsdale
Lelvis, Patricia Marie .
Chatham, Mich.
Lunow, Arthur Alan . . . . . .St. Louis Park
. . . . Dalton
Maeland, Arnulf Julius
Magnuson, Albert Carl
Mahre, Richard A.
.
Martinsen, Ralph W.
Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . .
Mulliken, John Kitredge
.
Minneapolis
Nelson, Lennart Dean
Nelson, Philip A. ...
Omdahl,
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . Dawson
. . St. Paul
. . . .Madelia
Beverly F.
. . . . . . . Fosston
.Stanchfield
.
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
..
,
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Pauluk, George . . . .
Peterson, Clinton Jerome
. . Minneapolis
Jackson
Quanbeck, Paul Martin . . . . Minneapolis
Roesler, William Arnold
. . . . . .St. Paul
Holling, Beverly J.
Minneapolis
Sather, Dayne W.
Northwood, N. D.
Halvorson, Arvin H.
Galesburg, N. D.
Skoar, David Wayne . . . . . . .Rockfard, Ill.
Halvorson, Helen A.
Galesburg, N. D.
Hanson, James Edward
Minneapolis
Skjerseth, Donald
.
Brocket, N. D.
Honson, Lee David
Long Prairie
Sneitzer, Robert F.
. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Wallace Leonard
Waseca
Kandiyohi
Soderberg, LaYonne Anita .
Helland, Rachel E.
Thief River Falls
Steinbrecher, Woyne G.
. Minneapolis
Heng, Rolf 0.
Minneapolis
Stensrud, Richord H.
. . Minneapolis
Henjum, Raymond Harris
Hoffman
Strandlie, Wenona : ,
. . . . . Benson
Herman, Robert Marvin
Minneopolis
Holcombe, Thomas Earl
M~nneapolis Thompson, Agnes Elaine
.Minneapolis
Thoreson, Wayne Laverne
Peterson
Jenson, John Richard
Minneopolis
Twedt, Agnes S. . . . . . . . McHenry, N. D.
Jorgensen, Beverly Mae
Delano
Tweet, Agnes Marie .
Tunbridge, N. D.
Kohls, Allan J.'
Minneapolis
Wes?, Kenneth W.
,
Maple Park, Ill.
SEMINARY, 1954
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Berkland, Theodore A.
. . Minneapolis
Christopherson, James E.
Valley City, N. D.
Erickson, Stanley R. . . . . . Minneapolis
.
Kollevig, Lloyd C.
Storley, Calvin
. '.
Vaagenes, Morris G. .
. . .Willmar
Roslyn, S. D.
Minneapolis
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Gudim, Milo D. .
Halverson, Philip J.
. . . . . Mc Ville, N. D.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Soli,
John
. .... .
Minneapolis
SEMINARY, 1955
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Anenson, LeRoy H.
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris
..
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
Rokke, David
Thorpe, Gordon
Minneapolis
Aniwa, Wis.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Dahle, Norman A.
Oman, Lyman . .
Swonson, Edward E.
.
.
,
.
. . Aitkin
Amery, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Underbakke, Leland
Vaagenes, Carl .
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1954-1 955
College
First Semester
Class
Eqen
Women
Second Semester
Total
Men
Women
Senior . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . .
Sophomore . . .
Freshman . . . . .
Special
......
Pr. Nurse (S. H.) .
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1954-1 955
Class
Men
..
Senior .
Junior . . .
Sophomore
.
Freshman . ,
Special . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
-
Total
44 1
Women
Total
-
-
364
805
Theological Seminary, 1 954-1 955
Semester I
Men
Third Year
Second Year
First Year
Special
.
Total
Semester II
Men
Total
Men
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1954-1955
COLLEGE
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
...
, ,
, ,
,
SEMINARY
Men Students . .
Women Students ,
Total . . . . . .
, , , , . ,
, , ,
, ,
. ,
.
,
. ,
.
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, , , , , , , , ,
..
...............
..
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....
,
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956
College
Second Semesbr
First Semester
Men
Class
Women
Total
Men
Senior . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . .
Freshman . . .
Speciol . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1955-1956
Men
. . . .
Senior
Junior
.......
Sophomore . .
...
Freshman
Special . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
495
Women
386
Total
Women
Total
Theological Seminary, 1 955-1956
Semester I
Msn
Men
Third Year
......... 6
Second Year . . . . . . . . .
10
11
First Year . . . . . . . . . .
Special
............1
Total
..............
Total
Semester II
Men
6
6
10
11
10
11
1
-
-
27
28
28
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
.
.
.
.
.
......
.................................
SEMINARY
Men Students .
Women Students
.......................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
Total
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
Graduates-1870-1953
..
Graduotes-1954
..
Graduates-1955
Total
.
.
. . . . . . . 629
.
................
, , , , , , ,
...
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
10
648
COLLEGE
Total
Total Graduates
21 12
2760
INDEX
Page
Academic. Administration . . . . . . 33
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission. College . . . . . . . . .
33
Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 94
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
.
Administrotive Staff
. . . . . . . . . . . .105
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 34
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alumni Association. The . . . . . . . . . 10
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 71
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . 21
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . 12
Augsburg Foundation. The . . . . . . . 10
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 32
.
Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30. 70
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 86
Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . 14
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1M
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration. Curriculum
. 46
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 80
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . .
21
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..30 70
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70
Christian Education and Sociology . . 103
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . .
100
Classical Languages. Department of . . 59
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Clubs
29
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . .106
38
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents, Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
9
Control, Financial Support and . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . 53
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 53
. 42
Curriculums . . . . . . . . .
.
Debate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.
Deficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . .
..
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . .
64
34
39
50
Page
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..11. 26
Discipline
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . 41
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . 54
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29. 64
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Educational Plant
. . . . . . . 10
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Elimination of Students
. . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . . 20. 26
Employment Service
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 50
E.nglish. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 60
English Proficienq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Entrance Requirements. College
. . 33
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .37. 38
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . ..14. 16. 95
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . .
-107
Fees
...................
15
17
Financial Assistance . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Support and Control
9
Food Service . . . . . . . . . .
2 6
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Foundation. Augsburg
. . . . . . 10
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
.
.
.
7
Fundamental Aims .
General Information . . . . .
.
5
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
German. Department of . . . . . . . 65
Grade Values
..............
38
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Graduates-(1 870-1955)' Summary of 120
Graduation Requirements. College . . 39
Grants-inuid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
. . . 91
Health and Physical Education
Health Service . . . . . .
. . . . . . 25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 98
Hebrew
High School Teaching. Curriculum
. . 44
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Home Economics. Department of . . . . 83
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . 45
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .102
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . 38. 40
Honors . . . . . .
. . . . . . .32.41
. . . . . .
-13
Hospital Affiliation
Housing
. . . . . . . .
26
P&s
.........
59
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercollegiate Activities. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
Humanities. Division of the
Journalism
.......................
31
63
Lower Division Requirements ........ 39
Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . 12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
Law. Pre-Low Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Library
12
Library Science ................... 79
Loan Funds ...................... 17
Location . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . ..5, 123
Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . 90
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . .13. 48
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . 51
Membership in Educational Associations 9
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . . .42. 95
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
Missionary Work. preparation for . . . 43
Museum. The ..................... 1 1
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Music. Organizations .......... .30. 70
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Testament (Seminary)
Norwegion. Courses in ..........
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . .
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of
......
....
Old Testament (Seminary) .......
Oratory
..................... .30. 64
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Organizations. Student ............ 29
Orientation ................... .25, 77
Parish Work. Preparotion for ....... 43
Pastoral Theology ................. 101
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Personnel Services. Student
23
Philosophy. Department of .......... 57
Physical Education. Department of
Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Physical Sciences. Department of ..... 87
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Piano ...........................
70
Placement Service for Graduates
26
Plant
10
Political Science
74
Polity, Worship. and Parish Work ..-102
Practical Theology ................ 101
.........
.....
...........................
...................
p
w
95
18
rre-seminary Curriculum ........ 4 2
Prizes. Scholarships and ............
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose .........................
*
76
28
5'
.............
Recreational Activities
22
Records . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Registration, Change of
35
Religion and Philosophy, Division of . . 55
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . .,
41
Eomance Languages, Department of .. 67
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
............
..
Scandinavian Language and Literature 66
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Secretarial Work Curriculum ........ 52
Seminary. Admission .............. 94
Seminary. Faculty .................107
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 97
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .14. 95
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 97
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . 22
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences. Division of the .....
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . .
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Programs of Study . . . . . , . .
Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Activities, Coordination of . .
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Government
27
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 23
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
...............
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . .44. 77
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 37
Theology. College Preparation' for 42. 95
Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 97
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
94
Transfer and Advanced Standing 34. 95
Trustees. Board of ................ 104
Tuition and Fees
14. 15
....
..............
University Courses ................
Upper Division Requirements ........ 40
.............
Veterans. Admission of
34
Voice ........................... 71
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between
Seventh and Eighth Streets South with administrative offices located in
Science Hall on Seventh Street at Twenty-first Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines:
1. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue
South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and
Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
Main Switchboard-Science
Hall
*
,
*
*
Hours: Monday through Friday-7:55
Saturday-8:30
Dormitories
Memorial Hall:
-
, ,
.
,
,
,
a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
.
.
.
Alpha House ...............................................................................
Beta House
EE 8.0501
F
............
3.9143
3.9052
Gamma House ................................................................................ I
? 3.91 12
Delta House .................................................................................... FE 2,9949
Miriam House
-FE 2.9229
Morton Hall ....................................................................................E
2.9590
Residence for Women .......................................................................... E
2-9161
Library ......................................................................................................
E
8.0505
Health Office .........................................................................................
E
6.2468
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure
and requirements for admission.
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information
for admission to the Theological Seminary.
and requests
SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY
EVALUATION OF CREDITS--Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions pertaining specifically
to housing and dormitory life.
DEAN OF STUDENTS
For information that does not appear to be covered above
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
-
CALENDAR
1956
1957
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
OCTOBER
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 21 . . . . . .
JANUARY
S M T W T F S
.... 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26
27 28 29 30 31 . . . .
NOVEMBER
.... ,... 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 . .
DECEMBER
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22
23 24 25-26 27 28 29
30 31 . .', . . . . . . . .
MARCH
............
FEBRUARY
JUNE
.........- 1 2
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 27 28
8
15
22
..
5 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23
26 27 28 29 30
APRIL
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 . . . . . . . .
4
11
18
25
..
1957
NOVEMBER
JANUARY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 3 0 3 1 . .
FEBRUARY
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 1 0 1 1 12131415
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 ..
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 27 28
1
8
15
22
29
............
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 31
AUGUST
. . . . . . . . -1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
..
......
1
8
15
22
29
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ..
JUNE
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
91011 12131415
16 17 18. 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 . . . . . . . . . . . .
JULY
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 31 . . . . . .
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
........ 1 2 3
7 8
14 15
21 22
28 29
4
11
18
25
......
MARCH
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER
2 3 4 5 6
9 10 11 12 13
16 17 18 19 20
23 24 25 26 27
30 31 . . . . . .
7
14
21
28
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 2 7 2 8
............
1958
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 . . . . . . . . . .
OCTOBER
.... 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 6 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13141516171819
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 . . . .
..........
9
16
23
..
.......... 1 2
3
10
17
24
MAY
S M T W T F S
...... 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5
26 27 28 29 30 31 . .
............
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 2 7 2 8
............
APRIL
..
9
16
23
30
10
17
24
..
11 12 13
18 19 20
25 26 27
......
......
AUGUST
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
9
16
23
30
10
17
24
31
A
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March
21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
Accreditation
and Membership in Educational
Associations
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a
member of the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of
Minnesota Colleges.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . .
Administration
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
5
. . . . .
.........................
5
. . .
Committees of the Faculty
6
The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
General Information
..
Financial Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Community Life .
I
5
.
24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
. .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
Divisional Organization .
.
.
.
.
.
44
44
50
53
63
Student Personnel Services
.
.
CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . .
64
64
68
81
95
The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3
.
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+..
,,
. , . . . . . - . .105
..,
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
CALENDARS
For 1954-55and 1955-56
FIRST SEMESTER
I955
I954
Freshman Days
Sept. 9-13
Registration
Sept. 9, 10,
Classes begin
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
Sept. 17
Late Registration Fee
Sept. 17
Oct. 22-24
Homecoming
Oct. 28-30
Nov.
Sept. 9-13
Sept. 9,
13
10, 11,
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
13
12,
End of &st half of Semester
Nov.
Nov. 25, 26
Thanksgiving Recess
Nov. 24, 25
Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas Recess begins
Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m.
1955
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin after Christmas
1956
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 20-26
College Examinations
Jan. 24-27
Seminary Examinations
Jan. 23-26
Jan. 26
First Semester Ends
Jan. 25
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 16-31
10
10
Recess
Jan. 17 to Feb.
I
Jan. 19-25
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb.
Feb. 5
Late Registration Fee
Feb. 4
Feb. zz
Washington's Birthday
Feb.
End of first half of Semester
April 4
April
I
I,
8:00 a.m.
22
Easter Recess begins
Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m
April 12, 8:00 a.m.
Easter Recess ends
April 3, 8:00 a.m.
May 27
Seminary Commencement
May 25
College Examinations
May 2 5 to June
May 30
Decoration Day
May 30
May 29
June 3, 8:00 p.m.
Baccalaureate Service
June 3
College Commencement
June 4. 8:00 p.m.
April 6, 4:20 p.m.
May 26 to June
2
I
b
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term
REV. CLARENCE
J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis,
Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term
REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term
MR. IVER H. IVERSON,
min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
expires 1954
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
1957
195 8
1956
1958
I 9 54
1955
I 9 56
1957
Advisory Members
DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn.
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs
JOHN M. STENSVAAG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty
MELVINA. HELLAND.
AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
CARL R. HAMMAREERG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor
FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative
S. V. HJ-ELMELAND
IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds
AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm
IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt
CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
.W.
r..
.bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor
k\
.IT
-
REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the
College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business
Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs.
Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness,
Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs.
Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton
Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson.
Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie.
MEDICAL n A F F
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N.,
Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen,
Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel.
Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss
Joel.
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg.
Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg.
Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock.
Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton.
Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson.
Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson.
Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also
included in this committee).
Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee).
Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd.
Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included
in this committee).
1953-1954
Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson,
Mrs. Nelson, Savold.
Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also
included in this committee).
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25;
ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n .
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President
since 1938.
~ A R ERMISCH,
L
Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History
A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29.
At Augaburg 1928-1952.
h h ~ v mA. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary
of tbe Theological Faculty
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y ,
1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological
Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAUL G. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago.
Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54
A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47.
FREDERICNORSTAD,
A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
*In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc*
of -es~m,
1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952.
MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching:
Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.
At Atigsbug since 1949.
C. WESLEYANDERSON,
M.Mus., Instructor in Music
A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936;
MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School,
Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 3.
ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d
Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b
A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb
B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsburg since 1949.
FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army,
1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950.
PEGGY
SMITH B ~ E YB.S.,
, Instrwtor in MllSjc
B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953.
EVABAVOLAK,
AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege,
A b e r d ~ S.
, Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
HAROLD
J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsbug since 1954.
LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech
B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of
Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^:
Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science
CARLCHRISLOCK,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior
College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
.
LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg
since 1941.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3.
MIKELISGEISTAUTS,
Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art
Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia,
Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional
smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege,
Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research:
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39;
Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943.
MILDRED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar
rind Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46.
At Augsburg since r947.
EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since
'952-
MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten
Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947.
W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun
A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3.
ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics
.4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948.
Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington
College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota,
1951-1:.
~ 4 Augburg
t
Skcf 191 j.
BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of
hgwgas
A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern
Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg
of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since
CARL
W. LANDAHL,
M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic
A.B., Ud&ty
d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit,
Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952.
AUDREYLANDQUIST,
MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ
B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music,
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937.
A t Augsburg since 1946.
ROBERT
E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science
AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911.
Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948,
49. A t Augsburg since 1950.
ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M.,
,
Imtructos in English
A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton,
1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945.
Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School,
1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg
since 1953.
m.,
MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English.
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN
GERDA
MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,
M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach.
of Football md Baseball
AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
&EN
Y. NELSON,
Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding:
H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44;
,
University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948,
1949. At Augsburg since 1951.
IVERB. OLSON,
A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd
Seminary Faculty listing.
ANKEPEDERSON,
A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46;
Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg,
1932-44, and since 1946.
LAVONNE
PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg
since 1950.
LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK,
A.B., Director of Admissions
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy..
1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I.
TIN QL~ASBECX,
Ph.D., Dem
of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion
A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M.,
;
University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D.,
1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn.,
,
1929-36. Teaching:
W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS.
LELAND B. SATEREN,
A.M., Professor of Music
AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946.
A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music
A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and'
Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public
Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952.
RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936.
A.t Augsburg since 1944.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN
CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn.
Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I.
~MERTON P. STROMMEN,
A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota,
1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota,
19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation
Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library
Science
A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel,
1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library,
1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940.
DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948;
Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology
A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota.
U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah,
1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950.
GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S.
A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,
A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State
College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947.
VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor
in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with
Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46;
Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since
'947.
MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg
since 1949.
~
~
V E.
T TRAUTWEIN,
N
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r ,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
General Information
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored
by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young
people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian
environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish
work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a
three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology
degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the
Lutheran Free Ohurch.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections.
They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is
recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious
life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from
other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private
institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed
in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This
arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological
group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until
1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to
Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its
use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws
of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers
for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological
study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical
course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to
prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be
discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too
few students selected the course. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college
course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general
emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there
has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was
adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses.
The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added
in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the
Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long
experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome
and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was
followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937
until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served
since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal
realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an eeective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and
other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the
comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the
welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests,
amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his eaciency in the various relationships of life.
T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas
pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things.
They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school
towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and
extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make
possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to
see all things through the eyes of Christ."
Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways
prescribed for the attainment of these aims.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg
with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due
to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup-
port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS.
Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting
institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater.
The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther
Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria
Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and
systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The
Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board
of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a
General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held
each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of-
fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty
osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem,
fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men.
On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory
accommodating about 50 women.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are
smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20
students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
~ 3 r Avenue
d
across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for
the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program
providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was
acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural
design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many
t
s
. There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d
lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist.
The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the
interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm.
sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three
2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system,
two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine.
There is also a well equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided
with facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not
enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered
are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may
be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean.
OF NURSING
AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS
Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing
at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their
first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for
admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years
of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.-
Financial Information
STUDENT EXPENSES
A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates
is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the
latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees
charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe
in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students,
the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other
expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERALEXPENSES
FOR ONE SEMESTER'
Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00
This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission
to all athletic events.
h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00
Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.00
Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.o~
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . .
Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo
Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .oo
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5 o
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour
up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe.
Subject to change.
ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER'
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00
Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I 60.00
SPECIALFEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee, depending upon the methad of
placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 .00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7.50
2.00
2.00
.
5 oo
MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER
......................................
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano
'
..
Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00
Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5.00
Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
1
.
Subject to change
Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53,
54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 o
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.5 o
I. 50
15.00
Resident students
General expenses . .
, , . . .
. . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00
Room and Board
Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00
Total, approximately
. . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o
OiX-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . .
Special, music, or course fees
Total, approximately . . . . . .
,
. . . . $245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . .2.00 to 35.00
. . .
$247.50 to 295.50
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin
S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at
the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s.
Rw-g
dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a
h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted
s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.%
miniftlum df 205% of the
tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester.
To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each
payment on the student's account after registration.
Subject to change.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students
who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence. Students who move out
of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full
semester room rent.
STUDENT AIDS
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or
scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in
working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a
reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn
Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on
student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind
of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances.
Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of
the Fr&a
year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and
the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating
class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other
outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee.
The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student
r
of outstanding promise
or achievement in the field of music.
The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory
of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937.
It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn
of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. H o # w n M&I
Sckohshifi was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa.
The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and
is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by
the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student
is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the
basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing.
The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph,
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by
the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or
to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good
scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work
in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other
fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted
for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00
per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are
possible for graduate work or medical study.
EMPLOYMENT
SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has
been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students
in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many
kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic
service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus
may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
Student Community Life
1
3
CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory,
and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need
to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible
but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with
creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of
Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development
and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to
participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home
in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly.
I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality
of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not
seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and
environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer
of faculty, students, and administration.
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the
daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for
united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of
God. Regular attendance is expected of all students.
DISCIPLINE
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public
dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable
card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed
although no formal charge is made against him.
CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and
cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent
art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of
Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are
large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in
St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts
afford rich opportunity for music appreciation.
In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota
and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development.
CONVOCATION
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A
wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political,
social, religious, and artistic.
RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not
only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and
directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards
the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of
many kinds are fostered and encouraged.
STUDENT AREAS
The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters
for many student events and provide opportunity for students,
both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student
activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium,
the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences
provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study
and discussion groups.
The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day
for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the
use of the chapel for devotional meetings.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator
of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all
student activities.
The program of student activities is organized through the
Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and
the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and
the Faculty Council.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and
to provide students with training in practical democracy and in
developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of
the entire student body, it is the agency for student government
on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern
the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student
Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen
are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected
by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as
their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent
Association has !ken formed by the Student Council.
Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in
Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide
an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony
and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and
maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of
personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities.
Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and
representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The
members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in
maintaining order in che Hall.
Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors
each have their own class organization and participate in student
government.
ACADEMIC
Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in
the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further
the scientific interests of the students.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and
Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective.
T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of
cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward
all aspects of home and community life.
The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are
interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art.
The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings.
ARTS
The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas
about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students
opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama.
Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production.
Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various
colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local
and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays
are additional means of oral expression.
Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in
the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the
choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of
these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the
fellowship of music and song.
Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based
upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of
Music.
The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers.
From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the
United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts
during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast,
East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states.
The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and
also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities
and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states.
The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts
on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental
music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week.
In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band,
there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal
and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos,
trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department.
Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with
faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments
and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o .
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a
series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at
Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at
a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of
musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954
were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist.
The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students
interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group
criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a
"Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting,
sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited.
ATHLETICS
All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests
upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at
the beginning of the school year.
Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of
the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities
of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation.
Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a
week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster
and increase interest in recreational games and sports.
Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department
competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis,
badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and
shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports
of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships.
The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to
men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future
into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics
of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports.
Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a
fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs
to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to
be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and
loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both
in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self-
discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The
participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills
which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching
and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational
activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in
any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or
be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play,
appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality.
(4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the
development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm
for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should
not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program.
CITIZENSHIP
Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to
developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for
the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood.
Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on
the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in
education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes.
*Human
Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho
major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations.
Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field
trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State
Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions.
rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or
political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of
the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on
Political Action during March.
The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor
Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good
government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of
the day.
SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity
Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program.
The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to
both men and women interested in improving public speaking
techniques.
Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library
Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross,
March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys.
PUBLICATIONS
Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in
campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and
faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook
and Directory.
The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work.
The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose
interests lie in writing, photography, and art.
All publications are student operated. Their primary function
is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to
year from the perspective of the student.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the
students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program
that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program
of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director
of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which
this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week
services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer
meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings.
This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows:
Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern
through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A
highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival.
Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a
stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences.
SOCIAL
Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training
and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman
of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education,
sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all
students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated
Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor
teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
AWARDS
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the % i c e Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Student Personnel Services
ADMINISTRATION
College students face many new opportunities and not a few
problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has
enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years
of college. In order to help students to make the most of the
opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems,
Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students.
These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation
and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni
benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean
of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee.
FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman
Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The
students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with
the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during
which they plan their program of study.
All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course,
the students learn about standards and requirements of various
areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related
techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal
finances and vocational aims are discussed.
TESTING
A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far
later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs.
Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the
students select occupational goals and future careers.
COUNSELING
The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual
help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and
techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life.
Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve
for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major
advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general
counselors to all students.
The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational
program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the
analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor.
Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from
any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the
college community.
VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the
use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information
iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational
planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional
people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling
on job opportunities. By means of such informational material
and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests.
PERSONAL COUNSELING
Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help
through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances,
social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of
discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with
their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion.
HOUSING
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about
I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with
House and Edda House
Morton Hall housing twenty, %am
each housing eighteen women.
The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students.
Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students
may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean
of Students.
Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular
schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che
term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish
to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans.
Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women
may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry
facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible
for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment,
beyond ordinary wear and tear.
ROOM APPLICATION
Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students
or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of
acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application.
Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. '
After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted
in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining
room available to students and other groups upon request.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
I
+
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College
Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and
for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed,
and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is
conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e
Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial
Hall, the men's residence.
Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations
a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are
arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a
small placement fee are charged.
The employment service which assists students in obtaining
part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Admission Procedure
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application,
together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if
any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph,
should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking
adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I .
Requirements for Admission
~ u g s b u College
r~
admits as students, men and women of g o d
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite
pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last
four years of high school include four units of English, or three
units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social
studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course
covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours
of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give
evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon
recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials,
and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad-
vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests,
indicate they may have difliculty with college work.
Deficiencies
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course
in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard
to additional training will be determined at the beginning of
the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage.
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there.
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
at Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is
granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted
on &e basis of comprehensive examinations.
Admission of Veterans
Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the
government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these
benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from
the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application
for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that
veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may
make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college.
In order to receive college credit for experience in the military
services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of
his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will
be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit
training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health
and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the
completion of the work in certain service schools and for some
courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
Registration
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students
who register later than three days after classes begin are charged
a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or
enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he
has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any
course for which there is not sugcient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is
defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may be granted only to students who have gained an average
record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous
college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser
and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through
the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after
the middle of the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after
the lbeginning of the second week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce
in order to remain in good standing.
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or
I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17.
The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to
Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
Classification
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which
college credit is given.
Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points:
Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92.
Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
Probation and Elimination
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing
grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C
or better.
Class Attendance
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it
necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should
confer with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception
to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic
reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester,
a record is made of the total absences of each student for the
semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued
by rhe Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
Examinations
GENERALRULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester.
During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained
are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this,
h d reports are made at the close of each semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has
not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently
high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken
may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to
take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice.
Grade Values
A-Superior,
g honor points per credit
%Very good, 2 honor points per credit
I honor point per credit
&Satisfactory,
M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E--Condition
I -Incomplete
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and
grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged
to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog
and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required
subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty
advisers, .&e Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division
For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Lower Division, laying rhe basis for study in profescollege education.
sional fields or for a
Religion
2
credits each semester
English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
6 credits
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn
6 credits in literature.
3 credits
Speech: Course I I
Foreign Language
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for
three years in high school and students with majors in
Home Economics are exempted from &is requirement.
Social Sciences: Hist. I -2, 2 I, 22, or SOC.
credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6
I
Natural kiences
and 3 other
6 credits
8 credits
Health and Physical Education: Courses 2, 3 and 4
3 credits
Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2.
Psychology required in certain fields
Orientation required of all Freshmen
4 credits
I
credit
Upper Division
MAJORAND MINORS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the
student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes
as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what
major ' h e of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in
the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty
counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine
their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the
major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social
Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and
Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Upper
Division students should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Upper Division Courses. At least thirty
credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Courses numbered 50 or above are designated as Upper Division Courses.
TOTALCREDITSAND HONOR
POINTS
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period
a week throughout one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a
gade of A.
ENGLISHPROFICIENCY
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
RESIDENCEREQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREEWITH
DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor pointa
per credit
2.8-3.0
-7942.1-2.49+
2.5-2
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent at least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
RECOMMENDATION
FOR GRADUATE
STUDY
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per credit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for tbe vocation of his choice.
Tbe Christiafi Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate
pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out
by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the
Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to
the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is
Mr. Stensvaag, for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Frerhmln
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation
....................
Health .......................
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ..............
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hropcan Civilization . . . . . . . . . . .
or Natural Science. 8 Cr.
kiobgy .....................
I
2
1
6
8
6
6
-
Sophomore
speech ....................
Natmal Science . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History ....................
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
J
h
New Testament Greek.. ........
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . .
History or English . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hymns of the Churoh.. . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
6
6
6
2
4
-
Senior
Youth Work in the Church.. . . . .
Principles of Christian Education. ..
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . .
Philmphy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . .
Economics or Education or Political
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English (for major or minor). . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s
2
6
3
6
6
6
-
The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits
in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
Parish and Missionary Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachens
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will,
upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult
with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and
makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible ta plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are itdctzed
in the outline below.
Freshman
Bmic Bible . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Sociology . .
So&l Problems . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . .
Phpical Activities . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . . 3
Types of Plcblic Spcecb.. . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language
8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Junior
Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . .
Principles of Christian Edwatim . . .
Tbe Christian Churches . . . . . . . . .
Tbe Lutheran Cbnrch . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elemumkry Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . .
...............
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Health ........................ z
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Senior
z
t
2
n
3
3
I
6
I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Youth W i d in the C h r c h . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Hymlrr and Mwic of tbe Chnrcb.
Fandamentalr of J w m h . . . . .
Craf tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fields of Social Work. . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 3
Each state ,sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same p r e
gram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The m d m t should apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore
year. Admission will be determined by a committee on rhe
basis of scholarship and other qua~cations. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and business education.
Freshman
Sophomore
' ~ e l i ~ i o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
\ F r e h t m ~ n ~ l i r.h. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
E m p a n Civiliz&on . . . . . . . . . . . 6
\3Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
~ o r r i g a-ge
or N.N.~
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech ....................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . .Foreign
. . . Language
. . . I or N a d
phpricd Edmcadon , . . . . . . . . . . ., I
Saence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
H4
T q
h l t h ........................ 2 \I ~sychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electmcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . .
- 13
-
C .7.,
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educarional Pqchology . . . . . . . . . 3
Twhinng in High School.. ....... 3
W p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1
&
in Major or Minor.- . . . .14
Principlw of Guidm-. . . . . - . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5
Special T&g
Me-.
....... 3
Electives ..................... .I4
32
32
-
-
The program in bminesc administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of bwiness and industry.
The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
and r d t a in a Bachelor of A r t s degree.
Fruhmvl
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English ............... 6
European C i v h t i o n or Sociology. . 6
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language .............. 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education .............
I
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
United Statca History . . . . . . . . . . 6
B
h Law .................. 3
Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 3
Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ele~rireC
~
................
P
10
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech ...............
Natural Science ........
Psychology ............
Principles of Economics . .
Introduction to Statistics.
Elective credits . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Marketing or Production . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations . . 3
Public Finance and Taxation . . . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 9
Secretarial Work
Preparation for teaching [businesssubjects in high school requirca
work in the departments of Business Admidstration and Secre6 1 Studies An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Seoretarial Studies
The first year of ihe following program provides preparation for
certain oflice positions Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training A student who has had similar coursed
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of
a proficiency test
.
.
.
.
.
Pint Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fmhman E n g U . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . .
Elementary Typewriting .
Intermediate Typewriting
P.rinciplea of AccoUdn'g .
Otiell~tion............
Phyniul Education ......
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Advanced Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . z
Advanced Shorthand ............ 4
Psydlology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
O9ice Machines ................ 2
Coneumer Edocttion ............ z
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
.
32
V o c a t in
~ Home EEmwmics
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she lbegins her college work. A curriculm for a
home economics education major is given lklow. Courses in italics
are not required for a general home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation
Physical Education . . . .
English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Physics. . .
Principles of Chemistry
Art in Daily Living. . . .
Clothing Selection . . . .
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . .
Clorhiig Construction .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Economics . . . . . . . . . .
Marriage and Family
Principles af Sociology
Anatomy . . . . . . . . . .
Child Development . .
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching in High School.. . . .
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color and Design . . . . . . . .
.
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
z
3
4
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . .
History and Philosophy of Educa-
z
3
3
r
6
-
Home Management Problems. . . .
Home Management Laboratory. .
Advanced Clothing Construction
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
Dentistry
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary
requirements for admission.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
F r e h m n Englhh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative ChemLtry
.........................
8
Inuoduciiom to Mathematical Aa-
. .. ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .. .. I 0
orientadon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
H d t h . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
sly+
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . .
European C i v h t i o n . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . - . - .
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
6
8
8
8
34
32
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schooIs have at least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A twu-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
N s d Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 8
.. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 4
r'qSodob8p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Elanen01 of Nutridon.. . . . . . . . . . 3
orht8tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
W M Educstiw . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
.
33
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- 4
History or Politid Science-. . . . . . 6
. .. . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . 6
.......................3
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HumoPitiea
speech
N a d
Physical Education . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
4
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing
should ;be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Anatomy and Physiology.. . . . . . . 4
B o c ~ l o g y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
a d t r y
....................
Second Year
3
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2
-
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .
2
-
14
2
Medical T e c h l o g y
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three
years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General
Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination
for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that
students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . .
General Zoology . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
horganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S p e d ........................
Foreign Language ..............
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sacialsciexlce . . . . .
Orientatkn . . . . . . .
.Health . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education
Electives .........
k
8
4
3
8
5
-
32
J
4
-Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
h d y d c a l Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . 4
l%lecrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0
32
Senior
Lectnres, laboratory and pmcticd
work at General 1for
twelve months.
32
Engineering
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg More transferring. The course outlined below applies to the
fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, industrial, and
mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering
programs will be slightly different.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical Andy& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lo
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics ................ 8
Orientation .................... I
Physical Education ............. I
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI
Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:
Electricity and Magnaism . . . . . . . 4
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:
Survey of European Civilization or
Principles of Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.
3.6
36
-
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must (be taken in summer session.
Law
The following two-year program is planned especially to meet
the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School!
at the University of Minnesota. It is p s i b l e to modify the program for admission to other law schools.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
P.&ciplea of Aammtiug. ......... 6
Hnmanitk .................... 6
Eozopean Ci...........6
O r i e n h ....................
He4lrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pbpkd Activitk ..............
I
2
I
-
-re
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.
chIis&n Ethiu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P,k&p1ea of Ecanomkr... . . . . . . . 6.
American Government ........... 6
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of Philomphy.. . . . . . . . . . .3;
General Psychlogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
HistoryofEngland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
speech or sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . f
-
Medicine
~faediwt~r~;tm;n;mtrm~tbree~of*
bat: Q I I ~ gtadsnts
~ C ~& &d btamtol
~ p ~ t h e i r ~ w o r k . M a f ' e e n ~ ~
The f ~ ~ g p r o g mwdl
mmee the requkrmts af mosr m d h l
dm&, bcft 5 is a d v i d e for &ti atudtnt to m d y tbe reg*men@of the medid dm1 to which he plans to a&.
&CWb&
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health ........................ z
Physical Education ............. I
Religion ......................
4
History or Phdomphy ........... 6
Zoology ..............,....... 8
Psychology ....................
4
Qualitative Analyaia ............ q
Quantitative Analysin ? .
, ...... 5
Speech .................. , ..... 3
32
34
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S
o
c
i
d Science ..................
German .......................
Organic Chemistry .............
Phyeica .......................
4
6
8
8
-8
34
Sophomore
..
-
Senior
Religion ....................... 4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
German ....................... 6
Physical Chemistry ... , , ........ I
Genetics ...................... 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro
32
Social Wad
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
/ European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . @
Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation ................... I
Health ........................ r
Physical Educaaon . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . .
History of Philosophy.. . . . . , . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
American Government . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . -6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-c
Senior
4
6
9
6
7
32
Religion
Sociology
Statistics
Electives
................. , 4
...............
9
.................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16
32
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may (be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Stensvaag, Chm'rmsn
Religion
Philosophy
Mr. Olson,-C
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
""
DIVISION
OF THE SOGSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
-.-History, Political Science, Sociology
Education, Psychology
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF THE
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Mr. Nash, Chairman
Courses of Study
Courses marked I are offered &st semester
Courses marked I1 are offered m n d semester
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Through the rtudy of religion and philosophy, the individual ia apprised of
and encouraged to build an the certainties of the
Chrktian faith. The work proceeds on the usumptim that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which givea meaning to human existence. The
s t u d e a t ia challenged to accept chis +t
of view--to relate himself to Christ
aa the center, to evaluate a l l him studies and experiences in the light of revealed
d,
and to make a consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired ia the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
tbe central realities of Me
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the &tory, doctrines, and ethics of the
&I&, and .m prepare him for effective aervice in the congregation. The funh , d aim in inrtruction is to lead as many as possible to penond faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time d e n t s are required to register for two clam houm per week
in one of the COoffered in religion during each runeater of their rtudiea.
Raghtration in New Tutament Greek sa&es tb.ia requirement.
Major, 2 8 credits; Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major
or minor.
BASICBJBLE.Fr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed 'by the rtudy of the Goepel of M u k
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semeater i, devoted
to the study of two or three ;books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include
the entire ~ e ; Testament.
I, 2.
CHURCH
HUTORY.L
s Cr.
A brief nuvq of the main eveno in the hbtory of the Church for dw purp o b ~of developing r more intelligent and appreciative church membenhip.
3.
-ION
AND
65
hmnso~~y
2 0.
THECHRISTIAN FMTH IN THE MODERN
WORLD.n.
A s d y of the Christian faith in its relatiomhip to the secular movemenm
and rival faith of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give
to the c d e n t m undemanding, fmm the stadpoint of the Chriaisn faibh,
of the prerent co&ts and criser in Western culture.
4.
THE MISSIONARYENTEPPIIWB.I.
s Cr.
The &nary
motives, means, and r d t s are studied as thae are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
5.
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.
n.
r Cr.
Seelu to develop a fundamental understanding of Christina Education, io
history, abjectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and
Vacation Bible School teaching.
6.
2 Cr.
GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.I.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the d a p of Christ
until the prwent are studied. Special repom, clam discussion.
7.
8. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.
II.
t
Cr.
The problems of human duty arc studied in the light of various human philosophiu of morals. Validity ia determined by reference to the Word of God.
The maiu emphasis is on the new life in Christ, io creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various p h e s of life.
HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE Cnunc~.IL
See Course 10 under che Department of Music.
2
Cr.
GROUPACTMTY.
See Course $ 3 under Education.
I
Cr.
10.
zj.
Upper Division Colcrses
$2. COYPAMTIVE RELIGION. I, n.
4 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social rutrlw of wme ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian relighna of the world
$3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.
I.
z a.
Thb coorre lime to give the student an insight into the origin, dcrelopment,
docvinrl ponition, and practices of the various branches of the C h r h h Church.
$4. THE Lurnunw GXURCH.
H.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, ita doctrines and practicer. Attention m
given to L u t h e d in America and to the basic principles of the Lutherra
F m churck.
PROBLEMS
m CHRISTIANLIVING.I.
2 CI.
A wnnideration of some of the fundamental quertiona connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the ysurancc of salvation, the devotionrl life, sandu& of conduct, the me of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the
local wngrcgation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 5.
56. YOUTH WORK IN THE CHURCH.11.
z Cr.
A rtlrdy of principles, methods, and m a t e d in youth work for the purpae of derJoping d e e d r e Chrirtian leadenhip in thir sphere.
PI~PNwou. L
Thb e o ~ ueka
c
to f m d k h the student with &e work of
s7.
tion a d Gution. St range in mpc from
4 be mpplunmtcd by n c d fieM work.
2 Cr.
parish orgmizlroul-can to surveys. Clm lecmres
z cr.
GODAND MAN IN THE Om TESTAMENT.
I.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and
59.
made aipdicant for our day through the study of
a
number of g n a t passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THEMISSAGZ OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.n.
2 ~ r .
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in p & h P h y seek to assist the student in becoming familiar
with the thoughts of the B r a t men and intellectual movements in the history of
Werrtcm ~~~, to create a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 25, 26, 41, 42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41, 42 arc required for the minor.
15, 16. TIIEH U M A N ~IN
ES
WESTFXN no^. I, I,.
A m e y course dcPling with th dmcbpment of W~utcrnthought
6 Cr.
u rdlected
in outrrroding workr in the &I&
of p h p h y , litcprturr, political and aocial
thought, religion, md the am Thc m is a~ccptcdin fulfillment of the
Lower Division requirement in the Social Sciences. (OfFered 195 5-5 6.)
INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student i s acquinttd with the terminology of philosophical dhcuion. Selected phiIoscrphifd problems are treated, including those
of ethics, rnetn~hysia,and theory of knowledge.
25.
26. LOGIC.So. 11.
valid inference. Topics considered inA study of the formal rules
clude: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
HISTORY
OF PHILOSOPHY.I, 11.
6 cr.
An historical mrvey of the outstanding men and movemenu in the develop
ment of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
51, 52. C o x m w m RELIGION.I, IL
See course 5 I, 5 2 under Department of Religion.
5 4 ~ O L OF
Y POLITICAL
THOUGWT.
Jr., Sr.
See c o w 54 under Political Science.
II.
3
Cr.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42, I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since h t .
55.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered 1954-55.)
X I E R ~ G A A RPrereq.
D.
41 or 42. 11.
3 crA study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
contribution tci &wry of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1954-55.)
56.
5 8. TO. Prereq. 41.11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
OF ART. n.
3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
60.
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( m e r e d 1955-56.)
e:
Division of the Humanities
AUGSSU~G
C~UEGE
68
The Division of the Humanitier ~ e k to
s pas^ on to the coming gcnaation
a knowledge and interest in the field of the human cultural inheritance of the
ages, and to give to each student the development that come, from finding hh
place within this culture. The Division creeks to promote the knowledge of there
t r e m of maukind, in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to connect
their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life.
Department of Classical Lampages
The courier in the c l d c a l languages aim to tnin .the rtrrdent to master f o r m
and syntax, to acquire solme facility in translation, and to get mme insight into
clmical culture and its bearing ,upon the present.
Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the
underatanding of historical documents and scientXc terms. A knowledge of
New Testament Greek ic a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries.
GREEK
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for
credits
the raneater in which it ir taken. Except for C o m e I in the h a t -ester,
in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor.
NEWT E S T ~GREEK
T
ELEMENTS OF N F . TEST-NT
~
GREEK.
I, R.
8 0.
Text: New Testament Greek for Beginners, J. G. Machen. In addition to a
study of the theoretical and practical grammar, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the N. Testament Greek text, with the description of the
main Uncial Mss. and ancient versions.
I-2.f
Upper Division Caurses
f I,
52. fin,AND ACTS I-=.
53, 54.
LUKEI-=
AND
n.
ROMANS.I, U.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax,
and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I, 52 will be offered in 1955-56;
'xmrs= 53, 54 in 1954-55.
w n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGL a m . Fr. I, IL
Grammar, e q prone, c o e t i o n . A year's course.
8 0.
6 Cr.
Gsm AND ST. AUGUSTINE.SO. I, 11.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading of Caesar's Gallic War and
St. Augustine's Confessions. ( H e r e d 1955-5 6.)
3, 4.
HEBREW
83-84.? Hmmw FOR BEGINNERS.I, TI.
See Theological Seminary, No. 9-10.
6 Cr.
EXEGESIS.I, 11.
8 5, 86. HEBREW
See Theological Seminary, No. 17, 18.
4 Cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train the student in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
note-taking and handling thought materials; ,to develop a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature; and
to integrate all these purposes through the principles of Christianity.
The department prepares specijically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English, courses 1-2 or 3-4, required of all and prerequisites to
other courses in the department. (Students exempted from Freshman English
must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.)
Major: 26 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 91-92;
6 credits in American literature; and 2 credits in writing (courses 25, 26,
Journ. I, or Journ. 3).
Minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 9192; and 3 credits in American literature.
Teaching major: 26 credits above Freshman English; courses l i e d for nonteaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21,
22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature.
A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to
teach English in high schools.
Students who plan to do graduate work in English should include courses
7 5 and 76.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
IMPROVEMENT
OF WRITING.I.
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum requirements i n the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct
English usage. One double period per week. Wered in connection with English I.
A.
B.
IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. Limited enrollment.
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, TI.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers.
I-2.f
FRESENGLISH. I, n.
6 Cr.
For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions.
3-4.t
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great cllssics, selected
on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama.
21, 22.
EXPOSITORYWRITING. I. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to
exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research
papers. Reading and analysis of models.
25.
CREATIVE
WRITING.TI. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and
experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice
of the short story. Individual and group projects.
26.
Upper Division Colcrses
so. CORRECTIWWRITING. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Required of 211 students who show insufficient ability in the sophomore English
examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing.
AMERICANLITERATURE.I, n.
6 Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. (Offered 1955-56.)
5 I, 5 2.
AMERICANFICTION. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, concentrating upon the major writers. ( m e r e d 1954-55.)
5 3.
AMERICANPOETRY.11.
3 Cr.
Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern
period, with s u e s placed on the Romantic period. Attention t o the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. (Wered 1954-55.)
54.
W n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
THE MODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
See course 55 under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literatarc.
(Offered 1954-55.)
5 5.
56. THEMODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
D w . II.
7. Cr.
See course 56 under the Department ob Scandinavian Language and Literature.
(Offered 1954-55.)
THEB m n NOVEL.
I.
2 Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelires
and their novels. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
57.
61. ENGLISH
LITERATURE
OF
THE
ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT.
I.
The development of Romanticism in England between
3 Cr.
1798 and 1832. Stress
on the five major ,poem. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor
poets. (Offered 1914-55.)
62. VICTORIAN
~ E R A T U B B .II.
3 0Writers of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the rnovemcncs in
thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Tennyson and Browning.
(Offered 1955-56.)
CENTURY
~
ENGLISH
L~~ERATUE.
I.
67. E I G H T E E
2 Cr.
The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary moremenu and historical backgrounds.
LITERARY
CRITICISM.
II.
2 Cr.
A study of same basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and
68.
issues which have special relevance for modern thought.
3 cr.
The rtudy of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Decigned
to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
71. INTRODUC~ON
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.
I.
74.
s~naesp-
11.
3
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama
and the ,historical background.
75. MILTON.
I.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose worka in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Wered 19$5 -5 6.)
11.
76. CHAUCER.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1954-55.)
MODERN
DRKMA.
I.
2 cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Representative plap
studied as literature and as theater. (Ogered 1954-55.)
8I.
MODERNBR~T~SH
~ h n ~ n n u11
i..
2 Cr.
The more important literary movements of the present century in England,
concentrating on leading anthon and notable productions.
82.
91-9z.t ENGLISHSEMINAR.I, TI.
2 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.
I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
I
% Cr.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
z Cr.
An introdncdon to the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with Tbc Augsburg Ecbo or Tbc Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See courses 4 to 7.
I.
2.
EDITING
THE SMALLPAPER
n.
z Cr.
A amtinuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
m d d t with in detail. PmMema of ryle and policy relative to coho01 and
church pnblicidopc are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Ecbo ir
required. (Offered 1954-15.)
FEATURE WRITINGFOR PUBLICATION.
U.
2 Cr.
articles and their placement in various
The p l d g and writing of featpublications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. (mered 1955-56.)
3.
Bcbo STAFF MEETINGS. I, IL
2 Cr.
Stlldma who m regular memben of Tbe Avgrburg Ecbo S d and nho
may receive credit for ,their work must register for the weekly r d meetings.
These meetings are also open to members of course I. Hour arranged.
4~ 5.
Aylrbmgiw, STAFF ME~~INGS.
I, IL
t C
c.
Studentr who are regdar mcmben of the Augsbnrgia r d and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meet4,7.
ing#.
Department of Speech
The speech department aims to relate the development of speech to personality with & purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to his environment. It meks to develop skill in platform deportment and speech comporition, and .tof w e r the hzbit of critical listening. Through its comes in interp m t i v e reading and dramatics an appreciation of poetry and drama in sought.
The department offem a major in general speech which prepares the student
for the teaohing of speech in the secondary schools and for graduate work in
general apeech, radio, theater, or speech pathology.
.fiContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both ouneeters.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech 1 1
ia designed mpecirlly for thir requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including comes 12, 31, 32, 11, 61, 76.
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: 15 credits above Speech 11. For Education students at least one
course Qromeach of the following groups: 12, 5 I; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76.
4. REMEDIAL SPEECH.
Open to all studena.
o Cr.
For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech pioblemo
such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright.
3 Cr.
BEGINNINGSPEECH.Fr., 50. Offered \bothsemesters.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
3 Cr.
TYPESOF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
An i a d ~ # : t i o na togamenution and peramion, &usah, debate, intapretative readiug, and parliamentary procedure. Pamiciperion in various q m h g
I 2.
aativi*.
15. STORY
TELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered 1914-5 1.)
~TERCOLLEGIAIE D E B A I,
~ .II. Open to d 8mdantl.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate
21, 22.
2
a.
question for
the year.
I Cr.
Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contents. Arrangements to be made with the instructor.
24. ORATORY.
Open to all students. I.
IN~RETAT
RJZADING.
I V E So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
k i d s of prose, poetry, and drama. (Wered 195 5-56.)
3 I.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and
skits; participation in dramatic productions.
Upper D i v i s h Cmrses
GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques.
(Offered 1954-51.)
11.
SPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11.
54. WIO
z Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. (Wered
1914-55.)
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.Prereq.
I I, Philosophy 26. Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Applicationr of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates.
(Offered 1955-56.)
2 Cr.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. 11, Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. 11.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of
various kinds of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
62.
STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
s Cr.
A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high
school theatrical productions. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions.
64.
(Offered 1955-56.)
STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking and directing
play rehearsals. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. ( m e r e d
66.
1954-55.)
2 Cr.
SPEECHHYGIENE.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. LI.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to ,personality and development of
speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. (Offered
74.
1954-55.)
SPEECH PATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics;
laboratory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and
social workers. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
1%
cr.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
76.
Department of Germatm
MR. LANDA,MR. KOPP
The general aim of the COWSCB in German is to help the student develop an
u n d d g of the Gsmm idiom and an ippreciabon of ,the ethical and
athetic d u e s contained in German literature In particular, the aim is to provide techniul training for sthe student who plans m study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor, 20 credits.
I-2.t BHEE~PNWG
GERMAN.I, IX.
8 0.
A d y af & grammar and vocsbulary of the G e m language w h a t the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3-4.t MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
6 Cr.
This omme w n h to build up the vocabulary of thc mclent Amugh the
study of easy prose and poetry.
-&mstion
both -eaters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student
must complete
Upfir Division Cmrses
5 I, 5 z. GERM~N
LITERATURE.
I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
C
Sr. I.
74. TEACHINGOF G ~ M A M LANGUAGES.
See course 74 under Education.
1%
Cr.
Department of Scandi~vianLanguage and Literature
MR. OLSON,Ah. LANDA
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It zto aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthennore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian nce, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
Minor, 24 credia.
I, n.
8 0.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
14.t BEGINN~NG
NORWEGIAN.
Fr.
INTERMED~TE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, TI.
6 Cb.
Further rtndy of granmmu. Reading of standard authors. Brief surrey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
3-4.t
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. (Ogered 1955-56.)
I I.
DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERN
SCANDINAVIA.
'II.
3 Cr.
A survey of social &ought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 to the present
day, studied against the background of the general cond,itions in Europe. (Offered 1955-56.)
16. SOCIAL
Upper Division Co~rses
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in liter2 Cr.
ature. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includes selected mveh by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undret, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Ogered
55.
DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in litera56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. 11.
The wurse includes elnmsc by 8j@tnron, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language not required. (mered 1954-55.)
Sr. I.
7.4. TEACHINGOF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
t(=ontinua&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complcb
Borh semesters.
Department of Romance Languages
at&
T h a ~ c e ~ ~ ~ t n i m r ~ m t r r i n & ~ f o r ~ d
work, nsd bntintrr -tiom
indhigh r h l teoehing,
tbe~~fFmOEhotS~;nrrtffo&indt&P;.g~ap&~af
rhsbtinIitetfflrrrmdea~the&of
p t b k a u r w c o b l e h
time; and &ally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in
d e n u an undemtanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, c u l ~ ,
and id&.
Minor, zo credits
I-2.t
BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, IL
8 GThe collne includes che study of French sounds and their rpelling, the erenchb of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections
from French literature. Offered 1954-5 5 . )
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11.
6 CrOne half of the time is devoted to the further rtudy of grunmu, cornpodtion, d oral work. JE.e other half is spent in reading repre~~ltative
of
French literature. (Ogered 1955-56.)
3-4.t
Upper Division Courses
5 I.
SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr-
Th couree cornprim leotarea by the inatrucmr on authon and l i t e r q moremenu of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth e e n d u , and readingr d
reports by the students. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
CONVERSATION,
fr C ~ M W S ~ OIL
EY.
3 Cr.
12. FRENCHPHONETICS,
A thorough study of French sounds, phaoetic symbols, drill an pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral mrk, memorization. dictation and'
composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
TUCHIWG OF R o w - LANGUAG~.
ST. L
See course 78 under Education.
78.
&or,
zo credits.
I-2.t
h
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 0.
The cotuse includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and
e reading af rhort rtorics, novels, and plays in the Splnish language.
tQntinuacDn course. To receive credit lor thi, coune, a student
both
~mrtcn.
QW complete
INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH.I, U.
6 Cr.
The course includes the essentiah of grammar, oral and written work, and
the r e d i g of stories in the Sp?nish language.
3-4.f
Upper Division Collrses
SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
The c o r n consirtr of reading and reports, a d provides a general survey of
well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
5 2 . SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
Some further study of Spanish gmmmar is included with special emphasis on
developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
Sr. I.
I % Cr.
78. TEACHINGO F ROMANCELANGUAGES.
See course 78 under Education.
5 I.
Department of Music
MR. SATEREN,MR.SAVOLD,MR. THUT, MRS. THUT, MISS LANDQUIST,
MR. LANDAHL,MR. C. W. ANDERSEN,MRS. BAILEY,MR. TETZLAFF
Thicdeptmmtdm~iusmw&n~rtrtdcnurbam~pbm d y i n & e a ~ t i o ~ d ~ ~ ~ ~ & m o d e d t h c p t l r t r m , m
a d d i t i o n m g i i i n g ~ ~ t o b w & ~ t o ~ & a f
l
o
w d dhctam af choral md
d pjrma.lh
tLtduponthetichmwicdbodtageof r f r c ~ C Theh ~
rho~paeprrctionfOrfb#owhocxpe~t~ooontiaPtllaaeisfhdm+in
tbeadafmwk
MU&
A Graduation Major (36#edits)
the cmnple-
7, 8, 15-16, 55-56, 6 x 4 or 63-64, 6 ~ 66;
, q &&e
77, 78; and 8 credits in Agpfd M&c (hdndiog nt
I,
2,
of the following:
credits from 10,
z credits in piano
or organ.)
A Teaching Major (36 credits) requires the completion of the following:
I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16, 61-62'' or 63-64*, 61, 66, 87, 88; z elective credits from
77, 78; and 6 credits in Applied EAusic (including at least 2 credits in piano
or organ).
One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of dl
music majors.
-
.
~ t h u t h cno w .
both semesters.
To receive cradit &or thiu course, r student mwt d
t
e
* A s & t d E r = ~ h ~ M d b t & f o r b o & d o n d
~ t d ~ ~ r k U & h e t n k e o b o d ~ ~ , h i s w m k i n A
Mm;E,craeptforthsraq~~~inPinrw,mpptKinins~~~
Xbaresip~facGharnlT~ac,diavoEnImoaicifhotogiamk~m e n d Technique.
A Graduation Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
7, 8, 15-16, 78; 4 elective credits from 10, 55-56, 65, 66, 77; and 6
credits in Applied Music (in which at least 2 credits must be earned in private
lessons in either vocal or instrumental music).
I, 2 ,
A Teaching Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
15-16, 61-62 or 63-64, 65, 66, 78, 87, 88, and 4 credits in Applied Music.
I, 2,
Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the
Chord Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one y e a in
,&e M e Cham Credits are not 'granted for less &an two successive, complete
semesters.
Ow credit per semester is granted to studem taking a minimum of sirteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, piano, organ, or brass.
Fees per semester:
Choir $5.00, Choral Clvb $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Piano rental $8.00, Organ rental $20.00. Brass (private instruction) $40.00,
Brass (class instruction) $14.00.
(Ren,d entitles the student to use the instnunent for I hour per day.)
,
C,
TRAINING.
I, 11.
4 fi.
course including the basic fundamentala of music: notation, terminology.
r , > k
and melody. Special attention is given to right
tcales, intervals, triads, ih+,
ringing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and Lnnonic dictation.
4 Cr.
HISTORY
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
An historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest music.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
bor 8, or have consent of instructor.
,7, 8.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC
OF THE Cnvacn. ILL
a Cr.
A nrrrey c o u m dealing with . h e development of the myic of the Chrhti.n
Cbrud, with &s
attention to Promtant Hymnody. Designed for the general
d e n t , the coum also will prove 'helpful to orgmirts, choir directom, and prewminirirru. The anme ir accepted aa fulfilling rhe requirement of a w m in
10.
Uuiatiallity.
4
ck.
of rcales, intervals, and chord forniation in written
u e r k Writtin .work includes ~ ~ b n i z a t i oofn fi&d bur and given melodia u well aa opportunity for simple cmtive writing.
-tinuation
amme. To ieceive credit for this coruse, a student must oomplete
both semesters.
-
Upper Division Cwrses
4
fi.
monkation of +ed
bass and given melodies. Thorough study of mod&tion,
advanced chord formadom, the use of wpensionr, retardrtions, and ornunam
of m&. S h t r should have mme knowledge of piano.
61-62.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE
Prercq. I, 2. I, IL
4 QC h intruction in string, reed, and brvr instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
63-6.4.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I,2.
I, IL
4 (3-
Clav instruction in the fundamentals of voice u related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
65, 66. C~NDUCTU~G.
Prereq.
Jr. I, ll.
I,
z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
4 Cr.
A come designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for thore who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 15-16, 5 5 . I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
77.
MUSICAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. I, 2, I 5-16,1f, 77. 11.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of rhe structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
78.
TEACHINGOF G r a m SCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II.
See course 87 under Education.
87.
TEACHING
OF HIGHSCHOOL
MUSIC.Sr. I.
See course 88 under Education.
88.
s Cr.
2
Cr.
CLUB OR BAND. I, IL
z Cr.
&on, CHORAL
M m s CHORUS.I, 11.
I Cr.
These organizatiom exist not only for the benefit of the music rtudent but
for anyone enrolled u a student who wishes to participate in group affording
the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for 1 s than two NCcessive, complete semesters.
s Cr.
PIANO.I, n.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-plinutc lesson per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit b r this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
ORGAN.I, 11.
z Cr.
Inrtruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended u a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
I or 2 Cr.
n.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and aecular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.I,
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I or z Cr.
Private or class instruction on the brass instruments of the band and orchestra
is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction-ne
lent) per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equiva-
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/z credit.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, II.
4 Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal forms. Plaster casting. ( m e r e d 19 54-5 5.)
I , 2.
PAINTING.I, 11.
4 Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
3, 4.
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. (Offered 1955-56.)
Division of the Social Sciences
I t is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student'#
u n d e r s t d i n g of human relationships and his appreciation of ,their importance
and rrhq especially in their Christian interpretation. The work pmxedhg
u n d u the d a n c e of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a Bightr grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to
his vocation.
Department of History and Political S d e n c e
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and opemtiona of
the phenomcnn in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
Major, 30 credits; minor, zr credits. Students who h a ~ ea major or minor in
History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 2s.
For non-majors, prerequisitu may be waived on consent of the instructor.
SURVEY
OF EUROPEAN
CIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1-2.1
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTIIIES.I.
3 Cr.
See Course I I under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
I I.
-./
r
\
HISTORY
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.SO., I, rZ.
6 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
21,
22.
Upper Division Cmrses
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
5 1. THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
HISTORY
OF ENGLAND
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Mered 1954-5 5.)
52.
53.
HISPANIC-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq.
1-2.
Jr., Sr. I.
A study of Latin America and its development.
A
!Continuation wune. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
54. EASTERN
EUROPE. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.
The history of elstern Europe w i h e m p M on the development of
3
a-
Rd.
CONTEMPORARY
HISTORY
OF THE UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr.,
3 Cr.
Sr. I.
A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, including
consideration of international policies.
55-
56.
A X ~ I C A NDIPLOU~CHISTORY.
Prereq. U. S. H h or Am. Gor. Jr.,
Sr. 11.
3 cr.
A consideration of {oreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.
A c u l d and political history of ancient civilizations and their contn%utions
to modem cultures. (Offered I 9 5 5 - 5 6.)
HISTORY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
62. CANADIAN
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
special emphasis on Canadian-United .States relations. (Offered 1955-56.)
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. I, 11. 6 Cr.
71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
A study of international relations as affected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War 11. (Wered 195 5 - 5 6.)
81, 82. THETWENTIETH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A surrey of recent developments in the world, stemming from the first World
War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation.
(Offered 1954-55.)
101. HISTORY
SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. approval of history faculty.
z Cr.
A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will
be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing
the study of hiitory in a graduate school.
<;
credits.
Minor,
OF
AMERICAN
~
~
R
N M E N T
I, . 11.
\,6 C .
PRINCIPLES
41-42.?
Foundations of American government. A study od the Constitution and'yivil
rights, of federal, state, and local governments and their functions, and of
citizenship, popular control of government, and political parties. Contemporary
issues are stressed. Students may enter the second semester.
,73
Upper Division Courses
PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
5 3 . POLITICAL
3 ,Cr.
A review of American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both smesters.
THE
SOCIAL
SCIENCES
i
54. HISTORYOF P o u n c u THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
-fi.
A study of political philosophy and its influence and historical sigtk6tance
from ancient Greeks to the present.
56.
AuEarc*~DI~LOMATICHISTORY.II.
!he c o m e 56 under History.
60. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 15 or
3 Cr.
American Government. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 60 under Busines Administration and Economics.
TEACHING
OF W E SO=
STUDIES. Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
86.
I
% Cr.
Combined Major in Sociul Sciences for T e o c h g
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41-42.
Minor in Socid Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
Department of Sociology
ivk.. TORSTENSON,MISS JENSEN, MR. SWENSON,MR. BELGUM
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our wuntry in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
the funher goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
w have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation i n the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or 21 and 22,
required for a sociology major or minor.
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department
of History and Political Science.
Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or z I and 2 2
also required.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of rociology, economics, and political science.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 8 y may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.I.
A wurse in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
PNNCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 GA atudy of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social facton, st-me, contmlr, and process of change.
2. %Brto-s.
Prertq. kc. I . Er., So. IL
3 crT%c d h c proct=w a t the mot of contempmry problems m@cr *irh
wx & p i n
of the pemml, f d y , commanity, and po&fic~+~~wmie
djwmww to shm processw. k i d plicits in the m i n g arc nndyLtd in terms of
there proceand adjustment problems.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
See course 4 under Department of Business Administration.
14. HUMAN
GEOGWHY.Fr., So. TI.
3 0A s d y of geographical facton influencing social institutions.
16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.II.
3 Cr.
See Couree 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
22.
SOCIOLOGY
OF R u m L
F
IE. Prereq. Soc. I. So. II.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the anal@ of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
ia placed on the dynamics of change.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
I.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIOLOGY
OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. I. Jr. I.
3 0Study of the city as to ,historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing pioblemr, health factors,
cultural centera, and rural-urban relationships.
51.
CRIME AND SOCIETY.Prcreq. SOC. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 0A rmdy of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of c a w 1 facton, methoda of apprehedon, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
3 Cr.
THSPWY. Pmreq. SDE. I. Jx., St. I.
j of rhe b m r y md ftlncbon of the family as a buic insamtion, the
~
~ of modern
c
nnde emmmic rhnnm on family interactions, organization,
and disorganization. (Offered 1 9 1 1-1 6.)
.
Soc. I. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
54. PUBLICW E L F ~Prereq.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative
policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare,
including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security.
93.
k
d
INTERCULTUFLAL~ L A T I O N SAND M I N O M ~PROBLEMS.Prereq. Sot. I.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
Chncteriatics a d contributions of ethnic groups in the United Stam, causes
md cunrequencu of race and group prejudice, mechrnirm and problems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. (Offered 195455.)
55.
56. . h E O R AND ~ ~ N A G E M B N T~ A T I O N S . n.
See course 56 under Department of Business Administration.
3
FIELDSOF S O CWORH.
~
Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature,
functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
other community agencies.
57.
crCr.
and
the
and
COMMUNITY
ACTIVITIES.I, n.
t Cr.
The course provides laboratory experience in community activities under the
direction of trained personnel in social agencies. General supervision of the
program is exercised by a member of the sociology staff.
59, 60.
SOCI~~L
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr.
A audy of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development
of .pnanrlity in oocial situations, the principles of character formation, the deveIo-t
of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social c o d k t s ,
and eocial control.
61.
86. TEACHING
OF SOCIIII. STUDIES.Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
I
% Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Courses i n orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
designed to m i s t in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make.
The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that ob ht
fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those
preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing
to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's c e d cate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in
the field of education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved 'by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made
during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basir
of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a
minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on ,the high school level.
AS1 students admitted to the teacher education curriculum m w t secure two
credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 52.
In addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher
education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these
hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology.
No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education.
All questions regarding the teaoher education curriculum should be referred
to the Committee on Teacher Education.
PSYCHOLOGY
O~NTATION.Required. Fr. m e r e d hoch semesters.
I.
I
G.
freshmen in making the proper adjustaxent to rhdr mrk
aa sndente in college, iududing metho& of study, vocational choice and prep
aration, and development of personality.
D e a i g d .to &st
PSYCHOLOGY
AND ORENTATION.
Fr. I.
This course combines the aims and course content of Psychology
3 Cr.
and Psychology 5 . Emphasis is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory
periods per week. Registration restricted.
3.
I
JN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.I.
2
Cr.
An introductoq course in psychology intended for n m . T l o lecturer
per week.
GENERALPSYCHOWGY.
I, TI.
4 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The
piinciplea, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following
topics a ~ estressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory pmc5, 6.
eses and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memoq.
heredity and growth. The second semeswr emphasizes the application of the
principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life.
SOCLALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
61.
3 Cr.
ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 3 or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorders and a atudy of
62.
their nature, causes, prevention, and present treatment. ( M e r e d
I95
5 - 5 6.)
,
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
51. EDUCATIONAL
A d y of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the ,behavior ob adolescente in a school
context.
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I . Jr. 11.
5 1. TEAC~IWG
T d b gw
Min m b h m
w md c
00
&
3 Cr.
h management. hcludu a study of the secondary
need# of
youth.
53, 54.
GROUPA c m
r Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Religion
6, 57, and $8; Physical Education 6, I I , I 3, 14, and 5 5, 56; Education 5 I and
52; and Home Economics 36. The nature of the experience will vary with the
course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teac,&g,
supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the
teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not
receive more than z credits in Group Activity.
PPP~CIPLES
OF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. 11.
3 G.
A d y of the guidance function of the cl.uuoom teacher, toola and techniquea med in d y i n g students, and methods rpprapriate for &t
gaidaria, including counseling.
5 5.
HXSTOPY
AND PHILO~OPHY
OF EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
traw the development of modern education and roeh to aaaiat
the aohnt in developing an understanding of rhe present educational program
and the ruions modem philobophies of education. The aapecta of the atate
edmtiasrl p g r u n important for the orientation of the new teacher are
58.
Tbe casn
S
U
~
.
Specid Tescbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the study of the materide, organization,
lad tuahing procedurer of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of teaching are made in the ape&c field. U d y , each student
is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching. Thh
mesm one courae related to the major and one to the minor. Prcrequisitu are
a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to regiater for more than the a m o a t of d t W.
TEACH~NG
OF G ~ M A N I C
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF NATUW SCIENCES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
T u c H r n ~OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
T E A C H ~ OF
G SOCGLSTUDIES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
TEACHINGOF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF HOME EUINOMICS.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
T ~ n c n r nOF~ HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
1%
0.
I
% Cr.
1%
0.
% Cr.
I % Cr.
I
Cr.
z Cr.
r Cr.
1%
Cr.
t Cr.
1 % Cr.
2
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. Educ. 5 I , 52. Sr. I.
96. STUDENTTEACHING.
Obeervation, participation in teaching activitier, and experience in actnal
contml of the clamnmm situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college mpervisor and selected critic t&.
The f o h w h g coumes prepare the emdent to meat the state requiremenu for a
minorial~qscien~~aain~ip~a~&loeof$ooksfor
ahe &l . . &ra,nyB
n pqming bob and other librecy a n a d for circulation,
. a iwho01
in
library, and h making iatdigat and effective use of
libmryt~alsfarhisuwnneabuader.
Minor, 16 credits.
3 Cr.
BASIC FUNCTIONS
OF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.
Jr. I, 11.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration daculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second. (Offered each year beginning 195 5-56.)
y 5-56?.
57-58t. ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade cumculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning
1955-56.)
S9-60f. SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including
reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials,
their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1956-57.)
I Cr.
61. PRACTICAL METHODS. Sr. I.
Giving che student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offered each year beginning 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. II.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading
ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field, lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
(Offered each year beginning 195 6-57.)
t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters.
..
Department of Business Admm&ration and Economics
and.Seaetarial Studies
W.WALTON,MISS LUND,MISS BAVOLAK
The objective of thia deparanent is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and round perspective of b u s h a and our economic aocieq. Such knowledge
and p e n p a i v e is m e s s q for success in apecSc positions in our complex
business world a d h u l d provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respomibiliq. A degree with a business major
is a connmon requirement of business h and government agencies. The
department giver a general background in economics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, P d i t s ; courses required are
Speech I I and History 21 and 22.
I , 2,
Minor, 2 I credits; 'courses required are
Upper Division courses.
I, 2.
PRINCIPL~S OF
I,
4,
I 1, I 6,
z, 4,
I y,
13. Also required are
I6
and six credits in
ACCOUNTING.
FL I, n.
An introduction to the -principles
of accounting and their application
single proprietorship, pzrtnerahip, and corporate foof bu&er; prepuation
and a d + of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording bwinar tranaacdonr;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
a.
,,
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., SO. U.
A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, aud interpretation
t i 4 data. It includes a e t d y of the memum of central tendency, time, series,
tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of t h e statistical techniques to various types of data.
4-
15,
p-
16.
PWCIPLES
OF
ECONOMICS.
SO. I,n.
.;6-,G.
A s t d y of the social organization of oar economy, hca1 and monGai$
p o k , value, prices, the distribution af d t h , and alternative economic systern. The objective H to help the s t u d e n t to develop the ability to a n a l p
economic hu they h e in his personal and vocational activities and ia
,
public life.
Upper Division Courses
MONEY AND BANXING.Prereq. I, 2, 4, I 1, 16.Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
A study of the commercial banlu, the Federal Reserve Syrtem,the price l e d ,
and monetnty m d h a 1 policies. The parpooe is to lead the mdent to i n d gate thomufly the place and importance of money and priceq in bushus and
5 I.
in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations.
(OfTered 1951-16.)
7
-
-
--
social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The prvpoae ir to
give the atudent an analytical baais for judging business iltemativa and zlro
governmeat legislation.
3 Cr.
LABOPAND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS. Prereq. 15, 16.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by
-0
d h &dr
The objective ia to picture the
dtsFsmPt I#dtionr Oi h p u p io aur
and to investigate pordbiitk
cb rt%ir*ing b
y
cam^ of &e whole through edacation and
56.
'
government control.
3 Cr.
PRODUCTION. prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., sr. 1.
An operating subject dealing with the more important production procedures
and techniques commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants. The
techniques are studied with reference to their contribution to the attainment of
established manufacturing objectives to provide the student with an appreciation
of the relationships of production to other operating problems of business and
an awareness of the significance of production aspects of general administration
problems. (Offered 1954-55.)
5,.
59.
ADVANCED
ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. I,
2,
4, 15, 16.
E. I.
3 Cr.
The p-e
of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques
which will enable the atudent to interpret &ancia1 data, a d to q u a i n t the
student with c a t accounting principles and procedures. Preparation and anal*
of 6nanci.l statements, comparative statements, and statements ahowing t h e
disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order and standard uwting are scremcd.
--
3 Cr."
60. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAWTION.
Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II.
The course is designed to acquaint the student with the ecanomie
sf taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elemenm
of h a 1 policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes,
expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization.
BUSINESS
FINANCE.Prereq. I , z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of the subject of business h a n c e concentrating upon the
problems of going concerns to provide the student with a grasp of the rela62.
tion of financial decisions to over-all company objectives and policies of such
major departments as production and sales. Both working capital and long-term
capital financing are studied.
SENIORTOPICS.Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A x v k of businea practice and problem in our economy, pointing olrt
tbe opportunities for individual endeavor, followed 'byan original project by
each student i n which he makes an investigation of his own. The project mry
be in m y business field; for example, lcco~ting,invwtments, pemmrl selling,
market research, economic analysis. Offered only as an honors course for selected
seniors in business.
71, 72.
?&r coumw aim to prepare student( for stenographic and d poribarinea o&w, m k t in ,the preparation for the rerching of borincr
~ ~ i n ~ & l s d f o r ~ d ~ r k , a n d n o p r w i d e
oppmmhy for tihe development of of- s k i b for p a m d ue.
t h o in
A orsjor may be abtaiued in business education by completing a ntinimum
hous, including
I, 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Adminiatration
16, 13, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73.
,
including
A minor may b h i n d by completing a minimum of 26 h
I , 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Bushers Administration I, 2, or 15, 16.
of 37
I . 2, I J ,
ELEMENTARY
T Y P E W R ~Offered
G . both semesters.
I Cr.
A ooarse for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
burs , p r week.
I.
2.
EMTBU~EDIA~ T Y P E ~ R ~ N G11..
2
Cr.
P m b in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addreaing
envelopes, and i n letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
6 Cr.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
Training in the dundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week.
,OFFICEMACHINES.Prereq. I , 2. Wered both semesters.
2 Cr.
S t d y and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addresograph, and dupli,cator. Two hours per week.
8.
fCo~itm&n
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must oompkte
both semesters.
5 I.
Upper Division Cmrses
ADVANCBD TYPEWRITING.
I.
JZ.
SEC~BTARIAL
P R a c n a . Prereq.
z CrFurther development of typewriting technique with practical training in
businer kctar arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documento. Prerequisite I, 2 , or high achool credit in typing. Open to studenra having
attained s speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours per week.
I , 2,
3-4. 11.
3 Cr.
Pra~tialapplication of secretarial dutier including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of businem and legal forma, personality development,
and guidance in writing application letten and mrking application far r job.
Mimeographing i included in this course for those who include this as s part
of the plrish workers' course. Four hours per week.
~ N C E SHORTHAND.
D
I, n.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictatioa Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students
who cam take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and trmscribe ~ t a hhigh degree of accuracy. Four ,hours per week.
82. ~ E A C H I N G OF BUSINESS.
I % Cr.
Sr. I.
See course 82 under Education.
J 3-54.$
Depertment of Home Economics
MISS SEGOLSON,
MRS.NELSON,MISSMORTENSEN
Thc abjectiwa of the department are threefold: first, to provide c o w that
d
l help atudenu solve penonal, home, and family living problems; eecond,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, .to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education.
N o n - m h g major, 33 c d u ; courses are I , z, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57.
66, 68. 71,72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics IJ.
Sociology I, Biology 4 or 13-14 and 54, and Psychology 3 or 5 , and 6.
Graduation minor, 18 credits including cotuses I, 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or
'I'cidiag msjor, 38 credits; caurser bted for non-terching major plus 33 md
76. T e d h g mipcws possible in Biology, chemhy, Speech, SocLl Sdcnce or
Physical Eduution. C o d t a member of &e home ecommh faculty for course
plonr.
I.
CLOTHING
SELECTION,
C a m , AND bus. I.
3 fi.
A study of the factom involved in the choice, care, and repair of dothing.
B a u g in dcrign, bewmingnem, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics
suitable for ditferent wea are topiu considered.
+tinuation
both semesters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
II.
2 Cf.
course provides laboratory experience in making simple gmmnts in
cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and
Nitable ,techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing mochiae, a;lteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economia edocotion majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
t.
This
,we&.
3.
Am w DAILY
LIVING.I.
3 CrA study of m ?s it is met in the activitica of everyday living. Open to all
rtudents.
E L B ~ ~ NOF
T SNUTRITION. 11.
3 Cr.
Noranal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
7.
GROUPACTMTY.
See courses 53, 54 under Education.
23.
33.
COLORAND DESIGN.I.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, rrrrnging,
and G g a i n g of household farnishings. Lettering and rimple poster d-.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Eumomica
mapn. Three double laboratory perio& per week.
36. CMETS.II.
2
Cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF FOOD PREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 7 or
af h u u c t o r . I, 11.
pe&n
6 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, merl service. food purchasing, m d
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
39, 40.
MAMUAGEAND FAMILYM LA TI ON SHIPS. II.
3 Cr.
A c o r n applying principlw of cultural living to everyday problem of home
life. Discussions of penond f d y relationships, prepantion for muriap, the
Christian home and its iduence in the community, and related mbjecta. Regular lecturer, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and t o m .
42.
CHILD
DEVELOPMENT.
IL
2 Cr.
A study of the core and trahing of the pug c&ild = ,to to physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
44.
Upper Division Cmrses
57. TEXTILES. I.
s Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and hishes with special emphub on selection,
me, and care d common household and clothing textiles. Two dcmble laboratory
hours a week.
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furnitcue, painting, and sculpture. Two regdar hours scheduled and field
trips arranged. (Offered 1954-55.)
n.
66. HOME
PLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
3 GThir conme included a consideration of housing, an anal* of &or pluls,
r study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in ulecting,
arrmgiug, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prereqaisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double lalbomtory periods per
week
68. F ~ I L HEALTH.
T
I.
r Cr.
Basic f a c a and practical application of home care of the sick Problems
relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOME
MANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and oo&ating
the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family W g . One
lecture period and one double laboratory period per week.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
~ c ' t u a lexperience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home
management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. (Offered 1955-56.)
72.
CONSUMER
EDUCATION
AND INCOME~ ~ N A G E M E N
It.T .
t CT.
The wise choice of .consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from
the use of money income.
73.
76. ADVANCEDC L O ~ I N CONSTRUCTION.
G
Prereq. 2. U
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool.
More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the
c l m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and c o n s t ~ c t i n g
garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics
91. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS.
and Education 5 2. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
l e n rhc p
w of che division of Nattml Scienfc ta pmvidc trriPing in
metho& uld technique; ta interpret N a d Scienu in the light of
the Word of Gud; to acqruinr the student with the
of Narurd
Sdcnce i n a modem, changing world; w e m p k a wund mind and r r m n g
body; to vain for vocations in various fields o f N a r d Science; and to q u i p
tbe student with a scientific background which wiIl enrich his life ind the lives
of his feuow men.
&&c
Department of Biology
The aim of thir Department is to give the student z broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3N, 4, 7N no not count
toward the major or minor.
WORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, 11.
O Cr.
I-zt. THE NATURAL
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciper week consistkg or :xtures, lecture demonstrations, and
ences. Four
discussions.
gN. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anacorn, 1 - J ohyslology with special em&ash on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b l elaboratory periods per week.
Designed particularly for student nurses.
HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
4.
7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
3 - ~ 4GENERAL
.t
ZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. '
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures m d two double laboratoq periods per week.
I
$ ~ o n t ; ~ & $ &course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
b t h sem+ters.
GXNW BOTANY.So., Jr. I, II.
8 ~r.
y of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, f
W
by a -.
of the plant kingdom. Emphadia is llro placed on ;bacmieal principles. Flowering plenta arc identified in the spring. Three lectures and one
double laboratory period per week
25, 26.
Thk m a d
51.
Upper Division Courses
GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
ECOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological amciation and succession. Two iectura and one laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1955-56.)
52.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I.
3
G.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
54. GENERAL
BACTERIOLOGY.Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II.
4 Cr.
A review of the general &ld of bacteriolom, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diiasu. Training in modern labontory techniques. Two
lectures and two double Izboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classi6cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. U.
1-2 Cr.
Pnctical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projecu useful to teachers. (Oflered 1954-55.)
80. TEACH~NG
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
1% Cr.
The course consisa of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
The counes offered provide fundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective u promotion of acient%c
proach.
thinking and sciendfic ap-
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary dooh. The courses in Chemistry will prepare
h i for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Ruearch, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Exigineering and Applied
Mathematics.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, jN, 4 do not count toward
the major or minor.
THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, II.
For course description see Department of Biology.
r-zt.
8 Cr.
3N. CHEMISTRY
FOR NURSES.I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of
the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
4.
AND QUALITATIVECHEMISTRY.Fr., So. I, 11.
8 cr.
5-6.f INORGANIC
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
4 Cr.
5 I. ANALYTIC~U.CHEMISTRY.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short induction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gmvimetric.
Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5I. So., Jr., Sr. II.
5 Cr.
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours labratory per week.
5 2.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
8-10 Cr.
A discussion of the important c l w u of aliphatic and aromatic compoands.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Ofiered 1951-56.)
53-54.t
$6ntinnation course. To receive credit for this course, a student mupt complete
both semesters.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Physics
5 and 6. Sr. II.
5 Cr.
An introductory course coveting the gzr laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectutes and one double laboratory period
per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
PHYSICS
Minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor.
THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
For corn description see Department of Biology.
1-2$.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light
and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application of physics in the home.
3.
or concurrent registration in Math. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math.
I
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic
nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of
and other topics. Philosophical implications of mcdern physical science
considered.
5 I.
4 Cr.
theory,
physics
will be
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.
Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week.
52.
80. TEACHING
OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teacbiug
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 5 1 and 52 or 53-54;Biology 13-14and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
TContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Dqxrtment of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s d c i e n t for solving the simpler problems of life, also to d o r d
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them escient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits.
Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
3' Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week.
A.
B.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.
Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. !J.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So.
I, II.
10 Cr.
This is an integrated course inoluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I , 2.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING. Prereq. B. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week.
5.
ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND D E S C R I PGEOMETRY.
~
Prereq. 5. II. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
6.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 5 Z.
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.
SO., Jr. I, 11.
I0
0.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for Merentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary dzerential equations are
developed and applications made.
SOLD ANALYTICALGEOMETRY.
Prereq. z. Sr. I
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and ' d o r m a t i o n are given their proper emphasb.
53.
54.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includw the study of & numben, determinants ?ad o h e r
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
84. TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I.
Cr.
I
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
a weli-rounded physic21 education program.
health and physical fitness &ugh
to develop character md good s p o r a d p throrrgh the intnmunl and inrercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure cime, and to provide an effecrive training program for praspctivt reachers of h d t b and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phlse
of the physical education program.
A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major and Minor Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 27, 5 0 ,
5 1 9 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 84.
Major for women, 3 0 credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16,
17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 54, 84.
Minor,
formen:
21
2,
credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 5 I, 53, and 54
j,4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, and 54borwomen.
Biology 4; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 51, 52, 53, 54, 5 5, $8, 94, and 96
Bhould be included for a teaching major in phyuical education.
PERSONALAND COMMUNITY
~ T H Fr.. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
A study of modem concepts and practices ob health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
I
Cr.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). Fr. I, 11.
I
Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTH
EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fieldc of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school
5.
mema
-~ONAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. n.
I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
gamer, l o r organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
m&ed
games.
6.
FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course. (Offered 1955-56.)
8.
I
Cr.
TEAM SPORTSAND L.EAD-UP G-.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
I I.
12.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. I
I.
2
Cr.
Theory and practice in teac,hhg badminton, shdeboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf.
4 Cr.
13, 14. TEAM SPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11.
Theory and practice in the coaching and oiciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
16. INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis,
shuffleboard, archery, tennis, and golf. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. (Offered 1954-55.)
27.
KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2
Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements.
OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
r Cr.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of osciating in football,
basketball, baseball, and track. (Offered 195 5-56.)
29.
Ufifier Division Courses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
2 Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analyak of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical c-.
(Offered 1954-55.)
50.
SELF-TESTINGACTIVTITES. (Men). Jr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus,
bumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
5 I.
FUNDAMENTALMOYEMLNTS.
Jr. II.
I 0.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
(Offered 1955-56.)
52.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary achool heakh
and physical education curriculum.
53.
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
54. ORGANIZATION
EDUCATION.
Sr. IL
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and
physical education.
2 Cr.
COACHING
OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL.S t I
.
Theory a d techniques of aching. Seniors only, or approval of in4tructor.
55.
56. COACHING
OF SPORTS:BASEBALLAND TRACK.Sr. II.
2
a.
Theory and technique of coaching. Seniors only, or approral of instructor.
Sr. II.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND ~ ~ A S U R E M E N T SIN PHYSICALEDUCATION.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
r Cr.
85. COMMUNITYCREATION. Jr., Sr. 11.
PraLlems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a awey of activities, and the organization and adminkmation of recreational
work. (Offered 1954-55.)
94.
TEACHING
OF HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL
E D U C ~ ~ OSr.
N . I.
Mcchods and materials in health and physical education.
2
Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augrburg Theological Seminary is the taining school for the paston and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of p+on and spiritual leaden dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word a d
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Admiseion
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college coune must hare included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
z
I
years
year
In the case of mature students of outrtanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their
dxological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides
fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated above, include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or Education
Typewriting
2
I
I
2
I
I
I
years
year
year
years
year
year
year
All candi&tes for a W m n to the Seminary must have achieved a good
academic rewrd in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the S e m k q should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I. A fonnal letter of application for admission as a s d m t in the Seminary,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A catificate of good health.
These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary
Faaulty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The &st year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg.
Adrrnced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying
for admission presenu a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Conditions and Incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be
removed within the &st five weeks af classes of the following semester of
attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time
allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is su6ciently high.
Expenses
Seminuy studmta pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student
activity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per axnester.
S a c n h q students living in the domitory receive a special grant to m r
the eort of room rent. The cost of board is the same u for the College d e n t s .
See page 2 5 .
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a h e - y n r cycle of lectans and study plw
six months of practical service in the cxmgng~tions. Students who campIete all
the requirements of the regular c o m e are graduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly dered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average)
throughout the rhree years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Facultv Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 1 5 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examiaation, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
Seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed
and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the
summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary coune.
A limited amount 06 assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service
per;ad.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of
practical church work during rhe school year either in the Twin Cities or ia
nearby commnnities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Service.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
J&
Yen
THE BACKGROUNDAND S m c - r m m OF rn BIBLE A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation i n the Book which is the chief
I.
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
*With ohe exception of the Theological Orientation Gunes, offered m u a l l y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief m e y of the historical
z Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
4. THEOL~GICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Thcology and
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
I Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Codeasion, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
Luther.
I Cr.
Old Testament
& STENSVMG
FOR BEGINNERS.
The &st year is devoted to a study of the
9-10. HEBREW
essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Oflered 1954-15.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195556.)
3 Cr.
12. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious valuea and the rise of prophetism. Selected p a g e s from the bis3 Cr.
torical books are studied. (Offered 1955-56.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 195657.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
3 Cr.
freedom. (Offered 1916-57.)
I 5. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental probz Cr.
lems of life. (Offered 1954-55.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction
to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms.
Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments af the
3 Cr.
post-Exilic period. (Offered 1914-55.)
17-18. HEBREW
EXEGESIS. Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
in the Old Testament. (Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
A study of archaeological discov19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
eries and their signi6cance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a
number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned
I Cr.
topics and class discussion. (Oflered 1954-51.)
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manuscripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
22.
23. THE GOSPELOF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Wered I 9 5 6-57.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the
r Cr.
English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1954-55.)
26.
1-12.
THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Ogered
1954-55.)
3 Cr.
27. L P - ~AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The
28.
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the
,Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. ( m e r e d 195451.1
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1955-56.)
Church History
MR. SONNACK
40-41. 'lh.
EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church frem the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The orgmization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathcnism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with
a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 19j5-56.)
4 Cr..
42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the developof Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. T h e course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward re3 Cr.
form. (Offered 1956-57.)
ment
43. THE REFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr..
Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered I 9 j 6-57.)
44. THE CHURCHA F ~ E R TIIE REFORMATION.733 course covers the period
from the Reformation and up to the present time, aich special emphasis on
2 Cr,
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1914-51.)
CHURCHHISTORY.
Early colonization; planting of churches;
45. &=CAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
2 Cris studied with special care. ( m e r e d 1954-1 5 . )
OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE. A study of the development
46. THE HISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1 9 5 ~ - ~ 6 2. ) Cr.
47. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world.
Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. (Ofiered
1956-57.)
I Cr-
Systematic
Theology
fi.&ON
.
intended to introduce the student to the field
50. I ~ r a o ~ u c n oA~course
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field. (Offered 1954-55.)
11. THEOLOGY
~LNDANTHROPOLOGY.A study in the systematic exposition
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special
3 Cr.
topics. (Offered 1954-55.)
52-53. SOTERIOLOGY.The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true oommunion between God and man. The Person of Christ
is work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H
tion to the individual and to society; rhe nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
(Offered 1955-56.)
54-15. CHESSTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implicatiolls
.of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and
application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, organized in:stitutions, and society as a whole. (Offered 1956-57.)
4 Cr.
56. SYAQWLICS. A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the
creeds subacribcd to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its
.doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Ofdered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
57. COMPARATIVE
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach4ngs of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in thin field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOP PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.This course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundat Cr.
tions of the pastoral o6ce and the New Testament ministry.
SOUL-CARE
AND THE SPIRITUAL
LFE. A study of Christian experience
61.
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 195 5-56.) z Cr.
62.
INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.Rev. Fredric M. Norstad.
This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both
normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the qpes of
emotional and mental distu~banceswith which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to
recognize the deviations and distinguish between those thiigs which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other competent help.
I Cr.
6 3 . EVANGELISTICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
.and various types of evangelism. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
65. PRINCIPLESAND P R A ~ COF
E PREACHING.Technical and psychological
,elements of preaching. Emphuis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
and presentation of brief sennons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlea.
z Cr.
'lining
67. SERMONS.
A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Senion.
2 Cr.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and II Corinthians
are studied as the best source. (Offered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
71. CHURCH ~DMINISTRA~ON. A study of the variow aspects of -regational organization. Methods of increasing ef3iciencp in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Ghristian stewardship. (Offered 1954-55.)
I Cr.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS. A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practiul problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)I Cr.
73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on
its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) I Cr.
An historical s w e y of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 195455.)
I Cr.
D. Christim Education and Sociology
76. METHODS OF PARISH EDUCATION.
Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 195657.)
z Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANS o c ~ ~ nA. study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
z Cr.
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
79. CHRISAND SOCLU
WOE This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, re2 Cr.
ports, and institutional visits.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 953-1954
Third Year
Berkland, Theodore A.
Christopherson, James E.
.
.Minneapolis
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . . ..Minneapolis
..
...
. . . . . . .
Erickson, Stanley R.
..............
Gudim, Milo D.
. . . . .McVille,
N. D.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . . . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. . . . . . . . . . . .
Soli, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .Willmar
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Storley, Calvin . . . .
Vaagenes, Morris G.
. . . . . .Roslyn, S. D.
. . . . . . Minneapolis
............
..
Second Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . ..Aitkin
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Anenson, LeRoy H. . .
Dahle, Norman A. . . . .
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris M. . .
Oman, Lyman F.
.Racine, Wis.
.......
...
...
. . . .
Rokke, David H.
...
Swanson, Edward E. . .
Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Thorpe, Gordon D. . .
Underbakke, Leland B.
Aniwa, Wis.
. . . .
. . .
.Minneapolis
First Year
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Rudolph E.
.
Carlsen, Glenn T. . .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Peterson, Gerald J.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mmneapolis
, , , , , , , ,
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Quentin G.
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rimmereid, Arthur V.
.
. . .
Stenberg, Roger W.
Unseth, Malcolm W.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . Bertha
New Rockford, N. D.
.
. . . . .Portland, Ore.
..
Specials
Estness, Borghild
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. .
Thompson, Milford A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Vetvick, Leo (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, , , ,
, , , .
.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Vick, Oliver K. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2) Registered for second semester only.
COLLEGE STUDENTS-1 953-1954
SENIORS
Aosen, Hildegarde E. .
Allor, Donold J. . . . . . .
Andersen, Donald W. . .
Anderson, Arthur L. . . .
Anderson, Janice A. . . .
Anderson, Robert H. (1)
. . .Winger
Minneapolis
. . . .Wayzoto
.Minneopolis
.Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Becker, Louis 0. . . . . . .
Berntsen, Ruth A. . . . .
Bloke, Shirlee A. . . . .
Botko, Willord J. . . . .
St. Louis Park
. .Minneapolis
. .Ottowo, Ill.
.Minneapolis
Corlson, Erwin L. (1) . .
Corlson, Roger E. . . . .
Chilstrom, Herbert W. .
Cote, Arthur J. Jr. . . . .
. .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
Litchfield
. Minneopolis
Dill, Donald J.
Dorr, Ardis S.
.
.Elk River
. .Mentor
Argusville, N. D.
Longseth, Robert V. .
Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Lorsson, Kenton D. . . . . .Taylors Folls
Lusk, George W. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lyngdol, Colette P. . . . ..Minneapolis
Marquordt, William G.
. . . . . .St. Paul
. . . .Worthington
Mothiason, Alan E.
Mattison, Robert T. (11 . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillior.
Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Gordon A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . ..Ellendale
Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norum, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . .Hollock
Cumberland, Wis.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Con.
Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis.
Eldol, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . .
Minneapolis Olson, julion R. . . . . . . .
~ i ~ ~ ~
Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . Gorfield
Erlandson, Wolloce E. (1) . Minneapolis Porkhurst, Milford C. . . . .Mondovi, Wis.
Evenson, Leland E. . . . . .
. ~ a n s k a Peterson, Clinton J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jackson
Phillips, Merton C.
. . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Fisher,
W. . . . . . . . . .
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarodo
Froilond, David C. . . . . . . Minneapolis pribble, ~~~d C. . . . . . . . . . . ~ , ~ ~ + i ~
Fullerton, Gerald L. . . . Minneapolis
Reimer, Donna E. (1) . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
Gonte, Marshall H. . . . . . .Minneapolis
~ ~ i ~~~l~~~
~ r K.t ~
. . .~. . .~ ~
,
~
~
~
h
Geisendorfer, James V. (2). . .Minneapolis
~
~
b paulette
~
t . .~. whitefish,
~
~ M, ~ ~ ~ .
Gustafson, Violet E.. . . . ..McGregor, N. D.
P. . . . . . . . . . . .,st. pOul
kolf, ~~~i~
Ingman, Robert C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Isaocson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Poul
Rust* Gary R. . . . . . .Harwood. N. D.
Sandness, Albert J. . . . . . LoMoure, N. D.
Sandquist, Shirley K.
. . . . .Cambridge
Shiell, James L. . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Skogen, Clyde L.
.
. . . . . . . . . . Isle
Skovholt, Ardelle E. . , .Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
tSolberg, Marilyn Y..
. . . . . . .Ray, N. D.
Sonsteng, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solol
Sorenson, James A. . . . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosemount
Johnson, Marcellus L.. Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . .Minneopolis
Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thoreson, Allon R. . . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Tjornhom, Barbara L. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Trelstad, Jerome C. .
. . . .Minneapolis
Twiton, Robert E. . . . . Sun Prairie, Wis.
Kleven, Lowell H. . . . . Blonchardville, Wis.
Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Knutson, Maryan A. . . . . . . Granite Falls
Kyllo, Valborg L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Warner, Elaine W. (1)
. . . . . . . . Duluth
Westphol, Joanne C. . . . . . . . .Madeha
Hambera, Elaine L.. . . . ..Williston, N. D.
~orkmon, Moryls A. . . . . . . . Cokoto
Horrison, Jean . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hellond, Florence L. . . . . . ..Binford, N. D.
Hielmeland, Selmer J.. . . ..Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Shofer
Huglen, Erling S. B. . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Hushogen, Orpha L. . . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
t Deceased, September 28, 1953.
Vick, Oliver K. (1) . . .
Men ............
Women . . . . . . . . .
Spring Grove
JUNIORS
Adorns, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . .Westbrook
Aho, Arnold D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Amundson, Robert E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson. Curtis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruno
Anderson, Donna Lou ...... .Argyle, Wis.
Anderson, James W. ....... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Norman E. ....... .Alexandria
.St. Paul
Anderson, Theodore W.
........
Benson, John E. ....... .Milwaukee, Wis.
Berge, Mavis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanesboro
Bodin, Wesley J.
.Minneapolis
Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ...... .Pierpont, S. D.
Bouchord, Janet A. . . . . . . . . .Minneupolis
Bremseth, Janice M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Briggs, Walter C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Britton, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
..........
Collins, Jane B.
............. .Monticello
Dahlin, Maxine M. ............. .Cokato
Danger, Mary J. ............. Stanchfield
Drake, Spencer R. . . - . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dronen, Richard A.
.Minneapolis
........
Egertson, Darrell J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eide, Delores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fogelquist, Roger H. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fuerstenau, Eugene H.. Cedor Rapids, lowa
Gilbertson, Nora M.. .Frontier, Sask., Can.
Grinde, Lloyd C.. . . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Gronseth, Phillip N. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hagestuen, Richard M. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.Mlnnwpolh
Halling, Beverly J.
Halvorson, Helen A. . . . .Golwburg. N. D,
Hansen, Ronald M.
.Park Ridge, 121.
Honson, L. David .......... .long Prairis
Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanson, Phillip J. . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Hanson, Wallace L. ............. Waseca
Helland, Rachel E.. ...... .Thief River Falls
Heng, Rolf 0.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnmpolis
Henjum, Raymond G. .......... .Hoffman
Holcombe, Thomas E. ....... .Minneapolis
Holt, Everett V. ................ .Carver
.........
.....
Jenson, John R. ........... .Minneapolis
Jerdee, Mary L. ............ .Minneapolis
Johnson, James A. .............. Kenyon
.Minneapolis
Johnson, Merlyn R. (2).
.....
Karlstad, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salol
Krueger, Wallace T. (2). .... .Minneapolis
Kvamme, Anden ......... .Voss, Norway
Larson, Audrey V. ......... .Robbindale
Lanon, Myrtle I. .......... Berwick, N. D.
Larson, Richard J. ............Kerkhoven
Larson, Robert D. (1). ........ .Moorhead
Lelvis, Patricia M.
.Chatham, Mich.
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lunow, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
.......
.....
Maeland, Arnulf ....... .Fairhaven, Mass.
Mahre, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mickelberg, Erwin D. ..... .Onalaska, Wis.
Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D m n
Mulliken, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
..........Minneapolis
..............Madelia
........ .Minneapolis
.........Golden Valley
Nelson, Lennart D.
Nelson, Philip A.
Nordstrom, Ethel C.
Olson, Damaris R.
Olson, Monroe B. .......... .Minneapolis
Omdahl, Beverly F. ............. .Faston
Pousi, Ruth M.
Quanbeck, Paul M.
..........Minneapolis
Rodvik, Erling S. (2) ........Minneapolis
Roesler, William A. (2)
.St. Paul
.........
Saari, Corwyn J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Seaver, John E. ............ .Minneapolis
Seover, Roma R. . . . . . . . . . . .Capron, Ill.
Siegel, Donald W. (1).
.Chicago, Ill.
Skaar, David W.
Rockford, Ill.
Skierseth, Donald ........ .Bracket, N. D.
Sneitzer, Robert F. ............ .St. Paul
Soderberg, LaVonne A. ........ Kandiyohi
Steinbrecher, Wayne G. ..... .Minneapolis
Stensrud, Richard H. ........ .Minneapolis
Strande, Nels A. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Brooten
Strondlie, Wenona C. ........... Benson
......
...........
Thoreson, Wayne 1..
Twedt, Agnes S.
Tweet, Agnes M.
............Peterson
........ .McHenry, N. D.
.......Tunbridge, N. D.
West, Kenneth W. ....... .Maple Park, Ill.
Wolden, Gerhard P.
Estherville, Iowa
.....
Men
............................
Women
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
..................Dam1
Total
58
.........................29
......................... 87
SOPHO
Almquist, James A. . . Sond Creek, Wis.
Anderson, Deloris A. . . . . . .Ogilvie
Anderson, Keith 0. .
. .Sacred Heart
Anderson, E. William . . . . Ashland, Wis.
Arneson, Suzanne M. . . . .Forgo, N. D.
Arvidson, Kenneth V. . . . .Rockford, 111.
Homme, Gloria (1)
. . .Minneapolis
Honebrink, Elsa M. . . . . Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Hovden, Robert A. . . . . . . . St. James
Hoversten, Thomas H. . . . . . ..Alden, Iowa
Hunt, Elaine H. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Barber, Robert E. . . . . .
Boxter, Gerald . . . . . .
Berg, Robert M. (1) . . .
Berkas, Theodore S. .
Berntson, Irving E.
..
Beyers, Jomes R. M. .
Boroos, J. Shermon .
Bullock, Richord W. ( 1 )
Jacobson, Doris M. . . . . . . . . . Racine
Jonsen, David G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Ervin T. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Forolyn M. . . . . . . . .Malmo
Jorgensen, Beverly M. . . . . . . . . . Delano
Jorgensen, Dorothy L. (1) . . . . . . .St. Paul
.Saginow, Mich.
. . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . St. Paul
. . . . . . Kenyon
. . ..Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . .Dowson
. . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Ann C. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. .Clorkfield
Christensen, Orlo J. . .
Christianson, Mary J. . . . . Knapp, Wis.
. . . . . . . Brainerd
Conyers, LeRoy H.
Currey, Donald E. (2) . . . . . . . .Appleton
Dohl, Marilyne J. .
Dohl, Sylva M. . . .
Dickens, Clora M. .
Doerr, Wayne P. (2)
. . Glenburn, N. D.
. . . . . . . . .Wasem
. Harrisburg, S. D.
. . . . . Minneapolis
Emery, Curtis V. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Enstad, Luther W. . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
Erickson, George H.
Tacoma, Wash.
Erickson, Leland F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Glenwood
Ericbon, Rodney 0. J. .
Evovold, Charles A. . . . . . . Battle Lake
Everhort, Joan M. . . . . . .
Bagley
Field, Marvin W. . . . . . . .
McGregor
Fitch, Gory D. . . . . . . . .
Robbinsdale
Floistod, Dorothy M.. . . . ..Milwaukee, Wis.
Fowlds, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood
Fox, Mary Ann E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gennrich, Gretchen G.
. . . .Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Barnum
Gimse, I. Shelby . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Giengdohl, Robert A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Greguson, Miriam E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hogen, Elizabeth G. . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Honggi, Glen 0. . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Hanson, Neol E. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Haugen, Jomes S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgaas, Margaret A. . . . . .Madison, S. D.
Hemingway, Jerome . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hendricks, Dean M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Herman, Robert M. . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Kollmon, Ralph A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchner, Robert J. . . . . . . .Farmington
Kunkel, Lucille M. . . . . . . . . Almena,
.
Wis.
Lorson, Richard Arthur . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lecander, Roger V. . . . . .Plum City, Wis.
Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert R. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lolond, Ruth L. . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Lower, Corolyn E. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Lundin, Harvey A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Meredith, Patricia J. . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake
Midthun, Betty A. . . . . Menomonie, Wis.
Moe, Donovan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Moen, Ardell J. . . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizobeth A. . . . . .Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert L. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Mulen, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Christine C. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Murins, Valdis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Nelson, Morlys E. . . . . . . . . . . Belgrode
Nerheim, Lawrence E. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nevin, LeRoy E. . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Nichols, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norby, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Appleton
Nordling, James B. . . . . Ishpeming, Mich.
Ohlin, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olsen, Mary H. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Bernice A. . . . . . Thief River Falls
Olson, Laurence 0. . . . . . .Maple Pork, Ill.
Olson, R. Luther ........... .Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Ose, Roger K. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Overlund, Ervin K. . . . . . . ..Silverton, Ore.
Peorson, James K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov
Pedersen, Virginia M. (2). . . . .Greenbush
Pederson, James L. . . . . . . . . . . Nye, Wis.
Pederson, Richard D. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Petersen, Marilyn J. . . . .
Minneapolis
Peterson, Joyce A. . . . . . .
Pooler, Harold E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Bertha
. . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Rowig, Bruce W.
Rudell, Violeite I. . . . .
. . . . .Minneapolis
Aniwa, Wis.
Thorpe, Mark C. . . . .
Thorson, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Thorvig, Kathryn L.
. . . . Minneapolis
Urness, John L.
.Thief River Falls
Saastad, Jerrold A. .
Sarff, Donohue R. . . . -. . . . . . . .Palisade
Northwood, N. D.
Sather, Dayne W. .
Schoess, Alden J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stanerson, Noomi . . . . . Estherville, lowa
Stensland, Arlen H.. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
. . .Buxton, N. D.
Stoa, Harold M. . . . .
Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Suther, Paul R. (1). . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake
Sylvester, lone L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mclntosh
.
Tader, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples
Thompson, Andrew . . . . .... .Minneapolis
Thompson, John T. . . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi
Thompson, Norman E. . . . . .Leonard, N. D.
Tharpe, Glenn C. . . . . .. . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Vaagenes, Bonnie B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Voeks, George H. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Wahlstrorn, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . .Grasston
Warnes, Wanda E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stephen
Wellington, Richard J. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
White, Merlin J. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Williams, Beverly A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Ysteboe, Ruth 1. (2)
...
Fargo, N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
-
Total
.........................
131
FRESHMAN
Ahlness, Daniel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm
Almlie, Vernon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foley
Anderson, Duane F. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Dwight L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dassel
Anderson, Ellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Anderson, lvar C. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Laverne J. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Anderson, Lewis H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Anfinsen, Arthur M., Jr.. . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Anklam, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arme, Donald A. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arrnstrong, James W. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Aronson, Donald W. . .Los Angeres, Calif.
Asplin, Myron T. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato
Asplin, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Dassel
Baker, James G. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Baker, Stanley B. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bartel, Henry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hastings
Bebensee, Fred C. (2). . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Beckman, James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waseca
Berg, Sidney D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergeland, Martin E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Bergren, John C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berndt, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Bernier, Jack L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntsen, R. Maxine. . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Bockhaus, Mary G. (2). . . . . . . . . . .Mound
Bolstad, Kermit E. (1) . .Homestead, Mont.
Borman, Dennes L. ............ .Le Sueur
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Borrevik, Kothleen M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Bragg, James A. (1). . . . . . . . Chicago, Ill.
Braseth, Mary Ann . .
. .Amery, Wis.
Bredeken, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.
Brodin, Arlen G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Brown, Con . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Crystal
Bueide, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar
Bullock, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burke, Dorothy A.
. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
...
Carlson, Jerry D. . . .
Carlson, Roger A. . .
Carlson, Stanley C. . .
Carrelli, Robert A. . .
Christensen, Arlett P.
Christensen. Don E. .
Christensen, Larry J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Christensen, Marilyn A. (1). . . .Minneapolis
Christianson, ~ a r l o nC. . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Christianson, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . .Glenwood
Cook, James E. . . . . . . . . . . ., . Robbinsdale
Cruys, George H. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahl, Linnea M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahlgren, Gerald N. (1) . . . .Minneapolis
Dale, Allen B. (1) . . . . . . St. Louis Pork
Dalland, John K. (2). . . . . . .. .Minneapolis
Dieken, Doris A. . . . . . .
. .Montevideo
Dumpys, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson
Egesdal, Sanford E. ( I ) . . . . . . . Elmore
Eichstadt, Harlen E. . . . . . . . . .Larnberton
Ellefson, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
West Concord
Emerson, Myron A. (2) .
Engelman, Fred B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clarissa
Erb, Ronald L . . . . . . . . . . . ..Lester Prairie
Erickson, Barbara M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Orin N. (2). . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Fahlin, Paul V. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Faust, Daniel G.. . . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Feig, Phillip S. (1) ... ...... .Minneapolis
Fering, Charles A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Finnesgaard, Carl 0. ........... Kenyon
Flann, Douglas E. . . . .. . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Flockoi, Rolf A. (1).
. Bellingharn, Wash.
Fans, Grace 1. ..... ...... .Minneapolis
Franklin, Gary N. .... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frantz, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Garthwaite, Ronald G. . . . . . Rockford, Ill.
Geary, Wendell G. .......... Pemberton
Gibson, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Glasoe, James C. (1). . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Gorder, Harold J. ............. Starbudc
G r d , Marian C. ............. .Donnelly
Grant, Gaylord 0. . . . . . . . .Spring Grove
Grant, Gloria H. . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L. ........... .MeGregor
Grimtad, S a m ................Benson
Gryth, Marian J. ........ .Pembina, N. D.
Gutrmann, Edward C. (1) ...... .St. Paul
Hagen, Louise B. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Mont.
Halvorson, Gloria J. ..... ....... .Roseau
Hamberg,Glenn E. . . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
Hamre, Paul A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mantevideo
Hansen, Warren R. ...... .Portland, Ore.
Hanson, A. Richard ..... . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Mary Ann (2). . . ......... Aitkin
Hanson, Sandra J. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Harris, Dave 0.. . . . . . . . . .. .Granite Falls
Herald, Darroll S. (2) . . . . .La Crosse, Wis.
Hofflander, Tom M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holm, Marlys N. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmes ,Dean K. . . . . . . . . . .Cannon Falls
Holmgren, Charles G. (1). . . . . . . . St. Paul
Holstein, Rosemary A. ... . . . .Minneapolis
Homme, Donald W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hang, Raydon E. ....... . . .Roslyn, S. D.
Hushagen, Naomi R. A.. . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
.
Jensen, Donald N. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jeska Robert ................... Fosston
Johansen, Rosemarie ....... .Rockford, Ill.
Johanson, Eldri R. .. .Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Aldemar E. . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Johnson, Eunice B. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Jerome L. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Johnson, Marshall D. . . . . . . .Middle River
Johnson, Mary E. .... . . . . . . . . . .Kenyan
Johnson, Priscilla M. . . . . . . . ..Minneuclpolis
Johnson, Ralph S. .... . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Johnson, Ronald B. (2) . . . ..Minneapolis
Johnson, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . .St.
. Paul
Johnson, Ruby L. . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Wayne C. . . . . . .
St. Paul
Josephson, Earl R. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Kahl, Herman J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Keller, Lee E. . . . . . . . . . . . Neillsville, Wis.
Kelsey, Arthur R. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Kennen, Bernard G. (1) ....... .St. Francis
Kjelstrom, Verna C. . . . . . . . ..Rugby, N. D.
Knapton, Shirley A. (2) .......... St. Paul
Knox, Philip S. . . . ............ Wayzata
Kolden, Lois J. .
. . . . . . .Portland, Ore.
Konsterlie, Esther T. ............ Willmar
Koplen, Charles F. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Krider, Richard D. . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kroshus, Tilford I.. . ... Valley City, N. D.
Kutz, Donald N. . . . ............ Braham
Kvamme, Bryniulv . . ....... .Voa, Norway
Lacis, Jake (2) ..... .New Richmond, Wis.
Laidig, Anneliese ............... Willmar
Lanning, James W. ......... .Minneapolis
Larson, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Melvin W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Monroe 8. ............. .St. Paul
Larson, Patricia A. ..........Minneapolis
Larson, Richard Alvin . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . . .Roseau
LaVictoire, Lawrence A. (1). .. .Minneapolis
Lind, Delano E. (2) . . . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Locke, Michael G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lomness, Edward E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston
Ludvicksen, Joyce H. ..... .Partland, Ore.
Lumbar, Stanley L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orr
Lundeen, Walter G. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mackey, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Manguson, Jean M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tracy
Manos, George M. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Martin, Robert N. . . . .Valley Stream, N. Y.
Martinsen, John P.. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Matson, Norman R. ......... .Minneapolis
Mattison, David D. (1) ....... .Lamberton
Menken, Ruth 1E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Mickelson, Thoris C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Milbrandt, Janette C. C.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Miller, Kenneth E.. .... .Valley City, N. D.
Milton, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mindrum, Gerald G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Missling, Arlen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeffers
Moe, Erwin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Moren, Orval K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Morris, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Dale E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . .St. James
Munson, Howard E.
Munter, Marilyn I. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Murch, Constance H.
Nascene, Sheldon L. . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Nelson, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dalbo
Nelson, Wayne L. . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Norling, Jerry C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman, James A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nyhus, Paul L. . . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Ohlin, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Oie, Robert G. (2) . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . . . .St. James
Olsen, Duane A. . . . .
Olsen, Vernon E. (2) . . . . L'Anse, Mich.
Olson, Beverly J. . . . . . . . . . . .Cottonwood
Olson, David W. . . . . . . . .. .New London
Olson, Eddie D. . . . . . . . . . Clearbrook
. . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Jeanette I. . . . .
Olson, Richard M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Ose, Gaylen V. . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Ose, Ray A. (2) . . . . . . . ..Thief River Falls
Paton, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneopoiis
Pearson, Jean C. ........... .Minneapolis
Person, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Donald D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, W. Fred . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Mike D. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pfeifer, LaReign A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Phillips, Edythe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Plvmedahl, James D.. . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Porter, Janis R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prentice, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prevss, Gerhart L. (1). . . . . . . . Benson
. . . .Minneapolis
Rodintz, Rolland A. .
Rauner, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred, Jr. (2). . . . . . Racine, Wis.
. . . Minneapolis
Reinke, Martin F. (2). .
Rogers, Monica J. . . . . . . . Minot, N. D.
Rokke, Robert J.
. . . . . . . ..Strandquist
Roufs, Kenneth L. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rust, Curtis V. . . . . . . . - . Harwood, N. D.
Sandberg, Janet L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sother, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . .Donnelly
Schams, Ronald T. (2) . . .La Crose, Wis.
Schelen, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Schoes, Marilyn E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Schuelein, Marlys A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Seaver, Roy E. (1) . . . . Minneapolis
Serstock, Emanuel A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Shelstad, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Doran
Sherry, Richard J. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis.
Sideen, Wesley T. (1). . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Skaar, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Skovholt, Verna J. . . . . . . Mooreton, N. D.
Smedstad, Carol A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Snider, Neal E. . . . . . . . .Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Norma J. . . . . . . . . Ekva, Wis.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce . . . . Minneapolis
Sortland, Eunice E. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Staff, Clarice A. . . . . . Bismarck, N. D.
Steenbsrg, Thomas A. . . . . . ..Circle Pines
Stewart, Williom H. (1)
. . . .Minneapolis
Svalstad, Theora J. . . . . . . .Sisseton, S. D.
Swenson, Darwin W. . . . . .Lake Lillian
Swiggum, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . Utica
Stenberg, Robert F. (2). . . . ..Rockford, Ill.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Tatting, Jean F. .
Thompson, Theodore T. . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorbeck, Duane E. . . . . . . . . . . . .b g l e y
Tollefson, Connie L. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Tollefson, Lorraine G.. . Osnabrock, N. D.
Trelstad, Gordon A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapoiis
Tweet, Swanhild T. . . . . . .Tunbridge, N. D.
Velde, Ellayne T. . . . . . . . .Granite Falls
Vevle, Richard H. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Vollmer, Howard R. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Wahlberg, Arden G. (2). . . . . .Minneapolis
Wareberg, S. Dawn . . . . . . . .Polson, Mont.
Warme, Tom M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Waznak, Arnold H. . . . .Jarnestown, N. Y.
Weigle, Eugene D. (2) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Welckle, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wood Lake
Westby, Allan J. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westerlund, Robert C. (2). . . . . . . . Braham
Weston, David M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wiegers, Gloria C. M. . . . . . . .Sauk Centre
Willing, Darrel K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
Windahl. Naomi J. (1) ..... .Fergus Falls
Wolhowe, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Wright, Richard T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca
Zakariasen, Lloyd A. (2) . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Zoebisch, Harold L. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
...........
-. . . . 262
SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED
Aiken. Frank L.. Jr.. . . . . . .Bradenton, Fla.
Ario, Frank L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergstrand, Dolores Y. (2) . . .Minneapolis
Boomgarden, Irene (2) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bratberg, Elva L. (1). . . . . . .Holmen, Wis.
Manthie, Russell ( 1 )
Martinsen, Ralph W. (2)
Meier, Thurlough F. L. (2)
ill^^, james
W. (2). . . . . .
~
~~
~l W.
Bucyrus,
~~
l ~ N.
d D. ,
~~
Carlson, Erland E. (2). . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Caviness, David C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Coltvet, Helen (2) . . . . . .Duncombe, Iowa
Cummings. Frank W. (1) Atlantic City, N. J.
paulson, philip H.
Dahlen, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
keichstadt, ~
l H. ~. . ~
Rundquist, Bertil G. (1)
. . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fenske, Delmour W.
Gohrick, J a n e E. (1). . . . . Shelton, Wash.
Hafstad, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . kiawley
Hegge, Hjalmer M. (1). . . Williston, N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald C. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
Okan, ROY C. (1).
oudol, Yvonne M.
.
Minneapolis
d. .Center City
, Minneapolis
,. .
Minneapolis
Chicago, Ill.
Siegel, David
Sigle, Clara 0.
Thompson. Agnes E. . . . .
.Minneapolis
Thompson, Glenn K. . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
.
Thorson, Arthur W.
New Brighton
Thorud, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Tinseth, Leslie J. (1) . . . . . . . . . . .C~rus
Jacobsen, Gilbert N. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jacobson, Luther H. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Beryl R. . . . . . .~ i ~ n e a p o l iUndseth,
~
Marvin S. . . .
Johnson, Ina M. ( I ) . . . . . . .Osakis
Voeks, Mildred L. (2) . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. (1). .
Willmar
Larson, Robert C. (1)
..
Robbinsdale
Magnuson, Albert C.
....
Minneapolis
..Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
..................
12
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 42
JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES (1)
Andrews, Carole F. . . . . .Annandale
. .Hallock
Axelson, Evangeline L
Grand Marais
Bocklund, Elizabeth A. .
Superior, Wis.
Barbo, Betty A. . . . .
Bruss, Joan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Echo
Carlson, Darlene L.
Duis, Elaine E.
Strandquist
..
Waseca
. . . ,Winger
Flermoen, DeLois C.
Herald, Berdine L. .
Horton, Barbara A.
Jacobson, Melba L.
Johnson, Esther M.
. . . .
..
.
..
La Crosse, Wis.
. Minneapolis
. . . . .Sebeka
Viroqual Wis.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
. . .Minneapolis
Langford, Phyllis A.
Larsen, Jane E. . . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
Larsen, Janet E. . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
0krina, ~~~l~~
E. . . . . . . .
olson,~~~l~~
J. . . . . .
Schauer, Carol F. . .
Shultz, Joan C. . . . .
Stenseth, Claudine M.
Tollefson, Junice K.
veitch, b r b a r a L.
Vik, Margaret A.
. .
Cottonwood
. . . . . .Canby
. . . . . . . .Waseca
.
Spokane, Wash.
.Wallace, S. D.
...
.L'Anse, Mich.
...-..
Wagner, lone M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Badger
Wickman, Betty J. . . . , .Marineite, Wis.
St. Paul
Wolff, Joan A. . . . . .. . . . .
-
Total
. . . . . . . .
26
FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES (1)
Adelsman, Barbara J..
. . . . . Fergus Falls
Anderson, Lenore J.. . . . .Forest City, Iowa
Arndt, Marlene D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Granada
Herman, Marilyn K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Hoff, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Hurlbert, Betty J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Backstrom, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . Moorhead
Bahls, Shirley M. . . . . . . .
. . . . . Huntley
Balstad, Gelene E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winger
Baumann, Clarice A. . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Bensend, Mary B. . . . .
. Dallas, Wis.
Benson, Corrine C. . . . . .. .ClarMield
Bergin, Marilyn M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergsrud, Annabelle E. . . . . . . . .Winona
Birkeland, Ruth A. . . . . . . . . New Brighton
Bjonerud, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . Calmar, lowa
Borgen, Joan M. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Chatfield
Bucher, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zumbrota
Buller, Lois A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks
Burandt, Donna J. . . . . . .. . . . ..Mound
Burmeister, Lorraine A. . . . . . .Brook Park
Burzlaff, Mary J. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Butler, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Iverson, Ellenetta
Carlstrom, Nancy A.. .New Richmond,
Carson, Florence E. . . . . . . . .Leland,
Christiansen, Alta J.. . . . . . . . .Fergus
Cutsforth, Carol S. . . . . . . . . .Chetek,
Denison, Rosella J.
Driessen, LaVon M.
Wis.
Iowa
Falls
Wis.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Faribault
.
Ebens, Shirley L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Ekstrom, Florence E. . . . . . . . . . . . Chaska
Emch, June R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin
Erickson, Elaine G. . . . . Fairdale, N. D.
Erickson, Elaine L. ,
. .Monmouth, Ill.
Evenson, M. Elaine
. . Wallace, S. D.
Fagerstrom, Arleen R. . . . . . . .Radium
Fancher, Beverly L. . . . . Minneapolis
Fehrs, Joanne E. . . . . . . . . . .Willow River
Fennie, Delores J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Frauendienst, Virgene C.
. . .Brownton
Fuller, Laurel J. . . . . . . . . . .Monkato
Gangestand, Thelma 1. .Eagle Grove, lowa
Geschwind, Marlene A.
. . . .Sleepy Eye
Gilbertson, Dorothy E. . . Thief River Falls
Hanson, Carol D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Peter
Hanson, Janet E. . . . . . . . . . . .Chisago City
Hanson, Lois J.. ........ .Thief River Falls
Hark, Barbara A. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Hendricksen, Ruth M. . . . . .Minneapolis
Hendrickson, Geraldine H. Eau Claire, Wis.
Henke, Naomi D.. . . . . . . . . . ..Wood Lake
Herberg, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monkat0
(1) Registered for first semester only.
. . . . . . . . Decorah,
Iowa
Jacobsen, Carol M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Gladys M. . . . . . . . . . . .Sandstone
Johnson, Lucille C.. . . . . . .Stockholm, Wis.
Johnson, Phyllis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Russell
Johnson, Thelma M. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Judd, Joyce L . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-n
.
Jurgens, Shirley J. . . . . . . . . . . . .James
Kirkpatrick, Helen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Olivia
Kittleson, Olive E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Louisburg
Klukken, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis
Kriese, Shirley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Madison
Lamson, Katherine L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Larson, Jenean M. . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis
Lindholm, Lorraine H. . . ..... .Ortonville
Lindrothe, Carol A. . . . . .. . . .Minneapolis
Lodien, Jean L. . . . . . . . . ........ .Isanti
Lundberg, Shirley J.. . . . .Berasford, S. D.
Lundell, Janice J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena
Luxhen, Romona S. . . . . . ........ Benson
Luttmann, Jwnne M. . . . . ........ Frazee
McGinnis, Catherine F..Albuquerque, N. M.
Redfield, S. D.
Mager, Delvonna C. . . . .
Melvie, Lorraine E. . . . . . . . . . .Viking
Meyer, Terryl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fairmont
Miller, Marcia R. . . .
Grantsburg, Wis.
Molzen, Cleone J. . . . . . ..Le Mars, Iowa
. . . . . . . . Benson
Mortenson, Marjorie A.
Moss, Mardella N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Isle
Nelson, Marian B. . . . . . . . . . Underwood
.
Nepsund, Marlys J. . . . . . . . Paynesville
, .Pennington
Neuman, Loris E. . .
Nibbe, Arlene M. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ormsby
Nordby, Janet C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada
. . . . . .Bagley
Norley, Clarice R. .
Minneapolis
Norstrom, Shirley A. . .
. . . . . .Siren
Nyberg, Joan M. . .
Olson, Diane E. . . . . . . . . .
.Greenbush
Olson, Marya M. . . . . . . . . . .Farmington
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .Ada
Olson, Sonia L.
Pedersen, Hildegarde S.. . . . . . . .Wyoming
Pederson, Marian G. . . . . . . . . . ..Fertile
Peterson, Janice L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Plahn, Joan C. . . . . . . . . . . ..Hudson, Wis.
Pottsmith, Mary E. . . . . . . . .Sturgeon Lake
Raduenz, Janice B.
Rancore, Dorothy C.
....
.Lucan
. . . . . . . Blackduck
Raudio, Helen A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warba
Rauner, Kathryn M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
R
~ jane
~ E. ~. . .~ . . , . M~~ b k e
RUS~, Judith R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..sourn
Sandvig, Helen A.. . . . - . ..Hudson, S. D.
Satrang, Joan K.. . . . . . . . . .Britton. S. D.
Seemann, Johanna L. . . . . . . .Courtland
. . . . . .Willmar
Selseth, Ruth E. . . . . .
Skaaden, Ruth E. . . . . .S.~ r i n aGrove
Snustad, Margaret . .
. , , Winger
Stake, Carolyn N. . . . . . . .'Cambrid,ge
Steen, H. Gael ...
. . 'SuperiOrf Wis'
Stone, Glorio A. . .
Strandell, June E. .
..............Zumbrota
. .Warren
Sugg, Joan M. . . . .
. . .Ladysmith'
Sullivan, Mortha I. . . . . . . . .Springfield
Swedberg, Janet M.
. . . . . . . .La Moille
. . . . . . Fergus
.
Falls
Swenson, Marlys G..
-
.Lake Mills. Iowa
Thompson, Darlene M.
Thureen, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . Grand Forks
Tykeson, Jewel1 F. . . . . . . . . . .Kennedy
Uleberg, Janet A.
Ullestad, Mavis B.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia
.
Van Diest, Frances L..
.
.
Leland, Iowa
. . . . . . St. Cloud
Walthall, Betty K.. . . . . . .Iowa Falls, Iowa
Weidert, Erma E. . . . . . . . ..Eden Valley
Wendt, Jane D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wennerblom, Shirley A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Werp, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wold, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Totol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
GRADUATES 1953
SEMINARY
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Gordon N.. . .
Carlsen, Erling N. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . .Newfolden
Jergenson, Arnold 0. . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Oscarson, Elder W.. . . . . . . . . . Fergus Falls
Sortland, Allan B.. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Tollefson, Harold 0.. Osnabrock, N. D.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Jystad, Torgney B. . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Mayer, Henry A.. . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul
Peterson, James E. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Schafer, Harold R.
Wessington Springs, S. D.
Sevig, Palmer E.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
COLLEGE
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Carlson, Erland E. . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Aaskov, Ruth Lucille
Cumberland Center, Maine
Alfsen, Thomas Charles . . . . . . . .Rochester
Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . . .Flandreau, S. D.
Anderson, Roger Vincent. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Baker, Eleanor Marie. . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge
Benson, Stanley G. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntson, Rudolph E.. . . . Edinburg, N. D.
Bobendrier, Jeanne M. . . . . Minneapolis
Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Carlsen, Beverly Nystuen . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlsen, Glenn T.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Carlstedt, Rhoda Lois . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Christensen, Duane J. . . . .Kenmare, N. D.
Christina, Joseph . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton
Cummings, Frank ... .Atlantic Cily, N. J.
Danielson, H. Emmett . . . . . . . . Watertown
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Dickhart, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dillon, Donald V. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dixen, Arvid Daniel . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Roy V. .............. .Minneapolis
Drury, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen ......... .Delano
Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Elness, Marilyn E.. .......... Fargo, N. D.
Emerson, Robert Charles . . . . .Minneapolis
Engseth, Jerome Martin. ........ Wayzata
Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanska
Fairbanks, Leland L. . . . . . . . . . . .Harmony
Fenske, Delmour . . . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fox, Curtis Andrew . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frosig, Kristian Vester ....... .Minneapolis
Giesdahl, Alice Elaine. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gwdrich, Quentin Allan .... .Minneapolis
Grender, Carol Handahl . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Gustofson, Charles Richard. . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hagen, Marvin L.
Halling, Lloyd L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hamre, James S. . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Hansen, Clarence C. ........ .Minneapolis
Hegge, Hjalmer Martin.. ..Williston, N. D.
Hill, Lorne H. ............ .Veblen, S. D.
Hodne, Richard Haldor
.Minneapolis
Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield
Hushagen, Berton R. ........ .Minneapolis
....
Jacobsen, Alice Amelia. . . .Thief River Falls
Jensen, Sherman R. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Arlan Kenneth, Grand Forks, N. D.
Johnson, James Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Johnson, Joan M. M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Norman Francis. . . . . .Formington
Johnson, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchoff, Ralph Mirlen
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lapham, Dean L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Lingen, John Russell
.Minneapolis
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Formosa, China
Lundeen, Donovan T. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundgren, David Dean
.Minneapolis
........
......
.....St.
Parizek, Gloria Mae . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Patana, R. Raymond J.. .Crystal Falls, Mich.
Pearson, Howard Erwin . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Richard Leroy . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Harold Everett . . . . .Minneapolis
Petterson, Leroy M.. . . . .Drummond, Mont.
Quanbeck, Kent B. . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Radde, Leon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Razook, Patricia R.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Reimer, Donald James. . . . . .Mountain Lake
Rimmereid, Arthur V.. .New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth J. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau
Schultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Sigler, Fred C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silrum, Edwin 0. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silverstein, Richard Stanley.. . . . . .St. Paul
Skogsbergh, Samuel P. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald Duane. . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon S. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stensland, Donald E. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Straiton, Thomas Paul. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis.
Tamm, William C. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thompson, Carol Joyce.. . . . .Binford, N. D.
Tuff, Harry Airth.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Unruh, Peter D., Jr.. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Valtinson, Joseph Olai, Jr.. . . . .DeKalb, Ill.
Vetvick, Leo B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vik, Phyllis June . . . . . . . . . .Wauboy, S. D.
Werts, Harold Glenn . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilson, Woodrow W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Youngquist, Edmund R. . . . . . . . . . . Bolaton
Manger, Elizabeth J.. . . . . . . .Wilmette, Ill.
Mattson, Harold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Nofer, Herman Frederick, Jr.
Olson, Harry Edwin, Jr.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winger
Oren, Donald Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Oscarson, Rhoda Knutson . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ostrem, Gloria Ruth . . . . . . . . . Joliet, Ill.
Oudal, Wilmer Jayson . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paul
Ohno, Tom Tomeo . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ollila, Douglas J. ....... lshpeming, Mich.
Zustiak, Mildred Ruth
.......Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
82
26
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1953-1954
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
. . . . . . . . . . .
Men Students . . . . . .
.
.
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..
.
28
1
. . . . .
.
. . . .
-
........
COLLEGE
Men Students . .
Women Students
........
........
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students ...................................................
Women Students .......................................
..
Totol
30
.
......................................................
-1
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
367
................................................
..........................
.
.
186
-
..........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
584
-0
584
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1953- 1954
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
1
........................................................
COLLEGE
Men Students .........................
.................
Women Students ................................................
Total
30
.....................................................
414
..
351
-
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
765
796
2
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
................................
.
Total
,
,
-
..
, ,
, . . - - -
.............
COLLEGE
, , , ,
- -
. . . . . . . . .
........................
Total
.........
Total Graduates
...
INDEX
Page
Academic. Administration ........... 44
Amunts. Payments of .............. 16
Accreditation ................... .2. 20
Admission. College ................ 44
Admission. Seminary ............... 103
Administration ....................
5
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Aims. Fundamental ................
17
Alumni Association. The ............ 20
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80. 93
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 36
Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
AudieVisual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Band ........................ .34,
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum . .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . .
79
95
5
20
56
89
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Christian Education and Sociology . . . . 110
Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 108
Classical Languages, Department of . . . 68
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Classwork, Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39
College, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
College Students (1953-1954) . . . . . . . 112
committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Contents. Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study. College . . . . . . . . . 64
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 52
Cultural Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Debate ond Oratory . . . . . . . . . . .34. 73
Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . . 58
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Distinction, Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 73
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Education, Department of Psycholm
and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Education01 Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7
Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .W,
43
Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses . . 60
English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.
English, Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements, College . . . . . 44
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Examinations, Comprehensive . . . . . . . . 49.
Examinations, Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 49
Expenses, Student . . . . . ..24, 25, 26, 104
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25. 26
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . .
German. Department of . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870.1953). Summary
Graduation Requirements. College
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. 106
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . 55
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
History and Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 92
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 57
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52'
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 5 2
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Page
. . . . 68
lncompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Lower Division Requirements . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. .
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mothemotics. Department of ........ 99
Medical St& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .23. 59
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . 61
Membership in Educational Associations 20
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . .53. 103
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . . . 54
Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . .34. 35. 79
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of ..................... 95
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 107
Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . 58
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .23. 59
Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . 106
.
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 73
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Organizations. Student . . . . . . . . . -32-39
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 86
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . 54
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 40
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66
Physical Education. Department of
Health and .................... 100
Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 96
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Placement Service for Graduates . . . . 43
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 110
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . .53. 103
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Page
Psychology and Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion and Philcsophy. Division of . . .
Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Romance Languages. Department of . . .
Room Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
27
46
47
64
39
52
76
42
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . . . 56
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7
Seminary. Faculty .................
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 105
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 104
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 105
Seminary Internship ............... 105
Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 83
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 81
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 40
. . . . . 111
Student Register . . . . . . . . .
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
_
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teachefs Certificate . . . . . . . . . .55. 85
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . - 5 5
Testing ................ .40. 44. 48. 49
Theology. College Preparation for . 53. 103
Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 105
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . 103
Theological Students (1953.1954) . . . . . 111
Transfer and Advanced Standing .45. 104
Trustees. b a r d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Upper Division Requirements . . . . . . . . 52
Veterans. Admission of . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South
between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with adminisvative
o h located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t Twenty-first
Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on &e
following Jines:
I.
The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2.
?he Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first
Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh
Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
-
- - -
= s ~ M - e H d
Hours: Monday through F r i d a y y : 5 5
-
- % muse ~ ~ u a- e Delm .- i H~~~~
-i
&-Hdl-
-
sv-
-
&use
-
-
~ - l & ofice Library
LI 0 5 0 1
a m to 5 :oo p.m.
m:
A+
~
-
*
a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
Saturday-8:jo
lhmimries
Mumolinl
*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ~ -
-
~-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A T 9143
- A T 905s
- AT9112
- MA 9949
-
-
-
-
-
MA 9229
-
- AT 9290
- M A 9590
- MA 9161
-
-
LI 0505
-
GE 2468
-
-
-
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure
and requirements for admission, advertising and publicity,
and general information about the institution.
OFFICE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information and requests
for admission to the Theological Seminary.
SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY
-
EVALUATION OF CREDITS Transcript of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
-
HOUSING OF STUDENTS Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
DEAN OF STUDENTS
For information that does not appear to be covered above
AWSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less